SID dick gavel
A rete rie cit pe eet Sor
. nat aber ss
~

Sas
fips Gamaduse BAY bate Ieee weusees
hots . hs EY so

. ates ‘ Ss . aw “re
= rer (- r inion Seeeah natn eee - eeeaees eens sapeinna rec
; . : . seit SRW We PLT. e eer ~ . ; ae resis oon ae . the
. - amass meas * ra
2 man : : = basteiniene shee
repeat ees ead peateee ete iecees ee aes
chee 7 :
chaser eee ,

FRA eae «ae

: : eit ys ve os!
—<
eatharenh sete i ROE

Pe Sa ee

Mee Mes 2
eee eens

Mes a

Fan RU tev
= , pit mob
: Fa inal ~~

Bees

PON INAS

OF THE

PAKNEGIE MUSEUM

VOLUME IX.

I9I3-1915

W. J. HOLLAND, Eaitor

PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHORITY OF THE
BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE CARNEGIE INSTITUTE

SEPTEMBER, I9I4—JUNE, I915

THE NEW ERA PRINTING COMPANY
LANCASTER, PA.

Title-page and Table of Contents
List of Plates
List of Figures in Text
Errata et Corrigenda . : : : : : , : ;
Editorial Notes . - ; : 1-6;
I. A New Genus and Some ee sretias Bae sinepedus of
Abyssinian Rodents. By Childs Frick ‘
II. A New Titanothere from the Uinta Eocene. By A. O.
Peterson : : :
III, A Small Titanothere froin die es Uinta eae vet OLA;
Peterson 2
VI. On the Osteology of ts eee Tees aa Callithrix
with Notes upon the Osteology of the Genera Seniocebus
and Aotus. By R. W. Shufeldt : :
V. A New Rhynchocephalian from the Jura of Saleaholen: By
Norman McDowell Grier :
VI. The Scales of the South American erica riches: By
T. D. A. Cockerell . :
VII. A Mounted Skeleton of Platigonus leptominnes in ne Car-
negie Museum. By O. A. Peterson :
VIII. Lichens collected During the Summers of 1912 and 1913 in
the Thunder Bay District, Ontario, Canada. By R.
Heber Howe, Jr.
IX. A Preliminary List of the Fossil Biante Grune in iRiie Roof
of the Pittsburgh Coal. By Norman McDowell Grier
X. Some Undescribed Remains of the Uinta Titanothere,
Dolichorhinus. By O. A. Peterson
XI. Notes on Triassic Fishes Belonging to the anes Cato-
pteride and Semionotide. By C. R. Eastman .
XII. The Osteology of Promerycocherus. By O. A. Peterson
XIII. Correction of a Generic Name. By O. A. Peterson
XIV. A Skull of Bison crassicornis. By W. J. Holland .
XV. The Serrasalmine and Myline. By C. H. Eigenmann.
XVI. Heads and Tails: A Few Notes Relating to the Structure of
the Sauropod Dinosaurs. By W. J. Holland
XVII. Dipterus Remains from the Upper Devonian of Colorado.
By C. R. Eastman .

PAGES.
i-iv
v-Vii
ix-x
xi
221-224
7-28
29-52

Do 0s

58-85

86-91

g2-113

I14—117

ELS T2A
» 125-128
5 WA Heys,

S igkoS als)
. 149-219

5 Ks:

Ee 27O=293

XVIII. Notes on Tropical American Tettigonoidea (Locustodea).

By Lawrence Bruner
Index
ili

. 284-404
- 405-423

XV.

XVI.

XVII.

XVIII.
XIX.
XX.
XXI.
XXIT.
XXIII.
XXIV.
XXV.

LISPOOF PLATES. NG

. Stenocephalemys albocaudata Frick; Dasymys sp.
. Stenocephalemys albocaudata Frick; Epimys tulbergi endorobe

Heller.

. Otomys jacksont mearnsi Frick; Otomys jacksoni malkensis Frick.
. Arvicanthis abyssinicus blicki Frick; Arvicanthis abyssinicus

mearnst Frick.

. Arvicanthis abyssinicus raffertyi Frick.
. Diploceras osborni Peterson, Palatal view of skull.
. Diploceras osborni Peterson, type; Superior dentition of Diplacodon

elatum Marsh.

. Diploceras osborni Peterson, Paratype.

. Type of Diplacodon elatum Marsh.

. Restoration of skeleton of Diploceras osborni Peterson.

. Heterotitanops parvus Peterson.

. Facial view of the skulls of Lasiopyga callitrichus and L. griseo-

viridis.

. Right lateral views of the skulls, mandible included, of Lasiopyga

callitrichus and L. griseoviridis.

. Direct superior views of the skulls, mandible removed, of Lasio-

pyga callitrichus and L. griseoviridis.

Direct basal views, mandible removed, of Lasiopyga callitrichus
and L. griseoviridis.

Callithrix jacchus; Seniocebus meticulosus; Callithrix sp.; Aotus
miriquouina.

Callithrix jacchus; Seniocebus meticulosus; Aotus miriquouina;
Callithrix sp.

Lasiopyga callitrichus.

Lasiopyga callitrichus.

Lasiopyga callitrichus.

Lastopyga callitrichus.

Homeosaurus digitatellus Grier.

Psectrogaster curviventris.

Prochilodus rubroteniatus.

Acestrorhynchus microlepis; Curimatus spilurus; Hiodon tergisus;
Curimatus microcephalus; Citharinus congicus.

Vi

XXVI.

XXVIT.

List oF PrRATES:

Chilodus punctatus; Tylobranchia -maculosa; Leporinus friderici;
Pecilobrycon ocellatus; Aphyocharax erythrurus; Brycon falcatus;
Astyanax (Pecilurichthys) bimaculatus; Bryconamericus hyphes-
sus; Creatochanes affints.

Creatochanes melanurus; Hemigrammus orthus; Menkhausia

oligolepis; Tetragonopterus chalceus; Chalceus macrolepidotus;

Chalcinus rotundatus; Serrasalmo rhombeus; Myleus rubripinnis.

XXVIII. Charax gibbosa; Hoplias macropthalmus; Barbus chola; Hoplery-
thrinus uniteniatus; Eryconethiops microstoma; Hydrocyon
forskali; Sarcodaces odoé.

XXIX. Mounted skeleton of Platigonus leptorhinus Williston.
XXX. Catopterus gracilis Redfield.
XXXI. Catopterus gracilis Redfield.

XXXII. Head of Semionotus micropterus Newberry (?) Pristisomus latus
A. S. Woodward.

XXXIII. Group of skeletons representing three specimens of Promery-
cocherus carrikert Peterson.

XXXIV. Diagram of quarry showing position in which skeletons of P.
carrtkeri were found.

XXXV. Articulated skeleton of Promerycocherus carrikert.

XXXVI. Full relief model of Promerycocherus carrikert.

XXXVII. Models of Promerycocherus carrikeri representing the animals at
rest.
XXXVIII. Skull of Promerycocherus carrikert.

XXXIX. Views of manus, pes, caleaneum, and astragalus of Promery-

cocherus carrikert.
XL. Dorsal and palatal views of cranium of Promerycocherus vantas-
selensis Peterson.
XLI. Dorsal and palatal views of P. chelydra Cope.
XLII. Side view of cranium of Promerycocherus chelydra Cope. Side
view of cranium and lower jaw of Merycocherus (2?) proprius
Leidy.
XLII. Skull of Bison crassicornis Richardson.
XLIV. Pygocentrus piraya (Cuvier).
XLV. Rooseveltiella niger (Miiller and Troschel).
XLVI. Rooseveltiella altus (Gill).
XLVI. Pristobrycon calmoni (Steindachner).
XLVIII. Serrasalmo hollandi Eigenmann.
XLIX. Serrasalmo spilopleura Kner.
L. Serrasalmo humeralis Cuvier and Valenciennes.
LI. Serrasalmo brandti Reinhardt.
LII. Colosoma mitrei (Berg).

LIT.
LIV.
LV.
LVI.
LVII.
LVIII.
LIX.

List OF PLATES. vil

Piaractus nigripinnis (Cope).

Metynnis guaporensis Eigenmann.

Metynnts roosevelti Eigenmann.

Myloplus schomburgki (Jardine).

Myloplus schomburgki (Jardine). 9

Radiograph of Serrasalmo rhombeus (Linnzus).

Caudal vertebre of Sauropod Dinosaur found in serial order in
Carnegie quarry near Jensen, Utah.

EIS Ob RIGURES:

PAGES.
Lower incisors of Otomys malkensis . : : : : 12
Crown view of two upper molars of Diploceras acme Peterson 35
Diploceras osborni Peterson: Anterior view of atlas eG
Diploceras esborni Peterson: Posterior view of atlas, posterior ae (rer
views of axis. ; : 38
Diplocerss osborni Peterson: Last aay eA en Ree 39
Dipioceras osborni Peterson: Posterior dorsals and lumbar vertebreze 40
Scapula of Diploceras osborni Peterson x 2 : 42
Anterior and posterior views of humerus of Dieiecens osborni . 43
Lateral and anterior views of radius and ulna of Do. . 44
Superior and lateral views of pisiform of Do. 45
Dorsal views of manus of Do. 45
Lateral view of pelvis of Do. 47
Distal end of femur and dorsal view of es of Do. 48
Posterior view of astragalus and dorsal view of pes of Do.. 49
Heterotitanops parvus Peterson: right lateral view of skull . 54
Heterotitanops parvus Peterson: deciduous dentition and permanent M!. 55
Dolichorhinus longiceps (?) Douglass 3 129
Top view of cranium of D. longiceps (2) Douglass : 130
Side view of hyoid apparatus of D. longiceps (2?) Tapirus terrestris rai
Hyoid apparatus. Dolichorhinus longiceps (?), Tapirus terrestris 132
Cervical vertebra of D. longiceps (?) 133
Right fore limb of Dolichorhinus longiceps (?) 135
Front view of manus of D. longiceps (?). 136
Posterior view of skull of Promerycocherus carrikeri 157
Side view of left lower jaw of P. carrikeri aot : 162
Posterior view of ossified thyroid cartilage of larynx of eee seniculus
and Promerycocherus carrikert . : 163
Lateral views of atlas and axis of P. carrikeri 167
Lateral views of the third, fourth and fifth cervical Lie of P. ees ee 168
Lateral views of the sixth and seventh cervical vertebrae of P. carrikeri . 169
Lateral views of first, second, and third dorsal vertebre of P. carrikert . 170
Lateral views of anterior dorsal vertebre of P. carrikert ‘ 72
Lateral view of the seventh dorsal vertebra and lateral views of vertebra
from the middle dorsal region of P. carrtkeri . ; : = 172
Lateral views of the eleventh and twelfth dorsal vertebrae of P. carrikert. 173

ix

x List OF FIGURES.

Lateral views of the thirteenth and fourteenth dorsal vertebre of P.

carrikert

Lateral views of the eee ea ee lumbar vertebre of P. carrikeri
Lateral views of the fourth, fifth, and sixth lumbar vertebre of P. carrikeri

Dorsal and lateral views of caudal vertebre of P. carrikeri.
External view of left scapula of P. carrikeri ;
Anterior and posterior views of humerus of P. carrikeri
Dorsal view of sacrum and pelvis of P. carrikeri .

Lateral view of sacrum and pelvis of P. carrikeri .

Ventral view of sacrum and pelvis of P. carrikert.

Internal and posterior views of femur of Promerycocherus carrikeri;

Anterior view of tibia and fibula of Do.
Lateral view of mandible of Promerycocherus vantasselensis
Scaphoid, trapezoid, and metacarpals of Do..
Side and ventral views of pelvis of Do. .
Dorsal view of pelvis of Do.
Dorsal and plantar views of pes of Do.
Dentition of Pygopristis denticulatus : :
Premaxillary and mandibular teeth of Fe aie notatus
Dentition of Pristobrycon calmont
Dentition of Serrasalmo elongatus
Dentition of Serrasalmo spilopleura .
Dentition of Serrasalmo maculatus
Dentition of Serrasalmo rhombeus
Dentition of Serrasalmo humeralis
Dentition of Serrasalmo humeralis gracilior
Dentition of .Serrasalmo brandti
Dentition of Piaractus nigripinnis ; :
Enlarged teeth of a young specimen of Myleus pacu
Dentition of a large specimen of Myleus pacu.
Dentition of Myloplus micans

Dipnoan dental plates from the Upper Devonian of Colbeattal Syntheto-
dont type of crushing plate. Dipterus digitatus Eastman; D.
mordax Eastman; D. pectinatus Eastman

ae) ae} sofa) inal ac} aohelaclelgofitge|» oleae! !y3), Ino)

—

. II, 7th line from top, for “‘zrroraratus’

ERRATA AND CORRIGENDA.

’

read irroratus.

. 18, 6th and 13th lines from bottom, for ‘“‘neumant”’ read neumanna.

. 99, 20th line from bottom, for “‘eryhrurus”’ read erythrurus.

. 106, 14th line from top, for ‘‘lepzdulus’’ read lepidurus.

. 109, bottom line, for “dichrurus” read dichrourus.

. 122, top line, for ‘“‘atlantica”’ read atlanticum.

. 193, 19th line from bottom, for ‘‘scofa’’ read scrofa.

. 235, 8th line from top, for ‘‘ocellatus”’ read ocellatum.

. 286, for ‘‘Raphidophoride” read Rhaphidophoride.

. 296, 10th line from top, for ‘‘schira’’ read Ischyra.

. 304, 3d and roth lines from bottom, for “ Callinsaria”’ read Callinsara.
. 344, 22d line from bottom, for “ Chlorophyllia”’ read Chlorophylla.

. 364, 22d line from top, for ‘‘virnes’’ read virens.

. XXV, for “ Acestrorhychus”’ read Acestrorhynchus.

. XXVI, for “A phiocharax”’ read A phyocharax.

. XXVIII, for ‘‘ode”’ read odoé.

. XLVI, for ‘‘on” read or.

. XLIX, for “Uruguana’’ read “‘Uruguayana” and for “Caceguy’’ read

““Cacequy.”’

. LI, for “‘Pirafora”’ read Pirapora.

xl

5
Act er,

PUBLICATIONS OF THE CARNEGIE MusEUM SERIAL No. 85

ANNALS

OF THE Gy

PaNiGie MUSEUM

Vor. IX. Nos. 3-4

W. J. HOLLAND, Zaitor

PUBLISHED BY THE AUTHORITY OF THE
BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE CARNEGIE INSTITUTE
MARCH, I915

ANNALS

OF THE

WN EG be WOO Soe

VOLWM EY TEX. “NO. 12.

EDITORIAL NOTES.

THE delay in the publication of the present number of the ANNALS
which should have appeared in November, 1913, has for various
reasons been unavoidable.

Since the last issue of the ANNALS a number of exhibits have been
placed on view in the Museum. Inthe Gallery of Mammals the group
representing the male and the female of the African buffalo, Bos
bubalus caffer, presented to the Museum by Mr. Childs Frick, has
attracted widespread attention on the part of naturalists and the
general public. Another group which may well be regarded as a
masterpiece of the taxidermic art is the group of jaguars, secured for
the Museum by our good friend, Mr. John M. Phillips, in the vicinity
of Tampico, Mexico, several years ago. This group, mounted by
Mr. R. H. Santens and his assistants, is the first group of jaguars
which has ever been mounted in any museum. There is nothing
like it either in the eastern or western hemisphere. On one side of
the group is a huge male jaguar, standing upon a log of ebony. This
brute was long the scourge of the cattle-ranches in the vicinity, where
he was finally shot by Mr. Phillips, and was known by the rancheros
as “ Old One-Fang.’’ He had lost one of the canines of the lower
jaw, and the slaughter of the cattle which occurred was long correctly
attributed to him by the cattlemen, who after examining the victims
detected the fact that the slayer was the possessor of but a single

1

2 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

canine. On the other side of the group is his mate, with three cubs.
She is holding under her paws a large iguana, while the cubs are taking
their first lessons in the art of carving. The details and accessories
of the group are all worked out with the most minute fidelity, but in a
most wonderfully artistic manner. Another group in process of
preparation by Mr. R. H. Santens consists of six specimens of the
Abyssinian Nyala, Tragelaphus buxtont, collected by Mr. Childs
Frick on the occasion of his last journey in Africa. The species has
only comparatively recently been made known to science, and this
is the first group of these magnificent animals which has been set up
in any museum, and may well be the occasion of pride and admiration
to all Pittsburghers as well as lovers of the beautiful in nature every-
where.

Another exhibit in the hall of mammals is the lower jaw of a sperm-
whale, which is reputed to be the largest jaw ever brought to New
Bedford, Massachusetts. It is 16 ft. 33 inches in length, and shows
all the teeth in place. The specimen was long hidden in storage at
New Bedford, but carefully preserved. Owing to the settlement of
the estate of the gentleman who had owned it, its sale became neces-
sary, and we were fortunate enough to secure it at a very reasonable
figure.

In the gallery of birds there have been placed upon exhibition the
birds of paradise belonging to the Museum, which were mounted several
years ago by Mr. J. A. Santens; and also an interesting collection of
penguins purchased two years ago from Umlauf, of Hamburg, and
mounted by him.

In the gallery of useful arts, under the superintendence of Mr.
Douglas Stewart, a great many interesting changes have been made
and a great number of installations have taken place. One of the
new exhibits which is attracting a great deal of attention is the col-
lection of pistols by Mr. Otho J. Bierly, and a collection of rifles by
Mr. Harry Praeger. These collections, which illustrate the evolution
of modern firearms, are very interesting. Placed in close proximity
to the collection of ancient Japanese weapons, loaned to the Museum
by Mr. Irwin Laughlin, with which they furnish a striking contrast,
these exhibits have been the center of large groups of admiring

visitors.

EDITORIALS, 3

THE collection of ivory carvings loaned by Mr. J. H. Heinz has
proved most attractive to the general public. Mr. Heinz has recently
presented to the Museum a magnificent eagle, life-size, done in ivory,
It has been mounted in a case specially constructed for its reception,
where it rivets the attention of multitudes. It is one of the largest
pieces of ivory carving in existence.

WE are deeply indebted to Mr. Nathaniel Holmes and Miss Eleanor
Holmes for the loan to the Museum of a magnificent collection of old
Chinese procelain, upon which visitors to the Museum have constantly
feasted their eyes.

TuE Director, accompanied by Mr. Arthur S. Coggeshall, early
in November repaired to Madrid, to instal in the National Museum
of Spain a replica of Diplodocus carnegiei. He was received with the
greatest courtesy by the officials of the Museum, and had the honor of
an audience with His Majesty Alphonso XIII., and also of meeting
Her Majesty Dofia Maria Christina, the mother of the King. During
his stay in Madrid the Director was honored by many tokens of kind-
ness and good will not the least of which was his election as an honorary
member of the Royal Spanish Society of the Natural Sciences. On
the afternoon of November 28, the Director had the pleasure of giving
an illustrated lecture before the Royal Society in the large audience
room of the International Institute for women. It was with peculiar
emotions that he arose to address his audience. Hanging on the wall
of the room to his left was a portrait of the late Mrs. Alice Gordon
Gulick, to whose philanthropy the Institute owes its existence. In
her young life this noble woman was an acquaintance of the speaker.
The sight of her features, glorified by the consecrating touch of years
of self-denying labor on behalf of the womanhood of Spain, naturally
awoke a flood of memories, and across the bridge of more than two-
score years there came, as phantoms come in dreams, the forms of
those who were her friends.

It is with satisfaction that the Director records the publication in
the Memorrs of his Monograph upon the Osteology of the Chalico-
theroidea, which forms the final part of Volume III of that series of

4 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

publications. This work, which has been in process of preparation
for several years past, embodies the results of extensive study and
comparison, in which the author was assisted by Mr. O. A. Peterson.
It is believed that it brings within the compass of a single paper all the
most important observations upon this group of mammals, which have
been made since 1825.

CONCENTRATED effort has been made during the fall and winter to
extract from the matrix some of the more important specimens found
in the great quarry in Uinta County, Utah, where Mr. Earl Douglass
and his assistants have been working for several years past. <A great
deal of the material is absolutely new to science, and the result of
these discoveries is certain to add enormously to our knowledge of
the reptilian fauna of Mesozoic times. The skeleton of Bronto-
saurus which has been recovered, probably the largest specimen
representing that genus which has ever been taken up, is in many
respects more complete than any other specimen which has been dis-
covered. When assembled and mounted it will show that the figures
heretofore published based upon more or less fragmentary material,
have been in many respects wide of the truth so far as the propor-
tions of the animal are concerned.

AMONG other material taken up in the Utah quarry is a remarkably
well-preserved skull of a sauropod dinosaur, referable to the genus
Diplodocus, in which even the sclerotic coat of the eye-ball has been
preserved in a fossil condition, and a paper upon this remarkable
skull will shortly be published by the Editor.

IMPORTANT collections of birds, collected by Mr. M. A. Carriker, Jr.,
in Venezuela and Colombia, have been received during the past
month. Many species not hitherto represented in the Museum have
come into our possession from this source. From tropical west
Africa we have received a number of species of the birds of this region
carefully collected by Mr. J. A. Reis. By exchange with the National
Museum in Madrid we have secured a small collection of the birds of
Morocco. The ornithological collections of the Museum are growing
steadily, and in a few years may be expected to become one of the
most important assemblages of its kind on the continent.

EDITORIALS, 5

THE collection of fishes has been increased during the past twelve
months by much valuable material obtained in South America, and
also in Japan and Corea. The South American collections were made
by parties collecting under the direction of Dr. C. H. Eigenmann.
The Asiatic collections were obtained for the Museum through Dr.
David Starr Jordan, with the generous assistance of the officials of
the Japanese government in Corea and Japan, as well as through the
disinterested kindness of Mr. Allan W. Owston, of Yokohama.

CAPTAIN F. E. KLEINSCHMIDT on the occasion of his visit to Alaska
succeeded in obtaining for the Museum some magnificent specimens
of the great Alaskan bear, Ursus middendorfi which it is proposed to
use in the preparation of a group.

Dr. O. E. JENNINGS during the summer of 1913 continued his
botanical exploration of the north shore of Lake Superior. He was
accompanied by Mrs. Jennings. They brought back with them to
the Museum a very large collection of the plants of the region and a
large number of photographs serving to throw light upon the ecological
relationships which exist at various points. Dr. Jennings reports that
he has ascertained a number of very interesting facts in reference
to the geographical distribution of species, and that he has also dis-
covered several species which are undoubtedly new to science.

During the summer Professor Arnold E. Ortmann made extensive
investigations in the drainage areas of Virginia, Kentucky, and
Tennessee. His studies upon the molluscan faune of these areas
are calculated to throw a flood of light not only upon the distribution
of species, but upon the origin and development of the river systems
themselves.

From Mr. G. A. Steiner we have received as a loan a very large
collection of Indian baskets, which has been mounted and placed
upon view. It forms a most attractive exhibit in the Gallery of
Ethnology.

DuRING the summer we had the pleasure of a visit from Sir William
M. Ramsey, who expressed himself as most highly pleased with the

6 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

arrangement and contents of the Museum. Sir William is familiar
with the leading museums of the world, and his approval of what he
saw was a source of great pleasure to the members of the staff who
had the honor of meeting him.

A LARGE collection made by Mr. José Steinbach during the past
three years in eastern Bolivia has just been received. It consists
principally of birds, mammals, and insects of all orders. There are
about twenty-seven thousand insects in the collection, and more than
six hundred birds.

From the United States National Museum we have received as a
gift from the Smithsonian Institution fifty-four skins and skulls of
African mammals collected by Col. Theodore Roosevelt on his ex-
pedition to East Africa. The collection consists principally of small
rodents, but includes the skin and skull of a specimen of Rhinoceros
bicornis. The rodents in a number of cases are cotypes of the species
recently described by Mr. Edmund Heller.

I. A NEW GENUS AND SOME NEW SPECIES AND
SUBSPECIES OF ABYSSINIAN RODENTS.

By CHILDS FRICK.

(PLates I-V.)
The forms herein described were collected by members of the party
during a ten months’ journey, which was made by the author from
Dirre Doua, Abyssinia, to Nairobi, British East Africa (1911-1912).

STENOCEPHALEMYS! gen. nov.

A large soft-furred, big-eared rat with white feet and tail, occurring
in the Chilalo mountains at an elevation of ten thousand feet above
sea-level. It shows resemblances to Epimys, but differs so essentially
in certain features of the skull, that it seems best to place it in a
separate genus, for which I propose the name Stenocephalemys, with
reference to the characteristic narrowness of the frontals.

CHARACTERS. Skull.tmRemarkable constriction of the interorbital
region, and posterior position of the narrowest point; anterior portion
of frontal broader than the posterior, which results in a peculiar
pinching in of the shortened frontal portion of the brain-case, accom-
panied by astretching of the squamosals, which here form an unusually
large portion of the anterior lateral roof of the cranium; width and
strength of malar portion of zygomatic arch together with narrowness
of antorbital plates and open oval shape of suborbital foramina;
elongation and marked slenderness of maxillary-premaxillary region;
strongly arched postero-anterior profile of upper surface of skull;
smallness of bulle.

The form most nearly approaching the new genus in its peculiar
orbital constriction is Dasymys, but Dasymys differs in the arrange-
ment of its molar patternand inentirely lacking the posterior narrow-
ness of the frontals and other important characters of the skull (see
Plate I, figs. 6-10 and Table of Ratios.) In the development of the
maxillary-nasal region the small forest-mouse, Epimys tulbergi endorobe
Heller, is very similar to the new genus, the nasals of this Epimys
being almost proportionately as long as, and the width of the anterior

l grevos = narrow, Kedadn = head, and wis = mouse.

7

8 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

orbital plate and the depth of the maxillaries being even less than,
those of the latter; the arrangement of the molar cusps is also similar
in both forms; on the other hand E. t. endorobe widely differs from
the new genus in totally lacking its peculiar and characteristic
development of the orbital and frontal portions of the skull (see
Plate II, figs. 6-10, and the following Table of Ratios).

TABLE OF RATIOS.

Type Cotype Dasymys® oe
(No. 11). | (No. 32). sp. ee

Ratio of anterior width to posterior

WAGE OL tKOntalS ces steleqera +1 cletereies I.40 I.10 .87-.79 -50
Ratio of length of nasals to greatest

length ofiskulliy s,s ciiae wive sects 46 -44 .40-.38 . eft
Ratio of maxillary depth at fronto-

maxillary suture to greatest

lens the opiskulliee eeverscia cercketeiees .22 -24 27.27 .20

Dentition.—Similar to that of Epimys in the proportions of the
molars and in the arrangement of their cusps.

Pelage—Of the same general character as that of some of the
sylvicoline species of Epimys, soft, exceedingly long and thick, the
color of upper and lower surfaces distinctly differentiated.

1. Stenocephalemys albocaudata sp. nov.

Type from Inyala Camp, Chilalo Mountains, southern Abyssinia,
collected February 18, 1911. (Original field No. D. G. R. 11.)

CHARACTERS. Skull.—Remarkable interorbital constriction of
frontal region, supra-orbital ridges approaching to within I mm., and
posterior position of narrowest point; squamosals largely supplanting
frontals in formation of brain case; excessive elongation of maxillary
nasal region; unconstricted base of suborbital foramina, and compara-
tive narrowness of spreading anterior orbital plates; markedly arched
superior profile of cranium.

Dentition.—Incisors ungrooved, yellow anteriorly, upper pair re-
curved, lower procumbent; molars worn smooth (see No. 32 for cusps,
which are arranged in three longitudinal rows as in Epimys); combined
length of M* and M® slightly greater than M1.

2 Dasymys 2, No. 162463 U. S. N. M. and No. 165237 U. S. N. M.., the latter
specimen figured on Plate I, figs. 6-10.

8 Epimys tulbergi endorobe Heller, 29, No. 163402 U. S. N. M., figured on Plate
II, figs. 6-10.

Frick: New ABYSSINIAN RODENTs, 9

Pelage.—Exceptionally soft and long; median and posterior portions
of back mottled saccardo-umber;' flanks pinkish buff and sharply
defined from gray of underparts. Main coat bi-colored; slate-gray
basal fur tipped dorsally with cinnamon to pinkish buff, and ventrally
with white; grayish tone of underparts due to prominence of dark
basal fur; mottled effect of upper back due to same cause together with
intermixture of coarser black hair; hair of rump max. 24.5 mm.; outer
portions of arms and thighs pinkish buff mixed with gray, inner portions
gray; upper portions of carpus, tarsus, and feet thickly covered with
white hair, which projects beyond the light-colored claws; under sides
of feet flesh-colored; pollex rudimentary, with nail in place of claw;
tail sub-equal or equal to combined length of head and body (14 an-
nulations per 10 mm.) light flesh-colored, thickly covered with white
hair. |

Besides the type the collection of the writer contains four other
specimens: No. 12, an old female, No. 13, an immature specimen
taken at the Inyala Camp, and two younger specimens (Nos. 32 and 24)
captured at Hora Mountain Base Camp.

MEASUREMENTS.
No. 1107, No. 12 9, No. 3207, | No. 249,
Mm. | Mm, Mm. Mm,
Length of head and body............ | 190 176 144 I44
Wench ofetarl wy s2 eck cakeay ksi Sete 161 164 Sonate 144
Wenethy ol pesy tac csevros ole rors = ares chests 2hials B05 31 32
Greatest length of skull......:...... AV Bl i532 | 38.4 36.3
Basilarslen pth eu te ccckers ee ohe varal sea loons SS eA: THU See fe MY KORe
Condylo-incisive length............. Walgreens oc Wooten co) 37 aay
Zyzomatic breadth.\\. 4. ).5005-.4- [goa [eae ye see a Wa Weta eX) | 18.8
interorbitall bread thie s0s stan 2 Zed eo lleacce tier tar [epg | 4.2
Supamosalepreadthits esses. aes | 15 tiene Ghar 15 14.1
Length and breadth of nasals........ | 19-.4X5 | 18X5 at feed 4.6
WenethOmdlaStema qepe a. cies TANI 12 | TUES 10.2
Alveolar length of upper tooth-row... .| 9.1 8.8 | Sa | 8
Length of palatal foramen........... | 10.3 0) | Q.2. °| 8.5
Depehy ot brain=cases. s siscnsscus hci | TOF Wie cae at LORS pa) 10.2
wWenethrotepullasae nt eel Mewes 6 rt eal 6 | 5.8
Depth of maxillaries at fronto-nasal, |
SIVETI GCM MA ekspe rene Sates a sayac amex NN teats sm) nme) | 9.6 | 8.5
Condylo-incisive length of mandible... 25 23.8 | 2r5

Genus OtTomys. Cuvier.

The collection contains two comparatively light-colored species of
Otomys with the incisive grooving, molar lamination, and soft, thick

,

4 Ridgway, ‘Color Standards and Nomenclature,’’ 1912.

10 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

pelage characteristic of O. jacksoni Thomas (see P. Z.S., 1891, p. 184)
from Mt. Elgon. The first, which I designate as O. helleri is repre-
sented by a large specimen from the Chilalo Mountains; the second,
O. malkensis, from the village of Malka in Sidamo, by a smaller and
slightly darker specimen. To avoid confusion both are described as
subspecies of O. jacksoni. When compared with specimens in the
U. S. National Museum, they come nearest in color to O. orestes

Thomas.
MEASUREMENTS.
No. 216! No. 290 | Type of O. 7ack-
(O. hellerz), |(O.malkensis),| sont in B,M.,,

| Mm. Mm, Mm.
Length of head and body.:.......... 175 127 120
Wengthtofitails & f 245. forts sncteaceioenee 82 83 50
Wength Of Pes.rec.. oasis hn etouekeeolete ere ee 27.5 26 26
Greatest length of skull.............. erate 36.5 36
Basilarilength) nic isths sts crombereituas eer ee Ss osie 1 28
Condylo-incisive length ............. eee B55 snausiie
ZY Fomaticnbreadth. cece aaa ae | ore 19 18
Interorbitalibreadthe. ia cere eine eee 4.5 3.8
Length and breadth of nasals......... 19 X7.5 LT Arce:
Wengthvor diastema. js) ee seereeeee 9.5 8.5 8.5
Alveolar length of upper row of teeth... | iit 9.7
Length of palatal foramen........... 8.5 6.6 6
Wensthtofimandibles.. cere eee | apa 22

2. Otomys jacksoni helleri subsp. nov. (Plate III, figs. 1-5.)

Type from Chilalo Divide Camp, Abyssinia, altitude 9,000 feet,
““heath-zone.”’ (Original field-number E. A. M., 7531, Feb. 17,
1912.)

GENERAL CHARACTERS.—Has the excessively long, soft fur, incisive
grooving, and molar lamination of O. jacksoni Thomas (I. c.), but has
a larger, more massively built skull, and far greater size of body. The
length of head and body of O. j. helleri is 175 mm. as against 120 mm.
in the case of O. jacksoni (typicus).

Skull.—The posterior portion of that of the type is unfortunately
broken, the molars are worn. Compared with O. j. malkensis (see
below), O. helleri is heavier throughout. The greater breadth of the
orbital region, the longer and wider nasals, the development of the sub-
orbital foramen, the depth of the maxillary region, the size of the
molars, and the breadth of the incisors are all particularly noticeable.
The dentition of the two forms agrees in that in both the lower incisors
have two deep grooves, the upper pair a deep outer and very indis-

Frick: New ABYSSINIAN RODENTS, aLdl

tinct inner groove, (see Fig. 1, p. 12) and the posterior upper molar

~

qlee rae,
has seven lamine. (Lamination of the series fy
4-2-2

Pelage-—In general character identical with, but longer, coarser,
slightly lighter, and more olivaceous than, the smaller O. 7. malkensis
(see below), somewhat resembling O. thomasi Osgood from the Guaso
Nyiro, very distinctly differing from the dark forms, O. elgonis Wrough-
ton, O. tropicalis Thomas, and O. irroraratus Brants, and most like O.
orestes Thomas (see above). Dorsal area Dresden-brown* in general ap-
pearance, sides lighter toned and but slightly differentiated from the
drab-like under parts. Upper pelage very long and soft; fur bicolored,
composed of a thick covering of comparatively short hair (24 mm.
in length) intermixed with longer hair (32 mm. in length). Basal
portion of entire coat slate-gray; tips of thick upper covering (1/10
of total length) vary from light buff on the sides to antimony-yellow
on the back, longer scattered hair banded subterminally to terminally
with broad black annulations; tips of under parts shorter and light
buff-colored, general grayish appearance due to prominence of faded
basal fur; outer portions of arms and legs same as sides, inner portions
as under parts; end of snout, hair about eyes, and anterior ear-tufts
antimony-yellow; posterior ear-patches of uniform, long, faded, light
buff hair, ears large, sparsely clad; tail short, well covered with
bristles, dark above, light buff below, (annulations 11 per 10 mm.);
upper parts of feet gray, washed with buff; toes worn dark, claws
light to translucent.

I take pleasure in naming this fine Abyssinian mountain form after
Mr. Edmund Heller, who has so greatly assisted the writer in com-
paring his material with that at the Smithsonian Institution.

3. Otomys jacksoni malkensis subsp. nov. (Plate III, figs. 6-10.)

Type from vicinity of Malka, Sidamo, Abyssinia, altitude 7,000 ft.
(Original field number G. D. R. 29, March 3, 1912.)

GENERAL CHARACTERS.—Lighter colored than O. jacksoni (typicus)
from Mt. Elgon (by published description, J. c.), with which it agrees
in the proportions of the skull and body. (See table of measurements
under O. j. hellert.)

Skull.—Fully adult. Measurements agree with those of O. jack-
soni (see measurements above).

5 Ridgway l. c. (cf. footnote 4).

Dy, ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Pelage—Upper parts dark cinnamon-brown' in tone, sides lighter,
demarcation between same and drab-gray under parts better defined
than in the larger O. 7. hellert. Tips of hair over
upper parts ochraceous to light buff; on lower
parts gray washed with light buff; anterior
and ocular portions of face without the light
markings of the larger species; ears well clad,
contrasting with the poorly clad, to much worn
ears of O. j. hellert; light posterior orbital
patches same in both subspecies; tail dark

above, light below (annulations 14 to IO mm.
Fic. 1. Lower inci- against II to 10 mm. in the larger form); cov-
sors of type (No. 29), I. ered with dark light-tipped hair, claws light to

viewed from in front; 2,
translucent.

from above. X 2
Genus GERBILLUS Desmarest.
4. Gerbillus bilensis sp. nov.

Type from dry plain near Bilen, Abyssinia. (Original field-number
7519, Dec. LO, LOLs)

GENERAL CHARACTERS.—In markings and coloration closely agrees
with the description of the much larger G. pyramidum Geoffroy of
Egypt (see J. Anderson, ‘Zoology of Egypt,’ 1902, p. 255) and differs
from G. pygargus Cuvier from Suakin (/. ¢., p. 256) and G. pulvinatus
Rhoads from southern Abyssinia, which it more nearly resembles in
size, by its pronouncedly dark median dorsal area, black eye-lids, dark
postocular stripes, and strongly buff coloration of the under surface of
the tail.

Skull—The hinder portion of the skull of the type is gone; the
molars are somewhat worn. Compared with the type of G. pulvinatus
Rhoads,’ the general proportions are the same, but the interorbital
region is slightly broader.

Pelage—Median portion of back and rump heavily marked with
black, anterior and lateral portions bright ochraceous buff (cf. Ridg-
way), under parts pure white. Individual hairs of upper flanks and
back light slate-gray at base and light ochraceous buff at tips, which

6 Ridgway, /. c. (cf. footnote 4).

7 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences of Philada., Vol. 48, 1896, p. 537. The writer has

had access to the specimens through the kindness of Mr. Witmer Stone, the Curator
in charge.

Frick: New ABYSSINIAN RODENTS, ils?

MEASUREMENTS.

| Nee eee No. 92, pul-|No. ot, pul-

| dilenensis, | pulvinatus,| Matus c,| vinalus 9,

| mm. mm, mm, | mm,
Length of head and body............ QD” sh lites scouts. c 86. 8.
Wenetiinotecalleecey sey stctenrs © che Cra cies | 139-I51.0, 137. 127-137 | 130-137
Weneth ofhind’ foots sees oso acs cle oS aS ASI ee oig= 25. 24.5
ceatesc length Or skill saa cele crete chetersia conte 30.6 Sia eee
Basilarlenetheohiskulle usc sella ecire star pee SN oN Geta yar)
Condylo-mcisiveulength’. 5 .:12 «.56 <0 allel cress oe! 20: Site Alito te beever Dede
ES SOMAIC DKEACCH. sejers «leteln cles ool ere lisusvonerene heist S lepers ayasscrete 16.2 14.2
Interorbitall breadth’. 1.06060. «c+ | 5.9 | 5.6 Ses | Salt
Salramosalybread theirs secre clerersicr acters cllpMeveretey tetas | 13.4 ugeyf |) 9)
enctbrolmasalsis. cress s ssstere scars. o1sncre els Tee 12) II.8 9.8
Breadthoh Masalsy scsi ey., ots Gisientere a ace QO ol 2.6 2tathes| 2.1
Wenetheotmdiastemanr tis sass as-is Dea hy | 7.8 8. 6.6
Alveolar length of upper row of molars B03) | 4. 4.1 4.
Length of palatal foramen........... 4.6 | eae Th Som) | 4.5
en et hwo el ml layers sisva oie ani att ccchail eee ea toute |) 1026 Tes 10.2
DWeptheor brAaln=CASel,s aks) 6 ace iclserecere |e aes se | OlEy leeresen Severs 8.8
Depth of maxillaries at fronto-nasal |

CURR, Adis on Me oS aoa ae Ge ee see | FETED de yack | 6.3

wengthrof mandibles. sc.6 6. aces 15 | 5 TESS UBS

over the dark area of the back are surtipped with black and intermixed
with long black hair; hair of lower flanks white at base, but with light
ochraceous buff tips, which blend into the pelage of the upper parts,
and are sharply defined from the uniformly white hair of the under
parts; coloration of the outer side of the thighs continuous with that
of the flanks; arms and inner sides of thighs white; sides, shoulders,
and muzzle light ochraceous buff; the bright coloring of muzzle
continued further down on sides of face than in G. pulvinatus Rhoads,
where the white of the chin encroaches on the same; occiput dusky;
slight markings beneath eye and half-way between corner of eye and
tip of nose, distinctly backwardly prolonged superciliary line, and small
post-auricular patches, white; margins of eye and oblique streak
posterior to same, dusky; main portion of tail light ochraceous buff,
dorsally marked with black, below paler, but without the white
streaking of G. pulvinatus; pencilled portion well-developed, black
above, white below (max. length of hair 12 mm.)

The collection of the writer contains two specimens of a Gerbillus
collected at the Oasis of Hor, just south of the Abyssinian border,
which in the proportions of the skull appears similar to Dr. A. Donald-
son Smith’s Gerbillus pulvinatus from Sheik Hussein (see description

14 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

by Rhoads). The type of the latter has unfortunately been so long
in alcohol that it is impossible to determine the color of the pelage,
but the outlines of the markings appear to agree with those of the
specimens from Hor, and a dry skin of an immature specimen in the
Smith Collection, which has been referred to the type has the same
markedly pinkish tone. The new subspecies from Sadi Malka differs
from all of these in the darker shading of its dorsal areas, and in the
ochraceous buff, instead of pinkish buff, coloration of the lateral
portions of its coat.
Genus TATERA Lataste.

5. Tatera nigricauda bodesse subsp. nov.

Type from Sagan River, Bodessa, Abyssinia; altitude 5,000 feet.
(Original field-number 312 E. A. M., June 6, 1912.)

GENERAL CHARACTERS.—Much smaller, but in other respects some-
what strongly resembling 7. nigricauda nyama Dollman® from the
northern Guaso Nyiro, but the black tail is shorter-haired, the color of
the body less brightly rufescent, due to the comparative lightness of
the coat and the resulting greater prominence of the slaty color of the
under fur, the head is darker, and the white and black ocular markings
more pronounced.

Length of pes 34.6 versus 36. in T. nigricauda nyama.

Skull.—-Fully adult, but molars show scarcely any wear. Of the
same type as skulls of the series of JT. x. nyama Dollman in the U. S.
N. M., but of markedly smaller size than those of the latter of equal age.

Pelage—Dorsal pinkish area buff (cf. Ridgway) heavily shaded
with black on head, median, and especially posterior portions of back;
under parts white. Individual hairs of upper pelage light slate-gray
with long whitish bases (the same being characteristic of T. nigricauda
Peters (¢ypica) in contrast with the light slate-gray of T. vicina Peters
(typica) and allies) 8* and pinkish buff tips, surtipped over darker areas
with black, and mixed with usual longer black hairs; flanks less bright
and pinker in tone than in T. 2. nyama; coloration of outer sides of legs
continuous with upper parts, inner sides uniform white, like under sur-
faces; snout and nape heavily shaded with darker; lids dusky, promi-

8 Cf. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) Vol. 7, 1911, p. 592. Specimen No. 183937,
9, U.S. N. M., is of the same age as the type of the new subspecies.

8¢Cf. MB. Akad. Berlin, 1878, p. 200. Nigricaudus from Taita, greatest

length of skull 49 mm., length of pes 41 mm.; vicinus from Kitui; greatest length
of skull 42 mm.; length of pes 31 mm.

Frick: NEw ABYSSINIAN RODENTS. 15
MEASUREMENTS.
No. 312. No. 183937 U.S. N.M.
(Type, o). (T. n. nyama).
menoth ofheadrand DOdYy <jcrrec ccicieteeloisie wills 127. 152.
Menetinnohetatls rey svec.areya ln ayers cess oi 0; ove. oes, wish 182. 208.
MUCH PU Ol DES ier) elect «foie srsicleveyal av) sy aie, crearc\ans 34.5 36.
Greatest length of skull... os ..c. 2c. ness 39.6 AI.
Bacilarilencthivotskulline os oc a cree oes sass 29.1 30.4
Condylo-incisiveilengths ...)5 6 sees os ee = 34.6 36.
ZV LOMACIC DLEAGtING S oie sever cye wis ersacloe ew eteii's 20.2 20.7
PILeTOLDItal reacduhiss «sisi ion ores overs eats We 7,
MALO SAlTDLEACUI ss) ete, atthe eve) etsy ezore ish atereilene ons Ts 17
IMEC DVOLNASALSIe are) cperccsis sieie sists Sere, she sere. eie 16.5 17.8
Breadthnorenasalss sic tice we ci dassie aera « Bay 4.
Wenrulay OLvdiaStemas riccvassicvs,s srevsbans sila) evsie 3 10.2 10.7
Alveolar length of upper row of molars..... 6.5 6.5
Weneth of palatal foramen: ...5..¢....5..-- Fie Tes
ILASayE[A OL-(oh 7h] 000 ee Ny Aone ICIRRCR CRD CRRICHCIOIC es Ion peIS Tats te
DepEbtoOl Drain=CASEs soc (oe acs, elssereus # ore' sis enc 12.5 AS
Depth of maxillaries at fronto-nasal suture. . 9.3 10.
Kencth or mandibles. = ia cicicisare cca’ Haste sie. 20.5 27.3

nent white of posterior portion of ocular rings passing into a grayish
area behind, anterior corner of eye with black markings; ears well-
developed, long, buffy haired at bases, tips dark; vibrisse predominantly
black with some white; tail well-clad, hair shorter thanin 7. 2. nyama,
anterior fourth of tail warm buff-colored with white markings under-
neath, posterior three-fourths black; top of tarsus light buff; upper
. surface of feet and toes covered with white hair, soles naked, under
surface of toes slightly haired.

The collection includes an immature specimen from~ Wobok,
Abyssinia.

6. Tatera vicina bodessana subsp. nov.

Type from Bodessa, southern Abyssinia; altitude 5,000 feet.
(Original field-number E. A. M., 301, May 25, 1912.)

GENERAL CHARACTERS.—Resembles T. v. pothae Heller,® but is dis-
tinctly smaller (see measurements below) and is more darkly shaded
over the posterior portion of the back and pinker in tone laterally.

Length of pes 31.5 mm. versus 35.5 in T. v. pothe Heller.

Skull—Similar to T. v. pothe, but smaller throughout (greatest

9 Cf. Heller, Smith. Misc. Coll., Vol. 56, 1910, p. 2. Specimen No. 163425
U.S. N. M.isa o from the Ulucania Hills, British East Africa, which is of
the same size as Tatera vicina Peters, l. c.

16 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

length 36.2 versus 41.3 in T. v. pothe) the nasals being noticeably
smaller in proportion, and the incisors lighter.

MEASUREMENTS.
No.
eeeeee | No. 302 c7,| No. 3607, | 16342507,
mm. mm. mm. | U.S.N.M.,
| mm.
Length of head and body............ 140. 1335 126. 144.
IL Ginga meee Sa osoeoIes oo aU Oo D soos 178. | 178. 178. 178.
IDEM O38 /X=See me ein odo oo coo Sac oc hike 21550 i] Rize 35-5
Greatest length of skull............. 20 pjabk by IORI OF B07 a2 41.3
Basilaglength ofiskills) sae 26.8 | 20: 27s 3
Condylo-incisive length ©. (-/.\)-\...careeren 29.2 33-20a| 32.4 36.9
Aysomatic breadth: 2... sees sietert 75 T8224] 18:4: “lesa
Imterorbital breadth... 5.25. +o een | Cus. || 6.3 6.5 Ties
Squamosallbreadthss..1-+ eee | 15.5 1527) 15.3 7
Kengthvofnasals:, som. starter Tihs) «, i|leters eeserersce TiS ei IQ.
Breadthpotencasals. ae eee er eee | hail ba cuPeeome ea | 3-4 4.1
WMenethvol diastema: ses cereeeee sees 8.8 9.6 | 9°. 10.6
Alveolar length of upper-tooth row. . .| 6. 6.3 | 6. 6.6
Length of palatal foramen........... 6. Gs 6.5 Ghei
Wenvthiofibulles ss. ae cerca els 10.5 10.8 | 10.9 II.1
Depthvotmbrain-Ccasens. ayer Tre 2 7 ee TT. 12.5
Depth of maxillaries at fronto-nasal,
SUCUTO re sieksge casne. svsuaredeteters evetereusyetsionens 8.8 8.8 8.6 10.1
Wengthrotsmandibles. s scrsc cele sacri | 18.2 19.2 18.6 21.4

Pelage.—Dorsal area pinkish buff (cf. Ridgway) heavily mottled
with black and sharply defined from the white of the under parts.
Individual hairs of upper pelage slate-gray at base and light pinkish
buff at tips, which are surtipped with black over darker median area;
latter portion also lightly lined with longer black hair; coloration of
outer portions of legs continuous with flanks and shoulders, inner
portions with white of lower coat; lids and anterior basal corners of
eyes dusky; grayish markings above and behind eyes; ears buff at
base, and dark at tips asin 7. v. pothe; tail well-clad, dark above and
light buff below, with hairs at the end elongated; upper surface of
feet and toes thickly covered with white hair, soles bare, under surface
of toes very slightly haired; claws much weaker than in T. v. pothe,
translucent to dark.

Besides the type the collection of the writer contains an old adult
(No. 302, co") and two immature specimens (Nos. 304 and 316) from
the type-locality, together with a mature male from Black Abai Lake.
The latter closely resembles the type, but is a trifle lighter in tone.
The young are very black over the median dorsal area, the rump, and

Frick: Nrw ABYSSINIAN RODENTS, 17

the upper surface of the tail. The skull measurements of the old adult
male (No. 302) the molars of which are much worn, are comparatively
small, and similar to those of the type in the foregoing table and com-
pare with the less aged but much larger specimen of T. n. nyama.

Genus Epimys Trouessart.
( Coucha Group.)

The collection of the author contains specimens of the genus
Epimys from widely separated districts of Shoa and Sidamo, which
have the ‘‘blackish”’ eye-ring, “bright ochre-colored”’ hair, and darkly
tinted wrists and ankles of Heuglin’s description of M. (?) rufidorsalis,”
but which differ from the same in their proportionately greater length
of tail and in the white tipping of the fur of their under parts, being
pure white, without the ‘‘dirty yellowish tinge.’”’ The collection also
includes specimens from Addis Ababa, Black Abai, Gardula, and
Tertale, which lack the dark ocular rings, dark ankles, and light
ochraceous sides of rufidorsalis, and resemble Peters’ Mus hildebranti™
and certain British East African races of the same.

7. E. rufidorsalis alettensis subsp. nov.

Type from Aletta, Sidamo, Southern Abyssinia, altitude 6,000 feet.
(Original field-number 31, D. G. R., March 6, 1912.)

GENERAL CHARACTERS.—Long soft fur, bright ochraceous buff of
side-coloration, dark ocular rings and ankles.

Skull.—Badly broken; of about same size as the larger specimens of
hildebranti, but with slightly heavier molars.

Pelage.—Upper parts bright ochraceous buff” thickly intermixed
with black over median dorsal area; under parts grayish white to white.
Deep quaker-drab hair of upper coat over median area faintly tipped
with ochraceous buff and thickly intermixed with longer black-tipped
hair; on shoulders and flanks strongly tipped with ochraceous buff and
but very faintly lined with black; outer sides of arms and legs deep
mouse-gray washed with buff; fur of under parts and inner sides of
arms and legs shorter and tipped with white; dark ocular rings promi-
nent; ears large, the distal half dark and finely covered with short hair;
vibrisse black and white; throat and chin well-covered, hairs with

=

10 Heuglin, ‘‘Reise in Nordost-Afrika,’’ Vol. II, p. 70.
1 Peters MB. Akad. Berlin, 1878, p. 200.
12 Ridgway, lL. c. (Cf. footnote 4).

18 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

dark bases and white tips, contrasting with the tendency to uniform
white in hildebranti Peters; tail dark brown above, lighter below;
flesh and hair of wrists and ankles cinnamon-brown, becoming lighter
on distal portions of feet and passing into white on the toes; claws
light, translucent, or speckled with darker color.

The collection includes a very young specimen (No. 32 9 ) from the
type-locality, which shows the same ocular rings and dark ankles.

8. E. rufidorsalis ankoberensis subsp. nov.

Type from Ankober, Shoa, Abyssinia, altitude 7,500 feet. (Original
field-number 7521, E. A. M., January 23, 1912.)

GENERAL CHARACTERS.—Comparatively large size of body and skull,
dark ocular rings and ankles.

Skull—Compared with other races of E. coucha Smith this is
longer and broader, showing greater development of the brain-case
and nasals.

Pelage.—Upper dorsal area prevalently hair-brown }¥in color, slightly
speckled with buff-tipped hair; sides bright buffy; under parts pallid
mouse-gray; dark ocular rings prominent, tip of nose white, ears very
large, with the usual fine covering; tail strongly bicolored, skin and
hair dark above, and hair below thick and white; ankles hair-brown
and sharply contrasted with the white-furred distal parts of feet and
toes.

g. E. hildebranti gardulensis subsp. nov.

Type from Gardula, Southern Abyssinia; altitude 4,000 feet.
(Original field-number 44, o', D. G. R., March 27, 1912.)

GENERAL CHARACTERS.—Slightly larger, but agreeing in the propor-
tions of skull and body with the series of E. neumani Heller from the
northern Guaso Nyiro, in U. S. National Museum, the general appear-
ance of the upper paits resembling E. newmanni, and being almost
identical with that of the slightly smaller EF. panya Heller /. c., from
Juja Farm, and the lower surface differing from both E. neumanni and
E. panya by the entire lack of the usual buffy over-wash.

Skull.—Proportions very similar to, but slightly larger than, those
of EF. neumani Heller.

Pelage-—Dorsal area generally avellaneous,4 median portion dark
to blackish, due to thick intermixing of longer black hair (the light-
tipped fur is never surtipped with black as in Arvicanthis and some

13 Ridgway, Ll. c. (Cf. footnote 4).
144 Ridgway, l. c. (See footnote 4).

Frick: New ABYSSINIAN RODENTS, 19

other genera); sides lighter and divided from pallid mouse-gray of
under parts by a bright buffy line; slate-gray fur of ventral surface
evenly tipped with pure white; tail slightly darker above than below,
annulations prominent (13 per 10 mm.) and but slightly haired; feet
and toes white-furred.

Color of dorsal area of series of nine specimens (Nos. 44 0’, 86 0’,
37 2,55 0', 53 2,313 o, 83 &, 80 9, and 89, juv.) varies from drab-
gray in a specimen from Tertale to vinaceous-buff in one from Black
Abai Lake.

The collection includes a specimen (No. 7520) from Addis Ababa,
which differs from the specimens described above, and corresponds
with Peter’s description of FE. hildebranti (typicus) in the strong
“ochre color’ of its under parts, the white of same being heavily
washed with buff along the sides and mid-ventral line. This specimen
also differs from E. gardulensis in having heavier fur and in the excep-
tional blackness of its dorsal area. Tails of specimens from Addis
and Tertale are much the shortest of the series, and the only specimens
in which tails measure less than the combined length of head and body.

MEASUREMENTS.
No. 440° | No. 37 2, |No. 7520<c',| No. 313’, |No. 7521 07,
(Type), |Black Abai,| Addis, Tertale, | Ankober,
mm. mm. Imm. mm. mm.
Length of head and body..| 120. Te 13%. ese 133.
Wenethrol tails a. eieterase «e2vs I20. irate 107. 07. 154.
Wen gthvofipeSiiic «ccs ous ='euc te Ze 24.5 24.5 23.5 28?
Greatest length of skull.... 23.3 R255 31.6 30.6 34.9
Basilarwlensthye-1. = <1 <1 26.6 20.1 26. 23.9 28.1
Condylo-incisive length... . 31.4 30.4 | 30.1 28.5 S415
Zygomatic breadth........ erreGotvshel ors TUB Td IN teetee eae: I4.1 16.4
Interorbital breadth....... | 4.6 4.4 4.6 4.4 4.9
Squamosal breadth........ ie Te: I2.4 I2.2 13.6
mengthyofnasals: .1... ¢..... 12.6 I2.9 I2.6 12.6 I4.I
Breadth Or Nasalsiy. 1. 1+ <1 Be. 2145 253 Sou 4.
Length of diastema....... 8.5 8.6 8.6 8. 9.
Alveolar length of upper
(HOLL NICO S moned dub Onmo Oo 5.6 5.4 al 5.1 6.3
Length of palatal foramen. . 7.6 ie Gea 4 HAS,
Depth of brain-case....... 9 8.5 9.3 8.5 9.1
Depth of maxillary at fronto-
Wenasalisutiineteccr. «cree os 7.6 Pa 7.4 ie 7.6
Length of mandible....... 17.6 17.6 17.5 16.5 19.1

Genus ARVICANTHIS. Lesson.

Three distinct forms of Arvicanthis abyssinicus Riippell, taken in
widely separated localities, Chilalo (altitude 9,000 feet), Sadi Malka

20 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

(3,000 feet), and Gardula (4,000 feet), differ from the species repre-
sented in the U. S. National Museum and from descriptions of those
in the British Museum, and are described below as new subspecies.

The first, a large form from the Chilalo Mountains, by its heavy
molars and strongly built skull, together with its short tail, well defined
dorsal line, and lightly lined coat, is quite distinct from the latter two,
which differ from each other mainly in color and in the proportionate
length of their longer tails, the specimens from Sadi Malka tending to
resemble A. festicularis jebele Heller and those from Gardula A. a.
nubilans Wroughton.

10. Arvicanthis abyssinicus blicki subsp. nov. (Plate IV, figs. 1-5.)

Type from Hora Mountain Base Camp, South Chilalo Mountains,
Abyssinia, altitude 9,000 feet. (Original field-number 26, o&%, D.G. R.,
Feb. 28, 1912.)

GENERAL CHARACTERS.—A large light-colored form with short tail,
prominent median dorsal line, undifferentiated lower parts, and ex-
ceptionally heavy molars.

Length of foot 33 mm.; of tail 150 mm.; alveolar length of upper
tooth-row 8.5 mm.

Pelage—The tawny olive coloration of the dark median area and
light-lined pinkish buff of the lateral portions of the back pass into
wood-brown and drab-gray on the under parts. Black hair of scant
dorsal lining long (23 mm.), main coat bi-colored, bases of hair warm
sepia, tips light buff on under parts and sides to warm buff on upper
and posterior portions of back; hairs of rump 9.5—-11.5 mm. in length;
outer portions of arms and legs same as back; throat and inner portions
of limbs scantily haired and faded inner coat prominent; small post-
auricular patches of soft white hair; ear-covering and sides of snout
warm buff; tail well clad, buff below and on sides, black-brown above
(in some specimens whole tip is black); hair of body at base of tail
ochraceous tawny; feet gray, washed with warm buff; claws opaque
black throughout.

Skull—Strongly built and exceptionally broad, especially in
zygomatic region (zygomatic breadth 19-21 mm. in series of eight
specimens, against 18.5 in typical A. abyssinicus Riippell) ;* frontals
depressed between strong supra-orbital ridges, which send spurs into

16 Ridgway, l. c. (cf. footnote 4).
16 Cf. Dollman, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 8, I9I1I, p. 334, ef seq.

Frick : New ABYSSINIAN RODENTS. 21

orbit; dorsal frontal maxillary line much curved; palatal foramina
without usual mid-lateral expansion; post-palatal foramina fairly large,
opposite heel of M?; molars very broad and heavy with markedly
heavy cusps, arranged in typical Arvicanthis pattern; alveolar length
of upper row of teeth 8.5 mm., compared with 7 mm. in A. abyssinicus
Riippell (cf. Dollman, J. c.) and 8 mm. in the larger A. niloticus
Desmarest (cf. Dollman, /. c.) and attaining in Specimen No. 15 (a
very old female) a measurement of 9.4 mm. (see table below).

MEASUREMENTS.

| |

Type |

26, Oo, 401, 9,|/14, ol 15, 9,/21, o, 28, o',| 16, 9, |403, 9,/18, 2
M M Mm

Mm. | Mm.)| Mm.| Mm.| Mm, Mm. Mm. Mm,

Length of head and body....|164 |161 164 ‘164 164 |I150 |143 |158 |158

Wenrthvor tail. oes, 2 sisters evs aie s jr03 |III |IIXI |1IO |11O |104 | 92 |113 |XX
Teen eth o£ Pesis.. ise fs ees. ss 30 | 29.5] 31 32 20) | 30:5)|-28) |) 31-51) 27
Greatest length of skull...... feces eyets) farohsse2} fo clea ete bes oa Deri ade 33-4| 32.8
Basilar length of do.......... eine) SSO. 7 etic nase Slater 31.3| 29 | 28.5] 28.2
Condylo-incisive length of.

CUT eee tae tale ts hee neue oayep hadrons 35 BALE Gere eictepesell eiereteue ZIG e} cc 223532
Zygomatic breadth.......... 29 LOSS LOL OIE selepi levers I9.1| 19 | 18.6) 19.6
Interorbital constriction..... 5 Soo eebes | LS AT Asa) 4-8\) 0 As7) slo
Squamosal breadth.......... I4 WAY Male acres larcccara tte marere 13:0] 1325) L3 I4
Wenebhvofnasalsis sis. s+. e6 TAM elisa 5 eperetor: EAR a2. 13-5) D2.5) i255) enes5
BLeAGthuoOLrmasals. «ec «ss Aes rAe4l ALO) AES) eAcAl era ALS 4A
Length of diastema......... lS O25 LOw | toss) 08 | os) 9 8.5] 8.5
Alveolar length of upper tooth-

OMe Tereveencleke ster h cher erens 8.5) 8.5) | GRA Ge Gl) ees YS) ie
Length of palatal foramen....| 7 5 WOSNe HOS) FOS ASH a TI OF5 |) 1025
Wengthiof bullae: 3. .ssrers we sre (O54 Mun CB Som coe [feoasehee O57) 1635) 80-0105 Oss
Depth of brain-case......... LOM |e-VOeS |e: eee aes 10.4) I0 9.7] 10.3
Depth of maxillaries at fronto- |

MIASALSTUEMTO Es omits crete seusiesot II TOSS LE wes KOs 7) HOs5 |) 0:5) 90 9.3
Length of mandible......... 22 22 22 e253 22 21 21.5| 20

The author’s collection contains a series of seventeen specimens,
twelve large adults, three small adults, and two immature, all taken
February 24, 25, and 28, on treeless plain by Hora Mountain Base
Camp, where they were seen running about in the daytime pursued
by hawks. The pelage of most specimens is much worn and there-
fore patchy in appearance, the light tips of the dorsal hairs having
been broken off over considerable areas. Specimen No. 18 shows the
widest variation in color, tending toward buffy brown in contrast
with the tawny olive of the type.

Named after my companion, Mr. J. C. Blick.

2? ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

11. Arvicanthis abyssinicus mearnsi subsp. nov. (Plate IV, figs.
6-10.)

Type from Sadi Malka, Hawash River, Abyssinia, altitude 2800 ft.
(Original field number 7522 E. A. M., January 29, 1912.)

GENERAL CHARACTERS.—Length of tail equal to, or greater than,
combined length of head and body, and grayish olive tone of body
coloration.

Skull.—Generally very similar to A. a. raffertyi (see description
below), but viewed laterally shows less depth in the maxillary region,
and a more flattened brain-case; all suggesting A. testicularis jebele
Heller (see comparative table of measurements below). The posterior
portion of the incisive foramina, however, is shorter and not narrowed
down as in the latter and the breadth of the skull is greater.

Pelage.—Black-lined dorsal area deep grayish olive to brownish
olive” posteriorly, median line absent; under parts whitish, sharply
differentiated from sides, and washed with buff along mid-ventral
line and at sides. Individual hairs of main coat dark at base, dorsally
with terminal to sub-terminal bands of cartilage or cream-buff, and
ventrally with white to light buff tips; hairs of rump 1.15 mm.—18.5
mim. in length; flanks, sides of face, outer portions of arms and legs
deep to dark olive-buff; ocular rings, sides of muzzle, and hairs of ear
cream-buff; skin of throat and inner arms bare; vibrisse black; tail
buff below, dark above; hairs of rump at base of tail sagal-brown;%
feet gray, strongly washed with buff, claws brown with horny tips.
In general external appearance this new subspecies somewhat resembles
A. a. jebele Heller, but its upper parts are much darker, due to the
black lining, which is less distinct in A. a. jebele. The size of the
body is less than that of the latter, and its tail is proportionally
longer.

The writer’s collection contains four specimens, all taken at Sadi
Malka on January 29, 1912. No. 7523 shows a slight variation in
color from the type, being lighter and more brownish olive in tone.

I have named this new sub-species after Dr. Mearns, collector of
the type, and ornithologist of the expedition.

17 Ridgway, l. c. (cf. footnote 4).
18 Measurements from specimen in United States National Museum.

Frick: New ABYSSINIAN RODENTs, 293

MEASUREMENTS.
A. testicu-
No. 7522, o'|No. 7523, o',|No. 7524, 0',| No. 38,07, laris
(a iee): Mm. Mm, m. Jjebele
m. m.
Length of body and head..} I41 136 132 132 153
Wength of tails. <5 5:.. 0 21<\ 138 I45 137 143.5 143
WWenetOvOlePES jeneves ssi) sis 29 28.5 27 27 28-29
Greatest length of skull.... 34 34.2 33-3 32.2 34
Basilar length of skull..... 27.5 QT 27 26.5 28
Condylo-incisive length of
SU Ue euetataentiarsnch svete. seh aise p32 Bon Bias 30.5 32
Zygomatic breadth........ ae 7A 17 16.6 16.1
Interorbital constriction.... 5.4 7) ee) 5 5
Squamosal breadth........ 10338) 13.4 13.2 13 nae
Nasals, length and breadth Ta DCAN TE 2.3 GALS SOCAL ONE OPwAN hla. 2s ey
Length of diastema....... 8.2 8.2 8.1 7.6 8.5
Alveolar length of upper
EOOUMELOW 255 srecytrs cee oceus 7 7 6.6 6.5 6.8
Length of palatal foramen.. 7 Gi 6.7 6.7 fee
Depth of brain-case....... 9.8 9.6 9.5 9.3 9.5
Depth of maxillary region at
fronto-nasal suture...... 8.5 8.6 8.6 8.3 8.7
Length of mandible....... 18.7 18.7 17.8 17.6 I9

12. Arvicanthis abyssinicus raffertyi subsp. nov. (Plate V.)

Type from Gardula, Southern Abyssinia, altitude 4,000 feet.
(Original field number D. G. R. 59. Collected March 29, 1912.)

GENERAL CHARACTERS.—Rufescent, with tail of medium length,
and neither dorsal stripe nor white post-auricular patches. Very
similar in color to certain specimens of A. a. nubilans Wroughton in
the U. S. National Museum, and also appearing to resemble Mr. Doll-
man’s description of A. a. zaphiri, but lacks the broad brain-case and
large pes of the latter.

Squamosal breadth of brain-case 13.8 against 15.2 of A. a. zaphirt
Dollman!§ and 14.2 of A. a. nubilans Wroughton; average length of pes
27.5-28.5 versus 31 of A. a. zaphire.

Skull.—General proportions very similar to those of A. a. nubilans
Wroughton from Kisumu in the U.S. National Museum. A series of
specimens shows great variations in size. (See measurements below.)

Pelage.—Dorsal area cinnamon-brown” to ochraceous tawny, heavily
lined with black and sharply differentiated from the gray of under parts.
Black lined main pelage of upper parts with broad light-colored terminal

19 Dollman on ‘“‘Arvicanthis abyssinicus and allied East-African Species, with
Descriptions of Four New Forms,” Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. 8, I91l,
P- 334-

20 Ridgway, l. c. (cf. footnote 4).

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

24

S83 b'6
saree zor
PS I'9
L So
so/d 6
v v
SBI ora
Seta wie sScer
S vs
Sion Ser
of ze
Qz OLz
Sie) eZeSS
S'92 | Lz
VII | Sor
gvI | tena
‘wy | mY

“P88 ON |‘ oF “ON

|

: Oz $61 I'0z Oz L:0@ Co'o1
L:6 $6 OI I‘O1 9°6 OI on
or S‘o1 Sor ee I‘OI Lor L‘o1
S‘9 L L L L'9 L S°9
L9 SZ Sol Te; L L’9 ano),
S'°8 Lg 6 z'6 Lg c°6 6
vv SV 30 ov aS L'v av
S‘cI S'c1 Sz1 ‘VI POG S50 €1
on ASA Fat srat O-f1 Sr [Asa Q°E1
eres ces g's ats) gS gs aS)
gli g Li SI VSI gli £°g1 6°L1
Sas pegs SEae saegsas vs Sve €e
S-Lz S-Lz Oza, el V:02 LS OCag i 9%
gee vVE LaView|OrSe as S20 Seal Resse
C62 GLa SEQ allel SLliZ C32 ewig \
fo eaten Lot €zI VII Besse 6zre|| ger" |
v1 vri gLI 6z1 zefI SVI 6VI |
| IN, | cmp | co | com | ce | com |. UN
| 0 gPSZ |. A alla aeetectranella Selaicer A
| Bere \°8 98 “onl|4P $9 “ont|'6 BE “onT|'3 29 “ON|P $S ON p68 “En
“SINAWAUNSVA YL

** *Q[qIpUuUeU Jo Y4S8UI7T
“oss ssorieyrxeur jo yydaq
TESORO CU OIG COORD tayshr pica] nor uploeyg|
“**-W9uretoj Teyeyed yWSsusT
*MOI-Y}00}-10ddn jo YSU] Te[ODATY
"+ ***eUaISPIP JO YASUI]

+5s5ss sop Jo yIpeaig
“se * *sTeseu JO 4}SUsT]
ehapetriiahioite alis of ene “yy peeiq jesourenbs
‘*yQpeeiq [e}q10107UT
‘**U4peoiq o17euUI0SAZ
Sug] VAISIOUI-OTAPUOD,
fe) (6) 8) eustie! ele) ele yq3us] repiseg
“***"TMyS JO YISuV] 4S97eI14)
+300} pury jo yysuUsT
eKejraleiiel,.e)s, “rey jo yysue'T]
*-Apoq pue pesy jo y}sue7T

Frick: New ABYSSINIAN RODENTS, 25

to subterminal rings of light ochraceous to ochraceous-buff; hair of
rump II.5-20 mm. in length; under parts gray with three indistinct
longitudinal buffy lines, 7. e., two lateral, bordering dark coloration
of the sides and a single median line; outer covering of arms and legs
continuous with ochraceous tawny flanks and shoulders; throat and
undersides of arms and legs sparsely covered with hair; ocular rings,
sides of snout, scant short covering of ears, and anterior basal tuft
ochraceous-buff; lower side of tail ochraceous buff, upper side black:
hair of rump at base ochraceous buff; anal region of the same color
mixed with white; feet ochraceous buff with toes tending to become
dark through wear; claws brown with horny tips.

The author’s collection contains twenty-three specimens of different
ages taken March 27—April 25, 1912, in the vicinity of Gato Camp,
Gardula, and one specimen from South Abai Lake, taken March 19
(No. 7548 2), which differs from the rest of the series in the length
of the pes, the maximum length of the pes in the series being 28.5 mm.,
as against 30 mm. in No. 7548, but the coloration and characters of
the skull indicate that it belongs to the same species.

Individuals show considerable variation in color:

1. In the distinctness of the demarcation between the sides and
under parts;

2. In the tone of the under surface, which runs from white, either
lightly or strongly washed with buff, to dark mouse-gray; and

3. In dorsal shading, which is partly due to age, 7. e., specimens with
unworn to slightly worn molars average darkest and more olivescent
than rufescent.

The size (by measurement of skulls and dried skins) is not dependent
upon age, 7. e., the molars of two of six specimens (including the type)
measuring in length of head and body 150 mm. and over, together
with those of nine specimens averaging 135 mm. in length, show
scarcely any wear, while the molars of one specimen of ten measuring
under 125 mm. are well worn (No. 40).

Average length of tail 105 mm.; tail of type and Nos. 51 and 41
longest, 130 mm.; latter short-bodied and only specimen with tail
exceeding combined length of head and body.

The species is named after its collector, Dr. Rafferty.

21 Upper pelage of No. 61 @ in writer’s collection is identical in color with a
specimen of nubilans Wroughton in the U. S. National Museum, No. 183050, but

A. nubilans as a series runs lighter and the tails average less than in the new sub-
species.

26 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Genus Acomys Geoffroy.
13. Acomys hawashensis sp. nov.

Type from Sadi Malka, Abyssinia; altitude 3,500 feet. (Original
field-number D. G. R., No. “‘A,”’ 2, Jan. 31, 1912.)

In the size of tail and body this form approaches A. dimidiatus
Cretzschmar from Egypt,” and differs greatly from a series of A.
kempi Dollman” in the author’s collection in the greater length and
breadth of body, tail, and feet, the larger size of ears, brighter colora-
tion of sides, lack of subocular white patches (has tendency to the
same postorbital patches) and heavier dorsal spines. In the latter
feature it approaches A. percivali*4 Dollman.

Pelage.—The fawn-color of the anterior dorsal region darkens into
benzo-brown on spiny rump and passes into light pinkish cinnamon
on flanks and shoulders; underparts white. Hair of dorsal area stiff,
modified into spines over the posterior part of same. (Maximum
length of hairs 14.5 mm. versus 12.5 mm. in A. kempi and 15.5 in A.
percivali.) Individual hairs mouse-gray in color, with whitish bases
and tips of light cinnamon-drab to benzo-drab (cf. Ridgway /. c.) on
upper parts, and pinkish cinnamon on sides and flanks; outer portions
of arms and thighs marked with light pinkish cinnamon like shoulders
and flanks, inner portions white like the under parts; head and snout
fawn-colored, sides of face light like the sides of the body; no white
subocular patches as in A. kempz; ears much larger than those of the
latter species, but similarly covered with fine down, brownish and
darkest towards tips; tail, which is equal to head and body in length,
darkest dorsally, where the fine bristles are stouter and darkest
(annulations 14 per 10 mm.)._ Bristle-like covering of upper surface
and sides of feet white, washed with benzo-brown.

NOTES.

It is worthy of remark that the nine specimens of A. kempi in the
collection of the author (three adults and one immature from Tertale,
three from Mt. Indunumara, one from Endoto, and one from Yebo)
cannot be differentiated by skull-measurements or external characters
from a series of the same species in the U. S. National Museum, taken
at the Northern Guaso Nyiro. Mature individuals vary slightly in

22 Cf. Riippell, Atlas, 1826, p. 37; and Anderson, ‘‘Mammals of Egypt,’ 1902,
Pp. 234.

23 Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) Vol. 8, p. 125.

24 Annals & Mag. Nat. Hist., (8) Vol. 8, p. 126.

Frick: NEw ABYSSINIAN RODENTS, Ot,

the color of the back, which becomes lighter and more pronouncedly
fawn with age. The very young are mouse-gray, with only a slight
suggestion of drab on lower flanks. The spines are also undeveloped
in the young, and the tails are smooth and mouse-gray above, con-
trasting with the roughened and fawn-colored tails of adults.

The nineteen specimens of a blue form taken at Gardula and the
Abai Lakes, which agree in coloration and measurements with the
series of A. percivali Dollman, in the U.S. National Museum, especially
that part of the series from the Lololokui Hills (north of the Northern
Guaso Nyiro River), appear to be identical with Dr. A. Donaldson
Smith’s alcoholic specimens from Lake Abai and eastward,” and differ
from A. kempi Dollman:

1. By the blue instead of strongly fawn tone of the dorsal coloration;

2. By the coarser and less brilliant under parts, with a tendency to
gray at the throat;

3. By the less distinct demarcation between the sides and upper
parts;

4. By the longer spines (maximum length 15.5 mm. versus 12.5
mm.);

5. By the fact that skulls with well-worn molars average slightly
larger than skulls of A. kempi of the same age. But both forms are
somewhat variable.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PEADE le

Fic. 1. Stenocephalemys albocaudata Frick. Adult. (Type No. 11.) Lateral
view of skull and mandible. +.

Fic. 2. Do. Superior view of skull.

Fic. 3. Do. Inferior view of mandible.

Fic. 4. Do. Inferior view of skull.

Fic. 5. Do. Superior view of mandible.

Fic. 6. Dasymys sp. (U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 165237.) Lateral view of skull and
mandible. }.

Fic. 7. Do. Superior view of skull.

Fic. 8. Do. Inferior view of mandible.

Fic. 9. Do. Inferior view of skull.

Fic. 10. Do. Superior view of mandible.

2> In the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia marked

« spinosissimus Peters,” for the privilege of examining which the author is indebted | rae

to Mr. Witmer Stone, the Curator in charge.

28 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

PLATE II.

Fic. 1. Stenocephalemys albocaudata Frick. Less mature. (Cotype, No. 32.)
Lateral view of skull and mandible. jf.

Fic. 2. Do. Superior view of skull.

Fic. 3. Do. Inferior view of mandible.

Fic. 4. Do. Inferior view of skull.

Fic. 5. Do. Superior view of mandible.

Fic. 6. Epimys tulbergi endorobe. (U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 163402, 9.) Lateral
view of skull and mandible. +.

Fic. 7. Do. Superior view of skull.

Fic. 8. Do. Inferior view of mandible.

Fic. 9. Do. Inferior view of skull.

Fic. 10. Do. Superior view of mandible.

PraATEe LET.

Fic. 1. Otomys jacksoni helleri Frick. (Field No. E. A. M. 7531.) Lateral
view of skull and mandible. .

Fic. 2. Do. Superior view of skull.

Fic. 3. Do. Inferior view of mandible.
Fic. 4. Do. Inferior view of skull.
Fic. 5. Do. Superior view of mandible.

Fic. 6. Otomys jacksoni malkensis Frick. (Type, Field No. D. G. R. 29.}
Lateral view of skull and mandible. }.

Fic. 7. Do. Superior view of skull.

Fic. 8. Do. Inferior view of mandible.

Fic. 9. Do. Inferior view of skull.

Fic. 10. Do. Superior view of mandible.

PLATE IV.
Fic. 1. Arvicanthis abyssinicus blicki Frick. (Type, Field No. D. G. R. 26,
o'.) Lateral view of skull and mandible. 4.
Fic. 2. Do. Superior view of skull.
Fic. 3. Do. Inferior view of mandible.
Fic. 4. Do. Inferior view of skull.
5. Do. Superior view of mandible.
6. Arvicanthis abyssinicus mearnsi Frick. (Type, Field No. E. A. M.
7522, 0.) Lateral view of skull and mandible. ft.
7. Do. Superior view of skull.
Fic. 8. Do. Inferior view of mandible.
9. Do. Inferior view of skull.
10. Do. Superior view of mandible.

PLATE V.
Fic. 1. Arvicanthis abyssinicus raffertyi Frick. (Type, Field No. D. G. R. 50,
o'.) Lateral view of skull and mandible. +.
Fic. 2. Do. Superior view of skull.
Fic. 3. Inferior view of mandible.
Fic. 4. Inferior view of skull.
Fic. 5. Superior view of mandible.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX. Plate |.

Figs. 1-5. S. albocaudata Frick. (Type. No. 11.) l.
Figs. 6-10. Dasymys sp. (No. 165237 U.S. N.M.) 4.

7 :
(a
i
fl
fi
iy
t
f
eh
1
ier

4 ‘ . il
at ¢ hn 3
A )
. _—
r iY 1"
ier i i
4
7 4 mh {
a ,
a, wo ‘)
a
re
Bs
r 1
= :
_
ti
ifn
f oo
” ry
Oyen
V
‘
: toy
~ I
i
»
f ;
i} ‘a
F na Mw
‘1 f \ i
,
‘
\
\
‘
ar ¥
f
\
i
F 4
'

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX. Prate Il.

Figs. 1-5. S. albocaudata Frick, juv. (Cotype. No. 32.) +.
Figs. 6-10. Epimys tulbergi endorobe Heller. (No. 163402, U.S. N. M.) +.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX. Plate III.

Figs. 1-5. Otomys jacksoni mearnst Frick. (Type. No. 7531).
Figs. 6-10. Otomys jacksoni malkensis Frick. (Type. No. 29).

BIR HIE

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX. Plate IV

A A a

Figs. 1-5. Arzicanthis abyssinicus blicki Frick. (Type. No. 26). tf.
Figs. 6-10. Arvicanthis abyssinicus mearnsi Frick. (Type. No. 7522). tf.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX Plate V.

Figs. 1-5,

Arvicanthis abyssinicus raffertyi Frick. (Type. No. 59). +.

Il. A NEW TITANOTHERE FROM THE UINTA EOCENE.
By O. A. PETERSON.

During the summer of 1912, while collecting fossils for the Carnegie
Museum and seeking for data bearing upon the geology of the Uinta
Basin, the writer was so fortunate as to find in the upper portion of
Horizon B, near Myton, on the Duchesne River, Uinta County, Utah.
a number of specimens pertaining to a phylum of the true Titanotheres,
The material is new to science, and bears directly upon important ques-
tions discussed in his Memoir upon the Titanotheriide by Professor
Henry Fairfield Osborn, now, as we are informed, nearing completion.
In order that these additional data may be published early enough to
be incorporated in Professor Osborn’s work, it has been decided, at his
suggestion, to print this paper in the Annals without waiting for the
fuller account of the fauna of the Uinta which is in contemplation.

In the December issue of the American Naturalist, 1895, the late
J. B. Hatcher published a new species of Diplacodon (D. emarginatum,
suggesting for his species a new generic name (Protitanotherium)
‘should future discoveries show that there are hornless forms with the
same dental character as Diplacodon.’’ Whether or not the true
Diplacodon elatum Marsh! has horns, is still, I believe, an open ques-
tion. Professor Osborn in his ‘New and Little Known Titanotheres
from the Eocene and Oligocene,’’? has accepted Hatcher’s proposed
genus Protitanotherium without much comment.’ We anticipate that
in his forthcoming work he will give his reasons for accepting the genus.

From the studies of Osborn, Earl, Hatcher, Douglass, and Riggs,
we see that the Titanotheres of the Upper Eocene were already well
differentiated. In fact it appears that the family had at this time
reached its highest polyphyletic development, the survivors in the
lower Oligocene being restricted to only those with true horns already
developed. As was foreshadowed by Hatcher from the remains
which he found in Horizon B (“‘cornutum beds’’), it is now apparently

1 Marsh, O. C., Amer. Jour. Sci. (3), IX, 1875, p. 247.

2 Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXIV, 1908, p. 615.

3 In a letter from Professor Osborn, dated November 20, 1912, he stated that
the true Diplacodon is a slender form, while Protitanotherium is a robust animal.

29

30 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

well-established that the types with true horns and truly titanotheroid
cranial structure are of earlier origin than has been hitherto believed.
At the same time it appears that the structure of the limbs and feet
of these predecessors is more nearly identical with that of the con-
temporary genera Telmatherium, Metarhinus, Dolichorhinus, etc., and
undoubtedly further removed from Titanotherium than are Diplacodon
elatum, Protitanotherium emarginatum, etc., from a later horizon of
the Uinta sediments. We learn from the material collected in the
Uinta Eocene by the Princeton Expedition of 18864 that the remains
referred to Diplacodon are much further advanced in the direction of
the Oligocene titanotheres. Comparisons made will be referred to in
their proper places in the following description.

I desire to thank Dr. W. J. Holland for his kindness in allowing
me to work up the material on which this paper is based, and for his
revision of the manuscript for publication. I am also under obliga-
tion to Professor Charles Schuchert and the staff of the Peabody
Museum of Natural History for much assistance in connection with
the study of Professor Marsh’s type of Dziplacodon elatum. Mr.
Sydney Prentice of the Staff of the Carnegie Museum made the
drawings reproduced in this paper, and the photographs were made
by Mr. Arthu: S. Coggeshall.

Diploceras osborni® gen. et sp. nov.

Type:—Front of skull, lower jaws, poition of pelvis, atlas, portion
of axis, fragments of scapula and foot-bones, No. 2859.

Paratypes:—Front of skull No. 2858; vertebral column, fragments of
ribs, limb- and foot-bones, No. 2860; crowns of two upper molars,
No. 2860a; humerus, No. 2861; tibiz No. 2862.

Horizon:—Upper B, Uinta Eocene.

Locality:—On Duchesne River, near Myton, Uinta County, Utah.

GENERIC CHARACTERS:—Dentition: I$ C+ P4 M3; Premolar series
proportionally long; P® with two distinct internal tubercles; horn-cores
well developed; limbs relatively long and slender; tibial trochlea not ex-
tended back on the calcaneum. Astragalus high, with long neck, cal-
caneal and cuboidal facets laterally located.

Specific Characters:— Alveolar borders of the premaxillaries extending
well in front of the canines; nasals long and relatively thin, their anterior

4Scott, W. B., and Osborn, H. F., ‘‘The Mammalia of the Uinta Formation,”

Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., Vol. XVI, 1889, pp. 512-518, pls. IX—X.
5 In honor of my early teacher, Professor Henry Fairfield Osborn.

PETERSON: A NEw TITANOTHERE FROM THE UINTA EOcENE, 31

portion abruptly turned downwards and convex on the anterior border;
incisors well in front of the canines and relatively subequal in size;
canines proportionally small.

SKULL.
Plates VI-VIII.

In comparing the recently discovered material with the best pre-
served remains of Protitanotherium (P. emarginatum Hatcher) a
number of important differences are at once observed. The nasals
of the new species are longer, thinner, somewhat narrower (especially
in specimen No. 2859); furthermore the lateral borders of the nasals
are much less thickened, and instead of the broadly emarginated area
at the free end of the nasals in P. emarginatum, the termination of the
nasal of the present form has an abrupt downward turn, resembling
that of Megacerops coloradensis Leidy, and its anterior margin is very
convex transversely, instead of concave, as is the case in P. emargina-
tum. Upon the whole the nasals of the species we are describing
extend further forward. There seems to be a considerable variation
in the development of the horn-cores; thus, in skull No. 2858 this
protuberance appears to have a development comparable to that of
some of the titanotheres found in the Oligocene, while in specimen
No. 2859 these osseous bosses aie very much smaller, more conical,
and in proportion more like those of P. emarginatum, in spite of the
fact that the skull we are considering pertains to an old individual
(see Pl. VII). This varied development of the horn-cores is no
doubt due to sexual differences, or possibly to individual vatiation.
The premaxillaiies extend well in front of the maxillaries, and are
separated in front, forming a deep median notch, asin P. emarginatum,
so that the median pair of incisors are wide apart, while further back
they are firm!y codéssified and also solidly fused with the maxillaties.
The infraorbital foramen is also of large size as in P. emarginatum
and located above P* as in the latter species. The maxillary is on
the whole very robust, and shows that it had advanced well towards
the condition found in Diplacodon and Titanotherium. ‘This is also
true of the jugal, the prominent lower border of which has the down-
ward and backward sweep in front of and under the orbit, which is
characteristic of Titanotherium. The zygomatic arch, though widely
expanded behind, is, however, less robust than in the Oligocene genus,
and agiees better with the type of Diplacodon elatum described by

ae ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM,

Marsh. The postorbital processes on the frontal and jugal are of large
size, in this respect unlike Titanotherium. ‘The postorbital process on
the frontal of the latter genus is usually located further back and is much
smaller in proportion. The external poition of the glenoid cavity is
preserved in No. 2858, and is somewhat less convex in the antero-
posterior direction than in the latter genus. As in Tztanotherium the
anterior palatine foramina are small round openings, which in the
present genus are situated further back from the alveola: border of
the incisors. The palate is of the deep concave form usually met with
in the Titanotheres, and the posterior narial opening extends approxi-
mately as far forward as in the Oligocene genus, reaching to the pose
terior portion of M2.

That the type of the skull was saddle-shaped is very evident from
the material under study, but whether or not the characteristically
broad superioi aspect of the parietals and the heavy and broad occiput
seen in Zutanotherium had been attained to the same degree as the
similarity of the anterior region in the two genera suggests might have
been the case, will not be completely known until the posterior region
of the skull of the Uinta representatives of this phylum is found. It
is highly probable that the similarity presented by the anterior
region will be preserved throughout the cranium, which will then
reveal more exactly the features of a true titanothere than was
anticipated. From the type of Protitanotherium emarginatum at
Princeton University, Hatcher® was apparently able to determine
that the sagittal crest is absent, and that the dorsal surface of the
skull is probably slightly concave antero-posteriorly.

MANDIBLE.

Plate VII.

The lower jaw is somewhat depiessed by crushing, but allowing for
this fact, it appears that the horizontal ramus of Diploceras osborni is
shallowei than in P. emarginatum. Characteristics which may further
be noted, are: the more rounded under surface of the symphysis,
and the constriction of the lower jaws in the area between the canine
and the premolars which is gieater than in P. emarginatum. As in
the latter, the symphysis is strong and the mental foramen is large,
located well down on the ramus, directly below Pz. The lower jaw
is broken off back of M .

6 The American Naturalist, Vol. XXIX, 1895, p. 1085.

PETERSON: A New TITANOTHERE FROM THE UINTA EOCENE. 33

MEASUREMENTS.
Skull.
No. 2858, No. 2850,

Mm. Mm,
Diameter from incisors to posterior border of glenoid cavity.. 470
Diameter from incisors to anterior border of orbit.......... 1807 1797
Antero-posterior diameter Of Orbit... oo... se cdssssee cscs ss 67 677
Werticalidiameten Of Onbitinn cruskls cae cette cers shee ahele ce Wie lace 55
Diameter from incisors to anterior border of posterior nares.. 260 256
Transverse diameter at the canines. ... 0.0.50. .0.0cies sv cce 937 86
Transverse diameter at diastema between the canines and the

LOMA OLAL Sas vate patie! alec, crellcuat sneber ai aiienenemern oeevem ier eh aicuahe aaNet rents 677 67
Transverse diameter across the horn-cores................. 2907 136
Lower Jaw.
Phocalilenethrotijaw iragmient 15.0.) «os sre ten eae etey-le oe 380
Diameter irom INCISOn tO Papi... sles aes sce melee om cele oie 67
Werticalidiameter ol TAMUS At Pas. s. «oc csc dene cclene oerateee seis © 707
Mertical diameter of ramus at! Mis. 0.06 acs fos Seee dees alee 807
WerticalidiametemotramiuUs athe 5... ..accis ose eee see 92
DENTITION.

Plates VI-VII.

The upper incisois and canines are well preserved, though much
worn in the two crania under description. The molar-premolar series
is less completely preserved in No. 2858, while in 2859 the superior
dentition is completely represented. The lateral incisor and the
canine of the right mandible and the complete molar-premolai series
of the left ramus are also present in the latter individual.

As stated above, the median upper incisors are widely separated by
the deeply excavated median notch of the premaxillaiies. As seen
in the illustration, the incisor series is placed well in front of the canine
and the arc of the circle, which their arrangement represents, is more
convex than in P. emarginatum. ‘Their crowns are nearly circular
in outline, covered with a heavy coat of enamel, bluntly conical,
with a prominent cingulum at their postelior bases. They perhaps
increase in size more gradually from I+ to I® than in P. emarginatum.
The canine is relatively smaller than in the latter genus, which imparts
a much lighter looking aspect not only to this region of the dentition,
but also to the entire outline of the anterior portion of the muzzle
in the paratype No. 2858, as well as in the type, No. 2859. Further-
more the crown of the canine (especially in No. 2859) is shorter,

7 Approximate measurements.

34 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

blunter, and the lateral ridges are less developed in the present species
than in either P. emarginatum or Diplacodon elatum. D. elatum has
the canine more nearly of the same proportion as in P. emarginatum.
The diastema back of the canine is relatively longer and its border
much thinner than in P. emarginatum, in which respect it is more
nearly like Diplacodon elatum.

The crown of P+ is so much worn that its characters cannot be made
out. It is, however, of greater antero-posterior than transverse
diameter, and undoubtedly had a simple structure like that of P.
emarginatum. P is also much worn especially along the external
portion. The external face of the ectoloph is subdivided by a deep
vertical groove and is much convex both antero-posteriorly and supero-
inferiorly. This deep groove adds greatly to the antero-posterior
convexity of the proto- and tritocones. The general outlines of the
tooth are less quadrate than in Titanotherium, which is apparently due
to the lack of development of the antero-internal angle in the species
under consideration. In the type of Diplacodon elatum P+ is lost,
while the external portion of P? is broken off. In the present species,
the deuterocone of P2 is less 1idge-like than in D. elatum, the two
internal tubercles being somewhat better indicated and the 1idge
between them distinctly less developed. P# is more quadrate in outline
than the preceding tooth, and has two distinct internal tubercles on the
crown, which ate separated by a shallow groove, while in Diplacodon
elatum these tubercles are united into a solid internal ridge, revealing a
distinct differentiation from what is seen in the present species (com-
paie Pls. VI, VII, and IX). On the other hand P* both in the type
we are describing and in D. elatum, are similar, there being two internal
tubercles, deutero- and tetartocones, the former considerably the
larger.6 The more important differences in the dentition of the two
forms, so far as they can now be compared, seems to be in the pro-
portion of the canines, the difference in the length of the premolar
series, and the detailed structure of P?.. The greater length of the
premolar series is naturally to be expected in a form from a lower
geological level.

The detailed characters of the molar series of the genera here com-

8 In No. 2858, the paratype, there is only one internal tubercle, the deuterocone,
which may by some be regarded as of sufficient importance to constitute a specific
difference. For the present I prefer to regard this character as possibly representing
a reversion.

PETERSON: A New TITANOTHERE ‘FROM THE UINTA EOCENE, 35

pared present no differences of importance. The two Uinta forms
agree in the obscure or feeble development of the cusp-like elevations
on the anterior face of the molars near the inner angle, more con-
spicuously developed in Titanotherium. At the postero-internal angle
of the cingulum of M# in the Oligocene forms there is sometimes a
distinct tubercle, which is indicated in the Uinta forms by only a
slight swelling of the cingulum.

Fic. 1. Crown view of two upper molars Diploceras osborni Peterson. (Para-
type. No. 2860a.) X 4. These isolated teeth were found with the Paratype,
No. 2860.

In proportion the inferior incisor dentition is further in advance
of the canine than in P. emarginatum. I; and Iy are represented
only by a portion of their roots buried in the symphysis. lg has a
very prominent cingulum poste1iorly. Notwithstanding the much
smaller size of the specimen, its crown has very nearly the same
diameter as in P. emarginatum, which would indicate that the inferior
incisors were possibly larger in proportion, and more nearly equal in
size. The crown of the canine is injured, but its diameters appear
to be equal to those in the superior series, though relatively smaller
than in P. emarginatum. Pz has a single root and a simple conical
crown, which has not received any wear due to its somewhat inferior
position. Py is submolariform and in its general characters does not
differ from the same tooth in P. emarginatum. Pz is quite molariform,
while Pz has a complete molar pattern.

There is no difference in the general features of the lower molars
in the two genera here compared, and in turn the molars of Diplacodon
are on the whole quite similar in their detailed structure to those of
the Oligocene genus.

The proportion of the alveolar border occupied by the lower pre-
molars of this species is in accord with the upper series, i. e. of a greater

36 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

antero-posterior diameter than in P. emarginatum and D. elatum.®
Judging from the type (lower jaw) of Protitanotherium superbum
Osborn, recently described,’ that species also has the same proportion
of the molar-premolar series as the two latter, while Telmatherium?
altidens of the same publication has a longer premolar series and more
nearly agrees with the present genus.

MEASUREMENTS.
No. 2850, No. 2858,
Mm. Mm.
Ieength of superior incisor series snus ueiee ceee eeeee 234 33
Te Antero-posterion cdiameteremr aan aeeieareeee en ere II II
J+. siransverse:diameterse.cses seein cei nice coisa eeioeks 10 10
2 Antero-posterion diametenasmint aioe ano ncieete eae 12 12
I2. Transverse diameter...........- NS MER BAR O cont ae 12 12
Tet) Antero-postenlormcdiametetsrsas sete cement ieiers I5 I5
12 Seihransverse Giametenss crema ete eee: 14 14
Canine. Antero-posterior diameter at the base............ 19 20
Canine. Transverse diameter at the base...............--- 18 18
Weng th of molar=premolar series ciel. oes ete ciel ieieicieree irene 246
Wength of superionspremolar Series se aes -veicisteiekelecicyerciersionel IOI
Pp, Antero-posterior diameter... ......0.eecc-e = eerele 19
PL a Transverse diameters 4 cleoarachake tects ronete crooner 12
p2y)) Antero-posteriordiameter. aos dese cee aiie cere 22 23
pS) “ransverse: diameter sys. aisle «oleae copra ee ns sudan ot 25 26
ps) Antero=posterior diameter... > «acces oc ceiealeciet 30
2) (Transverse diameter: cats ager ca eee ie eine 31
p+. Antero-posterior diameter. «ss... sson seca ieecias 33 31
p24 ransversediametenme eects eee eee rere 38 36
Extent of stiperior molar seriesis «cis or cieleeker sich oil she 1461!
IM. -Antero-posteriomdiametersnmien sien meee or eeine 38
INMels, ) Dransverse diameters ee ee eee ener 45
M2. Antero-posterior diameter......::52.+.-«ccse+sseess 52
M23) Transverse diameter. se ene eee eee 54
M2. Antero-posterior diameter...............0+seeeeee- 57
2 alransverse diametencin- eee eee Done eee 5I
I<) -Antero-posterion: Giameters eee eee ene 14
go) clransvyerse diameter. ..ise ciel see nem eke cee ieee eee 12
Canine. Antero-posterior diameter, approximately......... 17
Transverse diameter, approximately.............. I4

*In remeasuring the molar series of Prof. Marsh's type of Diplacodon elatum it
would seem that he was in error in regard to the measurement, which should read
167 instead of 152 mm.

10 Osborn, Henry F., ‘‘New and Little Known Titanotheres from the Eocene
and Oligocene,” Bull. Amer. Mus., Vol. XXIV, 1908, p. 615.

1 Professor Marsh’s measurement of the molar series of the type of D. elatum
is an error.

PETERSON: A New TITANOTHERE FROM THE UINTA EOCENE, 837

No. 2859

Mm
Length of inferior molar-premolar series................... 255
Wength) of inferior premolar SerieS. .< cusses esc cee nese nese 04
enethrof imnfenor Molar Series: 05 tigi cis asic v eles bls acess ons eere 160
eeAnteLo-posterlon diameters. )-- «sos sche ss os eve ers 14
arom Lkans Verse Cllammeteryy veneer st sivtts caste esis, tebe are. «tren 10
Pree Antero-posterlor diam even alertct.cicicieisiecen ses cle.dia sass 24
Pr mransverse CiamMeter. 2 sate sieetastcis sitions os, sel okalahe suclens 14
Peer AnterO-pOsterlon:dlameter ys. ciaiie. os sche sheuels Goofs oss oseveh 28
te reme UEATUSVETSE CUAMELEI sian lars cheese auclsinicheus a crane s sevenadsie 18
Pas eantero-posterion diameters vs sice ss sais coe ate ise vine «ahs 29
Ee OUT ans VELSex Calne ter <!stesre s,\cer asses eek a atta etel ao eharatehe se 20
Wie ame An CeLO-pOstehlom diameter... ise cia tienes eee: cae 38
Nic en EranSVeELse Glameten. cis sm) ceiieie sine obi.) tases ciel enacts 26
Wi. -Antero-posterior diameter. ....2...0:5-> 0-8 aces eee 49
Wi een LANG VELSCHGIAMIOLER 5 ci.hc eusie. g a7 srousressioe chaise Cuttehamere nem 30
Nig eAntero-posterior diameter. 2.25 2c:4c nes © eee eels oO uiele 78
Mien Verse: GlamMetel. ia. aiaiegensysican Seva eos eee Cees ele ene 32

VERTEBRAL COLUMN. °
The atlas of the type (No. 2859) is quite complete. There is
also the greater portion of an atlas with the paratype No. 2860.

Fic. 2. Diploceras osborni Peterson. (Type. No. 2859) 4. Anterior
view of atlas.

With regard to the posterior division of the arterial canal it may be
said that there appears to be some variation in the Uinta species.
Thus it is seen that in the type the base of the transverse process is
pierced by a small foramen, see Fig. 3, while in the paratype there
is no evidence of this foramen on the posterior face of the transverse
process. Of the later Uinta forms there is apparently no atlas known.
In comparing the Oligocene Titanotheres, with the Uinta specimens
before us, there is a corresponding variation. The atlas of the Oligo-
cene types further varies in the antero-posterior diameter, and in the
prominence of the neural spine and the transverse processes.

38 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

In Diploceras osborni the antero-posterior diameter of the atlas is
rather small, while transversely it is propoitionally greater than in
the Oligocene forms. This is due in a great measure to the longer

Fic. 3. Diploceras osborni Peterson. (Type. No. 2859.) X 4. Posterior

view of atlas.

transveise process of the Uinta form. The cotyle for the occipital
condyle is also deeper and the groove for the odontoid process of the
axis extends further forward on the inferior arch due probably to the
propoitionally longer odontoid in Diploceras osborni.

(

CP?

_

Fic. 4. Diploceras osbornit Peterson. (Type. No. 2859.) xX 3. Posterior
and lateral views of axis.

Axis.—The axis of the type is represented by a portion of the
centrum, the complete neural arches, and the spinous process. The
arch is somewhat depressed by crushing, but it is evidently of rather
large size. The vertebra as a whole possibly has a smaller antero-
posterior diameter than is the case in most of the Titanotheres of the

Prererson: A New TITANOTHERE FROM THE UINTA EOCENE, 39

Oligocene; the articulating surface for the atlas is located more
laterally, and the postzygapophysis has a greater vertical obliquity
and a more nearly rounded outline than in the latter. In the Princeton
specimen” it is seen that the arterial canal is located back of the pos-
terior edge of the articulation for the atlas, while in Diploceras osborni
the foramen is, on a direct side view, partially hidden by the back-
wardly extended process of the articulation. I judge that the axis,
as a whole, in the present form is relatively shorter than in*the Prince-
ton specimen. In more minute details the description of Scott and
Osborn (J. ¢., p. 514) agrees well with the parts preserved, in the speci-
men before me, i. ¢., the heavy spine overhanging the postzygapo-
physes, the inner turn of the transverse process, and a prominent in-
ferior keel.

The succeeding four cervical vertebrae in the paratype, No. 2860,
are represented only by fragments. They appear to have short
opisthocelian centra, as in Diplacodon, described by Marsh and
Osborn, and a prominent ventral keel.

Fic. 5. Diploceras osborni Peterson. (Paratype. No. 2860.) X 5. Last
cervical and dorsal vertebre.

The seventh cervical vertebra is completely worked out in half relief
and shows the chief characteristic features, Fig. 5. The long and
pointed spinous process is well shown, as is also the neural arch and
the centrum. The pre- and post-zygapophyses are, as in the axis,
located quite laterally and face directly upward and downward as in
Titanotherium. The transverse process shows a tendency to develop
the broad round termination found in T. validum of the Oligocene.

Theie are eight dorsal vertebrae which are worked out in half

12 Scott, W. B., and Osborn, H. F., ‘‘ The Mammalia of the Uinta Formation,”
Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., Vol. XVI, Part III, 1889, p. 514, Pl. IX, Fig. 15.

40 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

relief and rest on the original block of sandstone on which they were
found. The neural spine of the first dorsal is broken off about ten
centimeters above the neural arch, but judging from the size of the
fracture, the spinous process attained a length equal, and perhaps
even proportionally greater, than was the case in T. validum, with
which the Uinta remains have been compared. The second, third,
fourth, and fifth dorsals have their spines very nearly complete. In
proportion they agree quite well with those of the Oligocene genus,
but are more strongly inclined backward. As in T%tanotherium the
transverse processes are not extremely heavy and the capitular facets
for the 1ibs are of large size, while the sides of the centra are deeply
concave. ‘The latter are deeper than broad and the inferior borders,
especially the posterior ones, are distinctly more keeled than in
Titanotherium.

Back of the eighth dorsal there is a break in the vertebral column
and a number of bones are lost. A second block, which was found,
together with the one just described, contains portions of six posterior
dorsals and three lumbar vertebre (see Fig. 6). The neural spines of

Fic. 6. Diploceras osborni Peterson. (Paratype. No. 2860.) xX}. Pos-

terior dorsals and the lumbar vertebre.

the dorsal series are prominent and quite lumbar-like in their general
character. ‘The zygapophyses are also of the interlocking lumbar type
and there are prominent metapophyses. The centra are somewhat
mutilated, but enough is preserved to indicate that they are deep and
of comparatively small transverse diameter.

There are, as stated, three lumbar vertebre present in the paratype,
No. 2860. ‘These bones are fortunately found in position succeeding
the last dorsal vertebra, and for the first time apparently furnish data
as to the correct number of the lumbar vertebre of the Titanotheriide.

PETERSON: A New TITANOTHERE FROM THE UINTA Eocene. 41

That the last one of this series is the last lumbar vertebra, there is
but little or no doubt, inasmuch as the neural spine is very suddenly
reduced in its fore-and-aft dimension, and also shows the presence of
the very heavy transverse process and the well-expanded postzyga-
pophysis to meet the correspondingly broad surfaces of the sacrum,
Unfortunately the greater portion of the centrum is weathered away,
but from what remains it appears that it was more depressed than are
those in front of it. Of the first and second lumbars the centra are
large, sharply keeled, and the transverse processes, though generally
broken off, are seen to have been prominent, though attenuated.
There are large metapophyses, and the neural spines are high and
of great antero-posterior diameter.

MEASUREMENTS.
Atlas.
No. 2850, No, 2860,
Mm. Mm.

Greatest antero-posterior diameter... si- oases os ec 90 95
Createstatransverse diameters .. 2:6 ssuicsushenortqecuers s <4 6 abet cs 250 250
Greatest transverse diameter of articulation for occipital

BOVE HOG Ge GROTON CrEIORS EON ICTORG Gio HORS REI ccna scence gar ear I40 138
Vertical diameter of articulation for occipital condyle..... 60 60

Axis

(Greahese Mel Sts is s cks \ereyes iteteisusvs “ol ape hace ie) ae ‘olerels Seeders: alte eleceters 13818
fe ReACeS CALL ALIS VCLSCUCIAML et eDiana ectelecaicionelercl cust oi cheusl hclste) loiens 158
Transverse diameter of postzygapophyses............... 70
Length of centrum of a median cervical vertebra......... By
Depth of centrum including inferior keel, approximately... 45
Seventh cervical. Greatest height when vertebra is in

WOSICIOIM fo ichians ceiog cele te ils e) ac aai'esey stereo adelsl evelienisrajotokeys eye(ee-eisee 195
Seventhicervical. Wength of spines... ..saseecsee ese I20
Seventh cervical. Antero-posterior diameter of centrum... 70
Second dorsal. Greatest height when vertebra is in position 300
NEcOndKdOrsal. Meengtavol Spineless ccs cre cle ctehsceis seers alec 32518
Seventh dorsal. Greatest height when in position........ 200
Sevicntinaorsal weength ol Spinel, weds ss «ce <2 .stacc ele o- 165
Last dorsal. Greatest height when in position........... 165
WaAstaoLsdle mn oen eth OL Spile. otc ices eri a crcuesels sels. me ies ee 90
Second lumbar vertebra. Greatest height when in position 165
Second lumbar vertebra. Length of spine............... 9538
Caudal belonging to middle region of tail, length......... 29

13 Approximate measurements.

42 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The sacrum is not represented. The caudals appear to be short
and heavy and in other respects like those of the Oligocene forms.

The ribs are represented only by a few fragments and there are no
sternebre.

ForE LImMps.

The greater portion of the scapula is represented with No. 2859.
The upper and lower ends were found separately imbedded in the
sandstone ledge, but in working out the two portions it is seen that
they pertain to the same side of two individuals. The bone as a
whole, so far as comparison may be made, presents characters not
unlike those in the Princeton specimen referred to Diplacodon. How-
ever, in the specimen under description
(possibly a female) the coracoid is seen to
be relatively smaller than in the latter.
The groove between the base of the cora-
coid and the border of the glenoid cavity
is larger in proportion than in Titanothe-
rium, and the excavation on the coracoid
border, immediately above the coracoid,
has a less abrupt curvature. This is due
to the smaller development of this angle in
Diploceras. The coracoid border is other-
wise quite straight, as in Titanotherium.
The superior portion of the glenoid border
is broken off, but in the region of the break

there is a similar broad extent of the supe-

HiG.<7. 5 la of Diplo- , : é 5
EG 7 eA ace eae Or portion of the blade. The spine is

ceras osborni Peterson. (Type. i
No. 2859.) Xi damaged, but it was apparently overhang-

ing like that in Diplacodon described by
Osborn, and thus less extended over the postscapular fossa than in
Titanotherium.

In comparing the humerus of the present form with that of T7ztano-
therium validum, the difference most noticeable is the relative robust-
ness and the length. In the Oligocene form the bone is short and
very heavy, while in the present genus the bone is longer in propor-
tion and also lighter. Superiorly the greater tuberosity extends
higher above the head than in Titanotherium, but is not so robust,
the proximal end as a whole being more delicately proportioned. The

PETERSON: A NEW TITANOTHERE FROM THE UINTA EOCENE, 438

deltoid groove is deep and well defined, as in the Oligocene genus.
On the other hand the deltoid ridge, though very prominent, does not
terminate in the heavy recurved process asin 7. validum, but descends
much more gently towards the
supratrochlear fossa. Distally
there is less variation between
the two forms here compared.
The anconeal fossa in the spe-
cies under description is rela-
tively broader and the supina-
tor ridge is less rugose. The
trochlea is slightly deeper, but
not more oblique than in 7.
validum.

The humerus as described
and figured by Osborn holds
an intermediate position be-
tween the Oligocene genus and
the present form. This is es-
pecially shown in the develop-
ment of the deltoid ridge, which

in the Princeton specimen is
Fic. 8. Diploceras osborni Peterson.

(Paratype. No. 2860.) X 3. Humerus. 1,
anterior view; 2, posterior view.

considerably more developed
than in the genus under de-

scription.
MEASUREMENTS.
Humerus.
No. 2860, No. 2861,

Mm. Mm.
eneth trom head! to:distaliend 7). sic. sec ces silence ene» 365 365
Transverse diameter of lower part of deltoid ridge........ rosl4 r10!4
Transverse diameter at broadest portion of supinator ridge. II5 TE
Transverse diameter of distal trochlea................... 78

Both radii and ulne are represented in No. 2860. A third radius
was also found in the same sandstone ledge in close proximity to the
spot where Nos. 2858 and 2859 were found.

The radius and ulna are long and relatively slender, when compared
with those of the Princeton specimen of Diplacodon and the Oligocene

14 The shafts of the two bones are more or less crushed and the measurement
is only approximately correct.

44 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

genus 7. validum. Thus the fore arm of the new genus is actually a
little longer than in Diplacodon and is very nearly as long as that of T.

Fic. 9. Dziploceras osborni Peter-
son. (Paratype. No. 2860. X ?.)
I, lateral; 2, anterior views of radius
and ulna.

validum, notwithstanding the much
smaller size of the Uinta form of
which we are speaking. Another
striking difference between the forms
here compared is the lateral expan-
sion of the proximal and distal ends
of the radius. In the Oligocene
form the shaft of the radius is more
rounded in the middle region, while
more proximally and distally a sud-
den expansion takes place, which is
also well displayed in the Uinta
specimen described and _ illustrated
by Scott and Osborn. In Diploceras
osborni the shaft is flatter, more uni-
form throughout, and the proximal
and distal ends comparatively little
expanded.

The proportions of the ulna con-
form to the radius and it is conse-
quently slenderer and proportionally
longer thanin Diplacodon and Titan-
otherium. In detail the bone is other-
wise quite similar to that in the two

latter genera, including the well defined tendinal groove on the ante-

rior superior angle of the olecranon process so characteristic of the

ulna of Tuitanotherium validum,

but apparently less developed in the

Princeton specimen, judging from the illustration Pl. IX, Figs. 10-106,

(arc:
MEASUREMENTS.
Radius.
No. 2862,

Mm.
Greatestilength ... 6 6s. cet ace 2 eee ORs en tack oer oete eera 380
sransverserdiameter at middle of shaftieaascs nue e cen eee ee eee 40
‘ransverse)diameter of heady... acm. oe cede eee eee eee ee nee 78
d@iransvetrseidiameter, of distal end’... 9e sere eile eerie 77

Ulna

Wength of olecranon’ process). ..< <<. « ose. c eer eee ee ene 100

PETERSON: A NEw TITANOTHERE FROM THE UINTA Eocene, 45

The forefoot of No. 2860 is represented by the scaphoid, pisiform,
trapezoid, Mc. II, IV, and V, and one or two phalanges. No. 2859

has also Mc. IV and V represented.

As might be anticipated from the description of the limb, it is

found that the foot is higher than in 7. validum of the Oligocene.

Thus the scaphoid is higher in proportion, and
narrower than in the latter species, but is of
considerable fore-and-aft diameter. In detail
there are only such differences as one might
expect from the general outlines described, 7. e.,
the different articulating surfaces of the distal
face are narrow and long, while the articula-
tion for the radius is less concave antero-pos-
teriorly than in the Oligocene form. The
pisiform has a similar long attenuated shaft ter-
minating in an obtuse tuberosity of considerable
vertical diameter, but transversely rather thin.

Fic. 10. Diploceras
osborni Peterson. (Pa-
ratype. No. 2860.) X 3.
Pisiform. I, superior
view; 2, lateral view.

Besides the greater height of the trapezoid, the small posterior supe-

rior facet for the magnum, which is characteristic of Titanotherium, is

Fic. 11. Diploceras
osborni Peterson. (Pa-
tatype. No. 2860.) Xt.
Dorsal view of manus.

practically wanting in the present form. Judg-
ing from the facet on the postero-radial angle
there is present in the new Uinta genus a trape-
zium of considerably larger size.

Me. II is long, quite broad, but of small an-
tero-posterior diameter, which isin part due to
crushing. The proximal end is partly broken
off, so that the different facets cannot be ac-
curately compared. The shaft is of quite uni-
form width until the distal articulating surface
is reached, where there is on the radial face
a sudden expansion. This character is less ap-
parent in the Oligocene forms and also appa-
rently less than in the metacarpus of the

Princeton specimen from the Uinta, as figured by Scott and Osborn.
Me. IV is, as stated, represented by fragments in both type and

paratype, and displays no features of especial importance.

Me. V is longer and slenderer than the same element in 7. validum
and that referred to Diplacodon (I. c., Pl. IX, Fig. 13). Proximally
and dista ly the bone is expanded much as in Titanotherium, and the

46 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

shaft, though relatively longer, is of a similar cylindroid character.
The facet for Mc. IV is located more laterally than in the Oligocene
genus and the dorsal and ulnar faces are less deeply grooved for
muscular attachments. Near the distal end is a flange on the postero-
ulnar angle, which is similar to that already described on Mc. II and
is not generally present in the Oligocene Titanotheres.

There is apparently more inequality in size between Mc. II and
Mc. V than represented in the figure of the manus of Diplacodon by
Scott & Osborn. This is very probably due, to some extent, to the
crushing of Mc. II of the specimen in the Carnegie Museum. In the
specimen at Princeton the complete length of Mc. V is apparently
represented. Its measurements appear to be only about 13 mm.
longer, though nearly one-third broader, than that of the specimen
before us.

The phalanges are short, broad, and in every respect titanotheroid.

MEASUREMENTS.
No. 2860,
Mm.
Scaphoids. Verticalidiameteraurm cee. aaeekie enn aero ee 35
Scaphoids, Wransversel diametern ieee ee oe eee eee ene 33
Scaphoid] Antero-posterior/diametera. 14s ie ee oe eioe 53
Pisiform. ~ Votallength <4 cat cesses oe RO ee eee 60
irapezoids= -Verticalidiameter anaes ieee oe ee one oe eee 20
Trapezoid.’ “Dransverse diameterssemsa. soe ote eee eee 26
Mrapezoid. “Antero=posterior diameter cee cm sees ele oie aioe 36
Me: Il.. Greatest lenoth sto. sire taw.cins tv oat aoe tab eka cate oe 153
Me. II. Transverse diameter of head, approximate............:...«-+ 37
Mc. II. Transverse diameter of middle of shaft, approximate......... 30
Me. II. Transverse diameter of near distal end, approximate......... 42
Merv. (Greatest length yc fe omcidamns oearie tre eae nnisien te CUR eee ee I25
Mc. V. Greatest transverse diameter of head........:...........0:> 36
Mc. V. Greatest transverse diameter of middle of shaft.............. 20
Mc. V. Greatest transverse diameter of near distal end.............. 33
Proximal-phalanx,. length se soeee ee ee Oe eee aT
Proximal phalanx, transverse diameter of proximal end................ 29
Proximal phalanx, transverse diameter of distal end.................. 26

HinpD Lis.

The pelvis of No. 2859 is represented by the greater portion of the
ilium. It is quite broad across the gluteal surface, but the point of
the ilium probably did not project laterally as much as in T. validum.
The constricted portion of the neck is actually longer than in the

Peterson: A New TITANOTHERE FROM THE UINTA EOCENE, 47

latter species, and also longer than in the Princeton specimen of Dipla-
codon as represented on Pl. VIII in Scott and Osborn’s work. The
pelvis as a whole was consequently proportionally longer and probably
narrower than in the Oligocene genus. The ischium and pubis are
not represented.

In No. 2860 the lower half of the femur is present. The tibial and
dorsal faces of the shaft are convex, while posteriorly it presents a
flat surface. On the fibu-
lar angle may be seen the
lower [portion of the
prominent ridge below the
third trochanter, which
decreases in prominence
in its downward course.
Near the distal end the
fibular border presents a
roughened area for mus-

cular attachment, back
and below which is the
rather shallow supracon-

Fic. 12. Diploceras osborni Peterson. (Type.
1

No. 2859.) xX ¢- Lateral view of pelvis.
dylan fossa. Distally the condyles are rather well separated by the
deep and broad intercondylar fossa. The lateral sides of the distal
end (especially the fibular) is well marked by the rugose attachment
for muscles. The rotular trochlea is proportionally deeper and nar-
rower than in Titanotherium and the fossa immediately above it is
much deeper and better defined. In this respect the present genus
agrees better with Fig. 5 on Plate VIII of Scott and Osborn’s
publication.

MEASUREMENTS.
Femur.
No. 2860
Mm
Motcallenethwon the tracment. - mie sie cs an is sec estas cide oe aloe «4 sieiecle 280
Transverse diameter of shaft about the middle region of the fragment... 60
ShraAnsverse diameter Of CIStalWenGls . m6 cscs,0 o1si<s 6, lettin « sieleere sw lee se eleee 108
Antero-posterior diameter of distal end...........-- sees renee ee eees ima)

The greater part of the tibia is represented in the paratype No.
2860, but it is badly crushed. Another individual No. 2862 has both
tibia present and is approximately of the same size as the individuals

48 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

we are describing. The bone is very nearly as long as in 7. validum.
The ends are not expanded as in the latter form, while the shaft is
flatter, due in part to crushing.

Rx

\

\ eh

The superior end carries a heavy

and bifid spine, while the upper an-
terior extremity displays the broad

groove for the patellar ligament as
in Titanotherium. The cnemial crest,
though prominent, does not descend
low on the shaft, another feature re-
calling what may be observed in 7.
validum and in the Uinta specimen
figured by Scott and Osborn. The
anterior border of the distal. trochlea
was found weathered off, but the pos-

terior surface is complete and pre-

sents a very prominent descending
process on the median ridge of the
articulating trochlea very similar to

what is seen in the later Uinta form

Fic. 13. Diploceras osborni Peter- and in Titanotherium.

OO ens Cairacns USahas From the material at hand it is
type. No. 2860.) xX §. 2, Dorsal

Pine (Geiency ND shown that the hind limb of Dzplo-
2862.) xX. ceras osborni corresponds well in length
with the fore limb.

MEASUREMENTS.
Tibia.
No. 2862,
Mm
Greatest length, approximateseuteieistrciierkiocic tei eieieicnerche eaele ries neiee 415
@ransverse diameter ‘of sthead!aie. tars tek wake oie ei ottsiereneiotenehe erence Reenenete 100
‘iransverse diameter of shaft; middle repionic w.teirtenei a eenener trends teeiee 48
djransverse diameter of distaliend, approximate seer tetera telets erste oneal 75

The hind foot of No. 2860 is represented by the calcaneum, the
astragalus, and the second and fourth metatarsals.

When compared with the Princeton specimen from a higher Uinta
level and also with the Oligocene genera, the tuber of the calcaneum in

1 Tf the illustration on Pl. VIII, Fig. 6, in Scott and Osborn’s publication is
1

sz of nature, as is that of the femur in the same plate, the tibia of that form is
actually shorter than that in the genus here described.

PETERSON: A NEw TITANOTHERE FROM THE UINTA Eocene, 49

the present form is seen to be as long in proportion and compressed
laterally to the same extent, while that portion carrying the susten-
tacular facets is longer. The fibula also appa-
rently articulates with the calcaneum, but the
posterior portion of the tibial trochlea did not
touch the calcaneum as in Diplacodon and
Titanotherium. The astragalus is higher and
narrower, and the metatarsals are longer and

much slenderer than in the latter genera.

When compared in more detail there are a Fic. 14. Diplocera
osborni Peterson. (Pa-
ratype. No. 2860.) x #4.
Posterior view of astra-

number of differences between the genera here
compared. On the calcaneum of the genus un-
der description the proximal astragalar facet galos,
is not raised as high above the surface as in

Titanotherium. The greater process of the distal end extends lower
down and the facet for the cuboid is more oblique than in Titano-
therium. As already stated, the astragalus is
higher and narrower, the trochlear groove is
deeper with the articular surfaces of the two
condyles steeper, and the neck separating the
distal end from the trochlea longer than in the
astragalus of the Oligocene form, and also some-
what longer than in Diplacodon as figured by
Scott and Osborn. Furthermore, the distal
end of the astragalus of the present form is
more unequally divided by the navicular and
cuboid facets than in the Oligocene genus.
These facets of the astragalus in Titanotherium

are more nearly subequal in size, the cuboid

Meter) SDisioeeas facet having increased in size, as well as being

osborni Peterson. (Para- located more distally on the bone, while in

type. No. 2860.) x4. Duiploceras this facet occupies a comparatively

Dorsal view of pes. narrow area on the fibular angle and is placed
laterally.

The most noticeable difference of the astragalus of Dziploceras
osborni and that of the Princeton specimen as figured (J. c., Pl. VIII,
Fig. 8b) seems to be in the three distinct astragalar facets (viz. ectal,
sustentacular, and cuboidal) of the latter, while in the present form
the ectal, besides extending higher, unites with the cuboidal facet

50 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

without distinct separacion, the two forming a perfect right angle
apparently similar to that in Mesatirhinus.

Aside from the greater proportionate length, the metatarsals differ
from those in 77fanotherium by being arched forward to a greater
degree. The shaft of Mt. IV is more cylindrical and the facet for the
cuboid more oblique.

MEASUREMENTS.
Astragalus.
No. 2860,

Mm
Motal ‘len geb ssn wisteticeeeieusteisra etshwiowaare ‘sreye seusceletelte cus leteieiol ale cients) oe=seaaaan a0
From lower end of external condyle to distal end..................... 26
Greatest; transverse diameters anicn ccccroe accel cieuie aro eral sue scree ie ee 68
Aransverse diameter or trochlealce acne ae ice cicios cole ie ae eee 56

Calcaneum.
Greatest length. wan f ers Kes pokes b Ros wae eG Sere eT eais Taare ener I24
sength of tubercle rterc wend.ce eats othe lite eur ase Oe ee 64
Vertical diameter of tuber. vs. ..: <2 wclee 3 Sak ee settee Reece ieee 45
Transverse diameter Ofitubeti. shaic.c. Se See. c ee Ok Here ee onan eee 22
Transverse diameter atisustentaculumis: <2... seek see eres 70
Mt. II
PS On BEDE ria se erase tarm shade «axe ecsee rsh erie Sue Sete ap Settee ue sci Oe othr Teeth cee 150
Mransverse diameter atshead soc. oasis cee stone ce cercies aie cletneisienetaer oe 28
Transverse diameter of shaft, median region. .............0.0...0ceees 21
ransverse diameter of. distalend << ...552. sw «wc Grong oe ene So eee 26
Mt. IV

Teen gth ssc iatenish aioaks "sins tors Gis eG Ss es etre Mecham tao diets colSEaNe (oe eee ee 4I
Transverse diameter: of head’. sc Jcfacen ot oe ite ae Ae eee 38
Transverse diameter of shaft, median region. ...............-.2-00e0es 22
Transverse diameteron distaliend= see os ae ccm oc cee ce ce ae eee 34

RESTORATION OF Drploceras osbornt.
Plate X.

The restoration here attempted is obtained from the material
described in the preceding pages and it is chiefly based on two indi-
viduals. As previously stated, the front of the skull, the lower jaws,
atlas, axis, pelvis, and a few fragments of the feet pertain to one
individual, the type, while the rest of the vertebral column, a few
ribs and limb-bones, as well as a number of foot-bones belong to a
second individual, one of the paratypes.17. The dotted lines represent

16 Osborn, H. F., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXIV, 1908, p. 68.

17 There was no other material found with the remains of Diploceras described
in the preceding pages, except a few fragments of turtles. All the material was
found within a radius of about 20 feet.

PETERSON: A New TITANOTHERE FROM THE UINTA EOcENE, 51

estimated diameters and are consequently conjectural as to proper
contour outlines. This is especially true of the posterior portion of
the skull, the sacrum, the ischium, the upper half of the femur, and
the caudal region. There are inse1ted two cervicals, two dorsals, the
sacrum, and the greater part of the caudal region. The vertebral
formula as represented in the illustration is the same as that of the
articulated skeleton of Titanotherium from the Oligocene now in the
Carnegie Museum. The vertebral formula of Diploceras osborni is
in part therefore tentative and is as follows: Cervicals seven, dorsals
seventeen, lumbars three, sacrals four, caudals eighteen. The ribs
are conjectural.

The illustra:ion is effected for the purpose of asceitaining, at a
glance, the general proportions of the animal. Each part represented
by the solid lines is drawn directly from the bones themselves, by the
assistance of the pantograph, and the illustration as a whole is fairly

reliable.
MEASUPEMENTS.
Cm.
Total length of the vertebral column from the premaxillary to the end of
the sacrum, all curves of the backbone included.................. 252
LSIGITE aie, OLE GLUE Woy oli ih Foy ry) bt 00 0 ee yee ae en ee ee 138
Hermhinomsxeletomat Mind Mm 22). sists cure oo 2s odes ate oo Gs erejeecins oe 114

TAXONOMIC PosITION OF D1ploceras osbornt.

From the foregoing introduction and description it appears that
Diploceras osborni should be placed in a phylum leading to the long-
limbed animals of the Oligocene, which Osborn 1efers to typical
Titanotherium Leidy.1® Moreover, we are now more certain that true
horned forms of this family weie already well established in horizon
B, and possibly also in the preceding horizon A of the Uinta Eocene
formation. As had been anticipated by some and conclusively shown
by Osborn and staff!® the Washakie and the Uinta sediments were
formed contemporaneously. No remains of these true horned types
have as yet been found in the upper Washakie sediment, though they
undoubtedly existed at that time. Characters of the foot-structure
available for comparison, show that Diploceras of the Uinta B is quite
similar to Mesatirhinus from the base of the Washakie, namely, the
astragalus with neck elongated, ectal and cuboidal facets continuous,

18 Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXIV, 1908, p. 611-613.
19 Bull. Amer. Mus., Vol. XVI, 1902, p. 92.

a2 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

the two forming a perfect right angle; metapodials slender. Although
Pale@osyops laticeps from the Bridger, and Telmatherium validum from
the Washakie appear, as Hatcher thought, to be the most likely
ancestors of the true horned types of the Uinta and the Oligocene,
it is rather questionable whether or not we may accept these as the
true ancestors of this line of the Titanotheriide. The constant
progress of new discoveries in paleontology tends to make it more and
more apparent that the branches of the ‘‘phyletic trees’? seem to
extend further and further back through the Tertiary strata in an
independent manner.

Note——The malar bone in the restoration, Plate X, has at the post-
orbital process been slightly increased in its relative perpendicular
diameter, because of the crushing sustained by the original.

CARNEGIE MUSEUM,
June 19, 1913.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX. Plate VI.

Diploceras osborni Peterson. Type. No. 2859 C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss. X 3;

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX. Plate VII.

Diploceras osborni Peterson. Type. No. 2859. C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss. X 4.

Superior dentition of Diplacodon elatum Marsh. Type. Peabody Museum, Yale
University, No. 11,180. X 4.

‘usutoods ay} Aq auOS1apun Surysni9 JO JUNOSSe UO Yoeq IV]

00} sdeyied uorsoer [euAIyoR] PU 3109-WI0Y ay) Joye FX “ssOY MEA JD ‘IW ‘OD BSgz ‘on ‘adAjyereg = «“uos1a}ag 1U40qS0 sp4a90)4d1q

a

WHA ld X1 12A ‘WNASNW JIDSZNYVO STVNNY

@ y i - —_
p ; ry
i 7 4
‘ i
' 7
a
: : iD =
a

i

« - aT

yon 7 y
. - a -
=
i
: ae, +e 7
a .
tL
:

ire. - y

A .
ip i

I vo

}

an
ie .
; 1
‘a
‘

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX. Plate IX.

Type of Diplacodon elatum Marsh. Peabody Museum, Yale University, No. 1118a.

Abo--t 2 nat size.

,
”
,
y. a
.
;
La
;
a |
™
;
5
\
rie

‘(adAjered pue ad4} Surjuasoiday) “8! x -‘WoStajag Mmd9qQS0 $p4990]g1q7 JO WOJIOYS JO Wo1ze10,S9y

X ld ‘XI “lOA ‘ANASNW SISANYVO SIVNNY

aes \
er ee

way te

Li |

,*

Se be
+, fe

3
-“

erreur
4 Were

Ill. A SMALL TITANOTHERE FROM THE LOWER UINTA
BEDS.

By O. A. PETERSON.

HETEROTITANOPS PARVUS gen. and sp. nov.

Plate XI.

Type.—Skull, lower jaws, vertebral column, ribs, limb-bones,
calcaneum, and astragalus of young individual. No. 2909.

Horizon.—Upper A., Uinta Eocene.

Locality.—White River, Uinta County, Utah.

The specimen on which this genus is proposed is unfortunately a
very young individual, the only material representing this form in the
entire collection. It was found articulated in hard sandstone con-
cretion, and lower down in horizon A of the Uinta sediment than any
mammalian remains heretofore described from that formation.

Generic Characters.—Dentition: 13? C+? P32? M3. Deciduous den-
tition: 1? Ct M2?. Rapid increase in size of the deciduous upper
cheek teeth from first to last tooth. D* with perfectly formed internal
tubercles (proto- and hypocones) and the antero-external angle very greatly
developed. Molars hypsodont. M+ with large conical proto- and hypo-
cones, the external faces of the ectoloph less emarginated antero-posteriorly
than in the Titanotheres generally and the median vertical ridge of the
ectoloph projecting forward to a greater degree.

General Description—The skull and lower jaws were found in the
talus and separated from the rest of the skeleton. The front of the
nasals, the premaxillaries, and symphysis of the lower jaws were
broken off and were not recovered. The vertebral column and the
ribs were, as stated, found in position, but all of the feet, except the
left calcaneum and astragalus, are lacking. The skeleton pertains to
a very young individual, so that the characters here presented may not
in all cases compare well with those in fully adult specimens.

The facial region is rather short, the large orbit being placed well
forward. The latter is bounded posteriorly by a postorbital process
of the frontal which is considerably developed. The infraorbital
foramen is of large size and placed well above the alveolar border.

53

54 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The maxillary is deep and the palatine plate is located high, so as to
give to that region a great transverse convexity. There is a consider-
able diastema between the canine and the cheek-teeth. The frontals
are well elevated over the orbits as in the Titanotheres generally, but
whether or not there were nasal protuberances, or horn-cores, cannot
be determined from the specimen. The parietals are evenly rounded
and considerably inflated laterally due to the large brain-case.
There is no sagittal crest and the lambdoidal ridges are extremely

Fic. 1. Heterotitanops parvus Peterson. Right lateral view of skull. (Type.
No. 2909.) X #.

faintly indicated. The occipital plate, though well outlined, is not
defined by such sharp angles as is usually the case in the Titanotheres.
This is no doubt due to the immature condition of the skull. The
great projection of the condyle back of the vertical plate of the occiput
is also no doubt a juvenile character.

The under border of the lower jaw has not the fore-and-aft curvature
usually seen in very young specimens of other vertebrates. Judging
from the impression left by the specimen in the rock the ramus con-
tinued of a uniform depth from Mz to the symphysis. The latter is
apparently quite heavy. The vertical ramus is of well-proportioned
diameter antero-posteriorly. The coronoid process is broad, extends
well backward as well as upward, and has a broad and rather atten-
uated termination.

As already stated both upper and lower incisors are wanting.
The upper canine is just protruding through the alveolar border.
Its crown is damaged, but it appears to possess the shape and pro-

PETERSON: A SMALL TITANOTHERE FROM THE UINTA Bens, 55

poitions found generally in the Eocene Titanotheres. The deciduous
cheek-teeth are three in number and their increase from first to last
is unusually rapid. The crowns of the first and second deciduous
cheek-teeth are broken off, but the gieater part of the last tooth is
preserved. The piincipal feature of this tooth is the presence of two
large internal tubercles which ate conical in
shape and covered with a heavy coating of
enamel. The antero-external angle of the
tooth is extensively developed, so that the
antero-posterior diameter is considerably
greater than the transverse. M+ is just ap- Friis; 9. Heese
pearing through the alveolar bordei and has bavius Eeterson) (eigen
been freed for the purpose of study. The No. 2909.) x 3.

proto- and hypocones usually found in the 1, Deciduous dentition
Titanotheres are piesent, and well developed, "4 permanent M*; 2,
while the external face of the ectoloph is less Pormanes: Mr:

concave fore-and-aft and the median vertical ridge has a somewhat
greater forward projection than is generally the case in the Titano-
theres. The germ of M2 is quite well advanced, while that of M2 has

apparently not yet been formed.

The first lower cheek-tooth is seen buried in the ramus, but is not
represented in the illustrations. Dzand D are injured while M; is
well preserved. Its crown is like that of the typical Eocene Titano-
theres and needs no description. Mz is well advanced towards
maturity while Mz is not yet indicated.

MEASUREMENTS.

Mm.
Total length of skull from canine to and including the occipital condyle.... 142
Transverse diameter of skull at the parietal region..................... 46
Greatest transverse diameters of trofitalss . 2) ...5-0 ca cee cesee ce os sree 54
Length of alveolar border, canine to and including M+.................. 67
Wenethvoivd ccldtmousieneek GeEnbitiON ss. 2s seis cp «teisusie « aie's als /sc1e so ere'e Gere 38
PATIL CL OaPOStEhlOmC@iameteniOL IDs scala ac alsa dis tesa c ais seis bigeis a cleo atelee es 21
PATISVCTSERGIAIMELCEOLMD Sayin sete Ale cvcrere osseie clove te Grebe So custo) cus shad arts 15
Anitero-postenlol diameter Of Mims. cosh eb yucca vcidisc git esse we ee des 24
Dransverse diameter of M+, approximately ......0.0..0%.0sc08cseeenees 20
DELO NOSteLLOniGiaImetek, Off War evan sieiale) oloetel aie sieve fee ecleret climes ss efene 25
IRR SHEPIS GUAT Ter TOT IM (EDS Bs Gminbiy oolong 6 OFS OC OI Ione O ais SIO AIO OCD. 12

The axial and appendicular parts rest on the concretionary sand-
stone block in the position in which they were found imbedded.

56 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

(See Plate XI.) In the posterior dorsal and the lumbar region the
ribs are distorted over the vertebre in such a manne: that an exact
count of them cannot now be made with entire certainty. The
vertebral formula is, however, approximately as follows: Cervicals
seven, dorsals 16 or 17, lumbars 3(?), sacrals 4 or 5, caudals 14 or I5.
The cervical region is short and quite robust, the anterior dorsal
vertebra, though possessing well-proportioned neural spines, do not
have the heavy and high processes seen in the true Titanotheres. The
lumbar region is certainly very short and this space could hardly have
been occupied by more than three or possibly four centra. The
anterior face of the sacrum is quite even with the supra-iliac border
of the pelvis, which is characteristic of the Titanotheres generally.
Four or five short and broad centra, which represent the sacrum, are
visible. The end of the caudal region is represented by eight centra
and in the space between this series and the sacrum there is room for
six or seven more.

The thoracic cavity was of large size judging from the rather long
ribs. There are apparently six elements in the sternum.

The scapula is quite titanotheroid in its general outline, the spine
being less overhanging than usual, which is probably a juvenile char-
acter. The general proportion of the limb-bones is not unlike that
in the Uinta Titanotheres, if one may judge from the immature
condition of the specimen.

MEASUREMENTS.

Mm

Length of vertebral column from altas to tip of tail, measurement along
the'curves; approximately. apm ae eee Cie ee eee 655
Scapula.' Greatest ‘height 21 cisasc co sisteney sus eehe earl oa eceenO cere eee 90
Scapula. Greatest transverse diameter of blade...................--005 64
Humerus. Greatest lengthfapproximatey-e ae. os sore eee 90
Radius. Greatest length; approximates cies sure tte er oe eee 70
Hemur. (Greatest length) approximates. oc ce eee teeter eis eee 114
dubia. Greatest length, approximatesa. . vey omer tee 85

SYSTEMATIC POSITION.

That the above described form belongs to the Titanotheriide can
hardly be questioned. From the fact that there are only three pre-
molars one might be led to regard it as closely related to Lambdo-
therium from the Wind River formation, but on a closer survey of the
material it is clear that the upper and lower first molars are more

‘f Se ASSET BRYN Salto) VIt YD) ‘6062 ‘ON “‘adAT ‘“WOSId}0d snadnd Sfounj14049)9

XI ISA ANASAW ZIDANYVO SIVNNY

‘IX "ld

PETERSON: A SMALL TITANOTHERE FROM THE UINTA Beps, 57

closely allied to such forms as Titanops borealis (Cope) and Limno-
hyops. It is possibly a form which paralleled Lambdotherium, which
lived in the Wind River epoch, and may be regarded as a second
aberrant form of the Titanotheriidz, with closer affinities to the latter
than to Lambdotherium.

CARNEGIE MUSEUM,
September 16, 1913.

Iv. ON THE OSTEOLOGY OF THE GENERA, EASIOPYG®
AND CALLITHRIX WITH NOTES UPON THE*OSi Cr
OGY OF THE GENERA SENIOCEBUS AND AOTUS:

By R. W. SHUFELDT, C.M.Z.S.
(Plates XII-XXI.)

Not long since I had occasion to examine into the osteology of
some of the Old World apes and New World tamarins and marmosets,
and I soon discovered, that, although in times past much had been
published on this subject, there yet remained in the matter of detail
a great deal, which up to the present day has not been touched upon.
To be sure we have the works of Blainville, Owen, Flower, Giebel,
Huxley, Mivart, Vrolik, and many others, who have given us their
time-honored contributions in this important field, but in. the main
these are mostly of a general nature and not especially devoted to
detailed descriptions and comparisons.

Recently we have had placed before us, however, the epoch-making
work of Dr. D. G. Elliot,! who has long been engaged upon the biology
and taxonomy of the entire group of primates, for which sumptuous
production he has examined an enormous body of material, including
nearly all the principal types and material contained in private collec-
tions and in the great museums of the world, not to speak of what he
has gathered during his personal investigations in Africa and elsewhere.
Dr. Elliot with great generosity has presented a copy of this work to
me, and in reply to a recent letter of inquiry states that “ Callithrix
is the proper genus in which to place Hapale jacchus,’’ and that ‘he
places Lasiopyga between the genera Rhinostigma and Muiopithecus,
the tooth-formula of Callithrix being ames Ls ous) 2 2 320)

2-2 I-I 3-3 2-2

It will be remembered that Mivart also states that ‘‘In the whole

1 Three years have elapsed since the present paper was written, and it was only
a few months ago that I obtained the skeleton of Seniocebus meticulosus. The
brief description of the latter will therefore be given at the end of this article
under “Closing Remarks.’’ In the same place I will also make reference to the
osteological data given by Dr. D. G. Elliot in his work, ‘‘A Review of the Primates”’
(Monographs A. M. N. H., Vols. I-III, 1912), with respect to the skeletons of the
forms touched upon in this paper, including Aotus miriquouina, a skeleton of
which (no. 103,917) I have examined in the U. S. National Museum.

58

SHUFELDT: OSTEOLOGY OF LASIOPYGA AND CALLITHRIX. 59

series of Old World apes we find the same number of different kinds
of teeth as in man,”’ that is, sixteen in each jaw, or thirty-two in all;
but that ‘‘ Cebid@e have an additional premolar on each side of each
jaw, and the Hapaline, besides this, have a true molar the less."’
These, as we know, are New World representatives of the group.
(cf. Mivart, Article ‘Ape,’ Encyclopedia Britannica, 9th Ed., p. 164).

Recently upon going over some of the osteological material repre-
senting the primates at the United States National Museum, a privi-
lege fo1 which I have pleasure in thanking the curator of the Division
of Mammals, Mr. Gerrit S. Mille1, Jr., and his assistant curator, Mr.
Ned Hollister, I found that within recent years this collection has been
greatly increased; that long and varied series of skulls and skeletons
of many Old and New World primates are now to be found in it; and
that these are daily being augmented by accessions of a similar kind
from all parts of the world, where these animals find their habitats.
Much of this material still remains undescribed, although Mr. Hollister
has given us something upon it which has appeared in the Proceedings
of the Museum and elsewhere. I have to thank him for his kindness
in ‘ooking up for me the synonymy of the species referred to in this
paper. i

Some years ago Mr. Edward S. Schmid of Washington presented
me with three monkeys in the flesh, one of these being a male Lasiopyga
griseoviridis (Desmarest) from northeastern Africa, and two adult
specimens of Callithrix jacchus (Linneus). Several years afterwards
Mr. Schmid very generously added to this list a specimen of the very
rare tamarin, Seniocebus meticulosus Elliot, of which I made a negative
and preserved the skin and skeleton. From all of the first-named three
I likewise obtained complete skeletons,? and from them all photographs
of the various parts of the same, which photographs are herewith
reproduced. For comparision I have had the use of a complete
skeleton of a male Lasiopyga callitrichus from the U. S. National
Museum (No. 16365).

CRANIUM AND MANDIBLE.
(Plates XII-XVII, figs. 1-19; Plate XX, fig. 24; Plate XXI, fig. 26.)
It has long been known that the skeleton in the Simiina is formed
upon the same general plan as Homo. Comparative osteology more-

2 The author has generously donated the skeletons of L. griseoviridis, C. jacchus,
and S. meticulosus to the Carnegie Museum. (Accession 5103). Editor.

60 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

over teaches us that in the apes, as in man, we often meet with very
marked variation in the matte: of form, when we come to compare the
skulls of individuals belonging to the same species, and that there are
very wide variations to be noted among the skulls of the various
genera of apes, as in the vatious races of men. In long series of the
skulls of apes we would also probably find more or less constant dif-
ferences distinguishing the skulls of the two sexes.

In its general appearance, the skull in Lasiopyga griseoviridis has a
far more brutish aspect than in Lasiopyga callitrichus; this is well
shown in figures 1-8 of the plates, and the reason is very evident; for,
in the first-named ape, the supra-orbital ridges are very prominent
with rounded borders, and, as they lie entirely in the horizontal plane,
they merge indistinguishably with each other in the middle line, lend-
ing to the entire skull a very forbidding aspect. This is further
enhanced by the prominence of the remainder of the orbital peripher-
ies, and the extreme flatness of the vault of the cranium, as compared
with the more human-like rounded dome of the calvarium in L.
callitrichus. Furthermore all the muscular lines, depressions, pro-
cesses, and other osseous characters in L. griseoviridis are more pro-
nounced, more prominent, sharper, and more distinct than in L.
callitrichus; to which must be added the feature of the upper canine
teeth, which in L. griseoviridis are much longer in proportion, more
curved, and in front exhibit deep grooves running their entire length,
these grooves being more internal and by no means prominent in the
upper canines of the other ape. In fact the skull of L. callitrichus
has all these characters very much reduced in prominence, and the
existing differences are very much as we find them upon comparing
the skull of a highbred, intelligent Caucasian with the skull of a low,
savage Ethiopian, such as I have elsewhere figured in my works upon
that race. These characters of the crania are also evident when we
come to compare the mandibles of these two apes; for the angle at
the posterior termination of the symphysis is far more rounded in
L. callitrichus than it is in L. griseoviridis, and again there are the
differences in the canine teeth, though these are not grooved as they
are in the upper jaw. For the rest, the dental armature is well known
and has been frequently described, as it likewise has been for Callithrix
jacchus, rendering it needless to repeat here. This marmoset also has a
skull which is entirely lacking in all those characters which lend such
a savage and brutish aspect to the skull of the Green Guenon as just

SHUFELDT: OSTEOLOGY OF LASIOPYGA AND CALLITHRIX. 61

described; in fact, the skull of Callithrix somewhat reminds us,
especially when viewed laterally, of the skull in some of the Mustelide,
e. g., Spilogale putorius, in the posterior elongation of the cranium,
and the aspect of the canines. Viewed anteriorly, the facial aspect
of the skull in Callithrix is, however, entirely Simian in all of its essen-
tial characters, with its large, cavernous, globular orbits, with theii
circular, unbroken peripheries, and their inner walls entirely com-
pleted in bone excepting the usual foramina. This is the case in
both the species of Lasiopyga before me, wherein all the diameters of
either orbital cavity, save the antero-posterior, are longer than
the diameters measured from the peripheral borders by several milli-
meters. The usual foramina in either orbit are the same as they are
in man. Confining ourselves for the present to the characters of the
face, we note the marked transverse narrowness of the superior nasal
region in L. callitrichus,as compared with the much broader and mote
rounded area in L. griseoviridis (Pl. XII, Figs. 1 and 2); while the
anterior narial aperture is about the same in either species, being only
slightly larger in the last-named form. As in most apes in this and
related genera, the maxillary portion of the face is prominent and
rounded, though not nearly as much so as in some of the higher
Simians, as the orangs and chimpanzees. The premaxillaries form
a distinctive feature, together forming the facial area, and being
carried up to articulate with the nasals above, the sutural traces being
more evident in L. griseoviridis.

In the specimen of L. callitrichus before me, there is neither notch
no1 foramen for the supraorbital nerve, while in the Green Guenon
there is a minute foramen for the exit of that branch on the left side.
In both skulls there are present upon either side from four to five
foramina for the exit of the infra-orbital nerve. On the other hand in
Callithrix the foramen is single. In this genus also the malar foramen
is single, which is likewise the case in L. callitrichus; while in L.
griseoviridis there are two upon either side. A peculiar characte1 in
the face of this last-named species is the deep transverse notch between
the nasals and the supra-orbital ridge (Plate XIII, Fig. 4). In both
skulls the anterior nasal spine is entirely absent; the lachrymal groove
is well marked; and the canine eminence most prominent in L.
griseovtridis.

These apes have the vomer moderately well developed, being
weakest in L. callitrichus, in the skull of which at hand I find no

62 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

turbinated bones, although at least two on either side are well de-
veloped both in L. griseoviridis and in the marmoset. There are in
these apes no supra-orbital ridges beyond the ones formed by the
superior peripheries of the orbits, as we find in most human skulls,
even among the lower races of men, where such ridges are present on
the frontal bone above the orbits. These latter are sometimes absent
in negroes of pure strain.

With regard to the lateral aspect of these skulls (Pl. XIII, figs. 3
and 4; Pl. XVI, fig. 10) it may be observed that in all of them the
extent of the cranial capacity is far greater than might be inferred
from the facial view alone. This is especially true in the case of the
marmosets and L. callitrichus. In L. griseoviridis the cranial dome
is more depressed anteriorly. In C. jacchus and in L. griseoviridis
the superior borde1 of the zvygoma is produced backward and upward,
to be lost as a prominent ridge on the lamboidal suture. This feature
is best seen in L. griseoviridis, and is wholly absent in L. callitrichus.
As in man, the temporal fossa is deepest opposite the middle third of
the zygoma, while anteriorly the space is occupied by the outward
bulging of the external wall of the corresponding orbit, especially in
C. jacchus.

The zygoma is nearly horizontal, presenting a gentle sigmoid curve,
with the tubercle at its posterior extremity very much aborted, prac-
tically absent in C. jacchus and L. callitrichus. The mastoid process,
likewise, does not constitute a prominent feature in these skulls, and
is only faintly indicated in the marmoset, in which conspicuous
auditory bulla are developed, a character which is entirely absent
in Lasiopyga. The mastoid foramen is above the aural opening in C.
jacchus, while it is found posterior to it, and at the base of the skull,
in Lasiopyga (Cf. Pl. XV, fig. 7, to the right). Extensive, shallow, and
flat, the glenoid fossa is hardly deserving of the name, and it is only
in L. callitrichus that it presents any concavity at all. However, the
post-glenoid apophysis is strong and pointed in all of these apes, and
materially contributes to the articulatory surface for the mandible
and to keeping it in place.

Apparently absent in C. jacchus, the styloid process is very small
in L. callitr.chus, though better developed in L. griseoviridis.

In the temporal fossa, the wing of the sphenoid always appears to
articulate by suture with the parietal of the same side. ‘This fact is
mentioned for the reason that Owen, in his Anatomy of Vertebrates

SHUFELDT: OSTEOLOGY OF LASIOPYGA AND CALLITHRIX. 63

(Vol. II. p. 533) stated that “In the still smaller monkeys ( Cercopithe-
cus) the cranial cavity forms a larger portion of the skull. In C.
ruber, the alisphenoid joins the parietal on the left side, not on the
right. The postglenoid process is pointed, and in some ( Cerc. albogu-
laris) the mastoid also.’”’ He gives a figure (Fig. 353) showing this
joining of the alisphenoid with the parietal on the left side, and in
stating that it did not do so in C. ruber on the right, he evidently
considered the character constant in that species, in which I am
forced to believe that he was mistaken. Mivart states that ‘In
Nyctipithecus the alisphenoid is almost shut out from the parietal by
the close approximation of the squamosal to the malar,’’ which is
doubtless true. Low down in the temporal fossa in C. jacchus, the
shortened wing of the sphenoid makes quite extensive contact with
the parietal, and the malar bone here may be pierced by one or two
large perforating foramina, which lead into the back of the orbit.
There may be only one of these, or they may be absent. No such
foramina are to be found in Lasiopyga. All these apes possess an
osseous meatus auditorius externus, leading directly into the auditory
bulla in Callithrix, where no auditory process is present, the latter
only being conspicuously developed in Lasiopyga.

Viewed from above, it will be observed that there are some very
striking differences in the skulls of Lasiopyga callitrichus and L.
griseoviridis (Pl. XIV, figs. 5 and 6). In L. griseoviridis the promi-
nent orbital arch almost conceals the orbits from view; which is not
the case in L. callitrichus. Again, in L. griseoviridis, the temporal
ridges aie conspicuously developed, but are practically absent in L.
callitrichus. In both these apes, no parietal foramina are met with,
though I have never as yet failed to find them in the skull of man.‘

3On the left side in the skull of a Pongo, collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott on
August 11, 1907 (West Borneo, Bayu, Sempang River), and now in the collection
of mammalian skeletons in the U. S. National Museum (No. 145,322), there is a
temporo-frontal articulation, which separates the alisphenoid from the parietal
by several millimeters; while on the left side of the skull of Simia (No. 142,202,
Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus.), collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott in West Borneo in 1905
(Sakaiam River), the arrangement is the same as in the vast majority of human
skulls, that is to say, the alisphenoid articulates with the temporal, the parietal,
the frontal, and the malar.

4Since this was written I have undertaken the examination of some seven
thousand human skulls in the collection of the U. S. National Museum, with a
view to obtaining certain data from them. These skulls are of both sexes and all

64 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The frontal bone extends far backward, while the occipital is shut
out from view in this aspect of the skull in these two monkeys. The
marmosets have the temporal ridges also but very faintly indicated;
the parietal foramina absent, and the form of the skull much elongated
in some individuals, shorter in others.

There is little demanding special description in the cranial cavity
of these monkeys which is not already known to anatomists. The
‘sella turcica’ is well marked, with its posterior clinoid process, and
the usual foramina exist for the entrance and exit of vessels and nerves.
The tentorium is not ossified in Lasiopyga, though the cerebellar
fossee are fairly well differentiated.

Upon basal view these skulls are all interesting when studied in con-
nection with an average human skull viewed in the same manner. In
Lasiopyga callitrichus and L. griseoviridis the characters are much
alike, while very decided differences are found to exist when we come
to compare these with the corresponding characters in the skull of
Callith ix jacchus. In the latter the auditory bulla occupy much of
the space, being large and elongated, and directed forwards and in-
wards to a point about the middle of the cranial base, where their
apices are separated by a distance of several millimeters. For the
rest, the surfaces are singularly smooth; the sutures nearly obliterated;
the pterygoidal plates of the sphenoid prominent, with the hamular
processes conspicuous; two very distinct and circumscribed foramina
are present upon either side, one just external to either condyle, and
the other somewhat larger, immediately external to the anterior apex
of either auditory bulla. The palatal root is short antero-posteriorly,
with the sutures nearly obliterated. The plane of the occiput and
° with the basis cranit.

In Lasiopyga the anterior palatine fossa is mesially and longi-
tudinally divided by the vomer (Pls. XIV and XV, figs. 5-8). The
palate is twice as long as it is wide, and markedly concave from side

foramen magnum makes an angle of about 45

to side. Traces of the sutures between the bones are persistent until
late in life. The posterior palatal grooves are very deep in L. calli-
trichus, the foramen occupying its usual site posteriorly.

ages, representing all the known races of the world, both recent and prehistoric.
The opportunity to study them is due to the kindness of Dr. Ales Hrdlicka, Curator
of the Division of Physical Anthropology, the work having been undertaken for a
certain purpose. It is more than likely that I may now meet with human skulls
in which the parietal foramina will be found to be absent, as many of these skulls
appear to reveal remarkable anomalies.

SHUFELDT: OSTEOLOGY OF LASIOPYGA AND CALLITHRIX. 65

The external pterygoidal plates of the sphenoid are very prominent,
quadrilateral in outline, and turned outwardly; the internal plates
are not more than one-fifth the size of these; but each supports a
distinct hamular process. Either pterygoidal fossa is deep and has
from two to twenty minute foramina at its base. The basilar process
of the occipital is broad and elongated, but does not extend as far
forward as the petrous portion of the temporal upon either side.
The carotid foramen is very distinct and circular, and I find no
posterior condyloid foramen present. The foramen ovale is of fair
size, and located as in the cranium of man. Other small cranial
fo1amina and openings are also present. The vomer is bifurcated
posteriorly, the bifurcations receiving the sharp palatal process of the
sphenoid. This is a striking feature of the base of both of these skulls
CGfs Plate XV, figs: 7 and 8).

In L. callitrichus the occipital surface is very smooth and lacking in
depressions; while in L. griseoviridis it is decidedly roughened for
muscular attachment two-thirds of the way up to the lamboidal suture,
and in this area presents mesially a raised, longitudinal crest, the
internal occipital crest, which merges into the general surface of the
bone at its extremities.

The foramen magnum is subcircular in outline, and rather large
for the size of the animal in either species. The condyles are elongated
and narrow, and occupy half the periphery of the anterior margin of
the foramen. Mesially they are separated by a very shallow notch.
The occiput makes an angle with the basis cranii of about 45°, that
of the plane of the foramen magnum being considerably less. An-
other well-marked character, present on either side in both species, is
the Glaserian fissure, occupying a position similar to what we find
in anthropotomy.

Lasiopyga has a strong and powerful mandible, with its two parts
in the adult thoroughly and indistinguishably fused at the symphysis;
Callithrix has the ramal portion very thin, broad and quadrilateral
in outline; while the body is not as strong in proportion as it is in some
of the higher apes. The infradental and mental foramina are minute
and single. Internally at the symphysis neither tubercles nor fossa
are found in Callithrix; while in Lasiopyga a deep fossa is always
present where the ‘‘genial tubercles’’ are found in man, and at the
base of this fossa we find a circular foramen piercing the bone in the
median line, to appear externally at the center of the bone, half-way

66 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

between the alveolar process and the inferior border. The infradental
and mental foramina are generally single in Lasiopyga as in Callithrix;
but there are two foramina on either side in the jaw of L. callitrichus
before me. In this last species the coronoid process is higher than the
condyle on either side, and the sigmoid notch shorter and deeper than
it is in L. griseoviridis. In Lasiopyga the notch is always long and
shallow (Plate XIII, figs. 3, 4, and Plate XVI, fig. 10). The areas
for the attachment of muscles, especially for the buccinator and internal
pterygoid, are more or less roughened. The angle of the ramus is
always rounded, and instead of their being a ‘mental process’ to repre-
sent a chin, as in man, the mandible in all these apes slopes from the
teeth downwards and backwards as shown in Plate XIII, figs. 3, 4,
and Plate XVI, fig. Io.

I find no good figures of the skeleton of Lasiopyga in the literature
accessible to me. The one which has so long done duty in Huxley’s
“The Anatomy of Vertebrate Animals,” is incorrectly drawn in nearly
all particulars; it has no canine teeth, the zygoma is not that of an ape,
in short it is not a skeleton of Lasiopyga.

Almost all of the laryngeal box in these apes ossifies in the adult,
certainly in Callithrix, while the trachial rings seem to be only formed
in caitilage, or, at the most, in elementary bone. De Blainville, Owen,
Mivart, and other comparative anatomists have all referred to the
enormously developed body of the hyotd in Mycetes seniculus; while
Flower and others have described the hyoid in other New and Old
World apes, as in Cynocephalus porcarius and Lagothrix humboldti,
cerato-hyals and epi-hyals being found in the last-named species.
Flower further stated in his Osteology of the Mammalia that “In very
few of the Old World monkeys is there any ossification in the anterior
hyoid arch; but in some Cercopitheci a short, bony, cerato-hyal is
found. This occurs also in the American Monkeys, with occasionally
the addition of a second piece (epi-hyal).’’ It would appear that the
presence of an ossified stylo-hyal in any of the apes is of extremely
rare occurrence, though sometimes a very small tympano-hyal
became ossified.

In the skeleton of Lasiopyga griseoviridis (C. M., No. 242%) the
basi-hyal is large and completely ossified. It has a length of 1.3 cm.,
and a width above of 1.2 cm. It is broad above, and narrow below,
where it bifurcates, the processes thus formed being separated by a
rounded notch. Posteriorly it is deeply concave, especially above,

SHUFELDT: OSTEOLOGY OF LASIOPYGA AND CALLITHRIX. 67

being correspondingly convex in front, where there is a blunt, longi-
tudinal crest developed on the median line. At its supero-external
angles, short, stout apophyses project, each having on its end an articu-
lar facet for a rather ong, curved thyro-hyal. Neither cerato-hyals
nor epi-hyals are present.

THE AXIAL SKELETON.
(Plates XVIII-XIX, figs. 21, 22.)
THE VERTEBRE.

Flower among others has given us more or less full descriptions of
the bones composing the skeleton of the trunk in the Primates. In
the third edition of his Osteology of the Mammalia, on pages 78 and 79,
he presents a table in which is set forth, under the five divisions of
the vertebral column, the number of vertebrz found in each division.
In the table Homo sapiens is compared in this way with no fewer than
thirty-eight species of Apes from different parts of the world. In the
list we find five species of Lasiopyga (Cercopithecus), including L.
griseoviridis and also Callithrix jacchus.

In the specimen of L. griseoviridis, the skeleton of which I prepared,
the animal had lost about half of its tail either prior to or after capture.
Hence this part of the skeleton is imperfect. The tail is perfect in the
skeleton of Lasiopyga callitrichus in the U. S. National Museum, and
I have in my own collection a skeleton of C. jacchus in which the tail
is perfect.

In his specimen of Lasiopyga griseoviridis Flower found seven
cervical, thirteen thoracic, six lumbar, two sacral, and twenty-five
caudal vertebre. Upon comparing this with the skeleton of L. griseo-
viridis at hand, I find it has seven cervical, twelve thoracic, seven
lumbar, and three sacral vertebre. In counting the thoracic verte-
bre, Iam guided by those which support a pair of ribs, and in count-
ing the lumbars, those are included which extend between the last
thoracic and the first sacral,—a sacral being understood to be a ver-
tebra which articulates with the pelvis and codéssifies with one or more
vertebre succeeding it. In L. griseoviridis three such vertebre co-
ossify to form a sacrum, and following these, every vertebra belongs
to the caudal series.

In the U. S. N. M. specimen of Lasiopyga callitrichus, No. 16365,—
Flower did not make any record for this species,—I find seven cer-
vical, twelve thoracic or dorsal, seven lumbar, three sacral, and

68 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

twenty-eight caudal vertebre. In only one species of Lasiopyga
(Cercopithecus) did Flower find twenty-eight caudals, and that in L.
patas.

Now coming to Callithrix jacchus (Hapale), of which I have two
skeletons, I find in one seven cervicals, thirteen thoracics or dorsals,
six lumbars, three sacrals, and twenty-eight caudals, the distal caudal
being less than 2 mm. long and as fine as a human hair. This agrees
with Flower, except as to the caudal vertebre, of which he records
only twenty-three, or six less than I find in a perfect specimen.
Owen states in his Anatomy of Vertebrates that ‘‘ Nineteen is the
usual numbei of dorso-lumbar vertebre in the Platyrrhine group, the
Spider-monkeys (Ateles) offering the exception of eighteen, viz: D. 14,
L. 4.” This agrees with my count above. Owen also states that in
most Platyrrhines the number of caudal vertebre are usually thirty
or upwards, “ Atfeles paniscus having thirty-three caudals.’’ This
is entirely at variance with what we find in the table given by Flower.
Mivart states that ‘The dorsal vertebra vary in number from eleven,
as sometimes in Cercopithecus |Lasiopyga] and Macacus, to fourteen,
as sometimes in /Hylobates, 01 even to fifteen, as in Nyctipithecus
[Aotus].’’ So far as Lasiopyga goes, this is not only different from
Flower’s count for five different species of Lasiopyga ( Cercopithecus),
but it is evidently incorrect. But this is only one instance out of
many where these two eminent anatomists disagree with respect to
the number of vertebre found in the several divisions of the spinal
column of the Primates. We are dealing here, however, only with
Lasiopyga and Callithrix.

In the atlas of both these genera of apes there are two foramina, on
either side, one above and one below the transverse process, for the
passage of vessels. They lead to a common opening, which is found
just posterior to the superior articular surface for the occipital condyle.
It is for the passage of the vertebral artery, on either side; but exactly
in what manner the branching takes place I shall be unable to state,
until an opportunity occurs to dissect another specimen in the flesh.
In man the foramen for the vertebral artery is single on each side.
The vertebral vein may upon quitting the cranium pass through the
other foramen. Owen seemed to believe that both perforations were
for the vertebral artery in the marmoset (Hapale jacchus) when he
stated that in that species ‘‘The transverse process of the atlas is
perforated lengthwise and vertically by the vertebral artery, and the

SHUFELDT: OSTEOLOGY OF LASIOPYGA AND CALLITHRIX. 69

neural arch is perforated.”” The vertebral canal passes through all
the cervical vertebre increasing in calibre as it approaches the thorax,
save in the last vertebra. In both Lasiopyga and Callithrix the
inferior lamellae of the transverse processes are broadened from side
to side, and their extremities expanded, thus forming lengthened,
longitudinal processes. These inferior lamella are absent in the
seventh cervical vertebra. The neural spine in the axis is thick and
relatively large; is much smaller in the third cervical, becomes sharp
and pointed in the fourth, after which it gradually becomes sharper
and longer to and including the seventh or last cervical.

The seventh cervical in both Lasiopyga:and Callithrix has a demi-
facet on either side of the centrum to form part of the articulation of
the first pair of ribs.

In Lasiopyga, and especially in L. callitrichus, the neural spines
of the dorsal vertebre are long, rather pointed, but with slightly
expanded apices. They become progressively and gradually shorter
as we proceed backward, and less and less inclined in that direction
(Plate XVIII, fig. 21). The iast two thoracic vertebre have char-
acters approaching those of the anterior lumbars. In the last dorsal
vertebra the transverse processes are aborted, a gradual diminution
from the strong ones in the fore part of the series having taken place
and they are supplanted by the sharp-pointed pleurapophyses, directed
backwards, so that on the last dorsal we have a pair of these, as well
as a pair of ribs, which articulate only with the centrum of that
vertebra. These spine-like pleurapophyses persist in the lumbar
vertebrae, including the penultimate, becoming smaller and smaller,
and disappearing entirely on the last lumbar. In articulation they
powerfully assist in holding the prezygapophyses in place, being in
any instance situated just below a postzygapophysis, thus forming a
recess into which the prezygapophysis of the vertebra next following
accurately fits. Transverse processes commence again on the first
lumbar, and become more and more prominent to and including the
last one of this series (Pl. XIX, fig. 22).

The neural spines of the lumbais are conspicuously developed,
rather high, elongate, oblong, and are in each of these vertebra nearly
aslong asitscentrum. Essentially all of these characters are repeated
in the spinal column of the marmoset; but in it the neural spines of
the last dorsals are not as long or as pointed. These monkeys have
long, slender ribs, requiring no special description, Barring the last

70 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

pair, they articulate between the vertebral centra, thus giving rise to
demifacets to accommodate them. In Lasiopyga eight of these
articulate with the sternum by means of cartilaginous hemapophyses
or costal ribs; in Callithrix only seven are so joined; the last three
in the first-named species are “floating ribs,’’ while the costal ribs of
the ninth pair articulate with the lower margins of the costal ribs of
the eighth pair. The sternal ends of these costal ribs articulate
between the several pieces composing the sternum, which latter remain
separate bones apparently throughout life. A large, triangular
manubrium surmounts the series, and the xiphoid process at the distal
end is rather large and expanded, particularly in Callithrix.

In Lasiopyga the three sacral vertebre in the adult are firmly
fused together to form one single bone, the lateral processes of the
first being conspicuous y thrown out to mold themselves on an
extensive iliac articulation of the pelvis upon either side. In Callithrix
only the two first sacrals thus coéssify, and the third closely resembles
the first caudal vertebra (PI. XIX, fig. 22).

Lasiopyga callitrichus has the first three caudal vertebra of a dis-
tinctive type. In some respects they resemble the last sacral verte-
bra, but all the processes are slenderer, more prominent and projecting.
Moreover, we find rudimentary chevron-bones here present, lapping
the centra, but not fusing with them. In Callithrix the three anterior
caudals more closely resemble the last sacral of that genus, and the
chevron-bones are small. The fourth caudal vertebra in L. calli-
trichus differs very markedly from the one which precedes it, as it is
more elongated, and its prezygapophyses are distinct, short, stout
processes directed forwards and outwards, and its postzygapophyses
are fused into one long, rather slender process, which springs from the
middle of the centrum to arch backwards. The lateral or transverse
apophyses are broad, outstanding, triangular lamella and different
from those of any other vertebra anterior to it. There is a rudi-
mentary pair, which are stronger in the fifth caudal, after which they
become much reduced. In the fourth and fifth caudals, the chevron-
bones, completely ossified, are V-shaped in form, free, and articulate
with the centrum anteriorly and below, encroaching very slightly on the
vertebra next beyond. This encroachment is better marked on the
part of the chevron-bone of the fifth caudal, afte: which these elements
become double and distinct, and more and more rudimentary as we
follow the vertebre distad until they finally disappear entirely on the

SHUFELDT: OSTEOLOGY OF LASIOPYGA AND CALLITHRIX. rl

fourteenth or fifteenth caudal. This is also the fate of the outstanding
processes, each vertebra, as we approach the end of the tail, becoming
more rod-like and longer with enlarged extremities, and rudimentary
in character with diminished calibre to and including the tenth, after
which they progressively shorten again and become shorter and shorter
to the end of the appendage, the last ten or twelve being merely
rudimentary little rodlets, the terminal caudal being only 5 mm.
long as compared with the seventh, for example, which has a length
of 35 mm.

The characters of the caudal vertebre in Callithrix in many ways
resemble those of Lasiopyga, though the chevron-bones are more
rudimentary and the apophyses in the anterior caudals not so con-
spicuous. Only the first four caudals in Lasiopyga have the neural
canal a closed tube, though it may exist in the fifth, where its calibre
becomes of mere hair-Jike proportions. It is better marked in the
fifth caudal of L. griseoviridis, in which species the fifth caudal more
closely resembles the third, which is not the case in L. callitrichus.
Callithrix has its few anterior caudals much flattened out from above
downwards Mivart noted that ‘‘Chevron-bones and processes for
their attachment are altogether wanting only in the Simiine and in
Macacus inuus. They attain their maximum in Afeles, where they
present almost every variety of development in one or other part of
the caudal region.”

In those monkeys having prehensile tails, as in Afeles for example,
the processes of the caudal vertebrae are exceptionally well-developed
in order to afford attachment for the caudal muscles employed in the
grasping power of the appendage in this genus; and it is a well known
fact that all the vertebra in these animals vary considerably through-
out the group.

THE APPENDICULAR SKELETON.

THE Fore Lims. (Plate XX, fig. 23).

In his excellent artic'e ‘‘Ape’’ in the Encyclopedia Britannica,
Professor Mivart has given us the proportions of bones, particu-
larly the long bones of the skeletons of a great many of the
representatives of the group here under consideration. This has
been done so fully that it obviates the necessity of touching upon
this part of the subject in the present contribution, as the space
can be better utilized for presenting the description of the actual

/

72 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

characters. In this connection it is to be noted that Mivart in
the aforesaid article, treating of the ‘‘Appendicular Skeleton,” refers
to Lasiopyga but once, and that is when he says that ‘‘The index
digit, with its metatarsal, compared with the sp‘ne, is as 38 to 100 in
Simia, and it varies thence down to 21 in Cercopithecus.” I find
in Lasiopyga callitrichus it is less than 18.

The Clavicle. Inthissame skeleton the clavicle has a length of 4cm.,
and, when duly articulated with the sternum and scapula, the surface
which corresponds with the anterior in man, in the ape become the supe-
rior, and the other surfaces change aspects accordingly. Thisisalso the
case in Callithrix. In Lasiopyga griseoviridis the clavicle has a length
of 4.7 cm., while in C. jacchus it has a length of only 2cm. In all of
these species its form is to a large extent similar, and its mode of
articulation interesting. We find its sternal extremity enlarged,
bearing an extensive facet mesially for articulation with the sternal
manubiium above the costal cartilage of the first rib, the interval in
Callithrix being considerable and propoitionately much less in Lasio-
pyga. The scapular end of the bone is very much curved downward
especially its outer, expanded part, where it materially assists in pro-
tecting the articulation for the head of the humerus. This expanded
portion in L. griseoviridis is large‘y scooped out to form a notable
fossa, which is not as well marked as in L. callitrichus, and absent in
Callithrix. When duly articulated with the coracoid and acromion
processes, the clavicle closes in a large, circular foramen between these
two apophyses and the adjacent border of the glenoid cavity, assisted
as it is by the scant trapezoid ligament.

The Scapula. Lasiopyga and Callithrix have the scapula much alike
in all of its essential characters. Its formis nota little different from its
forminman. As compared with the latter, we find in Lasiopyga that
the superior and internal borders are of equal extent, and no very
definite ‘‘superior angle’”’ occurs at their juncture, asin man, where the
internal or vertebral border is fully four times longer than the superior.
Again in the ape the spine of the scapula, which is conspicuously
developed, is continued to the internal border; not so in man, where
a very considerable smooth surface intervenes, over which in life the
trapezius muscle glides. There is no evidence of any ‘‘suprascapular
notch” in Lasiopyga, and the external border of the bone is much
thickened and profoundly grooved from the neck of the bone almost
to the inferior angle, the grooving being broadest and deepest at its

SHUFELDT: OSTEOLOGY OF LASIOPYGA AND CALLITHRIX. 73

upper part, and gradually shallowing and narrowing as the lower angle
is approached. The acromion process is large and strong and only
slightly bent, while the smaller coracoid process is straight, flat on its
glenoidal and outer surfaces, and joined to its base at a right angle.
The scapular neck is well defined, and the articular surface for the
humeral head of the bone of the arm is pear-shaped with the larger
end below. The subscapular fossa of the anterior aspect is smooth
throughout, but generally exhibits a shallow groove running longi-
tudinally from below the neck almost to the inferior angle.

The Humerus. Among the higher races of men the shaft of the
humerus is normally always straight, whilein Lasiopyga griseoviridis its
shaft is not only somewhat twisted upon itself, but very decidedly
curved for its entire length; the concavity of this curvature, extending
from the head to the internal condyle, is along its inner aspect, the corre-
sponding convexity being down the other side of the bone. This curva-
ture is less evident in the shaft of the humerusin Lasiopyga callitrichus,
while in Callithrix jacchus the humeral shaft is almost straight. It
is astrong, big, heavy bone in Lasiopyga with a large, semiglobular
head, the upper surface of which is ona level with the tuberosities.
We find the nutrient foramen at the juncture of the middle and lower
third of the shaft, above the internal condyle in Lasiopyga; while in
Callithrix it is just below the head at the upper end of the bone.
Lasiopyga has the internal condyle but very moderately produced,
while the marmoset has it very conspicuously produced; and again, in
the first-named genus, the outer crest of the trochlea for the ulna is very
sharp, prominent, and produced distad; the trochleew are in the same
planein Callithrix. The olecranon fossa in Lasiopyga is always pierced
by a large circular foramen, which does not occur in my skeletons of
Callithrix, though the bone is quite thin at the site. The usual
grooves for muscles and nerves are present, the musculo-spiral gioove
being particularly well marked in Lasiopyga, in which genus no part
of the shaft can be said to be cylindrical, so pronounced are its borders
and the longitudinal grooves between them. No such distinctive
features as either an anatomical or a surgical neck exists in the humeri
of these apes, and in Lasiopyga the head of the bone does not unite
solidly with the shaft until.comparatively late in the life of the indi-
vidual. It has an extreme length in L. griseoviridis of 12.3 cm., in
L. callitrichus of 11 cm., and in Callithrix of 4.3 cm.

The Radius. In Lasiopyga only the proximal fifth, including the

74 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

head, of the shaft of the radius is straight and moderately compressed,
the balance of the bone being greatly curved for its entire length, this
curvature having its concavity toward the interosseus space in the artic-
lated skeleton. The shaft gradually, though moderately, increases in
caliber for its lower four-fifths, presenting three sharp borders, the
surfaces between them exhibiting longitudinal grooves. Callithrix
also possesses a radius like this, but in it these grooves are absent.
Both have a circulai1 head with a moderate central depression at its
summit, and the distal extremity larger than the proximal. The
bicipital tuberosity is elongate and not perceptibly raised above the
surface of the shaft. Distally the styloid process is fairly well-pro-
duced, and this epiphysis does not unite with the shaft until late in life,
a remark which also applies to the ulna, and, as already stated above,
to the head of the humerus.

The Ulna. Lasiopyga has an unusually straight ulna, it being slightly
curved in the marmosets. It gradually diminishes in caliber from the
big olecranon to the distal end, where we find a styloid process present,
and articulation with the carpus takes place, which is not the case
with this extremity of the radius. JLasiopyga has the greater and
lesser sigmoid cavities of the ulna extensive and very concave; in
fact, this end of the bone very much resembles the proximal end of the
ulna in man. In the Green guenon its shaft is deeply and longi-
tudinally grooved for the lesser sigmoid cavity down to a point about
its middie. Below this point the shaft is more or less cylindrical in
form.

The Carpus and Manus. Coming now to the carpus and the manus,
Mivart has pointed out that the ‘“‘carpus consists, in 7voglodytes, of the
same eight bones as in man. In all the other genera there is a ninth
bone, the intermedium.’’ Flower in the third edition of the Osteology
of the Mammalia, on page 286, figures the bones of the carpus of a
Baboon ( Cynocephalus anubis) where the intermedium is present, and
there called the centrale, so there are also in the wrist-joint of this
animal nine bones. Inthe Baboon there is also another bonelet present,
it being the ‘‘radial sesamoid,’’ which is free and articulates with the
margins of the trapezium and scaphoid. It belongs to the tendon of
the flexor carpi radialis muscle. All this agrees with what we find in
the carpus of Lasiopyga and Callithrix, in each of which genera the
unciform is larger than the magnum, and the pisiform very prominent,
and in articulation making a right angle with the shaft of the ulna.

SHUFELDT: OSTEOLOGY OF LASIOPYGA AND CALLITHRIX. 75

The bones of the metacarpus are proportionally longer, more curved,
and narrower than in man; but, together with the phalanges, are the
same in number. These last are also more curved than they are in
man, the distal pha anges being compressed from above, downwards,
except in Callithrix, where the compression is in the other direction,
being curved, as in some birds, and sharply pointed, having the form
of the distal d gital thecee which encase them. In Lasiopyga, a pair
of sesamoids are found on the palmar aspect at the metacarpo-
phalangeal joints, and also at the joints beyond the index and mini-

mus digits.

THe Hinp Lims. (Plate XVIII, fig. 21; Plate XIX, fig. 22, and
Plate XXI, fig. 25).

The Pelvis. Differing considerably in form from the pelvis in Homo,
and likewise from the big pelvis in Tvoglodytes with its great, broad ilia,
the ilium as a who'e in Lasiopyga is much elongated and comparatively
narrow. Either ilium rises considerably above the sacral articulation
to a point opposite the middle of the penultimate lumbar vertebra in
the articulated skeleton. Its crest is moderately convex and rough-
ened, and it is here that the bone is broadest, gradually narrowing as
it approaches the acetabulum. Upon its outer surface it is concave,
and correspondingly convex upon its inner surface, where it presents
an extensive roughened area for articulation with the sacrum. The
anterior border is sharp, while the posterior border is rounded, the
thickest part of the bone being just anterior to the cotyloid cavity.
This causes the greater sacro-sciatic notch to be long and shallow,
while the lesser one is hardly deserving of a name. In form, the
acetabulum very closely approaches what we find in man, and the bone
at its base is very thin, though never exhibiting any perforations.
There is an interval of bony surface between the cotyloid notch and
the large subcircular obturator foramen.

Pubis and Ischium. Deep and prominent, the symphysis pubis is in
life firmly united by ligament, and the pubic arch presents the same
sexual characters as we find in the pelvis of man. The tuberosity of
the ischium, with the adjacent ramus of the pubis and ischium, is
curved forward, thus forming a concave surface anteriorly below the
obturator foramen. This tuberosity is most extensive externally,
gradually narrowing as it approaches the pelvic outlet or pubic arch,
and its surface is much roughened for attachment of the ischial callos-
ities in this genus.

76 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Barring its very much smaller size, the pelvis in Callithrix presents
essentially the same characters as the bone in Lasiopyga. It is,
however, proportionately shorter, the obturator foramen proportion-
ately larger, and more circular, thus causing the cotyloid notch to be
nearer to its margin, while the ischio-pubic surfaces, internal and
external, are flat, and the tuberosity of the ischium is but very slightly
enlarged. From its external point to the anterior pubic angle, the
border of this pelvis is uniformly convexly curved and almost sharp.
The spine of the ischium is absent in Callithrix, and very rudimentary
in Lasiopyga. Mivart found this process prominent in Sizmza.

The Femur. Apart from the matter of relative size, the femur in
Lasiopyga griseoviridis presents the same characters as are met with
in that bone in Lasiopyga callitrichus; in the former it has an extreme
length of 14.8 cm., and in the latter of 13.2 cm. In Callithrix jacchus
it is only 5.4 cm. long.

In Lasiopyga the femoral head is smooth, hemispherical in form, and
presents a deep pit for the insertion of the ligamentum teres. The
neck is as well marked as it is in Homo, but it does not make quite
as open an angle with the axis of the shaft, and the massive trochanter
major rises somewhat above both it and the head of the bone. The
digital fossa which it overshadows is deep and circumscribed, and on
the posterior surface leads by a groove almost to the summit of the very
prominent trochanter minor, which groove is bounded by a definite
trochanterian line, no ‘‘spiral line’ as in man being found opposite it
on the anterior aspect. Strong and highly polished, the cylindrical
shaft of the femur is considerably curved between the extremities, the

‘

curve being quite uniform with the convexity in front.

The linea aspera is fairly well seen, and a single nutrient foramen is
found on the posterior surface of the shaft at a point between its middle
and upper third. Distally, the bone is much enlarged, and in many
respects resembles this extremity in the femur of man. The lower
points of the condyles, however, are in the same plane, the internal
condyle being the lower in man. There is a deep intercondylar fossa
between the jutting, prominent condyles posteriorly. Each of these,
in this locality, is surmounted by a large sesamoid, which in each case
articulates with it at its summit. Similar sesamoids of relatively
similar proportions are found in the skeleton of Callithrix occupying
like positions. No authority at hand mentions these sesamoids,
certainly not Huxley, Mivart, or Flower, yet they are very conspicuous

-~I

SHUFELDT: OSTEOLOGY OF LASIOPYGA AND CALLITHRIX.

in the skeleton of Lasiopyga. A large, ovate, elongate patella is
present in all the apes here being considered, it being uniformly
convex anteriorly, and very shallowly doubly concave posteriorly, a
very faint mid-longitudinal elevation appearing between the two
concave surfaces.

Callithrix has a femur presenting a number of points unlike those
just described for Lasiopyga. The head of the bone comes consider-
ably nearer being a complete sphere. The upper fourth of the bone:
or down as far as the well-developed lesser trochante1, is gently bent
anteriorly, while below the “trochanterian line’’ there is an extensive,
circumscribed triangular surface, which is not found in Lasiopyga at
all. Its shaft is quite straight, for its posterior third wide, and
flattened in the antero-postero direction.

In the short external lateral ligament, just above the: head of the
fibula in Callithrix, a minute sesamoid is present, but I fail to find its
counterpart in either species of Lasiopyga.

The Tibia. The tibia of Lasiopyga griseoviridis is 14.3 cm., of L. cal-
hitrichus 12.4.cm., and of Callithrix jacchus 5.4 cm. in length; the fibula
in any case being but very little shorter. Essentially all the characters
we find in the human tibia and fibula are repeated in the same bones
in these apes, even including Cal ithrix. Apart from the matter of the
great difference in size in such a comparison, it is truly remarkable
how similar they really are. Lasiopyga has the upper ithird of its
shaft more compressed transversely, and here it is quite concave in the
longitudinal direction as far down as the juncture of the middle and
upper thirds. This is not as evident in Ca/lithrix, in which form the
tibia exhibits considerable compression for its entire length until we
neai the enlarged distal extremity in both genera, when the bone is
somewhat flattened in the opposite direction to accommodate itself for
articulation with the astragalus. The tibial crest is much rounded
off in these apes, and the tubercle for the insertion of the ligamentum
patella is very rudimentary. The internal malleolus is prominent,
and its long axis is in line with the axis of the tibial shaft.

The Fibula. The fibula is a slender bone, extremely so in Cal-
lithrix, straight, more or less cylindrical, barring the moderately flat-
tened surfaces for muscular insertion, and presenting the usual enlarged
ends for articulation with the tibia above, and below with the astrag-
alus, its malleolus being quite as long as that process in the tibia.
This is a departure from what we find in man, where the fibula ex-

78 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

tends much beyond the tibia, causing the external malleolus of the leg
to be the lower of the two. :

The Tarsus. As in all other simians and apes, we find in the tarsus
of Lasiopyga and Callithrix the seven usual bones, and these have
practically the same relative size, and articulate in much the same
manner asin Zlomo. When ligamentously articulated as in life, they
form a plantar double arch, an antero-posterior one, and a transverse
one. We also find in the foot of each of these genera the paired
sesamoids on the plantar aspect, beneath the metatarso-phalangeal
articulations as in the manus; but they appear to be absent from the
more distal joints. There is also in these genera another sesamoid
present, which I fail to find elsewhere described for the apes, although
it may have, and probably has, been described. It occurs in both
Lasiopyga and the marmoset, and consists in a somewhat sizeable
segment, semiellipsoidal in form, and articulates with the postero-
external angle of the cuboid, being embedded in the tendon of the
peroneus longus muscle as it passes this point on its way to its inser-
tion at the infero-posterior internal angle of the base of the meta-
tarsal of the hallux. It may be conveniently named the peroneal
sesamoid.

Most of the observable departures in the form of the podial bones
from those in man are due to the peculiar twisting of the foot in the ape.
Both the astragalus and the calcaneum are rather large bones with
extensive articular surfaces, the posterior moiety of the latter being
concave on its inner side and slightly bent in that direction. The
area for the insertion of the tendo Achillis on its hinder aspect is
abruptly defined by a sharp line. The anterior articular surface of the
os calcis for the scaphoid or navicular bone is concave; whereas the
corresponding facet on the astragalus is convex. The cuboid and
scaphoid are of about the same size, and articulate with each other in
the middle line of the foot. The middle cuneiform is the smallest of
the three cuneiform bones, while the saddle-shaped ectocuneiform and
the scaphoid dip down far below all the others in the sole of the foot.
Mivart has described in his article in the Encyclopedia Britannica
many of the characters of the tarsal bones and phalanges, and com-
pared their proportions, especially for Szmia, Ateles, Hylobates,
Pithecia, Troglodytes, Lagothrix and Cebus, but has little or nothing to
say of Lasiopyga and Callithrix. The morphology of the tarsus in the
latter is much the same as we find it in L. callitrichus.

SHUFELDT: OSTEOLOGY OF LASIOPYGA AND CALLITHRIX. 79

Metatarsus and Phalanges. All of the metatarsal and phalangeal
bones, save the terminal joints, are considerably curved, the concavity
being palmad. This is most evident in Lasiopyga callitrichus; rather
less in L. griseoviridis, and least of all in Callithrix. Inthe marmoset,
as in its hand, the terminal joints of the pes are laterally compressed,
much curved, and pointed. In Lasiopyga it is the third metatarsal
which is the longest bone of the tarsus and possesses the biggest shaft;
while in Callithrix the fourth metatarsal is a shade longer than the
third, and its shaft is about equal in caliber with it. In proportion
to the size of the animal, the marmoset possesses a long and narrow
foot, its slender tarsal bones and toe-joints exhibiting but little curva-
ture, are when articulated almost parallel to each other, and to this
the hallux forms no exception.

CLOSING REMARKS.

This paper has aimed especially to point out the main skeletal
differences, especially in the skull and axial skeleton, which may
exist between two species of apes which have been placed in the same
genus, viz., Lasiopyga callitrichus and L. griseoviridis. It also essays
to clear up faulty records and illustrations of previous writers, particu-
larly in the matter of the correct number of vertebre in various divi-
sions of the spinal column. It gives in detail the osteology of Calli-
thrix. The illustrative plates should possess value, and should
especially prove to be of assistance to those engaged in the study of
the craniology of this group.

In the first volume of ‘‘A Review of the Primates”’ Dr. Elliot gives
considerable information concerning the ‘‘Bald-headed Tamarins”’
of the genus Seniocebus. They are placed by him in Family I of
Suborder 2 of the Anthropoidea, and three species are described, viz.:
S. bicolor, S. meticulosus, and S. martinsi. Their dental formula is
a
I-I 3-3 2-2

The literature relating to this genus and the marmosets, covering
the eaily writings of Linneus (1758) to date, is quite extensive.

Elliot places the tamarins in the four genera Seniocebus, Cerco-
pithecus, Leontocebus, and Gidipomidas. Formerly they were airayed
with the marmosets either in the genus Hapale or in Callithrix.

““The chief difference between members of Callithrix,”’ says Elliott,
“and the species now under consideration [Seniocebus] is found in the

: 2-2
given thus: I. et (Gs ae

80 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

teeth, the canines of the lower jaw being longer than the incisors, a
distinction deemed by some authors as perhaps hardly sufficient to
cause the Tamarins to become separated generically from their 1ela-
tives. Tamarins and Marmosets resemble each othe1, and the
skulls with the large brain-case are much alike” (p. 179).

Elliot gives a numbei of plates, each presenting fou views of skulls
of the several genera and species named above. The one of Seniocebus
(11% natural size) is very good (Plate XXII). It closely resembles the
skull of Callithrix leucopus (Plate XXVII. 1% larger than nat. size).

There are but four or five skins of Seniocebus meticulosus in the hands
of science, and probably not more than three skeletons. One of the
latter appears to be in the American Museum of Natural History
(New York); I understand there is one in the U. S. National Museum
(not examined by me), and, finally, one prepared by myself, which
has been placed in the Carnegie Museum at Pittsburgh. Thus it
will be seen that this little monkey is one of the rarest species known.
The type was obtained in northern Colombia (Rio San Jorge).

I have carefully compared in all of its details my skeleton of
Seniocebus meticulosus with the corresponding characters of the
skeleton, as presented in two adult skeletons and other osteological
material before me representing Callithrix jacchus, and I fail to find
any characters in the skeleton of the former (the teeth do not belong
to the skeleton) which point to such a thing as generic differences
separating these two species. Some slight differences aie apparent,
but they are entirely referable to individual variation, and it is
safe to say that they will not be found to be constant. The
fact that the canine teeth of the mandible in Seniocebus are longer
than the incisors, whereas they are not so in Callithrix, by no
means furnishes sufficient reason for creating a new genus for the
former. Moreover, although they are not quite as pointed as they
are in Seniocebus, we sometimes find the lower canine in Calhithrix
jacchus somewhat longer than the outer incisor upon either side; so
that, too, proves to be a variable character among these species (Com-
pare Figs. 9 and 10 of Plate XVI of this paper) and consequently an
unreliable feature upon which to base generic differences.

As is the case among human skulls, the facial angle differs in dif-
ferent individuals. For example, the facial angle in the skull of
Seniocebus | have in my collection is markedly less than it is in the
skull of that form figured by Elliot (Vol. 1, Plate XXII), where it

SHUFELDT; OSTEOLOGY OF LASIOPYGA AND CALLITHRIX. 81

practically agrees with the facial angle of the skulls of Callithrix
jacchus now at hand.

With respect to these skeletons, there is nothing like the differences
which are to be found in and which characterize the skeletons of
Lasiopyga callitrichus and Lasiopyga griseoviridis, as set forth above.
The nature of these differences are well exemplified in the skulls of
these two species of apes in the figures given in Plates XII-XV.

The skeletal characters of the trunk and limbs in the case of Senioce-
bus practically agree in all particulars with the corresponding features
in any of the marmosets of the genus Callithrix; and in my opinion,
the fact of the matter is, in so far as their osteology goes, there are no
constant characters to be found which justify the creation of different
geneia to contain these tamarins and marmosets. The lower canines
in a skull of Callithrix leucopus, as figured by Elliot (Plate X XVII),
are exactly the same in character, both in form and in relative
lengths, as compared with the mandibular incisors, as they are seen to
be in Seniocebus meticulosus (Plate XXII), or, as for the matter of
that, ‘n Cercopithecus midas (Plate XXIII) or in Leontocebus (Plate
XXIV) or Gdipomidas (Plates XXV and XXVI)._ AIl these animals
belong in the same genus, each presenting excellent distinguishing
specific characters, which characters are external rather than internal.

According to Elliot (J. c., Vol. II, pp. 1-20) there are fifteen species
in the genus Aotus of the family Cebid@, they being known by the
vernacular name of Douroucoulis. They are chiefly nocturnal in
habit, and, “with one exception, A. rufipes from Nicaragua, Central
America, whose habitat is somewhat doubtful, the species of this
genus are found only in South America, and are distributed across the
continent from the Atlantic to the Pacific Ocean.”

Elliot figures the skull (four views) of but one of these species,
namely Aotus miriquouina (Vol. II, Plate I) and gives some of its
measurements (p. 11). There is a complete skeleton of this species in
the collections of the U. S. National Museum, and this I have before
me at the present writing (No. 103917 0’).

The skull is quite different from the one figured by Elliot, it being
more elongate and vertically compressed, while the breadth of the
brain-case (35 mm.) is the same ineach. In the skull which he figures,
however, the ‘‘occipito-nasal length’? measures but 57 mm., while in
the skull belonging to the National Museum this diameter measures
67 mm. This is an excellent example of individual variation, in so

82 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

far as it refers to the skulls of these animals belonging to the same
species.

As will be seen in my figures, the orbital cavities in the skull of Aotus
miriquouina are circular and of great size, being hemispherical in form,
each in its entirety, with the margins sharp, except where they are
formed by the nasals and frontals. The vault of the cranium, super-
ficially, is smooth, and probably it wi'l be found that the direction of
the lines of the sutures exhibits in different skulls as many variations
as we find among human skulls, as well as those of other anthropoids.
For example, in the skull figured by Elliot the coronal suture forms an
arc with the concavity forwards; in the skull at hand it forms an angle,
the sharp apex of which, directed backward, is met by the anterior
extremity of the sagittal suture. On the lateral aspect of this skull
it will be noted that the squamous portion of the temporal is small,
as is likewise the case with the alisphenoid. This allows the parietal
to make an extensive articulation with the malar of the same side,
while the alisphenoid is far removed from both the frontal and parietal
bone, articulating with the temporal and malar far down in the fossa
nearly opposite the zygoma. The aural apertures are circular in
outline, and the bullae conspicuously elevated with their osseous walls
inclined to be thin. These bulbous enlargements of the “petrous
portion” of either temporal bone are entirely absent in such an ape as
Lasiopyga callitrichus. The occiput is especially prominent, and there
are two marked concavities between it and the foramen magnum,
placed side by side, transversely.

The form of the mandible in Aotus is well shown in the figures on the
plates, and it is to be noted that the ramal walls are thin, while the
symphysial is thick and strong. The ‘sigmoid notch” between the
coronoid process and condyle is narrow and semi-circular in outline,
the process rising considerably above the condyle.

The hyoidean apparatus in this specimen has been lost, and so
has the atlas vertebra.

In the ‘‘spinal column” we find seven cervicals; twelve dorsals;
nine Jumbars; three sacrals and twenty-five caudals. There are
thirteen pairs of ribs, nine pairs of which join with the sternum
through costal ribs. An abnormality is seen here in the elongation of
the pleurapophysis of the second lumbar vertebra on the left side,
articulating with the extremity of which there is a small, free rib,
some seven mm. in length.

SHUFELDT: OSTEOLOGY OF LASIOPYGA AND CALLITHRIX. 53

The three sacral vertebre are thoroughly fused together, their neural
spines forming a single piece, with all sutural traces obliterated. The
lateral processes of the first sacral vertebra make very extensive
articulations, on either side, with the pelvis, the latter being of an
elongate form with narrow ilia and large, sub-circular obturator
foramina.

With respect to the skeleton of the limbs of Aotus miriquouina, the
bones present nothing worthy of special note. But little curvature is
present in any of the long bones, they all being for the most part
straight and slender (see Plate XVII, fig. 20, for the skeleton of the
pectoral limb of the left side).

The clavicle shows the sigmoid curve very markedly, particularly
at the outer moiety. The blade of the scapula is flat and triangular
in outline.

The pisiform is prominent and long, and when duly articulated
makes a right angle with the line of the shaft of the corresponding
ulna.

The humerus has a length of 6.7 cm. and the ulna of 7.2 cm.

In the pelvic limb the shaft of the femur is very straight and cylin-
drical, the bone having a length of 9 cm., the trochanter minor being
well developed, and the caput femoris hemispherical in form.

The supracondylar sesamoids are present, and another small one
is found on the summit of the tibia, just above the articulation of
the fibu'ar head.

For its upper two-thirds the shaft of the tibia is much flattened
transversely, and somewhat bowed to the front.

The fibula is straight and slender, especially the proximal half of its
shaft, while its distal extremity is much enlarged to form the external
malleolus.

The skeleton of the pes presents nothing peculiar, though it may
be said that it is of an elongate form with the metatarsal joints and
phalanges inclined to be quite straight and rather slender; but this
does not apply to the short and tapering ungual joints.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE XII.

Fic. 1. Facial view of the skull, mandible included, of Lasiopyga callitrichus.
Left lower-mid-incisor tooth missing. (Coll. U. S. National Museum, No. 16365.)

Fic. 2. Facial view of the skull, mandible included, of Lasiopyga griseoviridis.
Several incisor teeth missing. Both figures natural size, from photographs by the
author. (C. M. Cat. Mamm. No. *7,°%.)

84 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

PLATE XIII.

Fic. 3. Right lateral view of the skull, including the mandible, of Lasiopyga
callitrichus. Same specimen as in Plate XII, Fig. 1.

Fic. 4. Right lateral view of the skull, including the mandible, of Lasiopyga
griseoviridis. Same specimen as in Plate XII, Fig. 2. Both figures natural size,
from photographs by the author.

PEATE SxclVe

Fic. 5. Direct superior view of the skull, mandible removed, of Lasiopyga
callitrichus. Same specimen as shown in Plate XII, Fig. 1, and Plate XIII, Fig. 3.

Fic. 6. Direct superior view of the skull, mandible removed, of Lasiopyga
griseoviridis. Several incisor teeth missing. Same specimens as shown in Plate
XIII, Fig. 2, and Plate XIII, Fig. 4. Both skulls natural size, and from photo-
graphs by the author. Both of these skulls are from individuals not fully adult,
judging from the sutures in the crania, and from the fact that in other parts of the
skeletons the epiphyses are not firmly united with the shafts of the long bones to
which they belong.

PLATE XV.

Fic. 7. Direct basal view of the skull of Lasiopyga callitrichus, o', mandible
removed; dental armature complete. Same specimen as shown in Plates XII-~
XIV, Figs. 1, 3 and 5.

Fic. 8. Direct basal view of the skull of Lasiopyga griseoviridis, o&', mandible
Temoved; three incisor teeth missing. Same skulls as in Plates XII-XIV, Figs.
2,4 and 6. Both skulls natural size, from photographs by the author.

PLATE XVI.

Fic. 9. Superior view of the mandible of Callithrix jacchus; all the teeth
missing. Not fully adult individual; belongs to the cranium shown in fig. 12.

Fic. 10. Left lateral view of skull, including mandible, of Callithrix jacchus,
adult male; dental armature complete.

Fic. 11. Left lateral view of skull, including mandible, of Seniocebus meticulosus,
adult male; some of the teeth missing.

Fic. 12. Superior view of the cranium of Callithrix jacchus; mandible removed
(fig. 9); teeth missing; not fully adult.

Fic. 13. Superior view of the cranium of subadult specimen of Callithrix (sp.?)
male. No. 35640, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus. (Mandible shown in fig. 14.) Died
at National Zoélogical Park.

Fic. 14. Mandible of Callithrix sp.?, seen from above. Belongs to the cranium
shown in fig. 13.

Fic. 15. Left lateral view of the skull, including mandible, of Aotus miri-
quouina. No. 103917, Coll. U. S. Nat. Mus. Dental armature complete.

All figures natural size and photographed from the specimens by the author.

PLATE XVII.

Fic. 16. Antero-oblique view of the skull of Callithrix jacchus (Same as shown
in figs. 9 and 12 of Plate XVI of this article).

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX.

Fic. 1. Lasiopyga callitrichus. U.S. N. M., No. 16365.

FGeeee Lasiopyga griseoviridis. C.M., > los

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. 1X

Plate XIII.

BiGn3: Lasiopyga callitrichus. U.S. N. M., No. 1636s.
Fic. 4. Lasiopyga &riseoviridis. C. M., No. 5108.

wat

hee

be cet
e ke
‘
i
Te tess
,
So
in
i.
|

7
;
a7
Ti APx
al’
yi
.
n
th
a mn
ae
0
dy
*
iA

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX Plate XIV

Fic. 5. Lasiopyga callitrichus. U.S. N. M., No. 16355
Fic. 6. Lasiopyga griseoviridis. C. M.,No. *"y'*.

‘ A e
aay 123
Dias 94
c

; x ve t: ;
d

a)
ao oe,
7 ”
= e
1 wr Ds
=
'
wi
ny i
“
. a
7
'
.
¥
!
’
Tt)
‘
'
.
vi
re
ra
' pai
"
a
vy A
5 -
ts
‘
al
|
1
'
:
i
‘
4

ANNALS CARNEGIF. MUSEUM, Vol. IX. Pinte XV

Fic. 7. Lasiopyga callitrichus. U. S. N. M., No. 16365.
5103

Fic. 8. Lasiopyga griseoviridis. C. M., No. >]

*LIOCOI ‘ON “IN (N ‘S “Qs‘DUumonbiam smjop “St‘olg “OvVOSE ‘ON “INN'S ‘ON ‘(2)

‘ds xiaypyjod ‘FI ‘EL 'SOIY “eqs (ON “IN (OD “SmSOjNaYaM Snqaz0INaAS “IIT ‘DIA ‘“sorg ON “IN (DO ‘Sny2aD£ x1AYINIDD “ST ‘OX ‘6 ‘SOI

JAX 93?ld ‘XI SA ‘WAASNW FJIDANYVO SIVNNV

i. ao
oe

ae ‘ ; y
me Ce ey ae iat
4 ie oo u

7 2 we am Fi ‘ i i |
u “= v : % 4
We oy : . ‘
Priam iKy he rAs-S aE Pult el ea Rie Cree us, Alma ey A Pa est ptt mire fF Rate
ie PT a — Opi ten! ‘ i a a ae ——— 7 oben : F i
ae oe ra ; Oe a 7 " i ‘i
: 7 peer) : ; : ‘
a i U : : a
; : ; Carr
; 7% bi
: ‘ 4 ;
1 : § aed
en 7 - a
: 7 . ad
'

‘OVOSE ON CIN N'‘'S'O °(e) ‘dS x14y72770D “OI ‘DIY *L16£€0T
N CIN ONS ‘°Q ‘Duinonbiau snjoy “0% ‘Bt ‘SOI “gg@pe (ON “IN OD ‘SiSojnayam snqazomag “LISI “eee (ON “IN ‘OD Suysan£ x144y;4I0D “91 DIA

pe El ‘YX ISA ‘AAASNW JIDSNYVO STVNNY

“COLOIT ON “INN'S (Q ‘Snyataqiypa DsKGolsvT “1% OIA

j 9}e| :
IHAX d ‘Xx! ISA ‘WAASNW SISANYVO SIVNNY

oe

an

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX Plate XIX.

Fic. 22. Luasiopyga callitrichus. U.S. N.M.., No. 16365.

“SQOfOT ON “INN ‘SQ ‘SnYydidjnjjnd D3KdotsmT “ve ‘€z ‘sot

“XX Pld ‘X| ISA WNASNW JZIDSANYVO STVNNY

= ONIN OD ‘Stptdiaoasta3 TF 92 “OTT 'SOLOT ON “IN NS *1) °S!Y92412;109 pskdoipT ‘St ‘Oy

Cs
tors

9G"

t

nie

Be ape wn
ieee a, er

AXX 9? Id *X| JOA SNNASNW FIDSINYVO SIVNNY

i ya),
ie Py gate

ea

t

SHUFELDT: OSTEOLOGY OF LASIOPYGA AND CALLITHRIX. 85

Fic. 17. Antero-oblique view of the skull of Seniocebus meticulosus. Some
teeth missing. Same specimen as shown in Plate XVI.

Fic. 18. Direct front view of the skull of Aotus miriquouina. (Note how the
upper teeth overlap those of the mandible when the jaws are closed, as they are in
this figure.) Same specimen as shown in fig. 15 of Plate XVI above.

Fic. 19. Lateral view of the skull of Callithrix sp.? Dental armature complete.
Same specimen as figs. 13 and 14 of Plate XVI above.

Fic. 20. Left pectoral limb of Aotus miriquouina, outer aspect, with scapula
and clavicle attached. Some of the bones slightly thrown from their normal posi-
tions. The skull shown in fig. 18 of this plate belonged to the same skeleton.

All the figures in this plate are of natural size, from photographs taken by the
author.

PLATE XVIII.

Fic. 21. Skeleton of trunk of Lasiopyga callitrichus, left lateral view, reduced
rather less than one-half. Belonged to the skeleton of which the skull in Pl. XII,
Fig. I, isa part. Coll. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. 16365. Slightly rotated in the figure
in order to better show the character of the pelvis, which, although belonging to the
lower extremity, is left attached. Photographed by the author.

PLATE XIX.

Fic. 22. Anterior view of the pelvis, posterior lumbar vertebre and sacrum of
Lasiopyga callitrichus. From the skeleton of the same individual shown in pre-
ceding plates (Coll. U.S. N. M., No. 16365). Natural size, photographed from the
specimen by the author.

PLATE XX.

Fic. 23. Right pectoral limb of Lasiopyga callitrichus with scapula and clavicle
articulated therewith. From same skeleton as figures previously given (Coll. U. S.
N. M., No. 16365). Natural size, outer aspect. The total length of the humerus
in the specimen is Ir cm. The limb is rotated so as to show the skeleton of the
hand upon the dorsal aspect. Photographed by the author.

Fic. 24. Mandible of Lasiopyga callitrichus; seen directly from above. Same
jaw as shown in figs. r and 3 of Plates XII and XIII.

PLATE XXI.

Fic. 25. Left pelvic limb, including patella, ligamentously articulated, of Lasio-
pyga callitrichus, from the skeleton of the same individual to which belonged the arm
shown in Pl. XX, fig. 23. Photographed by the author and about natural size,
inner aspect. Extreme length of femur in the skeleton 13.5 cm.

Fic. 26. Mandible of Lasiopyga griseoviridis seen directly from above. Same
jaw as shown in figs. 2 and 4 of Plates XII and XIII.

V. A NEW RHYNCHOCEPHALIAN FROM THE JURA OF
SOLENHOFEN.

By NORMAN MACDOWELL GRIER.!

(Plate XXII.)

‘“Homeosaurus digitatellus sp. nov.

The specimen figured is part of the Bayet Collection (No. 4026,
Carnegie Museum Catalog of Vertebrate Fossils). Through the kind-
ness of Dr. C. R. Eastman, of the Section of Paleontology, Carnegie
Museum, it was placed in my hands for identification and description.

The skeleton has been injured to some extent through cracking
and other damage sustained by the matrix, but is in good condition
as regards many parts. It is so placed in the matrix as to reveal the
dorsal aspect, and surrounding it appears the impression of the con-
tour of the body in relief on the matrix, this impression being of a dull
red color probably occasioned by the putrefaction of the body. The
matrix itself is quite hard.

The Cranium.—lInjuries are evident here. The cranium is slightly
flattened, possibly by the imbedding of the animal. The premaxil-
laries as well as the greater part of the nasals, have been lost. Judging
from the impression in the matrix, the premaxillaries were arched
anteriorly. Nothing can be said of the superior maxillaries. The
left superior maxillary is broken off, as is also the greater portion of the
right; the position of the skull furthermore does not give much oppor-
tunity toobserve them. The frontals (See Plate XXII, a) are united by
a distinct suture, the adjuncts of which appear to taper both anteriorly
and posteriorly. They are approximately one-eighth of the greatest
width of the skull. Only the right orbital ridge is at all well-defined
(b). Here the prefrontal, postfrontal, and the articulation of the
quadrate-jugal bone with the latter may be observed (c). The anterior

1 Extracted from the thesis presented by the author to the Faculty of the Graduate
School of the University of Pittsburgh, June, 1912, for the degree of Master of Arts.
The thesis embodies a lengthy discussion of the relationships of Sphenodon to the
other Reptilia, which the editor of the ANNALS does not feel that he has the space
to print, and which he therefore has omitted, although it is meritorious as a review

of what is known as to the Rhyncocephalia, to which the genus Homeosaurus
belongs.

86

GRIER: A NEw RHYNCHOCEPHALIAN. 87

border of the orbit and the lachrymal bone have taken part in the
formation of a cup-shaped depression, (d), which I have not observed
in any other species of this genus. Although the left orbit is for the
greater part obliterated, the remains of this peculiar depression are
well discernible, which would possibly indicate something more than
an accidental origin for it. A small wedge-shaped projection, pro-
truding at right angles from the posterior border of the orbit (e) is
evidently the pterygoid bone im situ.

The parietals (f) are broad and inclose a small fontanelle. They
have been slightly flattened, and compose one-fifth of the greatest
breadth of the cranium. Portions of the paroccipital and basisphen-
oid bones have been crowded upon them. The temporal arches of the
right side of the skull (g) are in position, the constituents showing
normally, but the infra-temporal arch appears rather small. On the
left side of the skull, the temporal arches are disorganized, and only
vestiges of the lower arch are apparent. The quadrate bone is in-
visible, but portions of the mastoid may be seen. The skull has
become disarticulated from the vertebral column in such a way, as to
permit both the occipital condyle and the foramen to be observed (/).

The Vertebral Column.—Of the cervical vertebre, the atlas (7) is
alone well enough preserved to indicate any peculiarities of structure,
appearing as a transverse, arched bar. Well defined impressions of
transverse processes are present in the anterior cervical region, and
there are at least two pairs of cervical ribs to be seen. The first five
thoracic vertebre are in fairly good condition, the neural spines being
apparently reflexed upon the centra during fossilization, while the
transverse processes are missing or indistinct. Various exposed por-
tions of the vertebre indicate their amphiccelous nature. The
vertebra seem to have been quite large, their width being one-tenth
that of the skull, and their length one-sixth that of the femur. The
sacral vertebre are indistinguishable.

The greater part of the tail is wanting, the portion which has been
preserved consisting of the impressions of seven vertebre which are
characterized by the possession of strong transverse processes, and
which have the same numerical relations as the other vertebre.
Intercentra can not be seen throughout the entire length of the
vertebral column. The vertebre in the specimen are as follows:
cervicals 6; presacrals 7; sacrals (?); caudals 7.

Pectoral Girdle and Ribs.—Of the pectoral girdle there are left but

88 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

a few unsatisfactory remains. To the right, a rib-like projection from
the posterior cervical region is evidently the clavicle (7) and a doubtful
impression below it is probably the shoulder-blade. There are
vestiges of a coracoid and scapula on the left side of the body. The
shoulder girdle was evidently ossified.

In close association with the remains of the 1ight shoulder-blade,
are the two short and blunt cervical ribs. There are some seventeen
pairs of sternal and abdominal ribs. Anteriorly they are smooth,
much the same as in Sphenodon. Posteriorly they are considerably
shorter than those in the middle of the body, are not so broad, and
are nearly equal in extent to five dorsal vertebra. As far as could
be determined, all the ribs have solitary, broad, compressed, and
acuminate extremities. :

Pelvic Girdle.-—The pelvic girdle (Rk) is only to be distinguished by
the impression it has produced on the surrounding matrix. It is
approximately four-fifths of the width of the cranium. The obturator
foramen (/) was quite small, having a width one-fourth of that of the
pelvis.

Fore- Limbs.—The fore-limbs are quite weak in proportion to the
rest of the body, and are shorter and not nearly so strong as the hind-
limbs. The humerus is very broad in its distal portion, but an
ectepicondylar foramen is not visible. The radius and ulna are pro-
portionally large, curved slightly inward, and are approximately the
same length. On both members of the fore-limbs, the carpals, meta-
carpals, and digits are so obscure, that description is impossible
beyond stating that they are unusually fragile for a reptile of the size
they support.

Hind- Limbs.—The proximal portion of the femur is long and curved
as judging from theimpression. It is connected with the distal portion
by a large shaft increasing in size toward that end. The tibia and
fibula are both strong bones, the former being somewhat stouter than
the latter. Both tarsals and metatarsals in either foot are too obscure
for further remark. Five toes are present, the number of the pha-
langes of which are 2, 3, 4, 5, and 4, respectively. The digits are of
delicate construction and the claws of the hind-feet are longer than
those of the fore-feet.

GRIER: A NEW RHYNCHOCEPHALIAN. 89

MEASUREMENTS.

Cm
NVACHDONORICrAIUMtenc. cian att ttre ceinnrs hie nthe cvste ee ile cule « 1.6
en et hroweranim 0 cstee ne asics wow sania «antes oct es 2
Bengehvarmancdibleevter. cuekevncn a ak Pini hl eeattecesead eekly. 1.8
Bene hearers. sctereie, wept ahoce oenatele Misia eilovs sh cider siglavale a loa 7
eM PELTON rasa ait ce hrc acne eee aly holon a wet foie’ 7
Pere Oil a Chul Siretartsy cooper sats oye ee pre oI ows Soa ce Soe oeleale 65
WenetuMotedtaemetacanpalivs.: . > «cyte aiyte shai crete 2
Wen aCHNOlshn een errr). bora y eoitaie slash ches ection ee neh ees 8
en CUM OMLOMUN Gt retatis-isvetes tie) -teh- “She elk ere nee oS SDT Oe I.15
Were hmoteclilaeppertger estes oi ore ota eye tome ts Lee wore bs 95
IPenetheate fio ul aatrtenscay se yetcis fey tess sooth omstas, Gv eka ese ysivanstally elie. 8 me)
Wength omath metatarsal |. 2). 05..5)..c las Se aves eernea dees -45
Fee Che OMtOG eet: Mees aie. S ncs chelate erating tah clare & tarts doe en
DistancercranitimetoOspebvis. .. ots < sikelele ous cs esi baits 7.3
Wengethvorwholeiskeleton: 3.2). on fades o. clase ee dew es 9.5

Six species of the genus Homeosaurus have been described, viz:
macrodactylus, maximiliant, pulchellus, neptunia, jourdani and rhodani,
the last having been unfortunately described from only the pelvic
and caudal portions of the skeleton. In the form digitatellus, however,
the position of the skeleton within the matrix, as well as injuries
received during imbedding, preclude the use of many osteological
characters, which were of advantage in the identification and descrip-
tion of the other species which have been cited. Still, as the accom-
panying plate shows, the outlines or impressions of the more important
bones are clearly defined for accurate measurement and comparison.

Upon consultation of the appended table of measurements prepared
from the species already described, the relative resemblances and
differences will become apparent.

This species has a length of cranium which is proportionately less
in comparison with that of the body than in any other species of
Homeosaurus, except H. maximiliani, which it but slightly exceeds
in this respect. On the other hand, however, the length of the cranium
compared with the width is shorter than in the latter form.

The relative length of the cranium to the femur greatly exceeds
that of any of the described species, while that of the humerus bears
a similar relation, which is closely approximated by H. neptunia, a
species, however, which is excluded from comparison by its diminutive
size. The ulna and tibia likewise differ, the former most resembling
‘n size that of H. pulchellus, the latter being less than that of any other

90 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

species. The relative length of the tibia to the femur is less than in
any other species excepting H. neptunia, which it exceeds.?

While the above are the principal points of difference leading to the
distinction of the ‘orm in question from other species of Homeosaurus,
similar discrepancies will be found to exist in the relations of all other
accessible portions of the skeleton. Collectively these indicate that
we are dealing with a new species, which on account of the somewhat
fragile digits, I have named Homeosaurus digitatellus. For the more
accurate distinction of these forms the following key to the species
has been prepared.

Genus HOMEOSAURUS.

SPECIES.

Length of cranium approximately equalling the combined length of the humerus
and ulna, or twice the length of the humerus. Femur the length of the fibula
or .8% the length of the cranium. Length of the fourth metatarsal and toe twice
that of the fourth, metacarpalyand: fingeraa... osmee peel ee macrodactylus.

Length of cranium approximately 1.375 of width, twice the length of the fourth toe.
Radius approximately the length of the fourth metatarsal and toe. Combined
length of humerus and ulna approximately the length of the tibia or fibula.

maximiliant.

Length of cranium approximately 1.55 of the width. Width of cranium the length
of the fibula, or twice the length of the fourth finger............... pulchellus.
Length of cranium approximately 1.50 of the width, 1.65 the length of the femur,
2.5 length of the fibula. Combined 1.50 the length of the fibula...... neptunia.
Length of cranium 1.33 the width. Fibula and fourth metatarsal length of fourth
toe. Fourth metatargal and toe twice the length of the femur....... jourdani.
Fibula and fourth metatarsal the length of the fourth toe; fourth metatarsal and
toe’ twice: themlength; of the; femlutiee. sae mccias tcre creole < eie ster rhodant.

Length of cranium 1.25 of the width, twice the length of the fourth metacarpal and
finger. Length of fourth metatarsal and toe approximately width of cranium.
digitatellus.

2 This proportion is stated for the elimination of H. rhodani, with special reference
to its imperfect state of preservation.
3’ Within it mm.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol, IX. Plate XXII,

Homeosaurus digitctallus Grier. Sp. nov.

GRIER: A NEW RHYNCHOCEPHALIAN. 91

MEASUREMENTS OF THE DESCRIBED FORMS OF Jlomeosaurus, OB-
TAINED FROM THE DESCRIPTIONS OF THOSE WHICH HAVE
APPEARED IN THE PUBLICATIONS REFERRED TO, AND
GIVEN IN THE FOOT-NOTES BELOW.

aero. Retiro eet al |

8 aes eel eat = Se N z &
ec iierss lee pie tl Suan oe, [aks
| Go | Cm. Cm. Cm Cm. Cm. Cm.
Width of cranium.......... | sete Mi Ley 1.7 1.8 ig 1.85
enetheoncranuimlsy. ene iest- = | Qe | 2.5 DAG | O43 1.25 2.55
Wength of mandibles. 7.0... . 1.8 Tie De 2.6 Tes 2.45
Wengthvof humerus... ..... . 7) Ti} 7 1.5 -45 1.65
engithroheulinasrusswne crear ay Te? 12) 95 Ste led
WensthvorraGMisies sets nica: FOS Lee I.4 95 35 1.4
Length of fourth metacarpal. 20a AO eee 466 | .18 T.05
Length of fourth finger...... re Seer it T.OO: |). ca% 6 aay 1.05 a
Wensthvoterennity =). is) ciel Tigi. Il 65 PHOS, || Ho 57 || 23 Te
Wenetororitibia eect cscets ss 6 3 = 95 170) || eO 73 see) || 85
Wengthrotmbulare.'.)u-ccrser- 4)" || Be 1.9 Te a5 1.65 .85
Length of fourth metatarsal..| .45 | I.1 Po ea (eee G 37 2 6
Wenethiof fourth, toes... Tet PyoieAt Lig) Ta52 .67 1.6 I.4
Distance from cranium to |
De livaskecetictsrsis er kerteaee eons © oie} 7.9 8.1 6.4 3.8 | 7.9

4“Neu Aufgefundene Saurier-iiberreste aus den Lithographischen Schiefern
und dem Obern Jurakalk,’’ A. Wagner, Abhand. d. K. Bayer. Akad. d. Wiss., 1852.

5“ Beschceibung einer Fossilen und Etlicher Anderer Reptilien-iiberreste,”’
A. Wagner, Abhand. d. K. Bayer. Akad. d. Wiss., II, GI, VII, Bd. I.

6 Zittel, ‘‘Grundziige der Palewontologie,’’ II, 1911, p. 206.

7 Nov. Act. Akad. Leop., Nat. Cur., XV, I, 115, Bd. II.

8 Archives du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle de Lyon, Tome 5me, “Reptiles
Fossiles du Basin du Rhone.”

Wie THE SCALES JOR. iis SOUTH. AMERICAN
CHARACINID PISHES:

By T. D: A. ‘COCKERELL.

(Plates XXITI-XXVIII.)

In the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, Vol. 56, No. 1 (1910)
I reported on the scales of the African Characinide. It has been a
great pleasure, for which I am indebted to Dr. Eigenmann, the Curator
of Ichthyology in the Carnegie Museum, to now examine the scales
of the South American species, or at least a considerable number of
them. The investigation emphasizes the well-known fact that the
American Characinids are not only much more numerous, but also
very much more diverse than those of Africa. It further indicates,
that

1. The strongly ctenoid Dist chodontine type of scale is represented
only by Ctenobrycon in America. The nearest other approach known
to me is found in Luciocharax, which seems to be a sort of connecting
link with the Alestines. I know the Luctocharax scale only from a
figure.

2. The Hemigrammus type of scale, so abundantly represented in
America, is totally wanting in Africa.

3. The African and American series come together in the Alestines,
particularly in such types as Chalceus macrolepidotus and Alestes
macrolepidotus.

4. The Erythrinines, so far as squamation goes, connect up with the
Old World Cyprinids.

5. If Hiodon (which has completely transverse apical circuli) has
any relationship with the Characinids, it must be with the Curimatines,
although the Serrasalmonine scale is not without resemblances, the
system of circuli being about the same. Hiodon tergidus has the fine
pustular markings seen in Curimatus spilurus. I figure (Plate XXV,
fig. 3) Hiodon tergidus from Wisconsin (Polk County, Graenicher).

6. I cannot at present connect the Catostomids with the Characinids
through the scales. Moxostoma aureolum has a very Erythrinine-
looking scale, but the apical circuli are entirely transverse.

With regard to the history of the Characinids, the obvious indica-

92

COCKERELL: SCALES OF CHARACINID FISHES. 93

tions are that the neotropical region is their original home. Africa
appears to have been supplied with only a few types, perhaps three or
four, at long intervals of time. Whether one or two may have gone
by a southern route in very early times, it is now impossible to say;
but I do not see why the ancestors of the Hydrocyonine might not
have arrived via Asia, during the Tertiary, at some period when the
northern climate was warm and America and Asia were continuous.
The period of mmigration into North America and Asia (probably
two or three genera only) might have been relative!y short, and the
chances of finding any fossil remains might therefore be very remote.
The close resemblance of the Erythrinine scale to that of Old World
rather than New World Cyprinids must surely be significant.

ANODIN.
Scales not seen.

CURIMATIN.

Curimatella alburnus (Miller and Troschel). Scales broad, semi-
circular in form, the base strongly pleated and wavy; two more or
less imperfect apical radii, far apart; circuli moderately densely
transverse in the apical field. This is a quite ordinary Curimatine
type; the apical margin is not at all dentate.

Psectrogaster and Curimatus are figured (cf. Plates XXIII-XXV).
The scales in this group are broad, the base approximately straight
except for the strong crenulations. There are often two forms of
scales on the sides of the same fish, one with the circuli dense, the other
with them much less so. The apical radii are variable, but there are
often a pair of strong ones (A phyocharax type), and others weak, or
rudimentary. The margin in the scales seen by me is not properly
ctenoid, but merely inclined to be toothed between the weak radii.
Curimatus, Curimatopsis, and Psectrogaster do not essentially differ
in the scales. The weaker type of scale, as in some (immature?)
specimens of Psectrogaster, is like the African Citharinus. Citharinus
has only the weak system of radii. Gill describes Psectrogaster auratus
Gill, from Bolivia, as having the scales all deeply pectinate. The
figure of the scales of P. ciliatus (M. & T.) now given shows only wavy
irregular teeth, but the specimen is probably immature. The teeth,
even if well-developed, would have no resemblance to those of Dis-
tichodus, etc., but may be compared with those of Citharidium.

The following species have been studied:

94 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Psectrogaster ciliatus (Miiller & Troschel). The character of the
scales is sufficiently shown in Plate XXIII.

Psectrogaster curviventris Eigenmann & Kennedy. Scales broad, 3
mm. in diameter or rather more, strongly emarginate or biplicate
basally; nucleus slightly below the centre, a broad granular nuclear
area in some scales, in others it is circulate practically to the middle;
circuli very strong and regular; basal circult minutely beaded; radii
apical only, confined to a couple of parallel rather faint lines (comet-
orbit style); upper half of apical field free from circuli, lower half
with transverse, not-angled circuli; apical margin very coarsely
dentate, the teeth sharp, broad at base. Faint lines show that the
marginal teeth have the same origin and character as those of
Citharidium. One scale shows a parasite.

The principal differences between these scales and those of P.
ciliatus, already described, seem to be due to the immaturity of the
latter.

Curimatopsis macrolepis Steindachner. The scales have distinct
laterobasal angles, and in general closely resemble those of Curi-
matus spilurus. The dermal pigment-spots are as in C. spilurus.
The scales are not ctenoid.

Curimatus spilurus Giinther. The characters are well shown in Plate
XXV, figures 2 and 4. The scale of this younger specimen is
from Rockstone.

Curimatus microcephalus Eigenmann & Eigenmann. A lateral line
scale is shown in Plate XXV, fig. 5.

Curimatus morawhanne Eigenmann. Scales like those of C. spilurus.

Curimatus schomburgkit Giinther. Scales of the Curimatine type,
the circuli rather coarse. The laterobasal angles are evanescent,
broadly rounded much as in P. ciliatus, not evident and produced
asin C. spilurus, etc. Theapical margin also hasa few broad wave-
like teeth, asin P.ciliatus. C.schomburgkii, when compared with C.
spilurus, microcephalus, etc., is a different-looking fish, with pro-
portionately much smaller scales, which are brilliantly silvery,
with hardly any radii. In C. spilurus and microcephalus the radii
are very distinct. A young C. spilurus (Plate XXV, fig. 2) has
shining scales which closely resemble those of C. microcephalus,
while an older one (Plate XXV, fig. 4), though having the char-
acteristic caudal spot, has duller scales with more radii. The older
fish is altogether more heavily pigmented, with a strongly dusky
caudal fin.

COCKERELL: SCALES OF CHARACINID FISHEs. 95

Boulenger has referred Curimatus to the Citharinine. I give a
figure (Plate XXV, fig. 6) of the scale of the African Citharinus
congicus Boulenger. It lacks the laterobasal angles of Curimatus
spilurus, etc.

PARODONTINZ.

Parodon paraguayensis Eigenmann (cotype). Scales about 3 mm.
broad and high, the apex broadly rounded, the laterobasal angles
evident, the basal middle very deeply acutely emarginate; radii very
strong, usually four apical and three or four basal, the apical more
spreading, the radii are attached to a transverse median bar, which
may be very short, or one-third of width of scale, in the latter case
becoming zigzag; apical margin with an obscure miscroscopic
very low denticulation; apical field (space between the apical
radii) with a very minute vermiform sculpture, its circuli coarse,
about twice as widely spaced as the basal, longitudinal, but in the
middle becoming oblique, meeting in the middle line at a very acute
angle; other circuli (lateral and basal) fine, normal, except that in
some scales the circuli in the upper part of the basal area are modified
into a fine vermiform or labyrinthine pattern.

Parodon piracicabe Eigenmann. Scales larger and broader, but en-
tirely of the same type. The apical circuli meet at a larger angle.
These scales are of course of the Alestiform type (cf. Proc. Biol.

Soc. Wash., XXIII, p. 146.)

HEMIODIN®.

Hemiodus quadrimaculatus Pellegrin (from Tumatumari) has been
examined. The scales are of a Curimatine type with simple base,
usually four strong apical radii, no weak radii, no sign of apical
teeth. The laterobasal angles are moderately distinct. The basal
margin is not crenate. The dermal pigment-spots are relatively
large.

Anisitsia notata (Schomburgk). The brilliantly silvery scales are
considerably larger in the ventral] region than in the dorsal, but the
sculpture is the same. Latero-basal angles obtuse; nucleus a little
basad of middle; circuli fine, transverse in apical field, but usually
failing toward the margin; about four to six fine apical radii; basal
margin gently convex. All this is practically as in Hemiodus.

Anostomus anostomus (Linneus). Scales shaped as in Leporinus
megalepis and L. nigroteniatus, with the same strong midbasal

96 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

notch, laterobasal angles, etc. Radial system strong, but variable;
always a transverse (lateral) radius on each side, directed a little
upwards; a pair of apical radii not fai apart, or sometimes only one;
sometimes two basal radii; polygonal areas sometimes slightly
developed. Apical circuli longitudinal, but failing apically. This
is not far from the type of Leporinus megalepis. It is also strongly
suggestive of the African Petersius, although the fishes are very dis-
similar. Superficially the fish Anostomus looks like the African
Neoborus, which has totally different (ctenoid) scales.

PROCHILODIN®.

Prochilodus rubroteniatus Schomburgk (Plate XXIV). Large scales,
about nine and one-half mm. long and ten mm. broad, the latero-
basal angles rounded, the basal middle emarginate, with or without
a radius running to nucleus; one to three pairs of lateral radii,
more or less joined, U-like at base, and a single apical radius or none,
nucleus a little apicad of middle, more or less multiple; apical margin
finely irregularly dentate; apical field (bounded by the uppermost
lateral radii) with coarse vertical (oblique toward middle) circuli
basally, but beyond this the circuli are entirely broken up to forma
dense labyrinthine pattern; lateral and basal circuli fine and
regular. A remarkable type of scale, representing an early stage
in the development of the ctenoid character, combined with an
Alestiform radial pattern. So far as the scales go, it must be con-
sidered a stem-form.

CHILODIN®.

Chilodus punctatus Miiller & Troschel (Plate XXVI, fig. 1) was
actually referred to Citharinus by Cuvier and Valenciennes, but
Boulenger places the related Ce@notropus in the Hemiodine (Hemio-
dontine). The scale is very distinctive. It has indeed the Curi-
matoid shape, but a strong transverse line (part of alestiform pat- -
tern), and the apical circuli longitudinal, but not reaching the apex,
and hence the scale is not ctenoid. This doubtless illustrates the
beginning of the development which culminates in such specialized
ctenoid scales as those of the African Xenocharax. The fact that
in this and other genera South America supplies types connecting
the extremely different African groups typified by Distichodus and
Alestes, may be taken as an indication that the Characinide origi-
nated in the Neotropical rather than the Ethiopian region.

COCKERELL: SCALES OF CHARACINID FISHES. 97

Tylobranchia maculosa Eigenmann (cotype). Plate XXVI, fig. 2.
The figure shows the form of the scale, which is about six and one-
half mm. broad. The radial system is reduced to a single very
strong line crossing the scale, as in Bryconamericus. Base crenate;
basal and lateral circuli fine, the latter longitudinal (herein quite
different from Bryconamericus); nuclear field very broadly pustu-
lose; apical field without circuli; apical margin with low teeth.
This may also be compared with Tetragonopterus, but the direction
of the lateral circuli is entirely different. The closest resemblance
is evidently to Chilodus, which must surely be a close relative.
In the shape of the scale and the direction of the lateral circuli,
there is a curious resemblance to Tilapia nilotica, but the latter
has a regular system of fan-like basal radii or grooves.

GYMNOCHARACININ.

The single species is unknown to me. _ It has no scales.

ANOSTOMATIN.

The scales of Leporinus are of the Curimatoid shape, but usually
narrower, with a strong tendency to polygonal areas in the discal
region, and a deep median basal notch. The radii are usually distinct,
but not numerous. The circuli resemble those of Alestes sadleri, with
a consequent slight tendency to apical teeth, as in some Alestes. The
relationship with the Alestoids seems evident, in spite of the different
habits and important adaptive modifications. The following have
been examined:

Leporinus friderici Bloch. Scale shown in Plate XXVI, fig. 3. The
photograph is unfortunately too dark to show the polygonal discal
areas, with distinct apical and imperfect basal radii leaving them.
The apical circuli slope obliquely toward the centre. There is in all
this a very strong resemblance to the radial system of the Asiatic
cyprinid Barbus pleurotenia.

Leporinus megalepis Giinther. Scales similar to those of L. friderict,
but the polygonal areas are less developed, and there are few but
strong basal radii.

Leporinus fasciatus (Bloch). Scales rather long, the basal’ radii
imperfect, the apical ones numerous, and the oblique apical radii
strong. Thus the scale comes to quite closely resemble that of the
Asiatic Cyprinid Cirrhina jullient.

98 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Leporinus nigroteniatus (Schomburgk). Scales similar to those of
L. fasciatus, but the coarse apical circuli become transverse, forming
low broad arches over the large granular nuclear field, but evanescent
apically.

LEPORELLIN.

The single species is unknown to me.

NANNOSTOMATINZ.

Boulenger places these with the Anostomatine. The scales of
Pecilobrycon and Nannostomus are like those of Leporinus, but with
a strong radial system of the type well shown in the figure (Plate
XXVI, fig. 4) of Pecilobrycon ocellatus. The apical circuli are sub-
longitudinal (somewhat oblique), but fail toward the margin. Chara-
cidium is entirely different. The following have been studied:
Nannostomus marginatus Eigenmann (cotype). A minute fish, about

20 mm. long. The scales agree with those of P. ocellatus (Plate

XXVI, fig. 4), except that they are rather broader.

Pecilobryon ocellatus Eigenmann (Plate XXVI, fig. 9). The figure
of a specimen from Rockstone, shows the characters well.

Characidium vintont Eigenmann. <A very striking type of scale,
quadrate in form, the base gently arched, not crenate or notched,
the nuclear area very near the base, about twenty-four long, parallel
(somewhat divergent at sides) apical radii, the laterobasal angles
approximately at right angles, the relatively coarse circuli running
up the sides of the scale, but not invading the field of the radii. With
wear, the scales fray out at the apex, and appear dentate. There
is, in all, a strong resemblance to the scales of the Gobioniform
Cyprinide, particularly to the genus Pseudogobio. The basal radii
are variably indicated by extremely fine lines.

Characidium blennoides Eigenmann (cotype). The scales are in
general similar to those of C. vintoni, but are distinctly triangular,
the three sides about equal, the lateral margins convex, the apex
very obtuse. The circuli seen in the broad laterobasal fields, are
very widely spaced; the apical radii are greatly reduced in number,
being only about eight. In some scales the field of the apical radii
is very finely longitudinally striate, a sculpture very much finer than
the circuli, and apparently having nothing todo with them. In many
ways the scales of C. blennoides are curiously like those of Gobio
fluviatilis; among the Characins they show a certain general ap-
proach to A phyocharax.

COCKERELL: SCALES OF CHARACINID FISHES. 99

PYRRHULININ.

Pyrrhulina filamentosa Cuvier & Valenciennes has been examined.
The form of the scales (with strong laterobasal angles) and their
strong and characteristic radial sculpture, are entirely those of the
Pecilobrycon-Nannostomus group. The apical circuli are longi-
tudinal, and the apical margin has low and inconspicuous but gen-
uine crenulations. With a high power it is noted that the dense
transverse basal circuli in Pecilobrycon ocellatus are moniliform,
broken into innumerable short pieces, averaging perhaps twice as
long as wide. In Nannostomus marginatus and the Pyrrhulina
these circuli are broken here and there, but are essentially entire.
Thus, going on the scales alone, we should reach a different classi-
fication from that current, as follows:

1. Characidium.

Nannostomus.

Ys Sia ane aetae 2 Pyhatine:

APHYOCHARACIN.

A phyocharax ery hrurus Eigenmann (cotype) is shown in Plate XXVI,
fig. 5. The shape resembles that of Pecilobrycon, Pyrrhulina, etc.,
but the strong radial system is wanting, the radii being really reduced
to a long U-shaped figure pointing apically, as the figure well
shows. The figure does not show that the base of this U is finely
reticulated, and that the field between its arms has a fine longitudinal
striation, like that in the interradial field of Characidium blennoides.
The widely spaced apical circuli, wholly longitudinal, simulate radii.
All this could well be a modification of the Characidium type.

Cheirodon insignis Steindachner was figured in Smiths. Misc. Coll.,
vol. 56, No. 1, p. 3. It is a much weaker form of scale, with the
sculpture evanescent apically.

CRENUCHIN.

The two known species have been examined.

Crenuchus spilurus Giinther. Scale broad, with the nucleus far
basad; apical circuli longitudinal, widely spaced; apical radii about
Six.

Pecilocharax bovallii Eigenmann. Scale of the same character, but
not so broad. Compared with A phyocharax erythrurus, these scales
differ conspicuously by the gently convex base, without the notch

160 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

or bilobation. The nucleus also is more basad, and the radial
system is not reduced toa U, though there is a certain tendency '
for two of the radii to connect and form this figure. The abundant
longitudinal circuli in the interradial region distinguish Crenuchine
scales from those of Characidium blennoides. So far as the scales
go, the Crenuchines seem more primitive, or less specialized, than
the fishes with which I have compared them.

IGUANODECTIN.

The only species is [guanodectes tenuis Cope. The scales are trans-
versely oval, with the broad nuclear area approximately central;
circuli basal and lateral only, the latter widely spaced; no radii.
This is evidently not far from the condition found in Cheirodon
insignis. The fish itself is superficially just like some Menzdia.

BRYCONIN®.

Brycon falcatus Miiller and Troschel (Plate XXVI, fig. 6). The large
subquadrate scales are about ten mm. long and twelve mm. broad,
the exposed part strongly silvery, the rest dull. The silvery part
(about the apical third, or a trifle less) is ornamented with numeious
(about thirty) radii, which are more or less curved, as the figure
shows. This radial field is variably crossed by irregular growth-
ridges, which are interrupted at the radii. The other part of the
scale is densely covered with the finest possible circuli, except in the
broad nuclear field, where the circuli are broken up and form a
minutely labyrinthine pattern. The nuclear and adjacent regions
present fine irregular cracks, which do not seem to represent de-
generate radii. The basal circuli are entirely transverse. This is
a very distinct scale.

Holobrycon pesu (Miiller and Troschel). As in B. falcatus, the
exposed part (about one-third) is silvery, the rest dull. The scales
are about as broad as long (about five mm.), and have evident
laterobasal angles. The apical field has a very variable number of
radii (six to twelve or more), which extend over about half the length
of the scale. The radia! field has very distinct though widely-spaced
circuli, which converge mesad, but are not far from longitudinal.
The other part of the scale has very fine circuli in the manner
of B. falcatus, but the nuclear modified area is small and rather
different, the broken circuli being reduced more nearly to minute
spots. This is evidently close to B. falcatus, the latter being the
more specialized of the two.

COCKERELL: SCALES OF CHARACINID FISHES. 101

TETRAGONOPTERIN®.
A very large subfamily, of which numerous species have been
studied.

Phenacogaster megalostictus Eigenmann. Very broad scales, about
three and one-half mm. broad and only two and one-fourth mm.
long. They have basal and lateral circuli, the latter widely spaced;
apical field with rather strong growth-ridges, but no circuli; a few
(2 to 4 or 5) widely spaced, weak radii. This scale has no resem-
blance to that of the Bryconine (Brycon and Holobrycon), but is
like that of Chetrodon.

Deuterodon pinnatus Eigenmann. Small scales of entirely the same
type as the last, but only moderately broad, length about 1.5,
breadth 2 mm. or a fraction over. The radii vary from about 4
to 7. The nuclear field, which is subbasal, is microscopically reticu-
late, this pattern being derived from modified circuli. Exactly the
same reticulation may be seen in the scales of Phenacogaster megalo-
stictus, but it is not always very distinct.

Astyanax Baird & Girard is a very large genus, divisible into Astyanax
proper and Pecilurichthys Gill. The species examined are placed
under these headings.

1. Pecilurichthys.

Asty nax polylepis (Giinther). Small scales, broader than long, with
rounded outlines, and evident, though broadly rounded, laterobasal
angles; circuli basal and lateral, the latter widely spaced; nuclear
area broad, with microscopic reticulations as in Deuterodon; apical
field with six or seven widely spaced radii, and no regular circuli,
but the compound microscope shows numerous broken rudiments,
slanting toward the middle line. This is certainly close to Deuter-
odon.

Astyanax abramoides Eigenmann. Scales not unlike those of A.
polylepis, but the circuli are more dense and regular, the radii are
about four, and the apical field is fully covered with circuli, which
meet at a very broad angle in the middle line. The nuclear rectiula-
tion is very irregular, and quite distinctive.

Astyanax bimaculatus (Linneus) (Plate X XVI, fig. 7). Scales large
and thick, about six mm. long and seven and one-half mm. broad;
nucleus very little below the middle, with a minute labyrinthine
sculpture, derived from the circuli; circuli extremely fine and dense,

fm

102 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

covering the whole scale, meeting at approximately right angles
in the middle of the apical field; apical margin very faintly inclined
to be crenulate; basal folds quite strong; radii apical, very strong,
very variable, about 4 to 10, the arrangement fan-like, the outer
ones often curved. A very distinct type of scale, much less like
that of A. polylepis than the latter is like Deuterodon.

Astyanax potaroénsis Eigenmann. Small transversely suboval scales
with the nucleus subbasal and the radii few; the nucleus is reticulate
asin A. polylepis, and the radial area is covered with widely spaced,
largely broken circuli, which meet in the middle line at less than a
right angle. This is of the general type of A. polylepis and abra-
moides.

Astyanax mucronatus Eigenmann. SmalJl broad scales, with nearly
the outline of a half circle; obtuse laterobasal angles; basal and
lateral circuli, the latter widely spaced; nuclear area minutely
squamose; radii usually reduced to two, which are distinct; no circuli
in apical field, and the last of the lateral circuli strongly oblique
(directed to the margin). This is strikingly different from the
other species of Pecilurichthys, and approaches the condition of
Cheirodon quite closely. (Superficially, the fish is much like
Cheirodon.)

2. Astyanax s. str.

Astyanax mutator Eigenmann. Small scales, quite of the A. polylepis
type, the radii about six, the radial field wholly without circuli;
lateral circuli widely spaced, the innermost longitudinal, or some
even bending over mesad; nuclear region simple, not reticulate.

Astyanax guianensis Eigenmann. Scales thin, much broader than
‘ong, exactly as in A. mucronatus, except that the two especially
strong radii are usually more divergent, so that if continued basally
to the nucleus they wouldform a V. The nuclear area has a sort of
honeycomb-like reticulation. The fishes mucronatus and gutanensis
are much alike.

Astyanax essequibensis Eigenmann. Broad thin scales, inclined to be

triangular; characters in general as in mucronatus, but radii weaker

and more irregular. The widely spaced lateral circuli are oblique,

directed toward the margin; there are no circuli in the radial or

apical field; nuclear area not reticulated, all that is left of the

reticulation being a few irregular markings.

According to the scales, the species of Astyanax would be classified
thus:

COCKERELL: SCALES OF CHARACINID FISHES. 103

1. bimaculatus.
| (a) polylepis, abramoides, potaroénsis and mutator.
eG ny Se ol | (b) mucronatus, guianensis and essequibensis.
Bryconamericus hyphessus Eigenmann. Small, thin, more or less semi-
circular scales, with a very distinct pattern, as well shown in
Plate XXVI, fig. 8. A strong curved line goes across the scale;
below it are widely spaced circuli, above it no sculpture whatever.
The condition strongly recalls certain scales of Clupeids, but there
is little resemblance in detail.

Creatochanes Giinther.

The scales of Creatochanes have a characteristic form, well shown
in Plate XXVI, fig. 9, and Plate X XVII, fig. 1. The outline is much
like that of Leporinus. At first sight there seems little or no resem-
blance to Bryconamericus, but closer inspection shows that, asin B.
hyphessus, the apical area is free from circuli, and the circuli end
abruptly at a line passing from the nucleus to the margin. The
bounding line, however, is very broadly V-shaped instead of gently
curved, and is not marked by anything more than the terminations
of the circuli. Another difference is found in the presence of apical
radii in Creatochanes. According to these characters, Bryconamericus
could be derived from Creatochanes, but hardly the reverse.
Creatochanes melanurus (Bloch) (Plate XXVII, fig. 1). The scales
have a diameter of about 24 mm.; there are two strong apical radii

forming a sort of U (compare A phyocharax), and occasionally one

or two additional.

Creatochanes affinis Giinther (Plate XXVI, fig. 9). Similar, but the
radii evanescent, sometimes wholly absent. In both species the
nuclear area is 1eticulate, with the reticulations more or less broken
down, becoming labyrinthiform.

Creatochanes caudomaculatus Giinther. Scales about four mm. broad,
of the same general type, the circuli fine, and the strong radii two
to eight, arranged in a fan-like manner. When only two radii are
present they usually forma V rather thana U. The nuclear area is
broadly ornamented with a minute vermiform sculpture, consisting
of irregular bent and curved short strands, and intermingled dots,
with dots also scattered over the basal half of the radial field. All
this nuclear sculpture is derived from broken-up circuli; compare
the structures in the Cyprinids Barbichthys and Osteochilus, as
figured in Zool. Anzeiger, Sept. 27, 1910, pp. 252-253.

104 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Ctenobrycon spilurus (Cuvier & Valenciennes). Scales transversely
long-oval or oblong, about one and one-third mm. long and two mm.
broad; nucleus a short distance basad of the middle; radii two, in
the form of a V, or one, or none; the whole scale covered with
circuli, which are widely spaced except basally, the apical ones
practically transverse, but forming a very open angle where they
meet in the middle line. A very distinct type of scale, wholly unlike
those of Creatochanes, etc.

Ctenobrycon hauxwellianus (Cope). Collected by William James at
Ica (Thayer Expedition). Scales thin, transverse, about two mm.
long and two and one-half mm. broad, with rounded laterobasal
corners; basal and lateral circuli ordinary, but quite widely spaced;
apical circuli transverse, but more or less broken, and in the sub-
marginal area thrown into waves, which become strong on the
margin, producing an irregular series of short marginal teeth (of
the general type of those in Citharidium, but less developed) a
few feeble, irregularly placed apical radii. This, the type of
Ctenobrycon, has scales which differ considerably from those of C.
spilurus; the latter should probably be separated generically or
subgenerically, in which case it falls into the subgenus Pecilu-
richthys.

Hemigrammus Gill.

The small thin scales of this genus are very uniform, and are of the
form shown in Plate X XVII, fig. 2, representing HH. orthus Durbin,
from a drawing by Miss Evelyn Moore. It will be seen at once that
this is the Chetrodon type of scale, and has no resemblance to Cteno-
brycon, and not very much to Creatochanes, although agreeing in the
absence of circuli in the apical field.

Hemigrammus rodwayi Durbin. Scales three mm. broad; apical
radii strong, very variable, from three to twelve; nuclear area
pustulose in appearance.

Hemigrammus analis Durbin. Scales about one and one-third mm.
broad; radii about two to four; nuclear sculpture as in H. rodwayi.

Hemigrammus orthus Durbin (Plate X XVII, fig. 2). Scales about or
hardly one mm. broad; radii two, rarely four; nuclear sculpture as
in JZ. analis, but less distinct.

Hemigrammus cylindricus Durbin. Scales about one and two-thirds
mm. broad, much rounder than in the other species; radii usually
two, sometimes four; nuclear sculpture distinct. The form of the

COCKERELL: SCALES OF CHARACINID FISHES. 105

scales accords with the shape of the fish, which is not nearly so
deep-bodied as is usual in the genus.

Hemigrammus unilineatus Gill. Scales about one and two-thirds
broad; radii usually four; nuclear sculpture as usual; radial area
longitudinally striatulate.

Hemigrammus ocellifer Steindachner. Scales about one and two-thirds
mm. broad, very broad for their length; radii about four to six;
nuclear sculpture distinct.

Hyphessobrycon Durbin.

The scales are entirely of the Hemigrammus type.

Hyphessobrycon gracilis (Reinhardt). Scales about one mm. broad;
1adii usually four; only about three circuli basad of the nucleus, the
circuli failing in the middle of the base, instead of becoming crowded
as in most scales.

Hyphessobrycon rosaceus Durbin (cotype). Scales hardly one mm,
broad, but very much broader in proportion to their length than
those of H. gracilis; circuli very few and widely spaced; radii two,
rarely four.

Hyphessobrycon eos Durbin (cotype). Scales one and one-half to
one and two-thirds mm. broad, shape as in //. gracilis; radii six to
nine.

Hyphessobrycon stictus Durbin (cotype). Scales about one mm. broad,
shape nearly as in HH. gracilis; radii usually two, sometimes more.
In all these fishes, the deepening of the body is accompanied by a
widening of the scales, rather than an increase in the number of rows.

Pristella Eigenmann.

Scales also of the Hemigrammus-Cheirodon type.

Pristella riddlei (Meek). Scales very broad for their length; breadth
about one and three-fourths mm.; radii usually four; nuclear
sculpture weak.

Pristella aubynei Eigenmann. Scales not nearly so broad in propor-
tion to length; radii usually five; nuclear area broadly 1eticulated,
but the network more or less broken.

Moenkhausia Eigenmann.

In this genus the circuli appear to be basal and lateral only, as in
the Hemigrammus series, but the radial field is always minutely longi-

106 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

tudinally striate. As in other scales, this striation seems not to be
connected with the circuli, but in JV. oligolepis it is clearly seen to be
connected with and derived from the minutely labyrinthine pattern of
the broad nuclear area, and this latter certainly results from modified
circuli.

The genus may be divided into groups as follows:

(a) Group of M. oligolepis.

Moenkhausia oligolepis Giinther (Plate X XVII, fig. 3). Large scales
about six mm. long and seven mm. broad; base strongly bilobate in
middle (compare Leporinus, etc.); circuli fine; radii very strong,
variable, about 5 to 10 apical, and one or two basal; nuclear area
broad, little below middle, with a minute labyrinthine or nodulose
pattern; laterobasal angles strong.

(6) Group of M. lepidulus.

Scales much smaller, the largest (V/. chrysargyrea) about three and
two-thirds mm. broad; pattern quite Hemigrammus-like, but with
the well-defined apical striation; radii about four to six, arranged
fan-wise; nucleus with well-defined pustuloid pattern. The species
are so much alike that no separate descriptions seem necessary.

Moenkhausia chrysargyrea (Giinther).

Moenkhausia lepidurus (Kner).

Moenkhaustia collettii (Steindachner).

Moenkhausia copei (Steindachner).

Moenkhausia cotinho Eigenmann.

Moenkhausia brownt Eigenmann.

(c) Group of M. dichrourus.

Moenkhausia dichrourus (Kner). Scales agreeing with the lepidurus
group, except that the radii (4 to 8) are arranged like straight branches
of a tree, leaving the main axis (the middle line) at angles of about
45°, only there is no actual median structure from which they arise.

Moenkhausia grandisquamis (Miiller and Troschel). Scales of the
same type as M. dichrourus, but even more extreme, most of the
divergent radii becoming actually horizontal, transverse to the antero-
posterior axis of the scale, the upper ones are more oblique, and all
curve at the base, the whole pattern resembling closely an English
peach tree trained against a wall. The transverse bars thus formed

COCKERELL: SCALES OF CHARACINID FISHES. 107

number about three to six on each side. Thus the longitudinal lines

in M. cotinho, etc., are wholly homologous with the transverse lines

in M. grandisquanis. M. grandisquamis and dichrourus surely
should be separated, at least subgenerically, from the other species
examined.

Tetragonopterus Cuvier.

Tetragonopterus chalceus Agassiz (Plate X XVII, fig. 4). Broad scales,
the outline well shown in the figure; breadth about four and one-
fourth mm. Asin Bryconamericus, there is a strong line or band
across the middle of the scale, and the apical (exposed) field is
without any distinct sculpture. The much finer circuli, however, do
not stop at the line, but go a short distance above it, especially at
the sides. The base of the scale is wavy. The transverse line
belongs of course to the radial system, but otherwise there are no
radii. The lateral circuli are directed very obliquely toward the
margin.

Reviewing the Tetragonopterine scales, it must be said that Cteno-
brycon stands quite apart. Tetragonopterus and Bryconamericus may
be grouped together, though not very closely related; Creatochanes,
still more different, may yet be placed in the same vicinity. Astyanax
bimaculatus may be a stem-form leading toward the more usual
Astyanax type, which connects with the Hemigrammus series, but the
latter could not properly include such a form as A. bimaculatus.
Hemigrammus, Hyphessobrycon, Pristella, Phenacogaster, Deuterodon,
part of Astyanax, and Moenkhausia may be grouped together. In all
about four distinct tribes are apparently indicated, or perhaps the
subfamily should be divided.

DIAPOMIN&.
Unknown to me.

STEVARDIIN2.
Not examined.

PIABUCININ.

Chalceus macrolepidotus Cuvier. A fish having the most amazing
resemblance to Alestes macrolepidotus (Cuvier & Valenciennes) of
the River Nile, though on closer inspection important differences
are apparent in the structure of the head. The resemblance extends
even to the general light straw-color, and the iridescent lilac borders

108 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

of the scales. The detailed structure of the scales is also remarkably
similar, both having the same coarse longitudinal circuli in the
region apicad of the nucleus, while the radial system is little dif-
ferent, except for the well-developed polygonal areas in the Alestes.
Plate X XVII, fig. 5 shows the scale of Chalceus macrolepidotus so well
that further description is hardly necessary. With regard to the
polygonal discal areas of Alestes macrolepidotus, it must be said that
they are not wholly distinctive, for the discal region shows some
polygonal areas in the Chalceus; it is therefore only a matter of
degree. As the figure shows, the basal and lateral circuli are
extremely fine. Boulenger places Chalceus in the Hydrocyonine
along with Alestes.

LEBIASININ2.

Lebiasina bimaculata Cuvier & Valenciennes (W. Ecuador). Large
reddish scales, about six mm. long and broad, the apical field mi-
nutely dotted with dark reddish pigment-spots, stellate in form;
laterobasal angles strong; basal middle strongly bilobed, emarginate
between the lobes; nucleus very slightly apicad of the middle,
from it radiate about ten very strong thick radii, normally three
apical, three basal, and two on each side widely spreading, forming a
V; apical margin not toothed; lateral and basal circuli twice as fine
as apical, the latter coarse, vertical, oblique toward the middle,
joining at an acute angle. This is not far from Alestes in scale-
characters; among the neotropical types it is essentially as in the
Erythrinine.

GASTEROPELECIN&.

Gasteropelecus sternicla (Linneus). Transversely oval scales, with the
exposed part shining silvery-green; nucleus central; radii strong
but few, one or two apical, and one on each side (or only on one side)
lateral, all meeting in the middle; circuli very dense, but wanting on
the exposed part of scale; nucleus with fine labyrinthiform sculp-
ture. Peculiar scales, with a certain resemblance to Creatochanes.

Carnegiella strigata (Giinther). Small scales, formed essentially as in
Gasteropelecus, but the radii very weak and irregular, and sometimes
as many as nine, while the nuclear area is very broadly minutely
irregularly reticulated.

Chalcinus rotundatus (Schomburgk) (Plate XXVII, fig. 6). Quite
large scales (about eight mm. broad). The shape well shown in

COCKERELL: SCALES OF CHARACINID FISHES. 109

the figure, the base strongly bilobed, much asin Leporinus. The ex-
posed part is shining silvery-green, and is without distinct sculpture,
except for a single median radius, with perhaps rudiments of others.
This radius is joined in the centre by others, namely one which
continues in the same straight line to the basal notch, and one on
each side, which soon branches, giving rise to a lateral V, the lower
fork of which usually branches again. The circuli, covering all
except the exposed part, are exceedingly dense, and are very largely
moniliform, or broken into minute bead-like elements, as in Sclero-
pages. The broad area just apicad of where the radii meet is
covered with labyrinthine markings. In the region of the nucleus
there are numerous scattered translucent spots.

Chalcinus elongatus Giinther. Smaller, proportionately broader
scales, without angles: length about four mm., width slightly over
five mm.; structure quite as in Gasteropelecus, with the same sort of
radii, but often with a fine basal radius. The region apicad of the
nucleus, narrowing on each side, so far as the sculpturing goes, is
densely covered with labyrinthiform markings, the inner basal
circuli become largely moniliform. This is intermediate between
C. rotundatus and Gasteropelecus.

STETHAPRIONIN.

Fowlerina orbicularis (Cuvier & Valenciennes). The scales are
entirely of the character and pattern of the Jepidurus-section of
Moenkhausia. Apical radii usually three or four, arranged in a
fan-like manner.

AGONIATIN.

Piabucus dentatus Kohlreuter (British Guiana). Small, transversely
oval scales; no radii; nucleus about twice as far from apex as from
base; basal circuli fine, close together; apical circuli widely spaced,
continuous with basal, meeting in the middle line at about a 1ight
angle just above the nucleus, the angle becoming wider and wider
apicad, until near the margin it is virtually absent. A characteristic
little scale.

STICHANODONTIN.

Stichanodon insignis Steindachner. (Specific identity not quite
certain.) (Collected by William James at Manacapouru, Thayer
Expedition.) Scale agrees with that of Moenkhausia dichrurus.

110 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

SERRASALMONIN-®.

Pygopristis denticulatus (Cuvier). Scales oblong, not very far from
circular, the nucleus a short distance below the middle; the whole
scale covered with practically uniform circuli, forming complete
circles; no radii. The nucleus is very small, not sculptured. Some
of the scales differ by having a very broad, strongly reticulated
nuclear field, and the circuli (13 or 14 in all) widely spaced. Inter-
mediate forms also occur. These scales are very closely related in
structure to those of Ctenobrycon.

Pygocentrus piraya (Cuvier). Small scales with precisely the same
characters as those of Pygopristis, and the same variation, except
that when the nuclear field is broad and sculptured, the sculpturing
is labyrinthine.

Serrasalmo gymnogenys Giinther. Again the same type as Pygopristis.

Serrasalmo rhombeus (Linneus) (Plate X XVII, figs. 7 and 7a). Again
the same, with two forms, as shown in the figures. These scales
closely resemble those of Argyrosomus, in the Salmonide.

MYLINz.

Myleus rubripinnis Miiller & Troschel. Scales exactly like those
of the Serrasalmonine. The circuli very fine and dense in the
normal form. Plate X XVII, fig. 8, shows a double scale, a
monstrosity.

CYNODONTIN.

Hydrolycus scomberoides (Cuvier) (Rockstone, British Guiana, col-
lected by Max Ellis). Scale agrees with that of Myleus rubripinnis,
but is larger, and the lateral line scale has a curious system of basal
grooves, with four broad Y-like prongs pointing basad, the most
lateral reaching the prominent laterobasal angles. The ordinary
scales are rounded, without angles. The grooves of the lateral line
scales are curiously suggestive of the extinct Chirocentrid genus
Cladocyclus.

CHARACIN.

Charax gibbosa (Linneus) (Plate XXVIII, fig. 1). Very broad scales
without angles, as the figure well shows. The structure is like that
of the Serrasalmonine, with however the important difference that
the apical region is sharply differentiated, without true circuli, but
with fine growth-lines simulating them. Along the transition line,
especially mesad, is a fine reticulation. There are no radii. Al-

COCKERELL: SCALES OF CHARACINID FISHES. 11]

though the circuli are much less dense, and there are no radii, there
is quite a close resemblance to Chalcinus elongatus. We seem to get
a hint here of how a Serrasalmonine type of scale may be modified
into one more characteristic of the S. American Characinide in
general.

Acanthocharax microlepis Eigenmann. Scales extremely broad, length
about one and one-third mm., breadth about two and one third mm.;
sculpture as in Cheirodon insignis or Hemigrammus orthus, except
that the circuli are more numerous, and there are no radii whatever.

HyDROCYNIN®.

Hydrocynus cuviert (Agassiz). Small round scales resembling those of
the Serrasalmonine, but the strong circuli are only moderately
dense, and in the apical field are irregular and much wider apart;
there are also a few strong radii, more or less in the form of a cross
or an X, usually two being basal. The nucleus is central, or nearly so.
A distinct type.

The scale of Luciocharax was figured by Bean in Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus., 1908. It is entirely different from that of Hydrocynus, but is
extraordinarily like that of the African Phractolemus ansorgit Bou-
lenger. The fishes Luciocharax and Phractolemus are of course
totally different. In the scale of Luciocharax we have something
wanting in the African Characinid fauna—a connecting link between
the Alestiform and Distichodontine types of scale.

ACESTRORHAMPHIN.

Acestrorhynchus microlepis (Schomburgk) and A. falcatus (Bloch)
have small round scales, much like those of the Serrasalmonines, but
with the larger nucleus subbasal, and the circuli failing apically, the
innermost meeting at a wide angle. Plate XXV, fig. 7 shows A.
microlepis, drawn by Miss Evelyn Moore.

ERYTHRININ.

These all have a purplish pigment on the exposed part of the scale
(very strong and dense in Hoplias macrophthalmus); the same sort
of thing is seen in Leporinus and Characidium.

Erythrinine scales are quite large, about as broad as long (broader
in Hoplerythrinus), the laterobasal angles approximately right angles,
the basal margin usually wavy or crenate, the median notch often

2, ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

deep; nucleus nearly central; apical margin rounded, without
teeth; radial system very strong, both basal and apical, the radii
meeting at the nucleus; large discal polygonal areas developed in some
scales of Hoplerythrinus; lateral and basal circuli fine (much coarser
in Hoplerythrinus; finest in Hoplias); apical circuli differentiated,
longitudinal, slightly oblique near the middle line.

Hoplias malabaricus (Bloch). Apical radii five or six, counting the
sublateral ones; basal about six, the outermost, when complete,
arched at upper end.

Hoplias macrophthalmus (Pellegrin) (Plate XXVIII, fig. 2). Large
scales, over ten mm. across; apical radii, counting sublateral, about
sixteen to eighteen, basal about eight to eleven; outer apical and
basal both arched neat base when complete. The figure sufficiently
shows the arrangement.

Hoplerythrinus uniteniatus (Spix) (Plate XXVIII, fig. 4). Scales
about five mm. long and six broad; about four to eight apical radii,
about the same basal, and usually some lateral; large pentagonal
areas developed in some scales; apical circuli very widely spaced.

Erythrinus erythrinus (Bloch & Schneider). Scales about three and
one-fourth to three and one-half mm. long and broad; sculpture
and pattern as in Hoplerythrinus, but fewer radii.

I give a figure (Plate XXVIII, fig. 3) of the scale of the Asiatic
Barbus chola, a Cyprinid type which shows in its squamation a strong
resemblance to Erythrinus. Here, so far as the scales go, the Chara-
cinids and Cyprinids meet, and it is at least significant that this
occurs in the Erythrinine group on the one hand, and the Barbus-
group on the other.

APPENDIX.

Bryconethiops microstoma Giinther (Plate XXVIII, fig. 5). Ksibi
River (Bates). British Museum. This African genus was omitted
from my paper on the Characinide of that continent. The scale
is about five and one-half mm. broad with weak sculpture, the
broad nuclear region finely pustulose, and the apical field with
nothing to represent the circuli, except a sparser pustulose ornamen-
tation, even this failing toward the margin. The radial system is
represented by a few irregular polygonal areas, from which arise
imperfect and very asymmetrical radii. This is a weak type related
to Alestes.

Hydrocyon forskalit Cuvier. (Plate XXVIII, fig. 6.) I give a figure

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX. Plate XXIII.

Psectr-gister curviventris.

S&S 74
: - s Se a Ee

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX Plate XX

Prochilodus rubroteniatus.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX Plate XXV

2

1. Acestrzrnychus microle pis. 2. Curimitus spilurus, juv. 3. Hiodon tergisus, 4.

Cur.mitus spilurus, ad. 5. Curimatus microcephalus. 6. Citherinus congicus.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX.

Plate XXVI

1. Chilodus punctatus. 2. Tylotranchia maculosa. 3. Leporinus friderici. 4. Pecilobry-
con ocellatus. 5. Aphiocharax erythrurus. 6. Brycon falcatus. 7. Astyanax (Pecilurichthys)
bimaculatus. 8. Bryconamericus hyphessus. 9. Creatochanes afinis.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX. Plate XXVII

; } oni b hr . laarle ht Tot.
1. Creat_chanes melanurus. 2. Hemigrammusorthus. 3. Mankhausitoligolepis. 4. Tet
ragonopterus chalceus. 5. Chalceus macrolepidotus. 6. Chalcinus rotundatus. 7-8. Serrasalmo

rhombeus. 9. Myleus rubripinnts.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX. Piate XXVIII.

aS

1. Charax gibbosa. 2. Hoplias macrophthalmus. 3. Barbus chola. 4. Hoplerythrinus unitenti-

atus. 5. Eryconethiops microstcma. 6. Hydrccyon fcrskali. 7. Scrcodaces ode.

Cores

7 Tr

Mee hae OR nA,

COCKERELL: SCALES OF CHARACINID FISHES. 1138

of this Characinid from the Nile, as it has never been figured, and
is the type of Hydrocyonine, to which Boulenger refers many
American genera.

Sarcodaces odoé (Bloch). (Plate XXVIII, fig. 7). This African genus
is also figured for the first time. It is the only member of a distinct
tribe.

VII. A MOUNTED SKELETON OF PLATIGONUS LEPTO-—
RHINUS! IN THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM:

By O. A. PETERSON.

(Plate X XIX.)

In 1894 while making an excavation for material for a brickyard
at the town of Goodland in the extreme western part of the state of
Kansas, there were discovered in the Pleistocene formation a number
of fossil bones. These were sent to Professor S. W. Williston then
connected with the University of Kansas. Realizing the importance
of this discovery, Professor Williston immediately went to Goodland
and secured the remainder of the material. In all nine animals were
represented. Upon this Professor Williston based his description of
Platigonus leptorhinus. From this material an articulated skeleton
was prepared and is exhibited in the Lawrence museum. A second
skeleton was assembled from this collection and forwarded in exchange
to the American Museum of Natural History, New York City. A
third skeleton from this same material was recently obtained by the
Carnegie Museum through exchange with the Museum of the Kansas
University. These three articulated skeletons represent the type-
material upon which Professor Williston established his species and
made his studies.

The skull (No. 2806, C. M. Cat. Foss. Vert.) with the skeleton in
the Carnegie Museum is one of the immature skulls which Professor
Williston used in his description comparing it with Professor Le‘dy’s
Eucherus macrops.2. In the Journal of Geology (Vol. X, p. 777-782)
for November and December of 1903, Dr. George Wagner calls
attention to some variation in the anatomica' features of the head
o Platigonus and also suggests that Leidy’s figure of Eucherus
macrops may in part be faulty. Wagner concludes that the species
leptorhinus Williston is a synonym of P. compressus Le Conte.’
Even Professor Leidy himself in his description of the skulls of Plati-
gonus from near Rochester, New York, seems to have come to the con-

1 Kansas Univ. Quar., Vol. III, 1894, p. 23-39.

2 Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., Vol. X, 1852, p. 323-342, pls. 35-38.
3Le Conte, Y. L., Am. Journ. Sci. (2), V, 1848, pp. 102-6.

114

PETERSON: PLATIGONUS LEPTORHINUS WILLISTON. 115

clusion‘ that all the material representing the fossil peccaries described
up to that date pertain to Platigonus compressus Le Conte. Leidy
says, ‘The various remains originally described® and now regarded
as pertaining to Platigonus compressus were early attributed to nearly
half a dozen different species and genera, founded on sligh’ differences,
which, before the prevalence of the evolution theory, were looked upon
as being of a fixed character and all-sufficient for the distinction of
species, and were so adjudged by a master who has since passed from
among us”’ [referring probably to the death of Prof. Louis Agassiz].

On studying the skull (No. 2806) and the articulated skeleton, now
in the Carnegie Museum, I find, as Williston did, that in its main
anatomical features it compares quite closely with Eucherus macrops
Leidy. The heavy symphysis of the lower jaws due to the extended
protuberance on the chin, the shortness of the post-canine diastema,
and the general robustness of the jaws and broadness of face, together
with the position of the external auditory meatus and the absence of
the pits or cul de sac separated by the vertical ridge on the anterior
border of the posterior nares | regard as among the most important
features of Dr. Williston’s enumerated differences in his paper (J. c.
25). Upon recomparing the present specimen with Leidy’s descrip-
tion and figure of E. macrops (Il. c., Pl. 36, fig. 1) I find that the external
auditory meatus agrees approximately with the figure. The anterior
marginal wall of the posterior nares also appears to correspond with
Leidy’s description. There is then left the features of the symphysis
of the lower jaws, the differences in the diastema between the canine
and the cheek-teeth, together with the narrowness of the face and
slenderer jaws of the Kentucky specimen. These features are of
much interest and importance, especially when we consider the long
and slender symphysis, the long post-canine diastema, and the slender
muzzle of Mylohyus, a genus which in the later Pleistocene lived con-
temporaneously with, and possibly succeeded, Platigonus. If an
eastern species of the latter genus should be looked upon as giving rise
to Mylohyus, it would naturally follow that Mylohyus would have
to be placed in closer relationship to Platigonus than is indicated by
Professor F. B. Loomis,® and Prostenops would have to be placed in
a separate phylum.

4 Trans. Wagner Free Inst., Vol. II, 1889, p. 49.

5 Referring to various publications of earlier dates than that paper.
6 Amer. Jour. Sci., Vol. XXX, 1910, p. 384.

116 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

On further comparison of the dentitions of Platigonus and Mylohyus,
there is little or no doubt about the close relationship so far as the
incisors and canines are concerned. But in comparing the cheek-teeth
(especially the lower), on the other hand, one is practically forced to the
conclusion that there must have been a form with crowns lower and
more bunodont than obtain in, for instance, P. leptorhinus, to give rise
to the condition found in Mylohyus. Whether such forms may al-
ready have been described, e. g., in the case of P. vetus Le dy, can only
be determined by making a thorough review of a!l types and all other
available material.

The skeleton, as it now appears in Pl. XXIX, has been finely
mounted by Mr. Serafino Agostini under the direction of the writer.
As may be observed in the photographic reproduction, the upright
supports are eliminated by passing small steel rods through the limb-
bones; which rods pass back of each foot to the base, thus supporting
not only the limbs but the axial skeleton as well. Although the mate-
rial represents different individuals, each component part is thought
to be in approximately itS proper position and the skeleton is thought
to fairly well represent the bony structure, possibly of a female.

The vertebral formula is probably as follows: Cervicals 7; dorsals
14; lumbars 6; sacrals 4-5; caudals 8+ ?. The cervical region is
rather heavy; the third, fourth, and fifth cervicals are without distinct
spinous processes. The dorso-lumbar series are provided with promi-
nent neural spines, the dorsals back of the tenth assuming a lumbar-
like shape. The transverse processes of the lumbars are not heavy,
but of considerable lateral extent, while the sacrum is apparently
narrow and long. The ribs, though narrow, are quite flat throughout,
and thus closely approximate those of recent forms. There are present
in the skeleton five sternebre which are rather heavy, the posterior
ones broad as in the recent peccaries. There are also present a number
of sternal ribs.

The limbs, and especially the feet, are as characteristic as is the
head of this genus. The remarkable reduction of the lateral digits of
Platigonus over those of the recent forms is especially worthy of note
and is well described and illustrated by Professor Williston and others.

‘7 X (908z “ON 'STISSOY WOA JED WWD) “UOISTITIMA SnUrysozday snuo3Ky1q JO UO}JJOYs poqwuNopy

XIXX Pld XI ISA (WNASAW JIOJNYVD STVNNY

PETERSON: PLATIGONUS LEPTORHINUS WILLISTON.

MEASUREMENTS.

Length of skeleton from end of premaxillary to end of ischial tuberosity. . .
Beste ee PMO NSU sed re oiaca « Syelac8 ov Ws ei nidy ous SE EET oe eds eet
LYSYEGIY OYE THEO) |S See re er i aoa ti MMR ENED cmp is A A eee oS eee ae
[erro OMG OLSAUTSETICS) 6. i5:.0°5 oa)e Saka ot Seo Ee PRS tae
Wen etnO ml DAISCTIOS 5's) o's. s/x', «die ayeld, eels eA aE ee ee hes ee ee
HE CTP DOGO MSACINIDM Es Niv%, sveie c’sroisyaye- toc te Sic een aE ER ERLE CEE ee ae
Heigntroteskeleton-at first; dorsal! vertebra. <.....c-mie nie eae eee
remntsomskeletonratrend: of ischium....:.. cea qecbie oe ees oe eee

Vill. LICHENS COLLECTED DURING THE SUMMERSJOFR
1912, AND 1913 IN THE THUNDER, BAY DISTRIGH,
ONTARIO; CANADA:

By R. HEBER HOWE, Jr.

In December, 1913, Dr. O. E. Jennings, of the Carnegie Museum,
Pittsburgh, Pa., forwarded to me a collection of 265 packets of lichens
collected by himself and Mr. R. H. Daily in the early part of the
summer of 1912; by himself, Mr. R. H. Daily, and Mrs. O. E. Jennings
during the remainder of the summer; and by himself and Mrs.
Jennings in the summer of 1913. These collections were made in
the southern part of the Thunder Bay District of Ontario, a district
lying directly to the north of Lake Superior and surrounding Lake
Nipigon. The region covered extended about two hundred miles
east and west. The collection, though rich in specimens, was not so
in species. It adds, however, a species and a variety to our North
American lichen flora before unrecorded, and contains two interesting
Cladonias, which are noted below. The collection also plainly shows
the fact that our typical eastern plants extend uninterruptedly at
least as far west as Lake Superior. Eastern species, such as Platysma
lacunosum var. atlanticum Tuck., occur with other such typical plants,
whereas western species like Alectoria fremontit Tuck. (Montana and
Wyoming) and Letharia vulpina (L.) Ach. (Nebraska, Wisconsin and
Minnesota) were not found. In regions lying well to the foothills of
the Rockies these latter species are represented and the line that
separates the floras lies somewhere between these two points or in
the actual valley of the Mississippi river (95th meridian).

A complete set of the specimens is preserved in the herbarium of
the Carnegie Museum; duplicates of many are to be found in the
author’s herbarium, and in the herbarium of the Sullivant Moss
Society.

The majority of the crustose species were determined by Dr. H. E.
Hasse; the Stereocaulons by Dr. L. W. Riddle; the Cladonias by
Dr. Ludwig Scriba. To these gentlemen most grateful thanks are
due.

118

Howe: LICHENS FROM ONTARIO, CANADA. 119

Order: GYMNOCARPALES.
Group: RADIAT.
Family: USNEACE.

1. Usnea longissima Ach. Lake Helen, Nipigon.

10.

Il.

12.

13:

14.

. Usnea barbata (L.) Web. (= U. dasypoga (Ach.) Nyl.). Lake

Helen, Nipigon.

: Usnea barbata var. stricta (Schaer.) R. H. Howe, Jr. (= U. dasypoga

var. plicata (Hoffm.) Hue.). Little Fluor Island, Edward
Island, Fluor Island,—all L. Superior.

. Usnea florida (L.) Web. Jackfish Island, L. Superior.
. Usnea florida {. hirta (L.) Michx. Thunder Cape Mt.; Nipigon.

Silver Islet; Porphyry Island, L. Superior.

. Usnea cavernosa Tuck. Nipigon: a very curious and interesting

specimen with cephalodia resembling alectroid apothecia;
Porphyry Island, L. Superior; Silver Islet.

. Letharia thamnodes (Flot.) Hue. Perry Lake, Thunder Cape;

Fluor Island, Lake Superior; Current River; Nipigon; Thunder
Cape; Porphyry Island, L. Superior.

. Ramalina farinacea (L.) Ach. Porphyry Island, L. Superior;

Nipigon. The variety phalerata Ach. is represented in part.

. Ramalina dilacerata (Hoffm.) Wain. Porphyry Island, L. Su-

perior; Thunder Cape; Silver Islet.

Alectoria jubata var. implexa (Hoffm.)- Fr. Little Fluor Island,
Porphyry Island, Silver Islet, and Fluor Island, L. Superior;
Heron Bay; Stanley; Current River.

Alectoria chalybeiformis (L.) S. F. Gray. Porphyry Island, L.
Superior.

Group: STRATOSI-RADIAT.

Family: CLADONIACE.

Stereocaulon paschale (L.) Ach. Heron Bay; Silver Islet; Fluor
Island and Porphyry Island, L. Superior; Sleeping Giant Mt.,
altitude 1,800 ft; Thunder Cape; Alexander Portage, 17 miles
north of Nipigon; Nipigon. The variety conglomeratum Fr. is
represented in part.

Stereocaulon tomentosum Fr. Silver Islet and Surprise Lake:
Thunder Cape.

Stereocaulon coralloides Fr. Nipigon.

120

19.

20.

21.

25.

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Cladonia rangiferina (L.) Web. Porphyry Island, L. Superior;
Heron Bay; Silver Islet; Nipigon; Port Arthur; Rossport.

. Cladonia sylvatica Hoffm. Porphyry Island, L. Superior; Heron

Bay; Silver Islet; Nipigon; Port Arthur; Rossport.

Cladonia alpestris (L.) Rabenh. Nipigon; Porphyry Island, L.
Superior.

Cladonia coccifera (L.) Willd. Rossport; Little & Big Fluor
Islands, L. Superior; Nipigon; Heron Bay. The _ varieties
stemmatina Ach., phyllocoma Flk., and pleurota Flk. are repre-
sented.

Cladonia cristella Tuck. Jackfish Island, L. Superior; Loon Lake;
Rosslyn, 10 miles west of Ft. William; Heron Bay; Maloney
Harbor, Magnet Pt.; Nipigon; Rossport; Paps Harbor, Black
Bay Peninsula. The varieties vestita Tuck. and ochrocarpia
Tuck. are represented.

Cladonia amaurocrea (Flk.) Schaer. Nipigon. The varieties
elotea Ach. and oxyceras Ach. are represented.

Cladonia uncialis (L.) Web. Little and Big Fluor Islands, L.
Superior; Nipigon; Rossport.

. Cladonia crispata (Ach.) Flot. Little and Big Fluor Islands, L.

Superior; Maloney Harbor; Nipigon. The varieties subscris-
pata Wain. and divulsa Arn. are represented.

. Cladonia squamosa (Scop.) Hoffm. Maloney Harbor.

Cladonia turgida (Ehrh.) Hoffm. Nipigon; Heron Bay. Dr.

‘

Scriba remarks ‘“‘a curious specimen near to C. turgida, but the
podetia which seem to belong to this thallus are neither turgida
nor strepsilis.”’

Cladonia gracilis (L.) Willd. Nipigon; Porphyry Island, L.
Superior; Maloney Harbor, Magnet Pt.; Heron Bay; Silver
Islet, Thunder Cape. The varieties ochrochlora Flik. and
hybrida Fk. are both represented.

Cladonia degenerans (Flk.) Spreng. Nipigon; Porphyry Island,
L. Superior. The material approaches both the forms euphorea
Wain. and gracilis Flk.

Cladonia_ verticillata Hoffm. Porphyry Island, L. Superior;
Nipigon; Heron Bay; Rosslyn; Maloney Harbor, Magnet Pt.;
Rossport.

Cladonia fimbriata (L.) Fr. Maloney Harbor, Magnet Pt.;
Heron Bay; Silver Islet.

20.

30.
a5

22%

33:

34.

35:

36.
37:

38.

39-

40.
Al.

Howe: LICHENS FROM ONTARIO, CANADA. 121

Cladonia pyxidata (L.) Fr. Nipigon; Little Fluor Island and
Porphyry Island, L. Superior; Heron Bay; Silver Islet; Ross-
port; Perry Lake, Thunder Cape. The material represents
the varieties pocillum (Ach.) Flot., neglecta (Flk.) Mass., and
chlorophaea (Spreng.) Flk.

Group: STRATOS.

Family: PHYSCIACE.

Physcia stellaris (L.) Nyl. Silver Islet, Thunder Cape.

Physcia stellaris var. aipolia Nyl. Heron Bay; Porphyry Island,
L. Superior.

Physcia pulverulenta var. leucoleiptes Tuck. Porphyry Island,
L. Superior. A part of the material represents form turgida
Schaer.

Physcia obscura var. endophoenicea Harm. Oliver Creek, three
miles southeast of Stanley.

Xanthoria polycarpa (Ehrh.) Oliv. Mt. McKay, Ft. William;
Silver Islet, Thunder Cape; Fluor Island and Porphyry Island,
L. Superior.

Xanthoria lychnea var. pygmaea Fr. Porphyry Island, L. Superior.

Family: CALOPLACACE4.
Caloplaca cerina (Ehrh.) Zahlbr. Silver Islet, Thunder Cape.
Caloplaca elegans (Link) Th. Fr. Silver Islet, Thunder Cape;
Little Fluor Island, Porphyry Island, and Fluor Island, L.
Superior.
Family: BUELLIACE-A.
Buellia parasema (Ach.) Th. Fr. Rossport; Six-mile Lake and
Silver Islet, Thunder Cape; Edwards Island, L. Superior.
Rhinodina sophodes var. lecideoides (Nyl.) Hasse, in litt., Nipigon.
Dr. Hasse writes “‘I think this variety has not been reported
from this country.”

Family: PARMELIACEZ.

Nephromopsis ciliaris (Ach.) Hue. Thunder Cape.

Platysma juniperina var. pinastri (Ach.) Nyl. Mt. McKay, Ft.
William; Silver Islet, Thunder Cape; Porphyry Island, L.
Superior; Maloney Harbor, Magnet Pt.; Jackfish Island, L.
Superior.

122 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

42. Platysma lacunosum var. atlantica (Tuck.) Howe. Nipigon.

43. Parmeliopsis aleurites (Ach.) Nyl. Nipigon.

44. Parmelia physodes (L.) Ach. Jackfish Island and Porphyry
Island, L. Superior; Mission, Nipigon; Rossport; Thunder
Cape Mt.

45. Parmelia conspersa (Ehrh.) Nyl. Heron Bay; Rossport; Silver
Islet and Sleeping Giant, Thunder Cape; Ft. Williams; Por-
phyry Island, Little Fluor Island, and Fluor Island, L. Superior.
This material represents also the varieties imbricata Mass.,
stenophylla Ach., and isidiata Mass.

46. Parmelia olivacea (L.) Nyl. Six-mile Lake and Silver Islet,
Thunder Cape; Edwards Island, L. Superior; Maloney Harbor;
Magnet Point. The material also represents the var. aspidota
Ach. (= P. exasperata DeNot.).

47. Parmelia Borrert var. rudecta Tuck. Porphyry Island, L.
Superior.

48. Parmelia saxatilis (L.) Ach. Nipigon; Silver Islet and Six-mile
Lake, Thunder Cape; Edwards Island and Little Fluor Island,
L. Superior. One example represents the form brunnea Harm.

49. Parmelia saxatilis var. sulcata (Tayl.) Nyl. Mt. McKay, Ft.
William; Maloney Harbor, Magnet Point; Surprise Lake and
Perry Lake, Thunder Cape. One example represents the form
rubescens Roumeg.

Family: LECANORACE.

50. Candelariella cerinella (Flk.) Zahlbr. Little Fluor Island, L.
Superior.

51. Lecanora rubina (Vill.) Wain. Little Fluor Island, L. Superior.

52. Lecanora cineria (L.) Sommf. Porphyry Island and Little Fluor
Island, L. Superior.

53. Lecanora subfusca (L.) Ach. Silver Islet, Thunder Cape. One
example represents var. distans Ach., another var. argentata
Ach.

54. Lecanora symmicta Ach. Thunder Cape.

Family PE niGE RACE AE.

55. Petigera aphthosa (L.) Hoffm. Nipigon; Heron Bay; Silver
Islet, Thunder Cape; Rossport; Porphyry Island, L. Superior.

on
on

56.

57:
58.

59:

60.

61.
62.

63.

64.

65.

66.

67.

68.
69.

Howe: LICHENS FROM ONTARIO, CANADA. 128

Peltigera polydactyla (Neck.) Hoffm. Maloney Harbor, Magnet
Point, Nipigon; Rabbit Mt., fifteen miles west of Ft. William;
Ft. William. One example suggests P. pulverulenta (Tayl.)
Nyl., the spores, however, being small.

Peltigera horizontalis (L.) Hoffm. Tee Bay and Silver Islet,
Thunder Cape; Mt. McKay, Ft. William.

Peltigera canina (L.) Hoffm. Nipigon; Stanley; Porphyry Island,
L. Superior; Six-mile Lake and Silver Islet, Thunder Cape.

Peltigera rufescens (Sm.) Hoffm. Nipigon; Stanley; Mt. McKay,
Ft. William; Maloney Harbor, Magnet Point; Silver Islet,
Surprise Lake and Sleeping Giant Mountain, Thunder Cape.

Peltigera spuria (Ach.) DC. Ft. William; Stanley; Rossport;
Maloney Harbor, Magnet Point.

Peltigera venosa (L.) Hoffm. Nipigon.

Nephroma levigatum Ach. Nipigon. Represents the variety
parile Nyl.

Solorina saccata (L.) Ach. Fluor Island, L. Superior; Rossport;
Nipigon.

Family: STICTACE.

Lobaria pulmonaria (L.) Hoftm. Paps Harbor, Black Bay
Peninsula; Nipigon; Loon; Oliver Creek, near Stanley; Por-
phyry Island, L. Superior. The material represents in part
the following forms: papillaris Del., hypomela Del., sorediata
Harm.

Family: PANNARIACE:.

Pannaria lanuginosa (Ach.) Krb. Surprise Lake and Silver
Islet, Thunder Cape; Current River, Port Arthur; Little Fluor
Island, L. Superior; Heron Bay.

Pannaria microphylla (Sw.) Ach. Porphyry Island, L. Superior.

Family: GYROPHORACEE.

Gyrophora vellea (L.) Ach. Jackfish Island and Little Fluor
Island, L. Superior; Heron Bay; Blend River, at head of
Thunder Bay; Nipigon; Silver Islet and Surprise Lake,
Thunder Cape. With a clear conception of G. hirsuta still in
doubt, I am referring all this material here.

Gyrophora flocculosa Borr. & Turn. Fluor Island, L. Superior.

Gyrophora Muhlenbergii Ach. Little and Big Fluor Islands, L.
Superior; Nipigon; Heron Bay; Silver Islet, Thunder Cape.

124

70.

rae

75:

76.

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Family: ACAROSPORACE.

Maronea constans (Nyl.) Th. Fr. Edwards Island, L. Superior;
Thunder Cape.

Family: LECIDEACEA.

Rhizocarpon obscuratum (Ach.) Krb. Porphyry Island, L.
Superior. Dr. Hasse writes ‘‘species believed to be new to this
country.”

. Rhizocarpon geminatum (Flot.) Krb. Porphyry Island and Little

Fluor Island, L. Superior.

. Lecidea parasema Ach. Porphyry Island, L. Superior. The

example represents the variety achrista (Sommf.) Hasse, in Litt.

. Lecidea lapicida (Ach.) Arn. Porphyry Island, L. Superior.

Group: COLLEMZ.

Family: COLLEMACE.
Collema vespertilio (Light.) Wain. Rabbit Mt., fifteen miles west
of Ft. William.
Leptogium Hildebrandii (Garov.) Nyl. Tee Bay, Thunder Cave.
This plant was determined by Dr. Riddle.

Order: PYRENOCARPALES.
Family: DERMATOCARPONACE.

. Dermatocarpon fluviatile (Weis.) Th. Br. Porphyry Island and

Little Fluor Island, L. Superior.

. Dermatocarpon miniatum (L.) Mann. Porphyry Island, L. Su-

perior. The example represents the variety complicatum (Sw.)
Zahlbr.

THOREAU MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY,
CONCORD, MASSACHUSETTS.

Leon PRELIMINARY LIST OF THE FOSSIL PLANTS
OCCURRING IN THE ROOF OF THE PITTSBURGH
COAL,

By NorMAN McDoweELt GRIER.

In 1907 during the course of the construction of an electric railway
between Wilkinsburg and Ardmore, Pennsylvania, a cut through a
small hill about three-quarters of a mile southeast of Wilkinsburg
exposed the roof of the Pittsburgh Coal. At that time Dr. Percy E.
Raymond, then of the Carnegie Museum, made a collection of the
fossil plants thus exposed to view, later placing them in the care of
Dr. O. E. Jennings, of the Section of Botany of the Carnegie Museum
(Acc. No. 4526). The writer has since been entrusted with their
identification.

In the determination of these fossils the main reliance has been
placed in the various figures and descriptions available, particularly
the Atlas and Text of Lesquereux, ‘‘Coal Flora of Pennsylvania and
of the Carboniferous Formation throughout the United States.’’
Second Geological Survey of Pennsylvania, ‘‘P,’”’ 1879 and 1880; and
also David White, ‘‘The Fossil Flora of the Lower Coal Measures of
Missouri,’’ United States Geological Survey, Monograph 37, 1899.
The following is a list of the fossils so determined, the Department
Numbers being given for the various specimens:

THALLOPHYTA.
FUNGI.

Genus HystTERITES Unger, 1841. X Iota, ), c¢.

1. Hysterites cordaitis Grand Eury.
This fungus was observed to be extremely common upon various
species of Neuropteris, as well as upon all species of Cordaztes found.

Apparently identical forms were found upon the different hosts.
125

126

® .N

It.

14.

Ty
16.

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

PTERIDOPHYTA.
EHQUISETALES:

Genus CALAMITES Suckow, 1784.

. Calamites ramosus Artis. XX 102.

. Calamites dubius Artis. X 103.

. Calamites suckowi Brogniart. XX 104.

. Calamites approximatus Schlotheim. XX 108).

Genus ANNULARIA Sternberg, 1822.

. Annularia inflata Lesquereux. XX 106, X 1600.
. Annularia stellata (Schlotheim) Wood. XX 107, X 145a, X155.

SPHENOPHYELALES.
Genus SPHENOPHYLLUM Brogniart, 1828.

Sphenophyllum lescurianum White. X 108a, X 147c.

9. Sphenophyllum (Asterophyllites) fasciculatum Lesquereux. X I09.
10.

Sphenophyllum bifurcatum Lesquereux. (?) XX 110a, X 165.

LYCORODEALES.
Genus SIGILLARIA Brogniart, 1822.

Sigillaria camptotaenia Wood. ™X III, X 143), X 1530.

SPERMATOPHYTA.
CY CADOHILICALES:

Genus PECOPTERIS Brogniart, 1822.

. Pecopteris arborescens (Schlotheim ?) Brogniart. X 112, X 158.
3. Pecopteris vestita Lesquereux. XX 113, X 125), X 144), X 145),

XSTAG IAS xX 151, XL Or:

Genus CALLIPTERIDIUM Weiss, 1870. X 164a, 0.
Callipteridium membranaceum Lesquereux. X 105, X 114, X
144a, X 160a.
Genus NEUROPTERIS Brogniart, 1822.

Neuropteris missouriensis Lesquereux. (?) X 115, X 143a.
Neuropteris fasciculata Lesquereux. XX I16.

t

—
bo
I

GRIER: Fossi PLANTS OF PITTSBURGH COAL.

17. Neuropteris fimbriata Lesquereux. > 117a, X 124), X 156.

18. Neuropteris tenuifolia Brogniart. > 118.

19. Neuropteris scheuchzeri Hoffman. XX 119, X 124¢, X 125¢, X
Rese. 128, 126, << 130) Meas aaa eel o a0 KT ZG LC
ESO. 137,.><. 138, X 139;-K TAOr os chaE ey OX B62D-

This species, described by Lesquereux as N. hirsuta and N. hirsuta
var. angustifolia, was the most commonly preserved form in the

horizon. a

20. Neuropteris clarksoni Lesquereux. XX 120.

CORDAITALES.
Genus CorpDAITES Unger, 1850.

21. Cordaites communis Lesquereux. XX 121, X 153a, X 159, X
162a.

22. Cordaites diversifolius Lesquereux. (?) > 122, X 163a.

23. Cordaites borassifolius Unger. XX 123, X 134, X 154, X 163).
Next to Neuropteris scheuchzeri this species seemed to be the

commonest in the horizon examined.

24. Cordaites grandifolius Lesquereux. XX 124a.

25. Cordaites validus Lesquereux. (?) XX 125a.

Genus RHABDOCARPUS Goeppert and Berger.

AGE Rhabdocarpus (Pachytestus) mansfieldi Lesquereux. XX I26a.

INCERT SEDIS.
27. Radicites Potonie = Pinnularia Lindley and Hutton. X 127.

Of the species listed in this paper, the following have already been
described as occurring in the Lower Coal Measures of Missouri by
Lesquereux,! Hambach? and White,’ viz: Hysterites cordaites, Callip-
teridium membranaceum, Neuropteris missouriensis, Sphenophyllum
fasciculatum, Sphenophyllum lescurianum, Cordaites communis, Pecop-
teris vestita, Neuropteris Scheuchzeri, Pecopteris arborescens, Calamites
suckowt, Cordaites diversifolius. Of these, all but the last five have
hitherto been regarded as being peculiar to that horizon.

1 Second Geol. Surv. Pa., Report of Progress, “‘P,’’ Vol. III, 1884, p. 879, 880.

2 Bull. Geol. Sur. Missouri, No. 1, 1890, p. 83-85.
3 Mon. 37, U. S. Geol. Sur., ‘‘Fossil Flora Lower Coal Measures of Missouri,”

p. 284.

128502 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

According to White, the Lower Coal Measures of Missouri may
be inferred to have a stratigraphical position, which although subse-
quent to the Morris, Brookville, and Clarion Coals of Illinois and
Pennsylvania respectively, is earlier than either the Darlington or
upper Kittanning Coals.4. From the Darlington Coal Lesquereux has
recorded Pecopteris vestita® recently shown as apt to be confused with
Pecopteris pseudovestita White. Since Calamites suckowi and Cor-
daites diversifolius have not been described from any horizon as late
as the Darlington Coal they may be eliminated, and the species
Pecopteris vestita, Pecopteris arborescens, and Neuropteris scheuchzeri
appear as the sole evidence of a transitional flora between the Lower
Coal Measures discussed and the Pittsburgh Coal. The latter two of
these species were regarded by Lesquereux®, as being characteristic of
‘the Pittsburgh Beds, but their distribution appears to be so generalized
as to be almost useless for stratigraphical correlation. Further rela-
tions of the two floras may be obtained upon future collections in the
coals of the Monongahela Series, when the relations of the Pittsburgh
Coal to the other Coal Measures may then be more profitably dis-
cussed.

4 Mon. 37, U. S. Geol. Surv., p. 289.

5 Mon. 37, U. S. Geol. Surv., p. 85.
6 Second Geol. Surv. Pa., Report of Progress, “‘P,’’ Vol. III, 1884, p. 232.

X. SOME UNDESCRIBED REMAINS OF THE UINTA
TITANOTHERE DOLICHORHINUS.

By O. A. PETERSON.

The present paper is based upon the remains of an individual found
by the writer in 1912 in a shaly stratum of the upper series of Horizon
A of the Uinta Eocene on White River, Uinta County, Utah. The
locality at which the specimen was found (a canyon leading into
White River) is the one where Mr. E. S. Riggs and party from the
Field Museum of Natural History, in 1910 secured a portion of the
collection upon which a paper was published by Mr. Riggs.!

Dolichorhinus longiceps (?) Douglass. Annals of the Carnegie
Museum, Vol. VI, 1909, p. 312.

The specimen (No. 2865) consists of the greater portion of the
skull, the posterior part of the mandible of the left and fragments of

Fic. 1. Dolichorhinus longiceps (?) Douglass, No. 2865, 1% nat. size.

the right side, the hyoid arch, the cervical vertebrae, two dorsal and
two lumbar vertebre, together with the fore limb and foot practically
complete.

1“New or Little Known Titanotheres from the Lower Uinta Formation,”

Field Museum of Natural History, Publication 159, 1912, pp. 17-41.
129

130 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

THE CRANIUM AND MANDIBLE.

The cranium is somewhat smaller than the type of Dolichorhinus
longiceps, the sagittal area of the parietals is more compressed laterally,
the zygomatic portion of the squamosal is slenderer and less expanded
laterally, and the basicranial axis has a greater bend.? These char-
acters together with the slightly larger teeth constitute the most
marked differences in the two crania compared, but that they should
be regarded as of specific value is rather questionable.

The sudden downward bend of the occiput of Dolichorhinus
heterodon, the flatter frontal region, the smaller pre-orbital ledge, and
the smaller and more delicate nasals seem to separate that species

Fic. 2. Dolichorhinus longiceps (?) Douglass, No. 2865. Top view of cranium.
Yé nat. size.

more widely from the present specimen. Furthermore, the difference
in the geological horizons in which D. heterodon and the present
specimen were found is to be considered. The former came from
horizon ‘‘Lower C” while the latter was found in the lower part of
horizon ‘Upper A”’ of the Uinta sediments.

The high coronoid process and its sudden backward turn at the top,
so characteristic of the mandible of Dolichorhinus, is well shown in this
specimen. The angle is much compressed laterally, the temporal
fossa is located high up, but is quite deep, and the horizontal ramus
has but small vertical diameter.

THE Hyoip ARCH.
The hyoid arch may best be compared with that of the tapir,
because in that genus there is apparently no extended anterior appen-
dix or process such as is seen on the basihyal of the horse or the

2? The base of the skull has received some crushing fore-and-aft, a fact to which
the greater curvature of the basicranial axis may partly be due.

PETERSON: UINTA TITANOTHERE DOLICHORHINUS. is3a

rhinoceros. However, the bone as a whole, especially its anterior
border, is relatively heavier than in the tapir. The thyrohyal is
unfortunately broken off on both sides. This element was perhaps
relatively less developed than in Tapirus terrestris. The ceratohyal
is also unfortunately broken off at the upper end, but its length was
no doubt proportionately equal to that of the American tapir,
while the shaft is less constricted antero-posteriorly. The epihyal is not
present; this bone no doubt was nodular in character, as is the case in
Tapirus terrestris. The anterior portion of the shaft of the stylohyal
is rounder in cross-section than in the tapir or the horse, but the upper

Fic. 3. Side view of hyoid apparatus. Figs. 1 and 3. Dolichorhinus longiceps
(2), No. 2865; Fig. 2. Tapirus terrestris, 44 nat. size. th = thyrohyal, bh = basi-
hyal, ch = ceratohyal, eh = epihyal, sh = stylahyal.

end is flattened and terminates in enlarged processes, the superior
attached to the hyoidial portion of the temporal bone and the inferior
somewhat more obtusely rounded, extending downwards and out-
wards. This rib-like upper end of the stylohyal is more suggestive
of the rhinoceros or the horse than of the tapir. * (See Figs. 3 and 4.)

MEASUREMENTS.
Length of skull from anterior border of the orbit to top of occiput..... 365 mm.
Antero-posterior diameter of upper molar series........-..6..+++-+05> L215 es
Transverse diameter of frontals at postorbital processes........-...+.- TAS es
Wepuloremancdible ate Migs cia «2 cia stele ae ew cies ls 0 esd no a lepe ele case clots 7 fi ae
Wenvthiof stylohyal, approximately... 1... sce eee ee ites eno TOS\oke

Antero-posterior diameter of basihyal, median line............-.-+++-- I5

132 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

THE VERTEBRA.

The Atlas —In comparing the atlas with that of Diploceras osborni
Peterson,’ it is at once observed that the bone is proportionally higher
and longer, but of a less transverse diameter, which is due chiefly to
the shorter transverse process in the present genus. The anterior
cotyle is on the whole very nearly as large as, but is deeper than, in
Diploceras, and its inferior surface is more distinctly separated. The

Fic. 4. Hyoid apparatus. 1. Dolichorhinus longiceps (?), No. 2865; 2.
Tapirus terrestris, 4% nat. size. bh = basihyal, th = thyrohyal, ch = ceratohyal,
eh = epihyal, sh = stylohyal.

odontoid process of the axis is proportionally longer and reaches nearly
through the inferior arch of the atlas, while in Diploceras it does not.
The articulation for the axis is much deeper than in Dzploceras and
not nearly as broad, in this respect more nearly suggesting the condi-
tion found in some rhinoceroses (Diceratherium) than the horned

3 ANN. CARNEGIE MUSEuM, Vol. IX, 1914, pp. 37-38.

PETERSON: UINTA TITANOTHERE DOLICHORHINUS. 133

titanotheres. The transverse process is pierced by a large foramen,
unlike Diploceras, in which this canal is small, or completely absent.

The Axis.—The body of the axis is possibly somewhat longer than in
Diploceras, the anterior opening of the arterial canal located further
back, and the postzygapophysis is smaller and less rounded in outline,
while the neural spine and the ventral keel have approximately the
same general proportions. The other cervical vertebre present no
characters of sufficient importance to mention in this connection.

The dorsal vertebve.—The first dorsal has a short depressed centrum
and a prominent keel. The spine and transverse processes are broken
off. The other dorsal vertebra belongs well back in the series and
has a higher and more evenly rounded centrum, without ventral keel,
but with the indication of a heavy neural spine.

Fic. 5. Cervical vertebra of Dolichorhinus longiceps (?) No. 2865, 4 nat. size.
I left side of atlas; 2, anterior view of atlas; 3, left side of axis.

The lumbar vertebre.—The two last lumbar vertebre are present;
the body of the last being depressed, as is usual in the case of the last
lumbar, and has also the neural spine suddenly reduced in the fore-
and-aft direction. The transverse process of the same vertebra is
quite heavy and projects outwards and forwards. Near the base of
the process on the posterior face there is a heavy and rounded process,
which possibly came in close contact with a similar process on the
anterior face of the pleurapophysis of the first sacral vertebra.

When the vertebrz described above are compared with the vertebral
column of Dolichorhinus, illustrated by Professor Osborn,‘ it appears
that the neural spine of the atlas of the specimen in New York is more
prominent, while the position of the transverse process and the

4 Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXIV, 1908, p. 612.

134 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

anterior exit of the vertebrarterial canal of the axis appear to be the
same in the two specimens. The cervical series as a whole appear to
be slightly shorter in the specimen preserved in New York. No other
comparison is possible, as there is no description of these parts in
Professor Osborn’s paper.

MEASUREMENTS.
Atlas; ereatest antero-posterior diameters . 4)... s).scieis!eleneieicele aieietiei=ereiere 105 mm.
Atlas, greatest transverse diameter, approximately................... wifsyoy
Atlas sereatest: vertical diameters sere cicie cycie cle tclels eiene eee reieieiie cere teienae Sai
Axis, antero-posterior diameter of centrum, odontoid process included... 95 “
Axiss height, including neuralispiner 2. cleieelceicekeaeiciicieine ote ito 125s
Cetvical'region; total lengthy approximately {3.2 alee seclssiacice cies ene 305hum

THE Fore LIMB.

The fore limb of the specimen under description is especially well
preserved.

The Scapula.—The scapula is very little, if any, shorter than in
Diploceras, as figured by Peterson (J. c., p. 42),5 but its general outlines
differ from those shown in the latter genus. The lower portion of the
coracoid border is more deeply notched than in Dzploceras. The
coracoid border above the notch is more curved forward, as is also
the glenoid border. The general outlines of the scapula are on the
whole more suggestive of the Rhinocerotide than the Titanotheres.

The Humerus—The humerus is short and heavy. The bone is
comparatively shorter than in Diploceras. Unfortunately, the greater
tuberosity is broken on the postero-lateral face, but near the deltoid
groove the superior face is complete and indicates very plainly that
the tuberosity is not as high as in Diploceras. The lesser tuber-
osity accords more nearly with that shown in the latter genus. The
deltoid groove is also of about the same size in the two genera here
compared. The deltoid ridge is less prominent in Dolichorhinus,
while the distal end of the bone is quite nearly alike in the two genera,

The Radius and Ulna.—The radius and ulna are much shorter than
in Diploceras and proportionally also much heavier. There is a
tendency to codssification of the two bones in the present specimen,
the shaft is rounder, and the articulation for the humerus is less
deeply excavated than in Diploceras. In comparing the ulna of the

5 The length of the scapula of Diploceras is conjectural, as the upper and lower
portions do not pertain to the same bone.

PETERSON: UINTA TITANOTHERE DOLICHORHINUS. 185

two genera in more detail, it is seen that there is a less developed
tubercle on the outer margin of the tendinal groove of the olecranon
process in Dolichorhinus than in Diploceras. In consequence the
groove is not as well defined in the genus under description, though the
termination of the olecranon process is fully as well developed. In
Dolichorhinus there is a greater constriction of the

olecranon between the upper border of the great
sigmoid notch and the termination of the process
than is seen in Diploceras. Otherwise the ulna is
quite similar in the two genera.

The Manus.—The manus of the specimen under
description is complete with the exception of the
ungual phalanges and the proximal phalanges of
digits III and IV, which were not recovered.
The foot as a whole is short and broad, and, when
compared with the manus of Diploceras, it may be
said to be heavier. In comparing the
carpal elements of the two genera it is o.
at once observed that they are all of WW
greater height in the present genus
than in Dziploceras, which indicates
that the latter genus was already well
advanced in the direction of the low
and broad carpals of the Oligocene
Titanotheres. The distal ulnar angle
(the articulation for the magnum) of
the scaphoid of Dolichorhinus is pro-
duced more downwards, but is of
smaller size than in Diploceras. The
region of the upper facet for the lunar
on the ulnar face is also more over- oS

hanging in the ulnar direction than in ‘Fic. 6. Right fore limb of Doli-
chorhinus longiceps (2), No. 2865, %

Diploceras, this is especially noticeable
nat. size.

if the scaphoid of Dolichorhinus and
that of the Titanotheres of the Oligocene formation in the Carnegie
Museum are compared. The lunar has a rather unusually broad
contact with the unciform and a narrow and more nearly vertically
placed facet for the magnum. A third feature of the lunar is the
limited posterior extent of the facet for the unciform, and the lack of

136 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

the deep excavation of this facet posteriorly, so characteristic of the
Oligocene Titanotheres. Unfortunately these features cannot here
be compared with Diploceras as the lunar is wanting in the type of that
genus, but when compared with the Oligocene Titanotheres one notices
especially that the facets of the unciform and magnum are more
nearly subequal in width, and the posterior portion of the facet for
the unciform is excavated equally as much as the posterior portion of
the facet for the magnum. The cuneiform carries a proportionally
large facet for the pisiform and the bone is much higher than in
Titanotherium. The pisiform differs from that of Diploceras and the
horned titanotheres generally by being relatively heavier. The
trapezium is of considerably large size and carries three facets on the
ulnar angle; a large median surface for the trapezoid, and two smaller
facets separated from the larger by well
defined ridges and articulating, one with
the scaphoid, and the other with Mc. II.
the dorso-palmar angle of the trapezoid
bears indication of coming in contact
with the lateral face of the posterior ele-
vated facet of the magnum, a condition
which is much more clearly revealed in
the Oligocene Titanotheres, where there
is a decided facet on the posterior su-
perior face.6 With the exception of the

nearly vertical articular facet for the

i unciform, the broader palmar hook, and

Fic. 7. Front view of manus

the greater height of the magnum, this
bone differs in comparatively slight de-
DENDDOR hoplinue loneceps yee SEC’ from the same bone in 77tanotherium.
No. 2865, 14 nat. size. The magnum is wanting in the type
material of Dziploceras. The unciform
presents its most noticeable difference from the Oligocene Titanotheres
in its greater height andin the proximal articulations. Although the
facets for the cuneiform and lunar are separated by a prominent
ridge, there is not found in Dolichorhinus that large hemispherical
tubercle, which separates the two facets in the unciform in Titano-
therium.
°’ In comparing the trapezoid of the paratype of Diploceras I find that it has a
larger facet in this region than is present in the type and is perhaps much better
developed in that genus than in Dolichorhinus.

PETERSON: UINTA TITANOTHERE DOLICHORHINUS. 37

The metacarpals in proportion to the carpals, are shorter than in
Diploceras. The metapodial keel of Mc. II is less oblique to the long
axis of the bone than that in Diploceras, otherwise the differences
between these two genera are slight. The head of Mc. III differs from
that in Titanotherium by having the ulnar portion more squarely
truncated, and by the much smaller size of the facet for Mc. II on the
radial angle. Mc. IV presents only slight differences from the corre-
sponding bone in Titanotherium. In its general details Mc. V is quite
similar to the same bone in Diploceras, but proportionally shorter.

As in Diploceras and the Titanotheres generally, the phalanges are
short, broad, and depressed.

In comparing Professor Osborn’s restoration of Dolichorhinus’ with
the above described fore limb it appears that the foot of the present
specimen is shorter, while the radius, ulna, and scapula are longer.

MEASUREMENTS.
shoralglenacheorscapUlatvey acne so oi She gb ate ocr slchorg tale en oes Bae seciae Saini
fotalilensthotihwmerus headsto distal'end......,...s0.-...s0ss0eseee 28a
MCs Gingell Cle Arn eeatctce sre cts c cus, « 's;'sn'ste- ccecy neha arenes eek Ae Sea 3110 eens
MoralblenetMVotmra Gis tact rs rctets -cckeiedele diere aim, o sve Bose ainetvere ge Meare OE 205 eae
Motalensthrotmanitis) approximately, .......0....2 nena eae 200s
Height otstarsustat uneiormeandycimeitorm.)..... 2. 22a se eas eee step
Transverse diameter of carpus at proximal row of carpals............. 90 “*
(Createstlenee lio ige Vic wlliemmiiee eyes eva spardinn stoi heed hale eee REESE eni(ou) E
Creapestelengch rota lew Des curve nol) coo va! sevens is ts Sey nc sasnee nates eee eet Tay ei
SreAtectLen UME OhmNUC MI seri teatoci. Stig els cisie Gah yee Es Oe eee ee TOO Mee
AG TEALES ta LG OCHO lg ICH pierre rR sete cls title hte nak: OR ree Cis 05

Since writing the above paper I received from Dr. William K.
Gregory some outline tracings of material representing Dolichorhinus
in the American Museum of Natural History. These tracings are
especially welcome, since they show that there are considerable
variations in the length of the limb of the genus Dolichorhinus. The
humerus,’ and the radius, and ulna of specimen No. 1961 in the
American Museum very nearly agree in general length with those of
No. 2865 in the Carnegie Museum, while the fore foot of the former
specimen is considerably longer than in the latter. On the other
hand the specimen No. 13164 (American Museum) from the (?)

7 Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXIV, 1908, p. 612.

8 There seems to be a better development of the deltoid ridge of the humerus
in No. 1961, in the American Museum than in No. 2865 in the Carnegie Museum.

138 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Washakie (B) indicates that the humerus is relatively longer and the
fore foot shorter than in the fore limb of Dolichorhinus in the Carnegie
Museum, which is described in this paper.

Mesatirhinus, No. 10013, in the Museum at Princeton, has, accord-
ing to an outline tracing, also sent me by Dr. Gregory, a proportionally
longer fore foot than Dolichorhinus, and the facet for the magnum on
the lunar is more vertical.

CARNEGIE MUSEUM,
June 26, 1914.

<I -NOTES ON TRIASSIC FISHES; BELONGING TO THE
FAMILIES CATOPTERIDA AND SEMIONOTIDé.

By C. R. EAstMAN.

(PLATES XXX—XXXII).

Highly characteristic of the early Mesozoic in this and other countries
is the short-lived family of “ganoid”’ fishes known as the Catopterida,
a group descended in all probability from primitive Paleoniscid
stock, comprising only three genera, so far as known, attaining a wide
distribution in nearly all continents, and becoming extinct at the close
of Triassic time.

The type-species of the genus Catopterus, C. gracilis, was described
by J. H. Redfield in 1837. A decade later the second known species
of Catopterus was described by Sir Philip Grey Egerton, and at the
same time the new genus Dictyopbyge was established by him upon the
evidence of certain well-preserved fishes obtained between 1840 and
1845 from the Richmond coal-field of Virginia.

More widely distributed than Redfield’s genus, which is limited
to eastern North America, Dictyopyge differs from Catopterus only in
the more forward position of the dorsal fin, which never arises behind
the origin of the anal. Dictyopyge macrura, the type, first described
by W. C. Redfield, under the name of Catopterus macrurus, is re-
stricted to the Trias of Virginia and the Connecticut Valley. A
number of other species are known, however, from the Upper Trias
of England, Ireland, Germany, Switzerland, and New South Wales,
and from the Upper Karoo formation (Stromberg beds) of the Orange
Free State in South Africa.

The third known member of the family under consideration is the
genus Perleidus. The type and only known species, P. altolepis
(Deecke), occurs in the Alpine Middle Trias of Perledo, Lombardy,
where it is accompanied by representatives of the families Coelacan-
thide and Semionotide, not unlike those occurring in the Trias of
eastern North America. In general proportions of body, position of
median fins, squamation, and arrangement of facial plates, Perleidus
approximates Catopterys more nearly than Dictyopyge. A certain

139

140 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

resemblance is also to be noted between it and Pholidophorus. The
characters of the Alpine form were first recognized as constituting a
distinct genus by De-Alessandri! in 1910.

Turning now to the family Semionotide, it is apparent that its
members represent a higher grade of structural organization than the
primitive sturgeon-like Catopteride. A study of their characters
shows that the Semionotide are fully developed Protospondyli; that
is to say, they belong clearly to that large group of “‘ganoid”’ fishes
which flourished chiefly during the Triassic and Jurassic periods, but
declined rapidly, and is represented at the present day only by two
freshwater genera, Lepidosteus and Ania. From what ancient stock
the Semionotide and other Protospondyli are descended, we do not
precisely know, but it may reasonably be inferred that the late Pale-
ozoic forerunners (Acentrophorus, etc.) of the higher suborder were
derived from a modified type of Chondrostean. Beyond this, when
we inquire as to the origin of the Chondrostei themselves, we find
but few facts for our enlightenment. Their origin is at least as ancient
as that of the fringe-finned ‘‘ ganoids,’’ but there is as yet no evidence
of a genetic connection between the Chondrostei and Crossopterygians.
Enough, however, has been ascertained to show that already in the
Trias and probably even earlier the divergence between Chondrosteans
and Protospondyli was strongly marked. |

Notwithstanding the close study which has been given to the re-
mains of the extinct fishes included in the families Catopteride and
Semionotide, our knowledge of their structural features is still in some
important respects deficient. Dr. A. Smith Woodward summarizes
the present state of our knowledge as to the first-named family as
follows:

“The little that is known of Catopterus and Dictyopyge, the two
genera of Catopteride, forms the subject of the opening pages of the
present volume. Much of this information is unsatisfactory, and
needs verification; but it may be asserted, with considerable probability
of correctness, that these fishes possess a Palzeoniscid head and shoulder-
girdle, while the tail is only hemi-heterocercal, and the single series of
supports in the dorsal and anal fins almost equals in number the
apposed dermal rays. Such being the case, here is an interesting
illustration of the common law, that the links between a lower and a

1 De-Alessandri, G., ‘‘Studii sui pesci Triasici della Lombardia,’’ Mem. Mus.
Civico Milano, 1910, Vol. VII, fase. 1.

EASTMAN: TRIASSIC FISHES. 141

higher group are not to be sought among the specialized types of the
former but among those with the most generalized secondary char-
acters.”’*

There are some matters of historical interest relating to early
studies of the Catopteride and Seminotide in this country, which may
be introduced at this point, before proceeding to a discussion of newly
observed structural details. The pioneer students of the Triassic
fish-fauna of America were William C. and John H. Redfield, father
and son, who contributed in all ten publications during the interval
between 1837 and 1857.

In the first paper published by the junior author, to which reference
has already been made, the type species of Catopterus is described,
and provisional identifications are made of three Semionotid species.
The latter were not at that time recognized as belonging to the genus
Semionotus, nor in fact did either of the Redfields perceive that the
half-dozen species of ‘‘ Palzonisci’’ with which they were acquainted,
and afterwards included in Jschypterus Egerton, were actually con-
generic with the earlier described Semionotus Agassiz.

Next in chronological order after the younger Redfield’s paper of
1837 appeared an article by W. C. Redfield, entitled “Short Notices
of American Fossil Fishes.’’ This was published in the American
Journal of Science for October, 1841, and included brief diagnoses of
the known species of ‘‘ Paleoniscus”’ (7. e. Semionotus) and Catop-
terus. During the following year Sir Charles Lyell visited this
country, and in company with Professor Benjamin Silliman, Jr., as
he tells us, made at Durham, Connecticut, a fine collection of the
remains of fishes from the Trias of the Connecticut Valley. These
were examined in 1844 by Sir Philip Grey Egerton, and subsequently
by Professor Louis Agassiz, whose notes in regard to them and other re-
mains of American fishes, are quoted by Lyell in a paper published by
him in 1847.3

It is in this communication by Sir Charles Lyell that the new generic
terms Dictyopyge and Ischypterus were first proposed by Sir Philip
Egerton, the former to include the species already described by WC:
Redfield under the designation of Catopterus macrurus, and the latter

2 Woodward, A. S., Catalogue of the Fossil Fishes in the British Museum, Part
III, Introduction, p. vii. London, 1895.

3 Lyell, C., ‘‘On the Structure and Probable Age of the Coal-field of the James
River, near Richmond, Virginia,’ Quar. Journ. Geol. Soc., 1847, Vol. Til, pp. 275=
278.

142 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

to include the so-called ‘‘ Paleonisci’’ of the American Trias, or those
forms which are now commonly referred to the genus Semionotus.
The identity between /schypterus Egerton and Semionotus Agassiz
was suspected by Newberry, clearly recognized by A. Smith Woodward,
and is now generally admitted.

With the exception of L. Agassiz, Sir Philip Egerton was probably
the leading authority of his time on fossil fishes. His notes on the two
principal genera of American Triassic fishes, incorporated in Lyell’s
paper of 1847, are exceedingly brief, and it is to be regretted that he
did not continue his study of these forms. Some further light in
regard to his views has, however, been preserved in unpublished
correspondence between the two eminent scientists, Egerton and
Lyell. Copies of two letters written by the former to the latter in
1844 appear to have been sent to Professor Silliman of Yale, who
collected part of the material reported upon, and through him to have
reached the Redfields, by whom the documents were preserved. At
all events the manuscript containing Egerton’s views has been stored
away for many years in the cabinet containing the Redfield Collection
of fossil fishes at the Peabody Museum of Yale University. For the
privilege of now bringing to light these early memoranda, and of
studying a number of well-preserved specimens in the collection at
Yale, the writer is indebted to the kindness of his friend Professor
Charles Schuchert, Director of the Peabody Museum. The text of

the correspondence is as follows:

““OULTON PARK, TARPORLY, Dec. 18, 1844.
“Dear Lyell:

“There are two species of Chelonichthys, Asmussi and minor, both
found in the Old Red of Riga (Russia) and of Elgin. I have the latter
also from Orkney. It is the largest of the Old Red fishes I am ac-
quainted with. The days are so dark that I cannot do much at your
Black Fish. I have, however, taken out and examined the Catoptert.
This is a very good and well marked genus of Redfield, and deserves
a more ample description than he gives it. I find two species, the one
C. gracilis, the other new, which you may call if*you please C. Redfieldi.
It is nearly as large as C. gracilis, but much deeper. The bones of
the head are ornamented with closely packed flattened tubercles, which
also extend over the nuchal scales and the scales immediately posterior

to the thoracic cincture.

9

EASTMAN: TRIASSIC FISHES. 143

“The scales of the flanks are distinctly serrated on their posterior
margins, which serration is traceable nearly to the tail. The scales
of the pedicle of the caudal fin are less elongated than in C. gracilis,
and rarely extend so far on the upper lobe. In general aspect this
fish is less elegant than C. gracilis, although the more prominent orna-
mentation of scales renders it an attractive species.

“‘T have not seen the publications you allude to, nor can I give any
idea as to the age of the beds in which the fish occur. But I think
there is every reason to warrant the creation of a new genus to receive
the Palezonisci (so-called). The form of the fins is very remarkable,
as observed by Agassiz in his description of P. fultus; but I have
discovered a more important feature in the character of the teeth,
which are not en brosse as in the Paleonisci, but more nearly resemble
the teeth of Tetragonolepis. If on further examination these char-
acters should prove constant, I should propose the name IJschypterus

for this genus.
“Tn great haste, yours,

“‘PHILIP GREY EGERTON.”’

Lie
‘‘OULTON PARK, TARPORLY, Dec. 28th, 1844.
““ My dear Lyell:

“T find I can do nothing with your American Palonisci in conse-
quence of my ignorance of what Redfield has already done. I have
only got the short paper in the Yale (Silliman’s) Journal, from which
it is absolutely impossible to identify a single species. The specimens
sent me by himself are very imperfect, with the exception of the
P. fultus of Agassiz, and Catopterus gracilis Redfield. I think you
have at least five or six distinct species (besides the Catopteri), and
they all agree in the generic characters of the fins, scales, and teeth.
The latter are not en brosse as in the true Palg@onisci, but are strong
and conical, and the oral aperture is considerably smaller.

“T know little about P. catopterus of Roan Hill,4 as my specimen is
very indistinct, and Agassiz has not described the species in the P.
Fossiles. The specific name is no doubt in consequence of the back-

4“ Pglaeoniscus catopterus”’ of Roan Hill, Tyrone, Ireland, was afterwards figured
by Sir Philip Egerton (1858), and still later was shown by Dr. R. H. Traquair
to belong to the genus Dictyopyge. The so-called Chelonichthys asmussi is now

referred to the Arthrodiran genus Homosteus, and the Scottish C. minor is identical
with Asterolepis minor.

144 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

ward position of the dorsal fin, but I do not think it could be classed
with Redfield’s genus Catopterus. The smooth character of the scales
in your American specimens is the most distinctive mark I see as
compared with the Paleonisci of the Kupfer Schiefer, Zechstein, and
Magnesian Limestone, all the species found in these two formations
having the scales more or less striated and serrated on the posterior
margins. This character would, however, approximate them to the
Coal Measure species, where the scales are all smooth, except in those
from the Burdi House. The tails are certainly less prolonged in the
upper lobe than any of the Palwonisci I am acquainted with.
‘Believe me, Sir,
“Yours truly,
‘PHILIP GREY EGERTON.”

OBSERVATIONS ON THE GENUS CATOPTERUS.

Besides the type-species, C. gracilis Redfield, writers have hitherto
without exception recognized at least one other valid member of the
genus, namely, C. redfieldi Egerton. The original description states
merely that this is a deeper-bodied fish than the type, and “with
scales not so long in proportion to their depth”’ (Egerton, Joc. cit.,
p. 278). It has been observed by subsequent authors, however, that
in form and proportions of body the two species are very similar, and
in fact intergrade to such an extent that these characters alone are
an insufficient criterion for separating them. One may speak of a
deeper-bodied variety, and a less deep-bodied, or slenderer variety,
but the distinction is not a trenchant nor a natural one, since it depends
almost altogether upon varying degrees of mechanical compression
and deformation. The fact was clearly recognized by Newberry® in
the case of one of Redfield’s cotypes of C. gracilis, which, although the
body has slender proportions, was nevertheless conceived by this
author to have been a vertically compressed example of the broad form,
and for this the name C. redfieldi was suggested by Sir Phillip Egerton.

Two examples belonging to the Carnegie Museum and illustrated
in plates XXX and XXXI, are instructive as showing that appearances
may be very deceptive as to the natural contour of the body. For
these specimens have been so folded over and then flattened as to
display a larger number of scale-rows than belongs to a single side of
the trunk, and the true dorsal contour is to be found several scale-rows

5 Monogr. U. S. Geol. Surv., Vol. XIV, p. 56.

EASTMAN: TRIASSIC FISHES. 145

lower down than where we might suppose it to be along what appears
to be the back; that is, the median dorsal line of the fish does not
coincide with the uppermost margin of the fossil, as is proved by the
row of dorsal ridge-scales which may be traced continuously in these
specimens, but might readily be obliterated in others. These examples
illustrate what may happen in Seminotus and other forms, where the
true dorsal and ventral contours are often difficult of recognition.

Other characters which have been relied upon for distinguishing the
deep-bodied and slender-bodied species, or varieties as we prefer to
regard them, are the position of the median vertical fins and certain
details of the squamation. It has been claimed, for instance, that in
C. gracilis the ‘‘dorsal and anal fins are subequal in size and almost
completely opposed’’; whereas in C. redfieldi the dorsal fin is said
to arise ‘“‘opposite to the middle of the anal.’’ This distinction,
however, will not hold. Intergradations occur, and as a matter of
fact, the alleged distinction applied in the reverse sense to one of the
original cotypes of C. gracilis, in which dorsal and anal are not “almost
completely opposed,”’ but the former arises opposite the middle of the
latter.

As for supposed differences in scale-characters, it has been asserted
in the definition of the type-species that ‘‘the scales are smooth, none
deeper than broad, those of the flank in the abdominal region very
finely serrated.’’ In the variety which has been called C. redfieldi
the amended diagnosis reads: ‘‘Scales mostly smooth, but sometimes
in part longitudinally striated, the striae terminating in the coarse
serrations of the posterior border which characterize the principal
flank-scales; many of the flank-scales deeper than broad.”

Examination also shows that in respect to such characters no rigid
distinction can be made between the type-species, C. gracilis, and the
deep-bodied variety, which has been commonly recognized as belonging
to a separate species. The condition of smoothness in scale characters
is a variable one, and appears to be due largely to differences in age,
amount of wear, state of preservation, and in some cases to the opera-
tion of chemical agencies which have eroded the external surface or
covered it with a thin glaze. Differences in age and wear will also
account for degrees in coarseness or fineness of the striations along
the posterior margin of the flank-scales. To sum up, therefore, a valid
specific distinction between C. gracilis and C. redfieldi can scarcely
be maintained, but on grounds of convenience it may be well to retain

146 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

the latter name for the purpose of indicating a certain amount of
variation from the typical C. gracilis in the direction of greater depth
of body and coarser striation of flank-scales.

Concerning the extremely difficult subject of cranial osteology, very
little can be added to the few facts already known. The bones forming
the cranial roof are as a rule firmly coalesced and their sutures con-
cealed by the tubercular ornamentation. Apparently the superior
border of the orbits is formed by the large-sized frontals, which are
bounded behind by the parietals (the latter separated in the median
line by a small-sized supra-occipital) and squamosal. The inferior
border of the orbit is formed by the expanded posterior portion of the
maxilla, which is of relatively large size and decidedly paleoniscid-like
in form. This plate bears numerous fine, acutely conical teeth, and
there is also present a small dentigerous premaxilla, which is often
found detached from the other mouth-parts.

Just how the facial plates are arranged in the space lying between
the orbit and shoulder-region (clavicle) is difficult to determine.
Newberry’s interpretation of the elements covering this area in a single
specimen studied by him is open to serious question. At least one
postorbital is present in its normal position behind the eye, and there
may possibly be another (or suborbital) below it. Behind these
plates is the area commonly occupied by the operculum and suboper-
culum, but the pre-operculum was probably much reduced and nearly
concealed by adjacent elements. The general configuration of this
region is shown in one of the original co-types of this species now pre-
served in the Yale Museum, and also in a specimen belonging to the
United States National Museum, which has been examined by the
writer.

ON THE CRANIAL STRUCTURE OF SEMIONOTUS.

The cranial osteology of this genus has been studied chiefly by
L. Agassiz, E. Schellwien, and Dr. C. F. Eaton. In general, the
arrangement of plates is not unlike that in Lepidotus, except that the
circumorbitals are relatively very small, and the suborbitals are not
divided up into a number of polygonal plates. One of the best pre-
served specimens of American Triassic fishes showing the head-region
is that shown in Pl. XXXII, Fig. 1, which probably belongs to the
species S. micropterus Newburg. It is from Durham, Connecticut,
and bears the Carnegie Museum Catalog No. 5285. It is of interest

EASTMAN: TRIASSIC FISHES. 147

as displaying the facial and opercular plates to better advantage than
in most specimens.

On AN AUSTRALIAN GENUS OF SEMIONOTID (PRISTISOMUS).

Much interest attaches to the Triassic fish-fauna of the Australian
region, on account of the peculiar structural features exhibited by
certain genera, the fact of its being to a large extent a ‘‘relict fauna,”
and also on account of the knowledge it affords of the distribution of
well-known North American and European genera. All told not over
a dozen genera are known from the locality at Gosford, and their state
of preservation is not always of the best. It has seemed desirable to
illustrate one nearly complete example which has been placed in the
writer’s hands for study by Mr. M. E. Crane of Pittsburgh, with
the understanding that it will eventually become the property of the
Carnegie Museum.

Genus Pristisomus A. S. Woodward.

This genus was established by Dr. A. S. Woodward in 1890 upon
the evidence of a number of fairly well preserved skeletons, which
exhibited characters intermediate between Semionotus and the geologic-
ally later and more highly specialized genus Dapedius. For example,
as pointed out in the original description of Pristisomus, “the long,
styliform teeth, and certain obscurely recognizable features in the
head, are most suggestive of Dapedius; and the depth of the trunk
nearly approaches that of some of the species of the last-named genus.
The dorsal ridge-scales, however, and the proportions of the median
fins, more nearly resemble corresponding features in Semionotus,
though this well-known genus is distinguished by its dentition, the
absence of ventral ridge-scales, the slight vertical elongation of the
flank-scales, and the greater development and more forward position
of the dorsal fin.”’

The typical species of Pristisomus is gracilis Woodward, from the
Lower Hawkesbury-Wiametta series (Upper Trias) of Gosford, New
South Wales. It is accompanied in the same formation by two other
species, P. latus Woodward and P. crassus Woodward, these three
being all that have thus far been described, and comparatively few
individuals are known of each of them.

The general characters of Pristisomus are given by the original
author as follows:

148 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

“Body comparatively deep, but fusiform, three or more series of
the flank-scales vertically elongated; a dorsal and ventral series of
prominent ridge-scales. Teeth large, styliform, in close series. Paired
fins moderately developed; dorsal and anal fins remote, the former
partly opposed to the latter; caudal fin robust, scarcely forked. Small
fulcra present on all the fins.”’

Pristisomus latus Woodward. (Plate XXXII, fig. 2).
1890. Pristisomus latus A. S. Woodward, Mem. Geol. Sury. New South Wales

Paleont. No. 4, p. 35, pl. V, figs. 2, 4.

The specimen, of which an illustration is given, is referred to this
species, being distinguished from the type by its greater depth of
trunk, the small size of the head, and relatively greater length of the
dorsal fin. The latter is also somewhat longer than the anal, whereas
in the type-species these two are described as being almost of equal
size, with a short base-line, and much elevated. In the specimen before
us the dorsal is seen to be composed of fifteen articular rays, and the
anal of thirteen, the outermost in each being preceded by a number of
short fulcra.

The head is short, triangular, and has the orbit placed far forwards.
A pre-operculum, if at all present, must have been exceedingly narrow,
and the operculum and suboperculum together form a long curved
band, gradually widening inferiorly, and the boundaries between the
two elements not directly visible. In this specimen, as in most of
those described by Dr. Woodward, the actual substance of the bones
and ganoid scales has been removed by chemical solution, little re-

maining except mineral-stained impressions.

Plate XXX.

IX.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol.

Fishes, No.

€. M:. Cat. Boss.

am, Conn.

c

From Trias of Durh

Calopterus gracilis Redfield.

¥
: a ear ee re Fre = as nn

Plate XXXI.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX.

From Trias of Durham, Conn.

Calopterus gracilis Redfield.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX. Plate XXXII.

Fig. t. Head of Semionotus microplterus Newberry (?). C. M. Cat. Foss. Fishes, No.
5285. Xt.

Fig. 2. Pristisomus latus A. S. Woodward. +. (Specimen deposited in Carnegie
Museum.)

XII. THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS.

By O. A. PETERSON.

(PLATES XXXIII-XLII).

The fine material representing the genus Promerycocherus Douglass,
which was collected by the expeditions of the Carnegie Museum in
1901-1902 in the Miocene deposits of Nebraska and eastern Wyom-
ing, having been prepared for study, the writer was encouraged by
Dr. W. J. Holland, the Director of the Museum, to undertake its
description and the following pages represent the results.

In common with my scientific associates in the Museum I wish to
express the gratitude which we feel towards Mr. Andrew Carnegie,
whose munificence made possible our journeys of research, and the
consequent discoveries. I take the present opportunity to thank
Dr. Holland not only for the unrestricted use he allowed me to make
of the very remarkable skeletal remains with which this paper deals,
but also for his revision of the manuscript and his kind suggestions
and criticisms. I wish especially to recognize the assistance he gave
Mr. Theodore A. Mills in preparing the models, figures of which are
herewith published on Plates XXXVI and XXXVII. Thanks are
due to the authorities of the American Museum of Natural History in
New York for permission to publish herewith the illustrations of
Promerycocherus chelydra Cope. I also desire to express my appreci-
ation of the skill and patience shown by Mr. Sidney Prentice in making
the drawings for this paper, and of Mr. A. S. Coggeshall in making
the photographs.

Genus PROMERYCOCHERUS Douglass.

Earl Douglass, American Journal of Science, Vol. XI, 1901, p. 82.—W. D.
Matthew, Memoirs American Museum of Natural History, Vol. I, 1901, p. 398.—
O. A. Peterson, Annals Carnegie Museum, Vol. IV, 1907, pp. 26, 36.—Earl
Douglass, Annals Carnegie Museum, Vol. 1V, 1907, pp. 84-109.

The genus Promerycocherus was first proposed by Earl Douglass
(P. superbus being designated as the type/.c., p. 82). Later Dr. W. D.
Matthew accepted the genus as valid and lengthened Douglass’

149

150 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

generic definition by important additions (/.c., p. 398). Still later
Douglass and Peterson again published papers, the one by Douglass
bearing especially on the history of this genus and also describing
three additional species P. hatcheri, P. grandis, and P. hollandi.
Previous to these later publications a number of important papers
had appeared! describing in considerable minuteness the cranial
features of the different species, but no detailed osteological descrip-
tion of the skeleton as a whole has hitherto been published, except
that by Professor W. B. Scott,? which was to some extent based upon
disassociated material. Aside from the characters of the skull the
means for instituting a comparison of the osteological features of the
various species are limited. As the skuil is, however, a comparatively
trustworthy index, it seems that with our present knowledge it is
possible to divide the genus into two series, the one composed of
dolichocephalic, the other of brachycephalic forms. The dolichoceph-
alic series includes P. superbus, P. leidyi, P. macrostegus, P. mon-
tanus, P. minor, P. hatcheri, and P. grandis; while the brachycephalic
series comprises P. chelydra, P. carrikeri, P. vantasselensis, P. tem-
poralis, and P. hollandi (the two latter being rather subbrachycephalic).

The completeness of the material in the Carnegie Museum, repre-
senting not only P. carrikeri, but various other species, affords oppor-
tunity not only for accurate comparisons, but also for the study of
the various specializations, which apparently were constantly taking
place in this family during the latter part of the Oligocene and through-
out the Miocene.

In P. carrikeri it is clear that the shortening of the limbs went hand
in hand with the shortening of the skull, and it is presumable that
P. chelydra from the John Day showed the same tendency to a marked
degree. On the otherhand in P. grandis, in whichthe skull and the bony
frame-work in general are lighter, the limbs are longer and slenderer.

The skeletons of P. carrikeri in the positions in which they were
originally found furnish a clue to the habits of the animals as well as
to the manner in which in this instance they were finally imbedded.

l1Leidy, J., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1870, p. 111 (Oreodon superbus).
U.S. ‘Geol Surv; Voll, 1873,-pper1-25;. Ply Lice te Plu ise Ome
VII, Figs. 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, (Oreodon superbus). Bettany, G. T., Quart. Jour.
Geol. Soc., Vol. XXXII, 1876, pp. 259-273, (Merycocherus leidyi). Cope, E. D.,
Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., Vol. X XI, 1884, pp. 503-572.

2**Mammalia of the Deep River Beds,’”’ Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., Vol. XVII,
1893, pp. I51-162.

%

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS. 151

Specimen No. 1070, the middle skeleton (cf. Plate XX XIII), has the
natural position of an animal lying at rest, while the adjoining
skeleton, No. 1080, has the feet under the body as pigs are often seen
to compose themselves when lying down. The hind limbs of the
third skeleton, No. 1078, were unfortunately removed from their
original position at the time they were taken up, and perhaps do not
exactly hold the same position which they had in the rock. This
seems the more probable inasmuch as the head, neck, vertebral
column, ribs, and forelimbs are in the position of an animal at rest.
From the study of this group it cannot be doubted that these creatures
were gregarious. The models executed by Mr. Theodore A. Mills
(Plate XX XVII) which closely follow the position of the skeletons
show the group at rest in a tranquil manner. They were not mired
in a spring or swamp; nor did they perish by drowning in a lake or
river, but had evidently sought shelter from a severe storm, which
they did not survive. ‘Eine Miozaine Tragédie”’ is the very fitting
caption to an interesting article in ‘‘Aus der Natur,’’ Jahrgang V,
1900, Heft 1, pp. 21-24, by Dr. A. E. Ortmann, who strongly favors
the idea that the animals were overtaken by a sandstorm, which is
not altogether unlikely. He says (p. 23):

“Die Erhaltung der drei Skelette (vgl. die Abb.; es wurden iibrigens
in geringer Entfernung von diesen drei Exemplaren noch mehrere
andere gefunden,’ die offenbar zu derselben ‘‘Herde’’ gehérten) zeigt
nun klar, das die Tiere nicht nach ihrem Tode vom Wasser trans-
portiert worden sein kénnen. Ihre Anwesenheit in den Schichten ist
also keiner Einschwemmung zuzuschreiben, sondern sie starben an
Ort und Stelle. Dies geht hervor aus der natiirlichen Stellung, in
der sich die Skelette befinden. Kurz vor ihrem Tode drangten sich
diese drei Tiere offenbar dicht an einander und legten sich nieder, was
klar aus den in natiirlicher Weise liegenden Extramitaten, wie auch
aus der Stellung des ganzen Kérpers zu ersehen ist. Dieses Sichan-
einanderdrangen ist ein sehr bezeichnendes Moment. Von vielen
herdenweise lebenden Huftieren ist bekannt, dass ihr Schutz gegen
Feinde in ihrem engen Zusammenschliessen liegt, und dass sie sich
auch bei sonstigen Gefahren aneinanderdrangen, um gemeinsam diese
abzuwehren. Solche Gefahren treten in wiisten- oder steppenahn-
lichen Gegenden in der Form von Stiirmen auf, die Staub- und Sand-

3 One skeleton was found about nine feet from this group, which undoubtedly
perished simultaneously with them. O. A. PETERSON.

152 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

massen mit sich fiihren. Wir wissen von Wiisten- und Steppentieren,
dass sie solchen Naturereignissen gegeniiber sich so verhalten, als
waren sie sich der ihnen drohenden Gefahr bewusst, und dass sie ihr
gegentiber das ihnen angeborene, passive Verteidigungsmittel des
Sichzusammendriangens in Anwendung bringen. Dies haben offenbar
auch unsere drei Exemplare von Promerycocherus getan.”’

These skeletons were evidently buried quite rapidly, but not so
rapidly as to remain completely articulated, as the caudal vertebre
are mostly gone, perhaps carried off by carnivora. If the skeletons
had been completely covered up by the supposed storm in which they
perished, the abdominal cavity would soon have given way to the
impact of the sand, leaving the backbones more nearly in position,
and the caudals would most likely also have been present. It is seen
that the posterior portions of the dorsal regions are dislocated and
have dropped to a lower level than the remainder of the vertebral
column. This would indicate, that after the storm in which the animals
perished, the backbones were exposed long enough for the muscles
and ligaments to rot off, and thus the vertebrae with less completely
interlocked zygapophyses or other supports dropped down out of their
original positions before the ground had been raised high enough to
support them in place. The position of the group together with the
condition of the sediment, an imperfectly stratified mass, adds strength
to the theory of the fluviatile and eolian origin of the deposits in
this locality, advocated by Matthew, Hatcher, and others.4 The
habitat of these animals was undoubtedly a sandy region, permeated
by rivers, lakes, lagoons, and marshes.

NARRATIVE OF THE DISCOVERY OF THE GROUP OF SKELETONS
REPRESENTING PROMERYCOCHGRUS CARRIKERI.

It is seldom in the history of mammalian paleontology that a
species has been established on more complete material than the one
discussed in the following pages. While collecting fossils for the Car-
negie Museum in 1901 on Badland Creek, Sioux County, Nebraska,
the writer became acquainted with two young men, Messrs. M. A.
Carriker, Jr., and M. Carry, then students in the Nebraska State
University, who were collecting recent birds and mammals in the
same neighborhood. Mr. Carriker, who was interested in some

4 See the recent paper in the Bull. Geol. Soc. America, Vol. XXII, 1911, p. 687—
714, by C. R. Keyes.

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHGRUS. 1538

rodents which he thought might be new, expressed the desire to set
some traps around our tent, after I had told him of our troubles with
the small pests. The next day the traps were brought to our camp
and set. A number of mice were caught, skinned, and stuffed by
the writer in the usual manner, and it was a pleasure for me, a few
days later, to notice how my efforts were appreciated by Mr. Carriker,
who accepted the specimens with many thanks and seemingly was
much elated at being the possessor of the results of my labor in spare
moments.

Two or three weeks later we were again visited by the boys. On this
occasion Mr. Carriker brought with him an astragalus of a large
merycoidodont, which he had found in the talus at the base of a high
cliff not far from their camp. Carriker gave me the bone and said
if I would come up to their camp while they were there he would show
me where he had found the specimen. Attaching comparatively little
importance to “the find’’ which he reported, but not to offend the
young men, I promised to visit them sometime in the near future.
Accordingly I rode over to visit them one evening while our camp was
being packed up for removal on the following day to a point twenty-
four miles distant. In the vicinity of their camp early the next morn-
ing Messrs. Carriker. Carry, and the writer were tramping in the pine
hills and after a while reached the spot where Carriker had found the
astragalus.

When the preliminary work of picking up all the pieces found in the
talus was completed, attention was paid to some bones sticking in
the cliff above. From the fragments gathered I thought that a lower
jaw and a hind limb had been weathered out and proceeded to dig .
out what there was left in order to take it with me to camp. The
broken ends of the tibia and femur were first noticed and, together with
the patella, were first dug out. In the process of this work the
corresponding hind limb of the opposite side, the pelvis, and the
lumbar vertebra were successively laid bare. The prospecting now
became quite interesting, in fact exciting, and there was some fear
expressed that I would not be able to take with me on horseback
the specimens already in sight. The work of the following hours made
it very clear that the specimen was too big to be carried away in my
saddle-bag as indications of the presence of a second individual in the
group had already been found. It was accordingly decided to
postpone the work, especially since the day was very warm, well along

154 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

into the afternoon, the small prospecting pick used had been worn toa
blunt point, and the stomach of the writer began to hint at the fact
that lunch time had long passed. I decided therefore to return to
camp in order to make arrangements for the following day. Early
the next morning we were on the way back to the specimen with team,
wagon, lumber, and all the necessary paraphernalia including feed
for the horses, and a lunch for ourselves. We were determined to
promptly finish digging out and packing the specimen that day. In
spite of this purpose we were agreeably disappointed and surprised
at bringing into view the skull and other parts of a third skeleton in
the group (see Pl. XX XIII, No. 1080). The cut in the sandstone
cliff was by this time of some size, and an additional cut in order to
surround the third skeleton and take out the entire group in good
order would occupy no less than three weeks. Accordingly we
abandoned the work for the day, went back, and made arrangements
to move our camp nearer to the work. After the new camp had been
properly established, we systematically approached our task, and in
due time the entire group was taken out in numbered sections and
properly packed in boxes for shipment to the Museum.

In the winter of 1903-1904, while preparing this beautifully pre-
served and most important group for study and exhibition, the writer
discovered that in the fragments picked up in the talus there was evi-'
dence of the existence of a fourth individual. As only fragments of the
head and anterior portion of the skeleton were represented, the surmise
was natural that either the posterior portion of the skeleton was
possibly to be found somewhere in the cliff in close proximity to the
_ spot where the group had been found, or, that the greater portion of.
the skeleton had already been entirely disintegrated.

On the first opportunity which presented itself while in the field
during the season of 1904, I determined to endeavor to secure the
fourth individual, and accordingly on May 30 (Decoration Day), I
again visited the grave which had been robbed of its prehistoric
remains. I again went down the canyon in search of more fragments,
but finding nothing of any importance, resolved to search the upper
portion of the cliff. Finding no fragments at the top, I seated myself,
looking down on the excavation from which the three skeletons had
been taken two years previously. The side of the cliff, though quite
steep, is in places not too steep for the lodgment of talus, and in
bracing myself to obtain a more secure position, I discovered that I had

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS. 155

dislodged from the sandy slope a fragment of the fore limb of the animal
I was looking for. I had been sitting directly over the object of my
quest. With much excitement the tools were brought into requisition
and on penetrating more solid ground I soon discovered that I had
found more than the already exposed and dislocated fragments of the
forelimb. In the soft surface of the cliff were pieces of ribs, which
finally were succeeded by more solid parts, when undisturbed rock
was reached. The remainder of the fourth skeleton was now being
exposed. A letter was forwarded to Mr. J. B. Hatcher, then curator of
the department of paleontology in the Carnegie Museum, requesting
the drawing of the specimens already on exhibition in order to sketch
in my recent find with reference to position and distance from the
main group. The matter was brought to the attention of Dr. W. J.
Holland, the director of the museum, and the drawing in due time was
received. This sketch which was later redrawn by Mr. Prentice, is
reproduced in Plate XXXIV. The fourth skeleton of the series was
soon extracted from the matrix, and, as articulated, is used in the follow-
ing pages as a paratype (No. 1081) enabling a more complete descrip-
tion of some parts, which are more or less inaccessible on account of
the undisturbed position of the three specimens first found.

The foregoing account is given for three reasons. first, in order
to impress the importance of investigating all reports of newly dis-
covered specimens (especially fossil remains) no matter how vague.
the accounts received may be. The greater number of cases, it is
true, in reality are disappointments; but it frequently happens that
pleasant surprises await the investigator. Secondly, I do not believe
that collectors can be too careful in searching for specimens in a place
known to have yielded them, and it is a greater fault on the part of
the collector to hastily finish up his work in an important locality,
than to spend much time upon it, with doing which he may be
reproached by his superiors, who look for and expect speedy results.
Thirdly, although exchanges between collectors of material secured
by them in the field is not to be encouraged, and it is far from the wish
of the present writer to advocate such a practice, it is nevertheless
believed that reasonable codperation among fellow-workers will
seldom fail to bring its reward, as in my case, where my willingness to
make up a few mouse-skins led me to the discovery of the finest group
of its kind in existence.

156 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

1. Promerycocherus carrikeri Peterson.

ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MusEvuM, Vol. IV, pp. 26-29; Pls. IX
and X (1907).

Type: Skeleton, complete except as to the caudal region. (C. M.
Cat. Vert. Foss, No. 1080).

Paratypes: Greater portion of skeleton C. M. Cat. Vert. Foss.,
No. 1081, Skeletons Nos. 1078 and 1079, illustrated on Plate XX XIII.

Horizon: Lower Miocene (Upper Monroe Creek beds).

Locality: Head of Warbonnet Creek, Sioux County, Nebraska.

GENERIC CHARACTERS: [As established by Douglass and Matthew].
Premolar series not reduced in length (Douglass). Molars of subequal
size, the last a little larger. Skull elongate [or short]. Occiput narrow,
produced backwards. Mastoid plates moderate in size. Zvgomatic
process of squamosal very wide, with a thickened, rounded margin ending
bluntly at posterior edge (Matthew).

SPECIFIC CHARACTERS: Extreme downward thrust ef the zygomatic
arch and great elevation of the occiput; transverse diameter of the skull
nearly as great as the antero-posterior; sagittai crest and temporal ridges
very prominent; tympanic bulla of comparatively large size; body heavy;
limbs short. Animals somewhat larger than Sus scrofa.

DETAILED OSTEOLOGICAL DESCRIPTION OF PROMERYCOCHGRUS CAR-
RIKERI.

THE CRANIAL REGION.

(PLATE XXXVIII).

Owing to the early fusion of the sutures in the skull of this species
a study of each individual segment is not possible.

The skull of Promerycocherus carrikert is more nearly similar to
that of P. chelydra Cope, P. hollandi Douglass, and P. vantasselensis
Peterson than any other species of this genus. The skull, as in the
species mentioned, has the transverse very nearly as great as the
antero-posterior diameter. The occiput is high with its posterior
face greatly convex supero-inferiorly and concave laterally. The
lambdoidal crests diverge very suddenly from the top of the occiput
and again rapidly contract lower down, giving a fan-shaped outline
to the upper part of the occipital plate. Superiorly the post-temporal

> Amendment justified by additional knowledge derived from recently described
species.

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS. 157

ridge also contracts suddenly, so that the lateral sides of the occiput
are deeply excavated (see Fig. 1). Below this excavated area the
occipital plate again expands broadly, very largely on account of the
great development of the post-temporal ridge. At its greatest lateral
expansion the latter ridge is divided, the anterior division extending
downward and slightly forward above the external auditory meatus,
and uniting with the superior border of the zygomatic process, while
the posterior division extends downward back of the meatus and

Fic. 1. Posterior view of skull of Promerycocherus carrikeri, 3 nat. size.

finally is united with the lateral border of the paroccipital process.
The inferior half of the occipital plate is vertical, while superiorly it
overhangs the lower portion; laterally and below the auditory meatus
it is separated from the base of the zygomatic process by a deep
fissure which is not unlike that in the hippopotamus, though not so
completely filled up with bony structure as in the latter. The
occipital condyles are of relatively small size; they are well separated
from the occipital plate by the long neck of the exoccipitals; inferiorly
they are separated bya regularly rounded emargination, and there are

158 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

no accessory facets on the basi-occipitals for the atlas. The foranien
magnum is of fairly large size and its general outline is heart-shaped.
The paroccipital process is subject. to considerable variations within
the species. In the type this process is compressed antero-posteriorly,
has broad anterior and posterior surfaces, is well separated from the
occipital condyle, and is closely appressed to the postero-external
part of the tympanic bulla. Sometimes this process is more trihedral.
The basi-occipital is not very broad, and on the inferior surface there
is a strong keel in the median line. The condylar foramen is of moder-
ately large size and is located nearer to the tympanic bulla than to the
condyle. The basicranial axis is gently curved.

Though the sagittal crest is very prominent, the parietal region as a
whole has a rather small area antero-posteriorly as well as laterally.
This is due to the small size of the brain-cavity, which is a character-
istic feature. The upper contour of the cranium is somewhat similar
to that in Coloreodon ferox Cope. while the downward sweep of the
zygomatic arch somewhat suggesis that of the Entelodonts. The
heavy zygomatic arch, with its rugose surfaces, has given rise to
considerable speculation with regard to its function. It has been
suggested that it supported weapons of defense,® but the present writer
is more inclined to think that it provided attachments and support
for muscles. The temporal and zygomatic fosse in this species are
certainly very capacious, due chiefly to the abnormal transverse spread
of the zygomatic arch, and it is very evident that there was also a
heavy masseter muscle which had a small antero-posterior extent and
consequently required an extra heavy and rugose surface for its apo-
neurotic attachments. The zygomatic arches of the pigs are generally
quite heavy and when careful comparison is made between the species
under description and the recent form Potamocherus cheropotamus
it is seen that the zygomatic arch in the latter, though different in
position and shape, is proportionally as heavy as in the fossil species
and is also quite rugose, especially in fully adult specimens. The
width of the sagittal crest in Promerycocherus carrtkeri is variable in
different individuals, which perhaps is a sexual character. This
broad transverse area is especially noticeable on the skull of the skele-
ton No. 1078 of the group mounted and on exhibition in the museum.
This skeleton is regarded as that of a male. The glenoid cavity
presents a large transverse and antero-posterior surface, which is

6 Douglass, E., Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXIII, p. 118, 1907.

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCH@RUS. 159

gently and regularly convex fore-and-aft and is bounded posteriorly
by the heavy and truncated postglenoid process. The latter is
farther separated from the paroccipital process in this species than
in Promerycocherus chelydra (Compare Plate XX XVIII, Fig. 2 and
Plate XLI, Fig. 2).

No suture is discernible between the squamosal and the temporal
bone. The latter takes up only a small area of the basi-cranial surface.
The typanic bulla does not extend as low as the postglenoid process,
and its antero-posterior diameter is 30 mm., while the transverse
diameter is 20 mm.; its shape is thus sub-ovate with a dented and
uneven external surface. In P. chelydra the bulla is more conical and
extends downward even with the post-glenoid process. The paroc-
cipital process extends well below the tympanic bulla and is appressed
closely against the latter on its postero-lateral border. The external
auditory meatus is moderately large and is directed upward and
outward. The region between the bulla and the exit of the ear is
well protected by the mastoid portion and the base of the paroccipital
process.

The lateral diameter of the area occupied by the basisphenoid is
considerable, and the under surface of this bone is without a median
keel. The foramen ovale is located close to the anterior edge of the
tympanic bulla and is of moderately large size. The foramen rotun-
dum is well back and well hidden from view by the external pterygoid
process of the alisphenoid. The external pterygoid fossa is narrow and
deep and apparently continues uninterruptedly forward joining the
orbital fossa with a very faint separating ridge of bone on the sphenoids.
The median pterygoid fossa is wide, the internal surface of the ptery-
goid process is concave at the base, which adds considerably to the
width of the fossa posteriorly. The inferior border of the pterygoid
process is rounded and rather heavy, descending at a slight angle to
meet the posterior part of the palatine. The posterior narial opening
is narrow anteriorly, which is partly due, in the specimen (No. 109), to
a slight lateral crushing in the posterior part of the palatine plate.
In this specimen the anterior border of this opening is opposite the
extreme posterior lobe of m?. This character is apparently variable,
as some individuals of the species have the anterior emargination of
the posterior narial opening further back than in the specimen under
description. I have not been able to locate the optic foramen.

The posterior portion of the frontal region is sharply elevated to

160 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

conform with the high temporal and sagittal crests. At the junction
of the latter, there is a deep triangular pit in the median line of the
frontals. in which the muscles of the forehead had attachment. Over
the orbit the frontal is quite inflated, which causes the eye to appear to
be placed rather low. The postorbital processes of the frontal and
malar meet to form a complete bony border for the orbit posteriorly,
a common character of the family. The supratemporal foramina are
of fairly large size and are located near the median line of the frontals.
From the exit of these foramina there are grooves extending forward
and downward which vary in depth. These grooves are common to
most artiodacty!s, but are especially prominent in the Suid@. An-
teriorly the frontals gradually narrow and slope downward and forward
to meet the nasals. On account of the excessive lateral expansion of
the zygomatic process of the jugal and the postorbital process of the
frontal the eve has a forward look. The orbit is fairly large and sub-
circular in outline. There is a small lachrymal tubercle, and shallow
notches appear above and below the eminence. The lachrymal fora-
men is located within the orbit, as usual in the merycoidodonts.

THE FACIAL REGION.

The palate is quite broad transversely and somewhat irregularly
concave. The palatine process which meets the pterygoid is heavy
and the fossa between the posterior end of the maxillary and the process
is very shallow. The maxillary is massive and the lateral aspect
presents an almost vertical wall from the alveolar border to the contact
with the nasal base as the facial depression for the zygomato-labial,
maxillo-nasal, and buccinator muscles are not deep in this individual.
The infra-orbital foramen is small and is located at the posterior boun-
dary of the canine depression, or directly over the posterior part of P*.
There is a considerable depression or pit in front of the orbit, but no
vacuity. The alveolar border is heavy, its vertical diameter small.
The palatine plates are entirely fused on the median line, and the
maxillary-palatine suture is also closed; nor is there anv discernible
suture between the maxillary and premaxillary. The maxillary ap-
parently terminates abruptly at the canine eminence, and !s succeeded
by the extremely short, though broad, premaxillary. The latter is
especially remarkable in this species because of its extremely truncated
character. Ona direct side view the alveolar border of the premaxil-
laries extends only very slightly in front of the anterior faces of the

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS. 161

canines and presents nearly a straight transverse line from side to
side between the canines. The alveolar border is rather weak and
does not furnish much support for the incisors; consequently the latter
are relatively small and peg-like. Posteriorly the premaxillaries
assume an almost vertical position against the anterior portion of the
maxillaries. The anterior nares are of moderately large size and their
lateral borders are vertical. Inferiorly there are large anterior palatine
foramina, separated by the bony rods of the palatine plates of the
premaxillaries.

The zygomatic process of the jugal, though not as prominent as the
zygomatic process of the squamosal, is fully as characteristic. The
outline of the jugal may be regarded as sub-triangular with the most
truncated point in front; the shortest and sharpest point (postorbital
process) above and the longest point extending outward, backward,
and downward to meet the process of the squamosal. The area below
and in front of the orbit is quite smooth and is slightly concave, while
further back the external face is plane, having a great vertical diameter
opposite the postorbital process. The wing-like zygomatic process
ends rather abruptly against the anterior portion of the heavy zygo-
matic process of the squamosal, forming a very prominent and well-
defined border for the posterior attachments of the facial muscles.
The lower border of the zygomatic process of the jugal is also quite
sharp.

The lateral and posterior boundaries of the nasals cannot be de-
termined from the material at hand. This area presents a regularly
convex surface from side to side and a long shallow antero-posterior
concavity in the middle. Anteriorly the nasals are greatly produced;
they terminate in a rounded blunt point and are always inclined forward
and downward.

THE MANDIBLE.

The ramus in this species is characterized by a heavy horizontal
portion with a thick and rounded angle and a rather long ascending
portion with a short and stubby coronoid process. Anteriorly the
upper portion of the mandibles flares out in order to give support to
the very heavy caniniform Pz and internally there is also a liberal
space on the alveolar border for the incisiform canine and the incisors.
The two rami form a broad surface across the symphysis and along
the alveolar border. The anterior portion of the alveolar border has a
sudden peculiar outward curvature, which is due to the outward

162 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

flaring to accommodate the large P; as mentioned above. Anteriorly
the two rami form a rather broad square chin which terminates in-
feriorly in a heavy rounded swelling. The external surface of the
horizontal ramus is quite plane between Py and the vertical rugosity
for the posterior margin of the alveolo- labialis muscles, while internally
the surface is convexo-concave supero-inferiorly opposite the molar
region. The under border of the horizontal ramus forms a long antero-
posterior concavity due to the heavily rounded chin, and to the de-
scending angle at the back of the jaw. The mental foramina are
located well down on the jaw; one opposite the anterior part of Pz
and the other opposite Px.

>) ex et Wh oy j
as 14 iy

Fic. 2. Side view of left lower jaw of Promerycocherus carrikeri No. 100;
3 natural size.

The depressed appearance of the vertical ramus is due entirely to
the unusually small elevation of the ramus above the horizontal line of
the teeth. Thus the coronoid process is a mere blunt and short peg,
very little higher than the articular condyle, and strongly directed
outward. At the base of the antero-internal angle of the coronoid
process there is a broad rugose area for muscular attachments, which
is succeeded by an equally broad though smoother area on the postero-
internal angle of the same process, which terminates at the anterior
border of the articular condyle. The latter is quite broad transversely,
but has a small antero-posterior diameter, while internally it greatly
overhangs the pterygoid fossa. The latter fossa is extremely large,
quite concave, and has many rugose ridges across it for the attach-
ment of the internal pterygoid muscle. There is also a prominent
ridge and a rugose area for the attachment of the muscles (external
pterygoid) on the neck of the articulating condyle. The dental fora-
men is of medium size and is placed high up, on a horizontal line with

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCH@RUS. 1638

the crowns of the teeth. The temporal fossa is rather shallow and
occupies a small area immediately below the sigmoid notch. Below
the temporal fossa the external face of the angle is gently convex
supero-inferiorly: further back it is concave due to the heavy border
of the angle, while anteriorly the masseter muscle seems to have been
bounded by a prominent ridge, which extends almost vertically down-
ward opposite the last lobe of Mz (cf. Pl. XXXVIII). When the
lower jaws are placed in position there is a very wide space between
the external face of the angle and the zygomatic arch, which indicates
that the masseter muscle was thick above.

Fic. 3. Posterior view of the ossified thyroid cartilage of the larynx of Mycetes
seniculus, C. M. Cat. Mammals No. 3579, } natural size; I, posterior view; 2 and
3, side and posterior views, Promerycocherus carrikert, No. 1079. Ch. Articulations
for the ceratohyals.

The Thyroid Cartilage of the Larynx. (Fig. 3).—In the description
of the hyoid apparatus of Mesoreodon Professor Scott describes and
figures what he regards as unmistakably the ossified thyroid cartilage
of the larynx (J. c., pp. 130-131, Pl. III, Fig.9). Not far out of position
and still between the angles of the lower jaws of the middle skeleton
(No. 1079) of the group under discussion is found a similar spout-
shaped bone which is undoubtedly the ossified thyroid cartilage of the
larynx. Asin Mesoreodon this bone is very thin on the sides and below.
Posteriorly its border is thickened, not to the same extent as in Mvcetes
seniculus, but quite similarly. This bone is, however, not entirely
covered over so as to form a drum or capsule, nor has it the relatively
enornious size found in the howling monkey, but its shape suggests

the same function.

164 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

MEASUREMENTS.
No. 1080
(Type) No. 109,

Mm. Mm.
Skull, length from condyle to and including incisors...... 315 25
Skull, length from anterior border of orbit to tip of nasals. 152 147
Skull, length from anterior border of orbit to condyle.... 174 178
Skull, length. ot alveolar bordera.c- seers ein ree eal 175 170
Skull, length from alveolar border to condyle........... 132 137
Skull, greatest transverseidiameter:n) 1. eee ee ee 205 285
Skull, transverse diameter of condyle.................. 67 64
Skull, transverse diameter of occiput at mastoid plate.... 136 122
Skull, greatest transverse diameter of brain cavity....... 85 77
Skull, transverse diameter of frontals over the orbits..... 95 90
Skull, antero-posterior diameter of orbit................ 35 38
Skullventicalidiameterotionbiteyrnaem eee ee ee 35 2
Skull, greatest vertical diameter of zygomatic arch....... 165 158
Skull, vertical diameter of jugal below middle of orbit.... 40 35
Mandible enreatestulene theese ces cutsieis se iecereeasiene cachet 255 260
Mandible, length of alveolar border.................... 183 180
Mandible, vertical diameter at condyle.............+... 120 107
Mandible, vertical diameter including coronoid process’... 118 III
Mandible, vertical ‘diameter at My"... 2 s62 022s ence. ws 58 58
Mandible; verticallidiameter*at canine ™s a. siti-is sac. hie 57 59

THE SUPERIOR DENTITION.

(PLATE XXXVIII).

In comparison with the skull the incisors are small, the median pair
the smallest. Their position in the alveolar border is quite vertical,
and the upper series especially presents a peg-like appearance with a
short diastema between each tooth. The canine is very robust in
this genus, and in the present species its external anterior face is
convex from side to side and also from the end of the root to the apex
of the crown. Antero-internally the face is less convex, and poste-
riorly the tooth is flat, so that a cross-section presents a sub-triangular
shape not unlike that of Hippopotamus, though not grooved posteriorly
asinthelatter. The unworn crown of the canine is typical of the Mery-
coidodonts generally, but after wear it assumes peculiar shapes, the
canines seldom being alike on the opposite sides in the same individual.

P+ is separated from the canine and P# by diastemata; a longer one
in front than behind. The tooth is implanted by two roots and the

7 In the illustration (Pl. XX XVIII, fig. 1) the vertical diameter of the mandible
appears less, which is due to the oblique angle of the jaw when in position.

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCH@RUS. 165

crown is of the same simple construction as in Merycoidodon culbertsoni,
though relatively smaller and perhaps more hypsodont. P* and P*
are also like those of W. culbertsoni, but the apices of the crowns are
shifted further forward. There is no apparent change in P4.

The antero-posterior diameter of the molar series in P. carrikeri is
somewhat greater in comparison with that of Merycoidodon culbertson?,
which is due to the slight reduction of the premolars on the one hand
and the elongation of M2 on the other. M-+and M2 do not seem to be
greatly different in relative size when compared with Merycoidodon,
while in Merycocherus and later genera of the family the whole molar
series has become elongated and otherwise modified. In P. carrikeri
the molars are very little, if any, more hypsodont than in Merycoidodon
culbertsont.

THE INFERIOR DENTITION.
(PLATE XXXVIII).

The lower incisors, though larger than the upper, are short-crowned
and soon become worn down in their sockets to sub-cylindrical pegs.
Their position is more procumbent and they are set more closely to-
gether than those above. The incisiform canine retains its relative
size, while the true incisors are reduced when compared with Mery-
coidodon. This is not only true of P. carrikeri, but seems to hold good
in many of the later genera of this family. The canine is crowded very
closely against the antero-external angle of Pz, so that the two teeth
greatly overlap oneanother. The caniniform Py is typical of the family,
butin P. carrikeri the position of the tooth is unusually procumbent and
also large in size. From the peculiar wear on the internal face of
the tooth in some individuals (Nos. 109, 1047) it seems quite possible
that it was used effectively in stripping branches of their foliage, or
perhaps in excavating in soft marshy places. Pyis isolated by short
diastemata and is relatively smaller than in Merycoidodon culbertsont.
Pz and Pg and My and Mg differ very little in form from those in
M. culbertsont; on the other hand the antero-posterior diameter of
Mgis equal to My and Mg together, in natural correspondence with the
elongated upper molar. Cingula are absent on the lower molars,
or very slightly developed.

166 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

MEASUREMENTS.
Superior Dentition. :
No. 1080
(Type) No. 1009,
Mm. Mm.
Motalblen thins: ss wie sss oie tyeierhepora cha hee ter eae ater nears 175 I75
Wenpth trom incisors to M" a. ye ose ee ee eee LOS IOI
Wene'th otsmolar SerieS)yen- ne Gisteence see arr een Nene eleieie- 75 a
Canine, antero-posterior diameter near base......... vis ot PLO 19
Ganine, transverse diameter near bases... <1. se selec 6 19 22
PWvantero-postenlonidiam eters eee eee ete 16 14
pL transversesdiametercsr er eee eerie 9
P2 antero-posteriomCdiametens en cei ttre iia cherries 18 20
P2-transverse diametetnes ane ntecaretinnia cenit noe Il
P2vantero-posterior) diameters seleiioe es besieieleee sera 18 16
P= transyverserGiameter- eine ieee aes ecient 13
P= antero-posterior diameter... «1s. eee. eenies cece « 16 15
Rettransverse diameter a cieut eee se etclrae ene mies 19
Merantero-posteriommdiameter. ci. ac selene deleecle sete els 22 20
IVE trans Vvierseld laMmetetwe or lertert rite eee ier eer ries 23
M2 antero-posterior diameter... ...........2ceeeceeees 24 24
IMiZs transverse @lamMetereyemn) ihre crete cine amici cio = 24
M2 antero-posterion diameter... .+ «soci «ose ce cee ceric 32 33
Me ‘transverseidiametene. ec cmeie cm cela sens eee eae 25
Inferior Dentition.
Mm Mm
ARotalilenpthiies.c.ccste wistete ach staeine.cerete ae ive cies ereusrs areca tage 80 173
Wengthpiromvinecisors ton May. eee cee ents 87 80
Weng thyotpmolarsSerles:s cys cheke ete cietewsv ayes sta st oe owas oeaner Pe 85 82
PFA ariterO-pOSLEMIOLICIAM ELetie ayersposPoree lelssyseiee ole ot eee tel 17 21
[Das ANON VIS GUA os Houde s oun one doonoaooo usc GC 13 14
PR sAntero-pPOSteLlOLACtamMeten weit cutecaasepetoncue ster stanatensisuseellels 7, 15
PP thas Verses dlamMetet ver tencireu terse tere rend me eeenars 8
Palit ero-pOSteniOn Ciameteti a tierce nie steele ners letersi 16 16
PB ALLANSVCLSENCIAIMELET ia nee teiehansiea ie tenNenn trek aren oiel eee oretelte 9
Pa ANteLO-POStEr Ol GIA OLED yemersiciayal-raek reed steneaounla aici rale 20 22
PF ALANS VeLrSeuClalMetetir rrcaenopemneemtensictcs teresa ener neenal wanes 13
IM antero-posterlomediametetmen. \ se serie nr ieiaeeisisookels 20 18
NET CEANSVeLSeGlamMeter-pereyae cists ete etek ate acer eels 16
Mi vantero-pOoStenOr GiAmMetennrn.te-ie reer eieneterel siete rie ccel a ielle 22 22
IMF atransverseidiametety sonra te snternsie tii nene siehstotne enact = 18
Mi. antero-posterloridiametenc..se crcl eer ok eto 40 40
Ma stransverse Giametenccts cm. chore cteet etbeks eis evel eeeas ere 20

THE VERTEBRAL COI.UMN.

Cervicals seven, dorsals fourteen, lumbars six, sacrals seven or eight,
and caudals four+?

lard

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCH@RUS, 167

The vertebral column of the type is complete to the caudals and
lies undisturbed upon the matrix in which it was found. The caudal
vertebre are poorly preserved in all the material, only the proximal
region and other scattered bones being available. Inasmuch as the
type is partially imbedded in its original matrix, No. 1047 will be used in
preparing a general description of the parts not accessible in the type.

The Atlas (Fig. 4).—The atlas of P. carrikeri presents some well-
marked characters, which differ from those of the same bone in Mery-
coidodon culbertson?. The transverse process is proportionally heavier
than in Merycoidodon, the anterior part of the ventral surface of the
process is more deeply excavated for the obliquus capitis muscle, the
cotyles for the occipital condyles are more concave, and more deeply

Fic. 4. Lateral view of atlas of Promerycocherus carrikeri No. 1047; + nat. size.
34
3

Fic. 5. Lateral view of axis of Promerycocherus carrikeri No. 1047; 3 nat. size.

separated below, and the posterior superior exit of the arterial canal
has disappeared,’ while further forward at the base and on the superior
face of the transverse process is usually found a small venal foramen
(See Fig. 4). On the internal posterior part of the arch, above the
articulation for the axis is a large, round opening, which undoubtedly
functions as the arterial canal, and is apparently characteristic of
this species. The rugose neural spine occupies a considerable area on
the top of the arch.

The Axis (Fig. 5).—-The axis is unusually shortened antero-pos-
teriorly when compared with that of Merycoidodon. The neural spine
also overhangs more in front, while the articulation for the atlas

8 The presence or absence of this canal is a matter of individual variation in the
Oligocene genus. In the mounted skeleton of Merycoidodon culbertsoni (No. 1391)
in the Carnegie Museum this canal is present, as is also true of some specimens
which Professor Scott studied (Mor phologisches Jahrbuch, Vol. XVI, 1890, p. 229):

while Dr. Wortman (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. VII, 1895, p. 149), did not
find a true canal in the material at hand, when he wrote his description.

168 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

extends further below the odontoid process, and is divided from
the pedicle by a deep round notch, which is sometimes bridged over
by a bony process, as in the peccary. The inferior keel of the centrum
has a straighter axis. The posterior border of the neural spine is
slightly excavated, and displays a broad transverse rugose surface,
terminating in the overhanging process. The transverse process
is directed more outwardly and the entire bone is more robust
than in Merycoidodon, showing that it supported heavier muscles
and a thicker neck. The foramen for the vertebral artery is large
and pierces the base of the transverse process parallel with the long
axis of the centrum.

Fic. 6. Lateral view of the third cervical vertebra of Promerycocherus carrikeri
No. 1047; 4 nat. size.

Fic. 7. Lateral view of the fourth cervical vertebra of Promerycocherus carrikeri,
No. 1047; 3 nat. size.

Fic. 8. Lateral view of the fifth cervical vertebra of Promerycocherus carrikert,
No. 1047; 4 nat. size.

The Third Cervical Vertebra (Fig. 6)—The centrum of the third
cervical is slightly opisthoceelous, short, and depressed. Below there
is a strong median keel with deep excavations on either side. The
pedicle is low, the neural canal rather small, and the superior surface
of the arch rugose with heavy anterior and posterior zygapophyses.
The articulation of the postzygapophysis faces more obliquely out-
ward and upward than in Merycoidodon, and the transverse process
is proportionally longer and more robust, especially in the postero-
lateral direction.

The Fourth Cervical (Fig. 7).—-This vertebra corresponds in nearly
all respects with the one preceding it and need not here be described
in detail.

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS. 169

The Fifth Cervical (Fig. 8).—-The fifth cervical has a longer neural
spine, more delicate transverse processes, and a larger foramen for
the vertebral artery than the two preceding vertebrae. In all other
characters it is very similar to these.

The Sixth Cervical (Fig. 9).—The inferior lamella of the transverse
process of this vertebra extends somewhat lower down, but apparently
has not the relative antero-posterior diameter, which obtains in
Merycoidodon culbertsoni. The superior branch of the transverse
process, however, is more robust and extends outwards and backwards.
The median keel on the inferior face of the centrum is less strongly
developed than on the anterior vertebra, the centrum is more de-
pressed, and the arterial canal larger than in any of the other vertebra
in the cervical series. The neural spine is robust and of considerable
height.

Fic. 9. Lateral view of the sixth cervical vertebra of Promerycocherus carrikert.
No. 1047; } nat. size.

Fic. 10. Lateral view of the seventh cervical vertebra of Promerycocherus carrikeri.

No. 1047; % nat. size.

The Seventh Cervical (Fig. 10).—This vertebra is characterized by
its high and heavy neural spine, its depressed and strong pedicles, and
the presence of a small arterial canal, which pierces the transverse
process at the base near the inferior border. The centrum is much
depressed, and is broad on the under face, especially behind, opposite
the facet for the head of the rib. The posterior intervertebral notch
is deep, and a deep groove continues downward upon it between the
transverse process and the sharp border of the capitular facet for the

170 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

rib, disappearing on the concave area on the inferior lateral part of

the centrum.

view of first dorsal vertebra of Promerycocherus carrikeri.

No. 1047; 3 nat. size.

Frc. 11.- Lateral

Lateral view of second dorsal {vertebra of Promerycocherus carrikeri.

No. 1047; 4 nat. size.
Lateral view of the third dorsal vertebra of Promerycocherus carrikert.

No. 1047; 3 nat. size.

FIG. 12.

FIG. 13.

_

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS. 171

The First Dorsal (Fig. 11).—The most conspicuous part of the first
dorsal is the enormously large neural spine, the heaviest in the vertebral
column. The centrum of this vertebra is depressed and in general
similar to that of the seventh cervical. The inferior surface of the
centrum is not so broad behind, but the anterior articulation is nearly
as hemispherical as in the vertebra preceding it. The capitular and
tubercular facets are large and separated only by a sharp bony ridge
on the under surface near the base of the heavy transverse process.
The posterior intervertebral notch is deep, and is continued as a deep
groove back of the capitular facet for the second rib, terminating
suddenly on the rugose inferior lateral face of the centrum. The
large neural spine has the transverse diameter of the posterior border
comparatively greater and more roughened for muscular attachments
than in the Oligocene genus.

The Second Dorsal (Fig. 12).—-The centrum of the second dorsal is
much less depressed than that of the first, and the keel begins to
become sharp as is the case further back in the thorax of Merycoidodon
culbertsoni. In the latter genus the keel of the first, second, third,
and fourth dorsals is broader and on the anterior part of the ventral
face there are two keels, one on either side of the median line which is
faintly indicated. On the inferior lateral surface of the centrum of the
second dorsal in Promerycocherus carrikeri there is a round deep pit,
from which a deep groove leads in a supero-lateral direction, curving
backward at the base of the transverse process behind the capitular
facet to the posterior intervertebral notch, as in the preceding vertebra.
The capitular facets are larger and deeper, but the transverse process
is not so large as in the first dorsal. The second dorsal has the highest
neural spine in the vertebral colunin, but its antero-posterior diameter
and width are less than those of the first dorsal vertebra.

The Third Dorsal (Fig. 13).—This vertebra differs chiefly from the
one before it in having a smaller and more backwardly inclined neural
spine. The transverse process is also smaller. Otherwise there are
no differences of importance between these two vertebre.

The Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Dorsals (Fig. 14).—-These vertebrz
are so similar that the description of one suffices for all. The centra
gradually increase in length and weight, while they decrease in width.
The ventral and lateral surfaces increase in convexity fore-and-aft,
and the transverse processes and neural! spines decrease in size. The
summits of the spines are enlarged into rounded rugose knobs, in
which the antero-posterior exceeds the transverse diameter.

IZ ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

In the paratype, No. ro81, the third, fourth, and fifth dorsals are
represented only by the neural spines. The latter when found were
lying in their relative position, while the centra and neural arches were

Fic. 14. Lateral views of anterior dorsal vertebrae of Promerycocherus carrtkert.
4 nat. size. 1, fourth dorsal, No. 1047; 2, outline of centrum and neural arch of the

fifth dorsal vertebra, No. 1081; 3, sixth dorsal vertebra, No. 1081.
¢

weathered away. The centrum and neural arch of the fifth dorsal
are restored, while the vertebral column anterior to this vertebra is
that of No. 1047.

15 16
Fic. 15. Lateral view of the seventh dorsal vertebra of Promerycocherus carrikeri.

No. 1081; 4% nat. size.
Fic. 16. Lateral views of vertebre from the middle dorsal region of Promery-
cocherus carrikeri, No. 1081; 3 nat. size. 1, eighth dorsal, No. 1081; 2, ninth
dorsal, No. 1081; 3, tenth dorsal, No. 1081.

The Seventh Dorsal (Fig. 15).—The most characteristic feature of
this vertebra in the paratype is the tendency of the posterior inter-
vertebral notch to be transformed into a foramen, like that found in
Bos. On the right side the foramen is complete, while on the left

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS. 1738

there is a considerable exit posteriorly. The height of the neural
spine is less, but the antero-posterior diameter, especially near the
neural arch, is greater than in the preceding vertebra.

The Eighth, Ninth, and Tenth Dorsals (Fig. 16).—This series of
thoracic vertebre are similar to one another. Their centra are long,
narrow, and high; their lateral concave faces slope gradually from
above downward and inward, meeting in the median ventral line to
form a sharp keel. The transverse processes are shorter and the
capitular and tubercular facets for the ribs are closer together. Above
the tubercular facet on the transverse process is a heavy rugose
tubercle pointing upward and forward similar to that in the peccary.
The spine, especially on the eleventh dorsal, is more vertical and
otherwise begins to assume characters like those of the lumbar ver-
tebre. These vertebrae have distinct intervertebral foramina, which
are nearly like those in cattle. In Merycotdodon culbertsoni the centra
of the vertebrae in the thoracic and lumbar region are distinctly more

depressed than in Promerycocherus carrikert.

17 18
Fic. 17. Lateral view of the eleventh dorsal vertebra of Promerycocherus carrikeri.
No. 1081; 3 nat. size.
Fic. 18. Lateral view of the twelfth dorsal vertebra of Promerycocherus carrikert.
No. 1081; 3 nat. size.

The Eleventh Dorsal (Fig. 17).—This vertebra is characterized by the
rounded and interlocking postzygapophysis and the usually vertical
or nearly anticlinal neural spine. The prezygapophysial facet of this
vertebra in the present species is quite small. The transverse process
is short and the ascending accessory process above the tubercular facet
is more robust and roughened than in the preceding vertebra. The
intervertebral foramen is present.

The Twelfth Dorsal (Fig. 18).—The twelfth dorsal has an anticlinal
neural spine, complete interlocking pre- and postzygapophyses and

174 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

only a trace of the rib-facet on the transverse process. The ascending
or mammillary process over the prezygapophysial articulation is
entirely separated from the transverse process of this vertebra. In
Merycoidodon culbertsoni this separation is already established in the
eleventh dorsal. The intervertebral foramen is present; it is of large
size and separated from the posterior intervertebral notch only by a
thin partition of bone. The neural spine is low and has a much greater
antero-posterior diameter than in the preceding vertebra.

19 20
Fic. 19. Lateral view of the thirteenth dorsal vertebra of Promerycocherus
carrikeri. No. 1081; 4 nat. size.
Fic. 20. Lateral view of the fourteenth dorsal vertebra of Promerycocherus
carrikeri. No. 1081; % nat. size.

The Thirteenth Dorsal (Fig. 19).—This vertebra is very similar to
the one preceding it, but is characterized by the absence of tubercular
facets for the ribs and the distinct transverse process which is located
well back. The posterior border of this process is continuous with the
anterior border of the posterior intervertebral notch. The centrum is
strongly keeled and presents a triangular outline, especially behind.
The mammillary process over the prezygapophysis has a more upward,
outward, and backward position than in the preceding dorsals. The
neural spine is similar to those of the lumbar series. The inter-
vertebral notch is not developed into a foramen in this vertebra.

The Fourteenth Dorsal (Fig. 20).—This vertebra differs from the one
preceding it in having a longer and heavier transverse process, a
greater and more rugose keel, and the ventral face of the centrum
convex. The facet for the last rib is almost entirely confined to the
side of the centrum of this vertebra. Except in the matter of the
latter facet it agrees quite well with the first lumbar in Merycoidodon.

The dorso-lumbar series in Merycoidodon and Promerycocherus are
equal in number, but the older genus has only thirteen dorsals while

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS, 175

there are seven lumbar vertebra, a difference of considerable impor-
tance, as we shall presently see.

The First Lumbar.—In the type and also in No. 1079 the lumbar
vertebre are all in position and all interlocked by their zygapophyses.
Furthermore, they are interlocked with the dorsal and the sacrum
(see Pl. XX XIII). The transverse process of the first lumbar vertebra
is longer and broader than on the last dorsal. The latter feature
together with the absence of a facet for a rib on the centrum are the
only characters worthy of mention.

2I 22
Fic. 21. Lateral view of the second lumbar vertebra of Promerycocherus carrikeri.
No. 1081; 3% nat. size.
Fic. 22. Lateral viewof the third lumbar vertebra of Promerycocherus carrikeri.
No. 1081; 3 nat. size.

The Second Lumbar (Fig. 21).—The anterior part of the keel on
the ventral face of the centrum of this vertebra is particularly deep
and rugose. It rapidly decreases in prominence behind, thus causing
a sharp emargination on the under surface and terminates posteriorly
in a small tubercle. The transverse process is thin and is broadened
distally so that it projects outward, forward, and backward. The
posterior face of the right transverse process has formed a strong
sutural contact with the anterior face of the process in the succeeding
vertebra, which is purely a pathological character. The mammillary
process is directed upward, outward, and backward and the neural
spine is slightly inclined forward, which is true of all the lumbar
vertebre.

The Third Lumbar (Fig. 22).—The third lumbar vertebra is similar
to the second in nearly all particulars and needs no further description.

The Fourth and Fifth Lumbars (Fig. 23).—The centra of these
vertebrz are more compressed laterally and the ventral keels, especially
in the fifth, are more regular than in the two preceding vertebre.

176 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MusEuUM.

The transverse processes are branched distally, the larger portion
projecting outwards and forwards and the smaller portion outwards
and backwards.

22 24

Fic. 23. Lateral views of the fourth and fifth lumbar vertebrae of Promerycocherus
carrikeri. No. 1081; 3% nat. size. 1, fourth; 2, fifth lumbar.

Fic. 24. Lateral view of the sixth lumbar vertebra of Promerycocherus carrikert.

No. 1081; 4 nat. size.

The Sixth Lumbar (Fig. 24).—The centrum of the last lumbar
vertebra is, as usual, more depressed and has a greater transverse
diameter than those preceding it. The ventral surface of the centrum
is broader with the keel not so sharp as in the preceding vertebre.
The transverse process is relatively much longer than in the corre-
sponding vertebra of Merycoidodon culbertsoni; it is also much ex-
panded distally and there is a protuberance on the posterior extremity
which articulates with a corresponding surface on the anterior ex-
tremity of the pleurapophysis of the first sacral vertebra not unlike
what isseenin the hippopotamus. An entirely different arrangement is
observed in the transverse process of the last lumbar in Merycoidodon,
in which the process is much reduced when compared with those in
front of it. This reduction in size does not appear to be brought about
in order to unite with the sacrum by forming the usual articular
surfaces between the process and the ilium, but is simply an adjust-
ment to the limited space which exists between the anterior portion
of the ilium and the centrum of the vertebra. On the posterior ex-
tremity of the process is a protuberance, which abuts against the
pleurapophysis of the first sacral as in P. carrikert. The neural spine
of the sixth lumbar vertebra of the latter species is smaller than on the
vertebrae immediately preceding it, but the antero-posterior diameter
is relatively greater than in Merycoidodon. In general the centra of
the lumbar vertebrae of Promerycochcerus are less depressed and the

“I
x

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS. ]

neural spines are lower, but with a greater antero-posterior diameter,
and greater forward inclination than in Merycoidodon.

The Sacrum (Cf. Figs. 28,
and also in its companion skeleton No.

29, 30).—In the type-specimen, No. 1080,
1079 the sacra have seven
codssified vertebre; specimen No. 1081, also one of the three originals,
has eight (see Fig. 28); on the other hand in Merycoidodon culbertsoni
there are usually but four. The sacrum of the species under descrip-
tion is very robust and its antero-posterior diameter is nearly twice
that of its transverse. It extends back of the ischial tuberosity and
the lateral mass, or united transverse processes, approach close to the
upper borders of the ilium, thus forming a nearly complete arch
over the long and comparatively narrow pelvic cavity. The ventral
face of the centrum of the first sacral is slightly keeled and a rugose
band across the body indicates the line of coalescence with the suc-
ceeding vertebre. The sacral foramen is large, helping to form the
arch lateral to the postzygapophysis. The latter coalesces with the
prezygapophysis of the succeeding vertebra, the union being marked
by a rough suture, while the united articular processes further back
The

neural spine of the first sacral is separated from the succeeding spines

show little or no separation from one another in old individuals.
by a considerable space. The pleurapophysis is very heavy and forms
the principal support for the ilium, while that process of the second
sacral is much smaller, though its entire lateral mass is also in contact
with the ilium. The neural spines of
the second, third, and fourth sacrals
coalesce, are moderately high, and taper
gradually backward. ‘The united trans-
verse processes form a broad plate of
bone, curving upward at the lateral
borders and perforated by the dorsal
The transverse processes of

Dorsal and lateral

foramina. i emt

the last three sacrals are more or less
separated while the articular processes
and the centra are firmly united. The
centrum of the last sacral vertebra is

views of caudal vertebra of Pro-
merycocherus carrikert. No. 1081;
+ nat. size. 1, first caudal; 2,
second caudal; 3, third caudal;

4, fourth caudal.

broad transversely.and much. flattened

vertically; the neural spine is of rd onate size and ‘has an enlarged
rugosity at the summit, while the transverse process is broad antero-
posteriorly and is sometimes united with that of the preceding sacral
vertebra forming a large sacral foramen.

178 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The Caudals (Fig. 25).—-The caudal vertebra which were discovered
with the materia! under discussion belong to the proximal series and
conform in shape to the posterior sacrals. The gradual tapering
indicates a moderately long tail, which, however, was perhaps shorter
than in Merycoidodon culbertsont.

MEASUREMENTS.
No. 1080
(Type) No. 1081,
Mm. Mm.
Length of vertebral column from atlas to end of sacrum

APPLOMIMAteliy Arde ce yee eis etree a ICH EO ee ete 1,320
engthyoticervicaliregiontjaiac cine oe a okie atocistee nee 258 2659
Length of dorsal region, approximately........:........ 480 5359
Length of lumbar region, approximately...:............ 270 300
Bencthvorssaceutm spc. eens eer cain Ae oka aoe 245 270
Atlas, greatest antero-posterior diameter............... a7 789
Atlas, greatest transverse diameter.......-.00.0.20+00 176 1809
Atlas, greatest vertical diameter....,.3......000008s+-05 609
Atlas, greatest transverse diameter of cotyles for occipital

CONGYTES TS yeve ces ays ohnres Dra pesiere Rte aaeehe ovcnemeamiol sess Serene 75 78
Atlas, greatest vertical diameter of cotyles..:...:........ 359
AxIiSsoreatest Vertical: dianmecets ci sileuierdcruclcioleneiert sacle 90 go?
Axis, ereatest transverse diameter. ;..).-s.ce et e-e ees 94 94°
Axis, antero-posterior diameter of centrum with odontoid

DEOCOSS yra fost ai" 2a. cusirehate ane te kateve: aacde hotell Manenecedenele ae kerekomee es 659
Axis, antero-posterior diameter of odontoid process...... 209
Axis, vertical diameter of centrum, approximately....... 289
Axis, transverse diameter of centrum’. So... 5.0..0..-+0- 349
Axis, transverse diameter of centrum, including articula-

LIOMSELOLATLAST Ais eteiercteueanitiece het afetecre a eesaneie vera cennt sree 72 729
Third cervical, greatest antero-posterior diameter........ 629
Third cervical, transverse diameter across transverse pro-

CESSES ora eh cee alee SOE PE AMER en econ rin Gini 110 1029
Third cervical, antero-posterior diameter of centrum, pos-

[dcialoig hi Aaineyiin.y ieee PRM resis thon ee RBI Orolo peas ior ics 359
Third cervical, transverse diameter of centrum.......... 349
Third cervical, vertical diameter of centrum............ 20
Seventh cervical, greatest height including neural spine,

AP PLOMUMACELY: soc. tone oles eiel avae aye vane ievmiate rans talGnakede eas ail custae T45 1459
Seventh cervical, antero-posterior diameter of centrum... 32°
Seventh cervical, transverse diameter of centrum, anter-

iorlyeue eee A APitich ua V RRO ALAS AC GA 5.0 SASS 269
Seventh cervical, vertical diameter of centrum, anteriorly 269
First dorsal, greatest height when in position in the skeleton 194 1979

° Indicates that the measurements were taken from No. 1047.

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCH@RUS, 179

No. 1080
(Type)
Mm,

First dorsal, antero-posterior diameter of centrum.......
First dorsal, transverse diameter across transverse processes
First dorsal, vertical diameter of centrum of first dorsal,

PATRETAG TEP rie lasso Ma, eae + a: eraly Gr hostel ean eee
Eighth dorsal, greatest height when in position in skeleton
Eighth dorsal, antero-posterior diameter of the centrum. .
Eighth dorsal, transverse diameter across transverse pro-

CESSES Meee erepene cf aiecusistioci ade sta o:« se.e aie iste ie etek
Eighth dorsal, vertical diameter of centrum, anteriorly...
Eighth dorsal, transverse diameter of centrum across

Capitvlariacetswon thelnibs'. ss... «cst emcisicuenstennenetes
Fourteenth dorsal, greatest height............sccecre0s
Fourteenth dorsal, antero-posterior diameter of centrum. .
Fourteenth dorsal, transverse diameter including transverse

DLO CESSES ewe GU sate Tee) di:e: cheat c's ‘x o) vie) 0%) ays lar evoiaby Sune ghe ome
Fourteenth dorsal, vertical diameter of centrum, anteriorly
Fourteenth dorsal, transverse diameter of centrum, pos-

EET Olslpeeney Here Nee caste chassis) orismave'e's © wlene’dl siete, oles elaWeralaicvensnatn
HMOuRcHelumbarmsereatestuhelghe 0: .15c.0\0els)a\e oiela sisi s: elelelslieleys
Fourth lumbar, antero-posterior diameter of centrum....
Fourth lumbar, transverse diameter including transverse

TOL COSSEOMMR ER RSET NN sharielis issohs ols avail stetay sypeemuceanarevens
Fourth lumbar, vertical diameter of centrum, anteriorly. .
Fourth lumbar, transverse diameter of centrum, anteriorly
Sirxphoeluimibaryeneatestsl erent versie) sie 4 cists ¢) «lie ailstelatetaleleveds
Sixth lumbar, antero-posterior diameter of centrum above
Sixth lumbar, transverse diameter including transverse

MEOCESSESHA DONC Ret ch rarerererobeie\eter are lc iota cnetator sono) sitet scallelisl sau
Sixth lumbar, transverse diameter of centrum, anteriorly.
Sixth lumbar, vertical diameter of centrum, anteriorly....
Sacrum, greatest height, anteriorly, neural spine included.
Sacrum, greatest transverse diameter including pleura-

DOP lay SeSeenwswene neues rire s cata) suas etey cficy choise goaWacahaltoNe eet eran
Sacrum, transverse diameter of centrum, anteriorly......
Sacrum, vertical diameter of centrum, anteriorly........
Sacrum, transverse diameter including united transverse

processes opposite fifth sacral vertebra..............
Sacrum, transverse diameter including united transverse

processes opposite seventh sacral...........-..-200-
Sacrum, transverse diameter of centrum of seventh sacral.
Sacrum, transverse diameter of centrum of seventh sacral.

9 Indicates that measurements were taken from No. 1047.

85

108

73
43

98

75
48

152

150

No. 1081,
Mm,

32°
go?

25°
IIo
36

55
28

39
77
43

96
31

32
85
46

130

154

180 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

THE RIBS.

(PLATES XXXIII anpD XXXV).

The ribs are remarkably well preserved, their symmetry and original
curvatures being in most cases retained. In the type nearly the entire
series is present, while the paratype has all of the right (fourteen) and
ten of the left side.

The chief characteristics of the ribs in this species are the compara-
tively small curvature of the shafts and the low position of the tuber-
cular facet on the angle, which give an expanded position of the ribs
when in position, thus imparting breadth to the body. The costal
facet on the ventral end of the rib, when present, is enlarged, indicating
a strong attachment for the costal cartilage. The latter undoubtedly
was long.

In Meryeoidodon culbertsoni the shaft of the first rib is rod-like near
the angle, while in Promerycocherus carrtker? it is flatter; it is notice-
ably heavy and rugose at the crest of the angle in the latter. The
first five ribs are flat. and their antero-posterior diameter increases
gradually distad. The shafts of all the ribs back of the fifth are
more rounded, the last suddenly is shortened, has no tubercular facet,
and the curvature of the shaft is sinuous.

THE .STERNUM.

There are three sternebre belonging to the type (No. 1080) im-
bedded in the sandstone slab. These are heavy, flat, broad, and quite
deep, with rugose surfaces, indicating thick cartilaginous attachments.
The presternum, if present, is buried in the slab underneath the main
mass of the skeleton.

THE FORE LIMB.

Although the fore limbs of the type are complete, the different
bones, especially of the forearm, were found so folded upon one another
that they cannot be studied in all of their details. In the following
description, therefore, use will be made of the paratypes as well as of
the type.

The Scapula (Fig. 26)—When compared with Merycoidodon cul-
bertsoni the scapula of P. carrikert is seen to have the suprascapular
border broader, imparting a more perfectly triangular outline to the
bone. One of the most noticeable features of the scapula is the median

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHGRUS. 181

position of the spine, so that the supra- and infraspinous fosse@ are
subequal, more as in Sus and Hippopotamus than in the ruminants.
The acromion process, however, is very strongly developed, unlike
that in Sws and even more prominent than in the most of the recent
selenodont Artiodactyls, but it has not attained the great development
seen in the hippopotamus. The spine is prominent, quite heavy, and
greatly overhangs the intraspinous fossa. The metacromion process
is as well developed and points downward and backward fully as
much as in Afesoreodon che-
lonyx Scott and Merycotdodon
culbertsoni Leidy, here used
for comparison.’? The acro-
mion process points in the
opposite direction at least
equally as much as in the
latter species, 7.e., the meta-
cromion process points dewn-
wards and backwards, while
the acromion process is re-
curved from the main axis of
the spine and points down-
wards and forwards (see Fig.
26). The glenoid cavity is
comparatively large, the co-
racoid is heavy, quite rugose,
and has a somewhat large

coracoid process, which, how-

c ake Fic. 26. External view of left scapula
ever, is not relatively as ro- ae nee
of Promerycocherus carrikeri. No. 1047; 3

bust as in the hippopotamus. ice

The neck is also longer than

that in the latter, and is more nearly asin Sus. The glenoid border is
heavy and the upper half of its length is curved outward, thus forming
together with the curved posterior face of the spine, a very concave, deep,
and subtriangular infraspinous fossa somewhat as in Sus. Superiorly

10 The metacromion process of Merycoidodon perhaps varies in its development.
Scott states (‘‘ The Mammalia of the Deep River Beds,’’ Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc.,
Vol. XVII, 1893, p. 135): ‘‘No other genus of the family [besides Mesoreodon|
has yet been found in which a metacromion occurs. . . . In Oreodon there is no
metacromion.’”’ Wortmanspeaksof a metacromion in Merycoidodon. Bull. Amer.
Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. VII, 1895, p. 152.

182 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

the glenoid border terminates inan enlarged tuberosity, indicating a
heavy attachment for the cartilaginous prolongation of the scapula,
which was probably larger. The coracoid border is thin and one third
of its middle portion is curved inwardly. This internally directed
area of the coracoid border and the ridge for the tendinous insertion
near the glenoid border are the only eminences on the otherwise flat
subscapular face. Some 20 mm. above the head there isa distinct and
widely open groove extending obliquely across the subscapular neck

Fic. 27. Anterior and posterior views of humerus of Promerycocherus carrikeri.
No. 1047; } nat. size. 1, anterior; 2, posterior.

which perhaps is due to the unusually close contact of the scapula with
the ribs in this region. In Merycoidodon there is also a faint trace of a
similar groove.

That the clavicle persisted in P. carrikert is highly probable, inas-
much as Merycoidodon culbertsoni (No. 1391), with no greater developed
spine and acromion process, has a clavicle of considerable size, which

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCH@ERUS, 183

is almost identical, so far as comparisons can be made, with that in
Mesoreodon chelonyx described and figured by Professor Scott (J. c.,
p. 136, Pl. IV, Fig. 34). In smaller species of Merycoidodon the spine
and the acromion process are apparently slightly smaller, but probably
supported a clavicle. It thus seems that atleast in one family of the
Artiodactyla the clavicle persisted, and was represented until well
into the Miocene.

The Humerus (Fig. 27).—The humerus is rather short and heavy,
the proximal and distal ends being expanded and the distal trochlea
quite oblong, somewhat as in the hippopotamus. The head is very
large, well rounded, but not so hemispherical as in Merycoidodon
culbertsoni. The greater tuberosity extends across the entire anterior
face of the head, and is well produced above the articular surface,
terminating radially in a robust hook, which overhangs the deep and
well-formed bicipital groove. The lesser tuberosity is rather small,
when compared with that of Merycoidodon, but, as in that form, it
terminates in a short curved tubercle, so as to nearly enclose the bi-
cipital groove. The anterior face near the proximal end is broad and
rugose, the radial face is smooth and even, the ulnar face is more convex
antero-posteriorly, and the posterior face is rapidly rounded, so that a
cross-section of the shaft is triangular with the apex behind. The
deltoid ridge is heavy, extending well down upon the shaft, and termi-
nating in a rough, prominent ridge. Below the termination of the
deltoid ridge the antero-posterior diameter of the shaft decreases
rapidly, so that in cross-section it would be more oval in outline at
this point. The shaft is short and heavy in comparison with that of
Merycoidodon.

As stated above, the distal end of the humerus is much expanded,
especially transversely, the diameter being proportionally even greater
than in Merycoidodon. The intercondylar ridge is prominent and
broad, but the external division of the trochlea is smaller and not so
deep as in Merycoidodon. The internal epicondyle is also less prom-
inent than in the latter genus, but the tuberosity on the internal side
is large, indicating liberal attachments for ligaments and muscles.
The anconeal fossa is Jow and broad and there is no supratrochlear
foramen.

11In Agriocherus latifrons the external division of the trochlea is even smaller
than in the species under consideration (Wortman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist.,
Vol. VII, 1895, p. 154).

184 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM:

The Radius and Ulna.—The radius and ulna are reduced in length,
but otherwise not modified so as to differ in any important particular
from those of the earlier species of thisfamily. The most noteworthy
difference is the shortness, and perhaps the flatness of the shaft of the
radius, which in this species has an oval cross-section half-way between
the proximal and distal ends, much as in the later ruminants. The
head of the radius has the usual great transverse expanse, and is in
all important particulars characteristic of the family. The shaft is
rather straight, and, as stated above, compressed antero-posteriorly
and expanded transversely: the radial face is straight, while the ulnar
and posterior faces are slightly concave vertically. On the ulnar side
of the shaft, above the articulation for the ulna, is asharp ridge, which
extends half-way to the proximal end, where it fades away gradually
so that the border becomes more rounded; a character quite similar to
that in Sus, while the tubercle for the biceps tendon above is much more
prominent and more like that in the ruminants. Distally the radius
is expanded fully as much transversely, and much more antero-
posteriorly, than the proximal end. The scaphoid facet is perhaps
even more oblique than in Promerycocherus montanus, but, as in the
latter, it is strongly concave transversely and rapidly flexed back high
up upon the radial angle of the bone. The lunar facet is subtriangular
in outline with the apex directed backward, and its surface is saddle-
shaped, 7.e., convex from side to side and concave from before back-
wards.

The ulna is, as usual, not reduced and very heavy, especially above.
The olecranon is strongly produced above the sigmoid cavity, but the
free end, which is very heavy, is not grooved by a tendinal sulcus as
in some of the smaller species of Merycoidodon. Agriococherus
latifrons is another Oligocene form which has this tendinal groove;
and in later forms (Mesoreodon chelonyx and Promerycocherus mon-
tanus) the groove is quite distinctly formed.

The humeral articulation of the sigmoid cavity is broad above and
rapidly contracts below, the lip of the inferior articular surface ex-

12 Tn the articulated skeleton of Merycoidodon culbertsoni in the Carnegie Museum
the tendinal sulcus is not present, while smaller species of that genus have the
groove present.

13 Wortman, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. VII, 1895, p. 156.

14 Although Scott does not speak of this groove in the olecranon of the ulna of

this species, it is well shown in the illustration, Pl. X, Fig. 38, Trans. Amer. Philos.
Soc., Vol. XVII, 1893.

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS. 185

tending well downwards and inwards to nearly the internal face of
the head of the radius, when the latter isin position. The shaft is
trihedral in section, the posterior border very prominent proximally
and gradually decreasing distad. The postero-radial border has a
characteristic sharp and curved ridge, which extends from near the
distal end upwards, one-third the length of the shaft, and overlaps
the shaft of the radius when the fore-arm isin position. The distal end
of the shaft is bent backwards and outwards giving it a sinuous curve.
The cuneiform facet is much expanded, slightly concave laterally, and
compressed antero-posteriorly with a convex surface. The pisiform
articulation is rather small and confined chiefly to the border near the
external angle.

The Manus (Plate XX XIX, figs. 3 and 4).—The carpals are on the
whole very similar to those of Promerycocherus montanus (described by
Scott, J. c., p. 157-159) and only the points in which they vary from
that species will here be mentioned.

The scaphoid is apparently similar to that of P. montanus in all
respects, including the absence of an articular facet for the trapezium.
The lunar differs from that of P. montanus in having no proximal
facet for the cuneiform. The superior portion of the bone is laterally
contracted, and it articulates with the radius in the usual manner, but
does not have proximal articular surfaces laterally for the scaphoid or
the cuneiform. The facet for the magnum also differs from that of
P. montanus, in being convex, though not as much so as in Mery-
cocherus cenopus from later deposits. Distally the bone has the
characteristic long beak, which nearly reaches the third metacarpal
and effectively separates the unciform and magnum in the anterior
region of the carpus (see Pl. XX XIX, fig. 3). The cuneiform differs
from that of P. montanus, only in the absence of a proximal facet for
the lunar. The pisiform is rather small, with little or no neck on
the shaft separating the free end from the ulnar and cuneiform articu-
lations. The bone as a whole is relatively smaller than in Merycoido-
don culbertsoni. The small nodular trapezium is present and differs
in no respect from that of P. montanus and Mesoreodon, except in the
absence of a facet for Mc. II. There is no facet for a pollex. The
trapezoid is similar in every particular to that of P. montanus and
needs no further description. The only respect in which the magnum
differs from that of P. montanus is in the more convex articulation for
the lunar, a feature closely approaching what is seen in Merycocherus

186 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

cenopus, a later form. There are no differences, requiring mention
between the unciform in P. montanus and P. carrikert.

The metacarpals have the same short, stout, and broad appearance
as those of P. montanus; the lateral ones are relatively longer and
perhaps somewhat heavier than in the latter species, imparting to
the manus of Promerycocherus as great, if not a greater breadth and
shortness, suggestive of the hippopotamus, as was observed by Pro-
fessor Scott. The second metacarpal, as already stated, differs from
that of P. montanus only by being slightly longer and heavier and by
the apparent absence of the small facet for the trapezium on the
“postero-external angle of the head,’’ to which Scott refers in his
description. The third metacarpal is similar in all particulars to that
in P. montanus, as is also the fourth. The fifth metacarpal is very
little shorter than the second, and differs from that of P. montanus
only in its relative length and size.

As in the latter species the phalanges are short, depressed, and
flattened, the unguals are especially short, expanded laterally, and
recall those of some species of the rhinoceroses. The phalanges of
the third and fourth digits are of equal size, while those of the second
are somewhat larger than those of the fifth digit.

MEASUREMENTS.
No. 1080
(Type) No. 1081,
é Mm. Mm.
Scapulamheioht:..<vecct: 11s a'snevsc iis aycte maet= ape icte Ss ctsua snaieneerere 233
Scapula, antero-posterior diameter at vertebral border.... 146
Scapula, antero-posterior diameter at neck.............. 37
Scapula;idepehvorespin eyes) tiers eesistieisretteeioneteccifele rehoteks ey etotons 38
Scapula, antero-posterior diameter of glenoid cavity..... 50
Scapula, transverse diameter of glenoid cavity.......... 44
Fumerus, ereatest length acs. nicls coe cect ee i aistereiclesieierotens 250
Humerus, antero-posterior diameter of head............ 83
Humerus, transverse diameter of head... .../...-...-.0- 68
Humerus, transverse diameter of distal end............. 72 60
Humerus, antero-posterior diameter of distal end........ 46 47
Radius, createst len othe ve <taretnia:s aunts citar iedetah te creel tetevancrens I75
Radius, antero-posterior diameter of head, approximately. 25
Radius, transverse diameter of head, approximately..... 43
Radius, transverse diameter of distal end............... 45
Radius, antero-posterior diameter of distal end, approxi-
TAC ce ee, Satta Sesh peste ole ee eee eet rete 25
Ulna, greatestlenothtir mca ei elt tarcreyetae ieee ae lelonaee note 245

Ulna, length ofiolecranons process’: <615- iets tater retools 55

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS. 187

No. 1080
(Type) No. 1081,
Mm. Mm.
Ulna, transverse diameter at inferior part of the sigmoid

CASHIAY 3 OR ee Re eons ays 6 Bs te oo oka 50
Ulna, antero-posterior diameter of distal end............ 13
Ulna, transverse diameter of distal end................. 26

No. 1228

Carpus, vertical diameter, radial side, approximately.... . 45 40
Carpus, antero-posterior diameter, approximately....... 30
Scaphoid, antero-posterior diameter..................-- 30
Scapuord-swtranswerse diameter. ......°. ... 5.02. sen eee 21 21
Seapiom pVenuicalm@iameter. ... 5.1. cle «aus coca eee ene 25

Iimar, antero=posterior diameter... .:.....00.+..- ses 23
(EVtIAT etLANSVELSELGIAMOtED oso. 500. 4 2. avche o ole ashore stern eee 20 19
(GimMatventicaliGlamMeten a. fo: cils nics sss cigs peice neon 30 31
Cuneiform, antero-posterior diameter.................. 19 19
Cuneiform, transverse diameter............0..000-+0s008 30
Cuneiform: verticalidiameter.: <5... . 26d as dee ane oe ee 19 19
Pisiform, greatest length, approximately................ 34 34
Pisiform, vertical diameter at free end...............-. 18 18
Pisitorm= smallest verticalidiameter.... 2... s=s. ose 15 15
Trapezium, greatest vertical diameter.................. Tr
Trapezium, greatest transverse diameter............... Io
Trapezoid, antero-posterior diameter................... 17
sbrapezoidenycrbical diamMeteneay. ec.crs « 2 = + <ve)s) «ore ele orats alate 19

Macnum: transverseidiameters 3... 60. 0... s eee occ cra s 20
Marnumverticalidiametererans). .\.. 2. eins i seje a etele ae I4
Unciform, greatest vertical diameter, approximately..... 26
Unciform, greatest antero-posterior diameter, approxi-

THAI AS bis oy Coy Dee HENS 0 OCC GIO: ICRC Oe CRORES AEN 34
Metacarpal II, greatest length, approximately.......... 60 64
Metacarpal III, greatest length, approximately.......... 82 85
Metacarpal IV, greatest length, approximately.......... a7 Wy
Metacarpal V, greatest length, approximately........... 63 63

THE HIND LIMB.

The more important differences in the hind limb, when compared
with that of Merycoidodon, are the proportionally shorter tibia and
fibula and the backward shifting of the pelvis on the vertebral column.
This deviation from the older type is distinctly analogous to the cor-
responding characters in the hippopotamus. We have already seen
that the radius is much shorter than the humerus, that the manus is
broad and short, that there is a large thoracic cavity with an additional
dorsal, which carries a good-sized rib and has a prominent transverse

188 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

process, and that the lumbar vertebra all have very long and broad
transverse processes. These facts together with the backward shifting
of the pelvis, and the small brain, indicate (1) the relatively large size
of the organs of the thorax and abdomen, and (2) the sluggish nature
of the animal.

The shape and proportions of the pelvis in Promerycocherus do

——s

ih

Uli
SMl|
Ce

ff

Wh
iS

_ ZHI,
7

\

Y)
\

MD.
\
y
\

Fic. 28. Dorsal view of sacrum and pelvis of Promerycocherus carrikeri.
No. 1081; § nat. size.

not differ much from those of Merycoidodon, except in size. The ilium
in Promerycocherus carrikeri has a slightly greater outward curve in its

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHGRUS. 189

anterior portion, but otherwise the pelvis has the usual antero-pos-
terior elongation and the deep, narrow pelvic cavity, characteristic
of the family. The point of the ilium is rather heavy and rugose,
affording extensive surfaces for muscu-
lar attachments. From this rugosity

eC ~S 8
backwards to the iliosacral contact is
a very prominent ridge on the internal
face of the ilium, which also serves for
the attachment of muscles. The
spines of the sacrum when in position,
rise above the superior iliac border.
The latter is rounded from before
backward and the ilium is rapidly con-
tracted to a notch back of the sacro-
iliac contact much asin Merycoidodon
culbertsoni, Mesoreodon, and _ other
genera of thefamily. The acetabular
border of the ilium forms a long and
gently concave sweep from the point
of the ilium to the anterior border of
the acetabulum. The latter is rather
small, though deep, and the pit for
the ligamentum teres is unusually
deep. The cotyloid notch is deep,
but narrow, and relatively smaller
than in Merycoidodon, and much
smaller than in Mesoreodon chelonyx.
The ischium is elongated and robust,
with a broad rough surface over the
acetabulum which terminates above
in a deep ridge or spine. This spine
again decreases in prominence to

Fic. 29. Lateral view of sacrum
and pelvis of Promerycocherus carri-

form the lesser sacro-sciatic notch
after which the ischium again sud- Dee cue aeiecttel
denly rises in an upward and outward

direction to form the high and robust ischial tuberosity. The broad
surface of the posterior portion of the ischium is sub-triangular in out-
line, very high, terminating above in the large tuberosity mentioned
and below in a heavy and rugose area, which is developed into a large

tubercle on the posterior ventral angle of the symphysis. The ascend-

190 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

ing ramus of the pubis is very short, and the ventral border is deeply
grooved, while near the anterior border is a heavy and rugose
tuberosity. The horizontal ramusis broad, completely coalesced with
its fellow in the median line, forming a rough and transversely broad
ridge on the ventral face, which terminates in tubercles in front and
behind. The obturator foramen is large and ovate in outline.

i Rae
PANO
mi A
| \

1
\
‘

}
I/]

Fic. 30. Ventral view of sacrum and pelvis of Promerycocherus carrikeri.
No. 1081; 4 nat. size.

The Femur (Fig. 31).—The differences between the femur of P. car-
rtkeri and that of P. montanus, described by Professor Scott, are slight.
The second trochanter, which is equally developed in Merycoidodon
and Mesoreodon, is evidently larger in proportion than that of P.

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS. 191

montanus. The condyles are of nearly the same size, but the groove
separating them is narrow in P. carrikeri. The rotular trochlea has
the same asymmetry, which obtains in P. montanus, and is, as Scott
states, a distinctly modernized character, differing from what is seen
in earlier representatives of the family. Some species of Promeryco-
cherus apparently have the groove more nearly as it isin Merycoidodon.

Fic. 31. Internal and posterior views of femur of Promerycocherus carrikeri.
No. 1081; 34 nat. size. 1, internal; 2, posterior.
Fic. 32. Anterior view of tibia and fibula of Promerycocherus carrikeri.
No. 1081; 4 nat. size.

Patella (Plates XXIII and XXXV).—The patella is large, very
convex and rugose on the anterior face, truncate above, and terminating
in a sharp tubercle, which is bent downward and backward. The
articulating surfaces for the femoral trochlea are broad, the external
more convex than the internal, and the median ridge is quite concave
from above downward.

192 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The Tibia (Fig. 32).—The tibia is, as stated above, short and heavy,
which is also characteristic of Merycocherus, as pointed out by Matthew
(Mem. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. I, p. 409, 1901). The head is
much expanded both antero-posteriorly and transversely. The spine
is relatively heavier than in Merycoidodon and the tendinal groove on
the external margin of the head is smaller. The anterior face of the
head has a deep, triangular, and rough excavation for ligamentary
attachments, which extends well down on the cnemial crest. The latter
is very prominent, extends well down, and strongly overhangs the
external face, imparting a strong antero-posterior convexity to this
part of the shaft. The internal malleolus is especially well-developed,
much bent outward, and applied closely to a corresponding deep
excavation on the internal face of the astragalus. The trochlea is
otherwise of the usual Merycoidodont-type, 7.e., with the straight fore-
and-aft median ridge, and the very deep external groove, which
corresponds with the asymmetry of the upper trochlea of the astragalus.
The tibia appears to be proportionally longer and the lateral meta-
podials shorter in some species.

The Fibula (Fig. 32).—The proximal end of the fibula is much ex-
panded antero-posteriorly, very rugose externally, and entirely co-
dssified with the tibia. The shaft is slender with a sharp peroneal
ridge and the distal end expands rapidly in the antero-posterior direc-
tion. Transversely the malleolus is compressed, so as to form a broad
rugose external surface, as in the hippopotamus, and internally there is
an articular surface for the calcaneum. The calcaneal face is lance-
shaped in outline, takes up approximately half of the internal surface
near the anterior border, and is succeeded behind by a rough area of
considerable extent for tendinal and muscular attachments.

The Pes (Plate XXXIX, Figs. 1 and 2).—As has already been
pointed out by Professor Scott in the description of the limbs of
P. montanus, the tarsus of Promerycocherus is low, broad, and massive,
but otherwise similar to that in earlier genera. The astragalus in
particular is low and broad, but not so much so as in the more recent
genus Merycocherus. The calcaneum has a long tuber similar to
that in Merycoidodon, but rounder in cross-section. The internal lip
of the sustentaculum is prominent, and the posterior face of the shaft
just above the cuboid facet is unusually excavated and rugose. The
navicular is broader than ordinarily, but otherwise has all the char-
acteristics of the Merycoidodonts generally. The cuboid is low and
broad, the calcaneal facet smaller than the astragalus, the latter con-

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCH@RUS. 193

cave antero-posteriorly to about the same extent as in Merycoidodon
culberisont. The posterior hook is more deeply excavated above the
base and the rugose surface continues upwards and inwards forming a
heavier angle than in Merycoidodon. The anterior face is quite rough
distally with a more than ordinarily projecting border at the lower
margin, causing a vertical concavity on this surface. Distally the
cuboid is taken up almost entirely by the facet for Mt. IV, while that
for Mt. V occupies a rather small portion of the external plantar border.
This latter articulation is entirely distal, though with a less angular
and overhanging external border than in Merycoidodon culbertsoni.
The codssified ecto- and meso-cuneiforms are similar in all respects to
those of P. montanus. The ento-cuneiform has considerable height,
is large, irregularly rounded, and articulates with the navicular, meso,
cuneiform, and Mt. II in such manner as to completely interlock the
proximal end of the latter. The metatarsals are short and heavy, but
longer than the metacarpals. The most striking features are the
relatively small reduction in size and length of the second and fifth
metatarsals, somewhat as is the case in those of Agriocherus major
described and illustrated by Wortman (J. c., pp. 168, 170). Meta-
tarsals IJ and V are subequal in length; Mt. II, which is only 12 mm.
shorter than Mt. III, is slightly the longer, a reversal of what seems
to be the case in P. montanus (I. c., p. 161) and most members of this
family, Mt. V being generally the longer. In Sus scofa also Mt. V is
longer than Mt. II, while in Hippopotamus Mt. II is slightly longer-

The second metatarsal has a strongly curved shaft so that the distal
end lies plantar to Mt. III when the bones are in position, quite
like what is observed in the recent pigs and Hippopotamus. Proxi-
mally Mt. II is, as stated above, quite completely interlocked by Mt.
III externally, by the entocuneiform internally, and by the united
meso- and ecto-cuneiform superiorly. With relation to the median
metatarsals the length and other proportions of Mt. II and V are, as
in the manus, greater than in Merycoidodon culbertsoni, and perhaps
more nearly approach the conditions found in the hippopotamus.
Mt. III is heavy and relatively much shorter than that in Merycoido-
don. The head hasa broad plane surface for the ecto-cuneiform above,
the usual interlocking facets for Mt. IV externally, and a smaller
facet for Mt. I] internally. The palmar process, though quite promi-
nent, is not so large as that on Mt. IV, and, as usual, the tibial and
fibular faces overhang only slightly. The shaft is flat, rather straight,
and distally there are only slight tuberosities internally and externally,

194 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

so that the distal end extends very slightly beyond the lateral borders
of the shaft. The carina, especially of the lateral metatarsals, are
better developed than in Merycoidodon, but, as in the latter, are not
carried up upon the anterior face of the trochlea. Mt. IV is a little
longer than Mt. III, though the two differ but slightly in this as
well as other respects. The proximal articulation is large and takes
up nearly the entire distal surface of the cuboid. Antero-posteriorly
the bone has a greater diameter than Mt. III, which is due to the
prominent ridge from the base of the large palmar process extending
obliquely downward and outward across the posterior face. On the
external proximal angle is the rather small articular facet for Mt. V.
The latter is the shortest of the series. The bone is quite heavy with
a less arched shaft than Mt. IJ, and a simpler proximal articulation
than the latter, but the distal carina is developed fully as well. In
the paratype the bone is diseased on the proximal half of the shaft.

The Phalanges (Plate XX XIX, figs. 1 and 2).—The phalanges of
the pes are relatively slightly longer and not so broad as those of the
manus; otherwise they differ in no important respect.

No. 1080
MEASUREMENTS. (Type No. 1081,
m. m,.

Pelvis, greatest antero-posterior diameter............... 355 360
Pelvis, from point of ilium to middle of acetabulum...... 200 200
Pelvis, from middle of acetabulum to end of ischium..... 170 160
Pelvis, vertical diameter of ischium posteriorly, median

Nine-TEASREIMent eee Ch eerie Chinnor ticker 120 128
Pelvis, greatest transverse diameter from point to point of

ilia when in ‘position, approximately. 0.225.650 -55. 00 308 300
Pelvis, transverse diameter of pelvic cavity opposite the

ACCA UL ale cect Weear eit ce eitocie Ghat OT ne eter TO a ieee IIo 90
Pelvis, transverse diameter of pelvic cavity opposite the

ischialétuberosityeas ween cele eee reo ene II4 95
Hemutporeatest lene thi cgay eeteralustierciecle ciaienetcheietecretelet ae 260 275
Femur, antero-posterior diameter of head............... 38 38
Femur, transverse diameter of condyles................ 67 68
Femur, transverse diameter of rotular trochlea.......... 34
Tiblawiereatestvlengthy sae erer.tae cies ister seevetelous eteree, evenenens 205 225
Tibia, transverse diameter ofs heads se... «a. «cle ees es clere 65 q1
Tibia, antero-posterior diameter of head................ 58 56
Tibia, transverse diameter of distal end with fibula in

POSITION Shee oge tere Shee eta ero TOILE eee eh decree aah ae 55 55
Tibia, antero-posterior diameter of distal end, internally... ? 39 39
Calecaneum, exeatestilengthery.c. eee iacine inches aeons 90 92

Calcaneum, antero-posterior diameter at sustentacular
1h) ere Re SLR PA Cae oti aie Ba ANOS cheraiya.cna ch ? 40 40

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS. 195

No, 1080
(Types) No. 1081,
Mm, Mm,

TIRES) LGHEA Teed ea EN Aba oe beeen ? 62 62
MUR AUISTIS ENC AGL G Safa 5) 5: o.8> wise bic aiee mle a Cas PE ee eee eee eee ? 50 50
PNG UA CATES OIO UG a's co's ws. s bocum 5 ancl oT ssp ee eee 50 50
PAGELA PITTS OLCAGEM at... cic sie vein ceiche eee he eee eee 38 38
Iie (UI ILSSa ela Soe) te ee Mo Ea ct 63 65
INTE JTS SGT O ES oa lee ERG ay a eC) 75 77
IME TING ACV TO. oo et Oa ne ek eA G2. a 80 79
TTD Wi Sse) 6 oo a0 OEE Cece ee Sk 65 6L
Dist Mensthyonirst phalanx. <<. 5. ..ssaseernee 28 20,
Distt wi wencthvonmsecond phalanx. ........assscee ono 18 16
Dirt lensthvofterminal phalanx. ....5...50-ee.en 24 24

THE ARTICULATED SKELETON OF PROMERYCOCHOERUS CARRIKERI
PETERSON.

(PLATE XXXV).

This description of the articulated skeleton is a somewhat modified
restatement of the account given by the writer in the Annals, Vol. IV,
pp. 28, 29.

“The skeleton No. 1081 was found on the same level, nine feet from
the group [Pl. XX XIII] mounted in the Hall’of Vertebrate Paleon-
tology of the Carnegie Museum, and practically was one of them.
The anterior portion of the skeleton was unfortunately eroded and lost,
but from the fifth dorsal backward the skeleton is practically complete.
The head of the left humerus, the distal end of the right humerus, and
a small portion of both ulnz were also found in position. Nearly all
of the ribs are represented.

“The parts supplied in this restoration were taken from three dif-
ferent individuals of the same species, the skull and jaws from a speci-
men cataloged as No. 109 [somewhat too small for the skeleton];
the cervicals, anterior dorsals, first lumbar, and the left scapula
(which are somewhat too large for the skeleton) were derived from
the specimen cataloged as No. 1228. The humeri, radii, and ulne
are mostly restored in plaster.

““”. . The skull is short and deep, the neck short and robust, the
neural spines of the dorsals are high, the lumbar vertebre are heavy,
with strong zygapophyses and thin transverse processes, which are
much extended transversely at the distal extremities [those on the
last lumbar longer and more extended transversely than on the verte-
bre preceding it]. There are eight well codssified vertebrae in the

196 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

sacrum [of this individual]. The caudal region was of medium length,
judging from the four anterior caudals which are at hand. The
thoracic [and abdominal cavities are] of large size. The limbs are
short and heavy, . . . [the feet are short and broad] and the propor-
tions of the skeleton recall the outlines of the hippopotamus.”’

MEASUREMENTS.
Cm.
Skeleton,/totallensth, approximately, cue econ ince er 172
Skeleton; heichtiatihirsetdorsalljc.a cei ee nie hoe ee We
Skeleton) heightiat points ofmliate acme sierra itera 68

MODELS OF PROMERYCOCHGRUS CARRIKERI Peterson.
(PLaTES XXXVI anD XXXVII.)

Models based upon the skeletons described in the preceding pages
were placed upon exhibition in the Hall of Mammals in the Gallery of
Vertebrate Paleontology of the Carnegie Museum in 1909. They were
made by Theodore A. Mills under the supervision of Dr. W. J. Holland
and the writer. They are believed to portray with considerable
accuracy the proportions, shape, and positions of these animals in
life. The skull represented in Plate XX XV is too small, and another
skull of more nearly the proper size was used in preparing the models.
Apart from this change the articulated skeleton, and the three speci-
mens in the original position on the sandstone slab were closely followed.

As may be gathered from the foregoing pages there are a number of
features in Promerycocherus which are hippopotamoid. The animal
had a heavy and short neck, a long and heavy body, short legs, and
broad and tetradactyl feet. The high sagittal crest, high, broad, and
rugose occipital plate, together with the broad mastoid plate suggest
that the muscles of the neck were heavy; while the deep supratemporal
fossa, greatly expanded zygomatic arches, and deep excavations on
the internal face of the angle of the lower jaw indicate thick and heavy
masseteric muscles. Add to these characters the extremely heavy

15 It is of interest to note the close similarity of the model figured on Plate
XXXVI to the figure by Charles R. Knight given in Osborn’s ‘‘Age of Mammals,”’
p. 236. This paper was in manuscript, and the model in the Carnegie Museum
on exhibition long before Professor Osborn’s book appeared, and we had no knowl-
edge that a restoration of Promerycocherus was being made in the American
Museum of Natural History. It is therefore gratifying to observe that the con-

clusions independently reached by our friends in New York as to the external
appearance of the animal so closely agree with our own.

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS. 197

and rugose zygomatic arch with its posterior vertical plate, which is
high and broad, extending backward nearly on an even transverse
line with the posterior face of the occipital and mastoid plates, and
we have warrant for the musculature adumbrated in these sketches in
clay. It has been suggested by Dr. Holland in conversation that the
animals might have had warty protuberances covering the superior
and outer portions of the zygomatic arches. It seems, however, to
the writer, more probable that the rugose zygomatic arch was intended
for muscular attachments over which the epidermis was drawn as
represented in the models.® It has already been stated that the
mandible is proportionally long, deep, and heavy as in the pigs, and
that the masseter muscle did not extend forward on the jugal and the
mandible, as on some recent ungulates with long jaws and large teeth
(Equus caballus); hence it would appear that the broad, heavy, and
rugose zygomatic arch and the deep excavation on the inner face of
the angle of the lower jaw were for the attachment of muscles suffi-
ciently powerful to properly swing the heavy jaws, which are full of
robust teeth. The position of the ear is well up on the side of the head,

16 The opinion expressed by Mr. Peterson is one from which I am not at all
inclined to dissent, and I think it is in the main absolutely correct. There is not
a shadow of doubt that the enlargement of the zygomatic arch had as its primary
object the supply of surfaces sufficiently large for the attachment of the powerful
muscles which were required in order to the mastication of coarse and rough food,
upon which these creatures probably fed. Nevertheless the development of the
zygoma in this family is so remarkable, and so entirely different from that in other
families in which an equal or even greater muscular power is called for, as to suggest
that in addition to its use as a support for heavy musculature, it may indicate
some external embellishment of the features, which may have been of use to these
animals. In the mandril and some of the allied apes we have a thickening of the
bones of the face, which especially in the mandril are covered with highly pigmented
skin; in the wart-hog of Africa the excrescences, which impart such a hideous
appearance to the animal, are coupled with corresponding thickenings of the sub-
jacent osseous tissue. It does not appear necessary to suppose that the rounded
and widened upper and outer surface of the zygoma was required to furnish attach-
ments for the origin of the masseteric muscle in Promerycocherus and its allies; it
is more probable that these muscles had their attachments on the inner and lower
surface of the widely expanded bone. While I do not strenuously advocate the
view, which I proposed to Mr. Peterson in conversation, and in fact when helping to
model the heads did not attempt to express it in the clay, it nevertheless seems to me
to be worthy of consideration and highly plausible. No scheme of mere muscula-~
ture applicable to the case seems to call of necessity for such a peculiar develop-
ment of the zygomatic arch, especially on its upper and external surfaces, as is seen
in some species of this family. W. J. HOLLAND.

198 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

more asin Sus scrofa than in the hippopotamus, while the eyes are nearer
the nose, entirely unlike those in the latter forms. The upper part
of the neck is heavy, but the lower has not the great transverse diameter
seen in the hippopotamus as the angles of the lower jaws are relatively
much less spread, the cervical vertebre less depressed, and perhaps
not as broad, consequently there was not the surface for the attach-
ment of the muscles of the under portion of the neck seen in the recent
forms. Although the shoulders appear heavy they are represented
as having little or no superfluous flesh as the outlines of the glenoid and
suprascapular borders of the shoulder blade are plainly visible through
the muscles. The broad thoraco-abdominal muscle is also represented
as quite thin. Posteriorly the models are lighter and recall the general
characters of the pigs rather than the ruminants. The limbs are
short and the feet are most nearly like those of hippopotamus.

The epidermis is represented with little or no hair for two reasons:
first we have no means of knowing whether the animal had a thick
coat of hair like the wild boar, was more thinly clad like certain species
of peccaries, or whether the hair was absent as in Hippopotamus;
secondly, the models are represented smooth in order the better to
show the proportions of the different parts of their anatomy. As
has been stated in the introduction to this paper and also in earlier
publications the habitat of the animals discussed was most likely in
low-lying land. It is not altogether unreasonable to think that they
spent part of their time in marshy places, or even in the water.

2. Promerycocherus vantasselensis Peterson.
ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEvuM, Vol. IV, p. 36, Pl. XI, 1907.

Type: Skull with right ramus and portions of the skeleton, Car. Mus.
No. 1230.

Paratypes: Two portions of skeletons found imbedded together.
Car. Mus. Nos. 1232 and.1232a-

Horizon: Miocene (Lower Harrison beds).

Locality: Vantassel Creek, Converse County, Wyoming.

SPECIFIC CHARACTERS. Skull brachycephalic. Length of molar
series slightly increased, and space for premolars shortened, nasals
shorter, and anterior nares more obliquely inclined posteriorly than in
other species of this genus. The zygomatic arch less robust, less down-
wardly extended, and the tympanic bulla larger than in P. carrtkert.

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCH@RUS. 199

Although this species cannot for the present be separated generically
from the genus Promerycocherus there are a number of characteristic
features which at once separate it from the earlier forms P. chelydra
and P.carrikeri. PP. hollandi is also more nearly related to the earlier
types. Two of the more significant specializations of P. vantasselensis
are included as specific characters, viz: the lengthening of the space
for the molars and the shortening of the space for the premolars as
well as the shortening of the nasals. These characters suggest the
condition in Merycocherus found in a later horizon, but in the latter
genus the cranium is shorter, the brain case is larger, the occiput is
broader, the facial region entirely changed; 7.e., the heavy inflated
longitudinal ridge separating the side of the face into two fosse is
absent, the infra-orbital foramen is further back, and the nasals are
very considerably shorter and constricted in the middle antero-
posterior region. These are characters which undoubtedly indicate
an earlier origin (Oligocene) than those indicated in the species under
description (compare fig. 1 on Plate XL with fig. 2 on Plate XLII).

A more minute study of the remains of this species reveals a great
many characters which differ from those in P. carrikert and other
species of this genus. Some of these differences are of importance,
and a detailed comparative description is therefore in order.

THE SKULL.
(PLATE XL).

The skull is not so broad proportionally asin P. chelydra and P. car-
rikert, but slightly broader than in P. hollandi or P. temporalis. The
high occiput is similarly constructed though possibly somewhat more
overhanging than in these species, but the occipital plate is approxi-
mately the same. The condyles are quite sessile and point more
downward than in P. carrikeri, more closely resembling those in
P. hollandi, resulting in a more curved basicranial axis in the present
species and in P. hollandt.

The size of the brain-case is perceptibly larger than in the earlier
species, a fact which is especially noticeable in the type, while in the
paratype, No. 1230, the brain-case has received lateral crushing. The
sagittal crest is generally sharper than in P. carrikeri, and in this
respect is also similar to P. hollandi, but the crest has a greater con-
vexity fore-and-aft than in the latter species. The zygomatic arch

200 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM:

is also very much less drooping than in P. carrikert, but in its general
construction it is otherwise quite similar and has a greater downward
thrust than in either P. chelydra or P. hollandi. As in the earlier
species the deep temporal fossa is surrounded by prominent borders
formed above and behind by the temporal, sagittal, lamboidal, and
posttemporal crests; formed below by the broadly expanded zygomatic
arch, and in front by the united postorbital processes of the frontal
and jugal. The external cranial wall has prominent ridges, which
extend forward and downward from the posterior portion of the
parietal to the lower part of the squamosal, serving for the attachment
of muscles in this region. The temporal muscle was evidently of
considerable size and thickness. The glenoid cavity is regularly
convex fore-and-aft, and bounded on the postero-internal angle by a
postglenoid process, which is thick antero-posteriorly, quite heavy
as in other species, and unlike the transversely broad process in
Merycocherus. The paroccipital and postglenoid processes are slightly
closer together than in P. carrikeri, and in this respect more nearly
resemble those in P. chelydra and P. hollandi, in which they are still
closer together. This character suggests the conditions found in the
later forms Merycocherus Leidy, and Pronomotherium Douglass, in
which the postglenoid, the paroccipital, and the occipital condyle are
very close together. In proportion to the large tympanic bulla the
external auditory meatus is quite small, while in the older species it
is larger, though the bulla is smaller.

The region of the sphenoid bones of this species does not appear to
be in any respect different from that of P. carrikeri, except the foramen
ovale, which is situated more internally in the type of the present form.
The pterygoids are apparently somewhat larger and the posterior
nares are further back than in P. carrikeri, which is also true of
P. chelydra and P. hollandi, another character which approaches
conditions in the later Miocene forms.

The frontal region is more convex from side to side over the orbits
than in P. chelydra or P. hollandi and more like that in carrikeri, but
the posterior portion of the frontal does not take the upward turn to
meet the sudden rise of the sagittal crest as in the latter species nor
are the temporal ridges of such conspicuous prominence when the
skull is viewed from in front. The position of the orbit is approxi-
mately in the same position asin P. carrtkeri and lower down on the side
of the face than in P. hollandi. The supratemporal foramen is small

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCH@RUS. 201

and, as in the other species mentioned, situated quite close to the
median line.

The palatal bones in general are like those in P. carrikeri, though
the posterior extension of the palatine plate gives the inner nares a
more backward position than in that species, as has already been
pointed out.

A feature which is characteristic not only of the genus Promery-
cocherus, but of many other genera of this family is well displayed in
the present species, namely, the division of the external face of the
maxillary into two fosse by a broad and inflated ridge (a deep and
large pre-orbital fossa above and a shallower depression below the ridge
and above the premolars, somewhat analogous to many of the early
camels) which includes the anterior portion of the jugal and extends
more or less prominently to the border of the anterior nares. In
Merycoidodon this ridge is also very prominent, but the superior fossa
is confined to an area nearer the orbit (the lachrymal pit) while the
inferior fossa is broad, shallow, and extends well back above the
molars. In Promerycocherus and Merycoidodon there was therefore
a similarity in the arrangements of the naso-labial and maxillo-nasal
muscles. In Merycocherus on the other hand the facial region is, as
already stated, entirely different. In the first place the nasals are
laterally constricted in the median antero-posterior region, and secondly
the inflated ridge referred to above is practically absent, so that the
large fossa on the side of the face, though not regularly concave, is
nevertheless uninterrupted from the nasals to the lower limit im-
mediately above the alveolar border of the maxillary. This change of
the facial region indicates a different distribution of the labial and nasal
muscles, the animal having perhaps had a lip with considerable power
of prehension or possibly a proboscis as was originally suggested by
Leidy.

As in P. carrtkert the infra-orbital foramen is small and located above
P+, The premaxillaries are slightly more produced beyond the an-
terior faces of the canines than in the latter species and, as stated
before, the borders which form the sides of the anterior nares are more
oblique upwards and backwards. The large anterior palatine fora-
mina are separated in the median line of the premaxillaries by a heavy
bony septum, their lateral borders nearly reaching the internal face
of the canines, thus the two foramina together display a pear-shaped
outline. As stated above, the jugal is much inflated anteriorly and the

202 _ ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

postorbital and zygomatic processes are of the same shape as in
P. carrikert.

One of the chief characters of this species is the shortening of
the nasals and the obliquity of the anterior nares. This is a constant
feature of all the specimens of this species at hand, and is distinctly
different from what is seen in P. carrikeri. The anterior free ends are
rounded to a blunt point and overhang the nares much in the same
way, though further back than in P. chelydra, P. hollandi, and
P. carrikert.

THE MANDIBLE.

The right ramus of the type is preserved. In addition to this we
possess other lower jaws and fragments of the jaws of other individuals
of the same species. The incisor alveolar border is more produced
and rounded so that the incisors and canines form a more curved line
from side to side between the first premolars than in P. carrikeri.

Fic. 33. Lateral view of mandible of Promerycocherus vantasselensis.
No. 1230; 3 nat. size.

The symphysis is quite strong, but the chin is not nearly as wide
asin the latter species. The ramus of the type, No. 1230, unfortunately
lacks the angle and coronoid process, but No. 1232 has the lower jaws
nearly complete and shows no other important differences from
P. carrikert, except those stated above.

MEASUREMENTS.

No. 1230

(Type)
Mm.
SEull, total Jength ys. scans ases pelea ones one ae Ee 320
Skull, length from occipital condyle to and including incisors....... 305
Skull, length from anterior tip of nasals to anterior border of the orbit 115
Skull, length from anterior border of orbit to condyles............ 172

Skull, length of alveolar border from incisors to back of molar three. 170
Skull, length from end of alveolar border of maxillary to occipital
(exe) ele hig (- eA ie ea re PaCe AL cin Gad Picicio itn orate. rae oloted eteciatons b 127

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS. 203

No. 1230
(Type)

m.
Skull sereatestrransverse Giameter. «sarin rane ee eats 225
Skull, transverse diameter of occipital condyles................00% 53
Skull, transverse diameter of occiput at mastoid plate............. 130
Skull, vertical diameter of tympanic bulla.............-.-+ee+0:e 33
Skull, antero-posterior diameter of tympanic bulla...............- 30
Skull, transverse diameter of tympanic bulla....................- 24
Skull, greatest transverse diameter of brain cavity..............+- 93
Skull, transverse diameter of the frontals over the orbits.......... 100
Skull, transverse diameter of muzzle at anterior nares............. 45
Skull, greatest transverse diameter of muzzle at base of the canines. 91
Skull, transverse diameter of palate at the base of incisors......... 46
Skull, transverse diameter of palate at pt. .......c.sccessccevsce 60
skull; transverse diameter of palate at m+.....5.....:.500see-ouen 51
Skull; transverse diameter of palate at m2..........cccccesccocee 54
Skull, transverse diameter at base of postglenoid processes......... 134
Skull, transverse diameter of postglenoid process at base.......... 24
Skull, antero-posterior diameter of postglenoid processes at base.... 13
Skullantero=posterior diameter of orbit. .. 7.5 scs4. 052020 eee ee 36
Skull@verticalsdiameternob orbit: ..6:5\c..'. 24s oe tae Demon ees 34
Skull, greatest vertical diameter of zygomatic arch............... 95
Skull, vertical diameter of jugal below middle of orbit............. 30
Lower jaw, length from incisors to base of third molar............ 167
Lower jaw, vertical diameter of jaw at my, approximately........ se ni5 5
Lower jaw, vertical diameter of jaw at canine.................... 58

THE SUPERIOR DENTITION.
(ees Ds Aes >)

The crowns of the incisors are very little wider than their bases, so
that after comparatively little wear they are peg-like, and resemble
those of P. carrikert in being each separated by diastemata. The
crown of the canine is shorter (due to individual variation), and
relatively more delicate than in the latter species. In the type, No.
1230, which is perhaps the skeleton of a male, the canine is heavier
than in any other individual of this species at hand; it has received
considerable wear on the posterior face, but was originally much stouter,
though somewhat shorter than in Nos. 1232 and 1232a.

In the type P+ is separated from the canine by a short diastema and
is also followed by a second very short diastema on the left, while on
the right side it is close to Py. In Nos. 1232 and 1232a the molars
and premolars formaclosed series. P is placed in an oblique position
in the alveolar border; a character which seems to be constant in all

204 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

of the specimens at hand. The tooth is more robust than that in
P. carrikeri and has the cingula better developed. Both premolars
two and three have smaller antero-posterior diameters than those in
P. carrikeri, but are transversely wider and have heavier cingula than
in the latter species. P*is similarin the two species. Mis absent.
The diameters of M2 are distinctly greater than those of the cor-
responding tooth in P. carrikert. The diameters of the third molar
are correspondingly large. Although the skull is more delicate in its
proportions than that of P. carrikeri, the premolar-molar series is
more robust, apparently one of the evolutionary features of the
phylum. The premolar series occupies a shorter space in the alveolar
border than is generally the case in older forms, an advanced ™ feature.

THE INFERIOR DENTITION.

The lower incisors of this species are more spatulate than is
usual, are set close together, and have a rather procumbent position.
The canine has the usual incisiform character and receives much
wear on the external face of the crown by friction with the superior
canine. P-+is robust, but not nearly as much so asin P. carrikeri, and
its position is somewhat less inclined outward and forward than in the
latter species. Phas a similar oblique positionimmediately back of
P;; the tooth is otherwise like that in P. carrikeri. All of the pre-
molars are more compactly placed than in P.carrikerit which has Py
quite isolated. The molars are on an average larger than those in
P. carrikeri, so that including the diastemata back and in front of
P in the latter species, the length of the whole dental series is no
greater that in P. vantasselensis.

MEASUREMENTS.

No. 1230

(Type)
Mm.
Superiorsaenitizon wtotalulens thie crc cereicre ciel eects hora cretehe renee 170
Superior dentition, length from incisors to M!..............0ee0- 108
supercor dentition, lengthy or molar Senes)jrcrece eis ns oie cre eieneieeeieienensiere 78
Canine, antero-posterior diameter near base...............--+..--. 16
Canine transverse diameter Neat bases .clcietelone/oreleusrsiekeiehel a ceete ieneiens 19
iP antero=posterion diam cter-a meric ede eae oer nice 14
P vtransverse diameter seve: cine actor hoe ee rane LTS ee re )

17 We should not lose sight of the fact that certain forms in the Oligocene as
Merycoidodon gracilis have the premolar teeth reduced to very nearly as great a
degree as Merychyus from the Upper Harrison beds.

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS. 205

No, 1230
(Type)

Mm,
Parantero-pasteriot diameter. 2c... eee see: Coen ek eens ue 14
omueanoverse aiameter. ...:7, 20) ae ween ree mee Cree 2h: 12
Pivanrero-pusterior diaméter .\). 2090 Pee eae ee ah 15
Peateamswrerse CiAmMeter «4 0...) 3c kre Ou RRA Fo FO as 15
Pe antero-posterior diameter ... . :\s.. i. sss cate enn mein ee wreck 13
Paget SOLS GIATACLCT ss. u/s 3 ae ee tetas eed dae: 19
IMevantero-postenion diameter. .......c2ee een oon ane 27
DES suramsversexGiamleeer sen... oo. ss cde OE eee one 26
MeJantero-postenriotidiameter ..'. .. i. 2 eee ee 35
IMEStrans verse diamMetens fr0./s 6 3. sss ce o eek Mee BE tee 28
Wnfertorsdeniti1072 ptotal length) :.. 2). 5.00.2 see coe ee oe ee ee Ts
Inferior dentition, length from incisors to My...............-.+0:- 90
IM LOVE WAT ATAGS Gyo eae a Sea ae oe PR ee ee cea ee 87
AM LeLO-POSteniols (lameten... si. +... wick fo. oe eRe eine re ore 17
EACLAUGVELSe)GIAMeLeberterysiay.'s.as s+) acne Dele aes Mere nee ee 13
Pe Ant CLO-POStEMOmCiamMeLel or vss.).lok sels see lce ee Ce Tee I4
pauhauS Verse GlaMetelngat ety a see ccicr<:s 2 2 = sisetie et eee PR Ne 8
utero POStEMOnIGAMELEI ein +4 2. «+ si 4.- OC one Enea 15
[Pee (again eves eh Gla Nenenoe. Ss oy aR eEeind bleach d-cloimad alco ae wore 12
PA AAULCLO=POSCEMOn GIAIMeLeenp in 1 «, neice ela erete elem ener acetone 19
Pe TAULATISVELSC IATMEL EI ctehaye cs sfc) S cfsne/c ale’ scld sha e oC ReRS Ores 15
My, antero-posterior diameter.............. Rae 20
IM LLATISVELSeKCIAIMeLGh aitersuerere cote, sci <tc xis Srajel crenshe cle use RAIS eesti 17
ME PANCELO-MOStELIOMNCIAametenetie 0... - siejsr- oni) see ee ieeeete ee PAT
IME gUranSVGLSerGiaimecen tener theses «| ares ichcre (ci vis oie elapse emcee ted eer aie eas 21
IME antero-posterior Giametern iy.c.c 2s 5 ose oe eae eee cree 43
Mie CLAMS V.CLSeyGiarmetetin cian ceeis cue «iS ine ec eieis clebeneea michel tetera ete 22

THE VERTEBRAL COLUMN.

Unfortunately the atlas and axis are not represented in our material.
The fourth, fifth, and seventh cervicals are at hand. Their neural
spines are quite prominent, the centra are short, vertically compressed,
and have a strong inferior keel. The transverse processes are shaped
as in P. carrtkert.

A dorsal vertebra belonging to the type pertains to the anterior part
of the column and shows the usual characters found in P. carrikert,
viz.,a depressed centrum, deeply excavated for the heads of the ribs,
keeled below, with heavy transverse processes and indications that the
neural spine was robust. A vertebra, representing the middle of the
dorsal series is quite similar to corresponding bones in P. carrikert,
though lighter, while the last dorsal (the fourteenth), has the neural
spine inclined backward, the centrum with a smaller vertical diameter,
and the inferior keel very much less developed.

206 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The lumbar vertebre, six in number, are very well represented.
Besides being more delicate in their proportions, they have broader
and more depressed centra, more nearly like those of Merycoidodon
culbertsoni and the zygapophyses are less perfectly rounded than in
P. carrikeri. The first sacral vertebra has a much broader and more
depressed centrum, and the zygapophyses are wider apart than in P.
carrikeri, while the pleurapophyses indicate that the vertebra supported
the pelvis in a similar manner. The robust neural spine is isolated
from the succeeding sacrals as in P. carrikeri, but has a greater trans-
verse diameter.

There are no caudal vertebre of this species in our material.

MEASUREMENTS.
; Mm
Fourth cervical, antero-posterior diameter of centrum............. 28
Fourth cervical, transverse diameter of centrum, posteriorly....... Git
Fourth cervical, vertical diameter of centrum, posteriorly.......... 24
Fourth cervical, greatest height including spine, approximately..... 50
Second ? dorsal, antero-posterior diameter of centrum............. 28
Second ? dorsal, transverse diameter including capitular facets for
the ribs apostenioriaspect or. Cae xcicccie eis cle eee aici niet hone eed 35
Second ? dorsal, vertical diameter of centrum, posteriorly......... 18
Fourteenth ? dorsal, antero-posterior diameter of centrum.......... 35
Fourteenth ? dorsal, transverse diameter of centrum.............. 27
Fourteenth ? dorsal, vertical diameter of centrum, posteriorly...... 18
Hourteenth!? dorsal; heisht including spine er...) < s-eeicne ale ele 68
Lumbar region, greatest length when placed in position........... 265
Fourth lumbar, greatest transverse diameter including transverse
DLOCESSES a safc cuene cucmersrele ote iet eran tslshe eaves Se co ore ac cas Neuer eden nebeneoe erties 120
Fourth lumbar, transverse diameter of centrum posteriorly........ 33
Fourth lumbar, vertical diameter of centrum posteriorly.......... 20
Fourth lumbar, antero-posterior diameter of centrum............. 40
Fourth lumbar, greatest height including neural spine..... uabadeseenete 62
Sixth lumbar, greatest transverse diameter including transverse pro-
CESSES Ni. Sirens epee cee CPA Saal Suicssh ARLEN aed MTCC cake one isan Gratenae I24
Sixth lumbar, transverse diameter of centrum, posteriorly......... 40
Sixth lumbar, vertical diameter of centrum, posteriorly............ 17
Sixth lumbar, antero-posterior diameter of centrum............... 35

THE RIBS.

There are only a few fragments of ribs belonging to the type, which
are quite similar to those in P. carrikeri, and need not be described.
There are no sternebre with the type or with any of the material which
is referred to this species.

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS. 207

THE FORE LIMB.

The more delicate character of the axial skeleton, when compared
with Promerycocherus carrikeri, is reflected in the appendicular parts.

The Scapula.—An imperfect specimen, showing the glenoid cavity,
the spine, and a portion of the blade of the left scapula is preserved.
The glenoid cavity indicates a more direct antero-posterior articulation
with the head of the humerus than is the case in P. carrikeri. The
spine is not so high and the metacromion tubercle was undoubtedly
less developed, while the acromion apparently had about the same
proportions as in the latter species. The neck is more constricted and
the glenoid border is more prominent, so that the postscapular fossa
was perhaps deeper than in P. carrikert.

The Humerus.—The proximal end and the greater part of the shaft
of the humerus are at hand. The head is quite hemispherical, but
has not the antero-posterior diameter or the robustness which obtain
in P. carrikert. The great trochanter is apparently as heavy and the
bicipital groove is wider and deeper than in the latter species. At the
proximal end the shaft has received considerable lateral crushing, so
that the antero-posterior diameter appears greater than it really was.
The deltoid ridge is prominent and extends somewhat lower down on
the shaft than in P. carrikeri; otherwise the humerus is similar to
the earlier species so far as the material at hand enables us to judge.
The distal trochlea of No. 1232, which is preserved, is apparently as
oblique as in P. carrikeri. The anconeal fossa is broad and low. No
supratrochlear foramen can be detected.

The Radius and Ulna.—Unfortunately the radius and ulna of the
type are not represented. In Nos. 1232 and 1232a, however, these
parts, especially the radius, are fairly well preserved, and again show
the characteristically broad shaft which is seen in P. carrikeri. In
the fully adult stage this broadening of the radius is especially notice-
able, the external border of the shaft broadening out (especially
on the distal half) into a sharp interosseous ridge, instead of being
rounded asin Merycoidodon. ‘The distal end is transversely expanded.
There is a deep groove on the ulnar border of the scaphoid facet, and
a wide, deep groove on the posterior margin between the scaphoid and
lunar facets. In No. 1232a both radii are preserved and show more
rounded shafts which may be due partly to crushing, perhaps also to
immaturity.

The ulna differs little from that of P. carrikeri, except in being less
robust.

208 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The Manus.—Only the scaphoid, trapezoid, and the third and fifth
metacarpals of the right manus are preserved in the type.

The scaphoid shows some marked differences from that of P. car-
rikerit. While the vertical!® and transverse diameters are very nearly
the same in the two species, the antero-posterior diameter of P. van-
tasselensis is very much less, the palmar protuberance being very
much less developed. The articulation for the radius is more deeply
concave antero-posteriorly; the anterior ridge somewhat narrower,
but the antero-external angle rises in about the same manner to form
the high, overhanging crest, which fits into the deep oblique groove
of the scaphoid facet of the radius. The inferior facet for the lunar

neg
gS
3
34 35

Fic. 34. Scaphoid of Promerycocherus vantasselensis. No. 1230; 4 nat. size.
I. dorsal view; 2, radial view; 3, proximal view; 4, distal view.
Fic. 35. Trapezoid of Promerycocherus vantasselensis. No. 1230; 4% nat. size.
I, radial view; 2, dorsal view; 3, proximal view; 4, distal view.
Fic. 36. Metacarpals of Promerycocherus vantasselensis. No. 1230; 3 nat. size.
I, dorsal view of metacarpal V, right manus; 2, dorsal view of metacarpal III,
right manus; 3, radial view of metacarpal III, right manus.

takes up a considerable part of the external face and above there is a
small facet indicating a contact with the lunar, which is not present
in P. carrikeri. WDistally the scaphoid has the facet for the trapezoid
located more laterally, causing the bone on the radial side to appear
more compressed than is the case in P. carrikerit. There is no facet
for the trapezium.

The trapezoid is relatively smaller, but otherwise there is no dif-
ference in shape from that of P. carrikeri. The facet for the tra-
pezium is large, and occupies the postero-lateral angle, extending from
near the proximal to the distal face, forming a sharp angle with the
facet for the second metacarpal. Mc. III has the same general pro-

18—In passing it may be noted that the vertical diameter of the scaphoid in
Mesoreodon, though a smaller animal, is very nearly as high as in this species.

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS. 209

portions though somewhat more flattened than in P: carrikeri. The
proximal end has the usual strong interlocking facets, the shaft is nearly
straight, and the distal trochlea is characteristically of the Merycoido-
dont-type. Mc. V wasalso found, but presents no noteworthy features.
There are no phalanges, which I can positively associate with the manus.

MEASUREMENTS.
No. 1230
(Type)
Mm.
Scapula, total height of the fragment...... astorrc de cshensvetaveraits ete awthayets 195
Scapula, antero-posterior diameter at glenoid cavity including
COINS Cle tuo Stolsten ang cto b HO BIS. COPS OCC ROI ENS EAS ae: 50
Scapula, greatest transverse diameter at glenoid cavity............ 33
Scapilamuransverse diametemateneckem vss ossenedecdessscauen. 30
Humerus, greatest antero-posterior diameter at head including the
PLEACeT CID ECLOSIt Yami ieeieiers Rae rotekereneuet rev oi sie faze ieirouetoretena eiern Geeks 8019
Humerus, greatest transverse diameter at the head, approximately.. 5019
Humerus, antero-posterior diameter of articulation of head........ 45
Humerus, transverse diameter of the articulation of the head...... 40
Eiinmenismcotallensthrofudragments sme cei ts cn es eect ee aac. 178
HNAGUITS eC OLalelen ge thi crcwirey renens reser siciehelaieke late oem veiaiovavere oes Gia ecteneeal 11520
RACs trans Versexdiameterolsleadarrystiameials aielciaysiiahe <i stloe ea re ale 432°
Radius, antero-posterior diameter of head....................00- 2120
Radius, antero-posterior diameter of distal end................... 2220
Radims transverse diameterjof distaliendissa.os.--.+2cendac cess 4220
Scaphoid; antero-posterior diameters smile ccc s.choicle ere ae gestctss 2 ae DD.
Scaphoideseransverserdiametetmerattl-cacietasicie., pevsisiene wieisiteiein atsicnenehe 20
Scapnoid sherphty POstemOnhy sae: scccroctrycketere sos oassic eieiedel revoke Sina eae 21
MTADeZOId soLeAvceStAMelolitcwararacversicot a) shelersl overex sho skaidie o/s Sete ae cue I5
drapezoid,;antero-posterior diameter... « seisecisiieiis sis se ais olsen oles 16
sirapezoidwtransversediameter as climes cleo sescieele ae bie ciate 8
IW@s ODL, Iesayegdel #ehG: & & AeeNoe eo cata eS CIO ACI OT RES PE 71
Me sch transv.erserdiameter of heads sie. css 1c cee sesg cinta ees 23
Meh LLL antero-posterior diameter. of head... j.ace. sc. c0ccceets ees 21
Me. III, transverse diameter of the shaft in the middle............ 17
Me. III, antero-posterior diameter of the shaft in the middle....... 8
Mc transverse:diameter on distal’ trochleals’. 2.1.) <a «sete le» 18
Mc. III, antero-posterior diameter of distal trochlea including keel.. 16
IMGs W TET 55 6.5 Soto SORE aT EL OO Cnn aaa sera 52

THE HIND LIMB.
The pelvis presents a striking difference from that of Promeryco-
cherus carrikeri. Besides being lighter, it is very much shorter, and a

19 The humerus is crushed in this region which renders these measurements

unreliable.
20 These measurements are taken from No. 1232 referred to in the text.

210 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Fic. 27. Side view of pelvis of Promerycocherus vantasselensis.
No. 1230; 3 nat. size.

SS HN

SS
— SSSA

Fic. 38. Ventral view of pelvis of Promerycocherus vantasselensis.
No. 1230; 3 nat. size.

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS. 211

great deal broader. The point of the ilium is much expanded trans-
versely when in position, the supra-iliac border is more rounded and
the ilium as a whole is shortened when compared with that of the
first-named species. The acetabular border forms a greater curve
from the point of the ilium to the acetabulum; the latter is nearly as
large, but not so deep; the pit for the ligamentum teres is also not so

=

Fic. 39. Dorsal view of pelvis of Promerycocherus vantasselensis.
No. 1230; 3 nat. size.

deep, but the cotyloid notch is very much broader, and is more nearly
like that of Mesoreodon chelonyx. In fact the ilium as a whole more
nearly resembles that of the latter. Unfortunately the ischium is
broken off posteriorly, but, even if the broken area attained the same
length as in P. carrikeri, it would still be a much shorter pelvis than
that of the last mentioned species. The ascending ramus of the pubis

212 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

is long and the horizontal ramus is broad, so that when the two
innominata are in position they form a rather wide pelvic cavity,
entirely unlike that of P. carrikert. The obturator foramen is shorter
and not so perfectly ovate as in the Merycoidodonts generally.

The Femur.—The femur of the type is not present. However, the
distal end and the greater part of the shaft of a femur belonging to
No. 1239 reveal some differences from P. carrikeri, 7.e., the shaft is
more curved, the internal condyle is greater than the external, with a
deeper and wider groove between the two, the external border of the
rotular trochlea is more rounded and somewhat less produced upward
upon the shaft.

The Tibia.—When compared with that of P. carrikeri the tibia is
slenderer; it is however short, and has the head expanded, especially
transversely. The spine is heavy especially on the postero-lateral
angle. Apparently the external facet for the articulation with the
femur has relatively a somewhat smaller transverse as well as antero-
posterior diameter than in P. carrikeri. There is a small round facet
for the fibula at the postero-external angle. The bone is damaged in
the region of the tendinal groove on the external face of the head, but
this groove was evidently large. The cnemial keel is very prominent
and extends well down on the shaft, though not so low as in Meryco-
cherus. Distally the tibia is expanded, but points less outwardly
than in P. carrikert. The internal malleolus is not so strongly devel-
oped and does not point outward in the same way as in P. carrikert,
Mesoreodon, and many other forms.

Only a portion of the shaft of the fibula of the type was found.
It is relatively as heavy asin P. carrikeri, but is not codssified proxi-
mally. The distal end of a fibula is preserved with No. 1232. In this
the malleolus is quite heavy, the shaft rapidly contracting above. The
articulation for the calcaneum is as large as in Promerycocherus
carrikert and otherwise similar. 4

The Pes.—The tarsus is strikingly different from that of Promery-
cocherus carrikeri. The calcaneum has a shorter sustentaculum, a
relatively longer and slenderer tuber, the groove for the tendo achillis
narrower, deeper, and not oblique. There is a long, rugose, and
swollen area on the plantar face of the tuber, which causes an enlarge-
ment in the middle region of the shaft above the sustentacular facet.
In another specimen, No. 1239, which is referred to the same species,
this plantar enlargement of the middle region of the tuber calcis is
very much more pronounced.

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCH@RUS. 213

A characteristic feature of the astragalus in the type is the very
shallow pit on the internal face of the trochlea, partly occupied by
the free end of the internal malleolus of the tibia, which in most
Merycoidodonts is rather well-developed. In P. carrikeri this pit is
especially well-developed in order to accommodate the extra large
internal malleolus. This is a condition which helps to strengthen
the ankle in the earlier species, while in the present form the malleolus,
as stated in the description of this bone, is not so large, the free end
is not directed as strongly outwardly, and the interlocking feature is

Fic. 40. Dorsal view of pes of Promerycocherus vantasselensis.

No. 1230; 4 nat. size.

Fic. 41. Plantar view of pes of Promerycocherus vantasselensis. No. 1230;

+ nat. size. cal, calcaneum; a, astragalus; ~, navicular; c, cuboid; ec, ento-

cuneiform; x, metatarsal I, or a lodged sesamoid; II, III, IV, V, second, third,
fourth, and fifth metatarsals respectively.

consequently much less noticeable. The external condyle of the
proximal trochlea is, as usual, very much higher and stronger than the
internal. The latter is less rounded on its edge than in P. carrikert
and is more like that of Merycoidodon culbertsoni. The distal trochlea
is rather shallow and the navicular facet is somewhat broader than
in P. carrikeri. The astragalus as a whole is comparatively low and
broad, but not to the same extent as in Merycocherus from later
horizons.

21In another individual, which has been referred to this species, there is an

unusually deep and rounded tendinal pit below the malleolar articulation, which is

scarcely represented in the type.

214 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The height of the cuboid is as great as in P. carrikeri, while the
antero-posterior and transverse diameters are considerably less. The
calcaneal and astragalar facets are, as in the latter species, equally
divided on the proximal face. The plantar tuberosity extends lower
down and is more pointed, but not nearly so robust as in the older form.

The descending plantar hook of the navicular is very robust both
fore-and-aft and laterally, while the fibular division is not as deep nor
so much to one side asin the older type. The anterior lip, with which
the cuboid articulates, is consequently less perfectly wedge-shaped
and has a greater vertical diameter. The facets for the codssified
ecto- and meso-cuneiforms vary in outline from round to oblong.

The coalesced ento- and meso-cuneiform is of relatively smaller
size and has not the triangular outline, which it possesses in Promery-
cocherus carrikert and the Merycoidodonts generally, the posterior
angle being less produced behind. On the fibular face the bone is
slightly damaged, but the plantar angle is complete. Proximally
there is a single large facet for the navicular. The distal surface is
almost entirely taken up by the articular facet for the third meta-
tarsal; the facet for the second metatarsal is somewhat smaller than
in P. carrikeri and, as usual, is situated higher up, so that the head
of Mt. II is above that of Mt. III, when the bones are in position.

The ento-cuneiform is an irregularly shaped sesamoid-like bone,
having a considerable vertical diameter. Above it articulates, as
usual, with the inferior face of the navicular, continues past the meso-
cuneiform on its plantar tibial face, with which it articulates, and
extends well down on the postero-internal face of the head of Mt. II,
with which it also articulates by a broad concave surface.

Between the distal end of the entocuneiform and on the posterior
face of the head of Mt. II was found a minute sesamoid-like nodule
which has the position of a first metatarsal. This nodular bone has a
perfect articular facet which rests against Mt. II as stated above,
while on its internal face it is slightly damaged. Whether or not
there was present an articulation for the ento-cuneiform cannot be
stated. On the latter bone a rounded narrow margin on the posterior
face close to the facet for Mt. II may be seen, which, however, could
hardly be regarded as a true facet. While the hallux may possibly
still be represented in these forms it is also quite possible that a sesa-
moid might have Jodged in this suggestive position. At all events
caution should be exercised until more material is found, proving or
disproving that the condition found in the present specimen is normal.

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCH@RUS. 215

With the exception of the lighter build and shorter length of the
metatarsals these bones in P. vantassalensis do not greatly differ from
those of P. carrikert. The phalanges are broad, depressed, and short.

MEASUREMENTS.
No. 1230
(Type)

Mm
Pelvis, diameter from point of ilium to ischial tuberosity.......... 228
Pelvis, diameter from point of ilium to middle of acetabulum...... 155
Pelvis, greatest transverse diameter of both ilia when in position.... 285
Pelvis, transverse diameter of pelvic cavity opposite the acetabula.. r00
Pelvis, transverse diameter of pelvic cavity, posteriorly........... 95
Mibia;rpreatestslem sth... enter treme rnetel eal citens cual oie ciisy spatiederalaahe a eivlot eke 198
‘hibia, transverse diametermotitme bead a circ. cic. co a'sicu. ss ales wera 53
Tibia, antero-posterior diameter of the head, approximately....... 50
Tibia, antero-posterior diameter of distalend.................... 24
Dibia,-transverse diameter of distal’end’. 255). 25:5. ....-2.2-.000086 34
Galcaneum, length) approximatelymermmmceciee etsecdeeesncscn sales s 78
Calcaneum, antero-posterior diameter at sustentacular facet....... gh
Calcaneum, antero-posterior diameter at tuber calcis............. 24
Calcaneum, transverse diameter of tuber calcis...............0.... 12
BI AES US paler ln beer tecat s,' | sis, cvs. siete eR RNR cte vets iokiciers: cvcics cvtueja, avetgualde 60
BRATS Sep LOA GIG IMs reifons isi bi.<i 2) «status ele MCR RCR MOR eter eT ate else es Sy ais coireie aes otapiene 43
PANS A AL TTS eT CLO IA Ge ayes hele cat Sheil RMR MR tei al a eons sels, aici vacdeve meanens 42
INS GIL ATT Saal T CAL GIE Ll cyepe tenes io).< 5 eve RoR Me RES Ra eye oielini asta tal! dive enawsenvawealiel a. oF,

CONCLUDING OBSERVATIONS.

The foregoing pages represent an effort to elucidate the osteology
of one genus of the Agriocheeride, a family which comprised numerous
genera and species exclusively North American, which became extinct
in the latter part of the Tertiary. The family apparently was well
established in the late Eocene (Uinta), though at that early time show-
ing many affinities to the Tylopoda, as was true also of many other
artiodactyls at that period, as has been pointed out by Scott.”

Before concluding it remains for the writer to present some views
which he holds as to the geology of the region where these specimens
were found, and to add a few remarks as to the evolution and phylo-
genetic relationships of the genus Promerycocherus and its allies.

The Upper and Lower Harrison beds in western Nebraska and eastern
Wyoming constitute two horizons, having together a thickness of less
than four hundred feet. They are superimposed upon one another

22 ‘Uinta Selenodonts,’’ Trans. Wagner Free Institute of Science, Vol. VI, 1899,
pp. 15-126.

216 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

throughout the region, occasionally revealing slight indications of
non-conformity, as has been explained by the writer in earlier pub-
lications. Near the top of the Lower Harrison beds is found Pro-
merycocherus vantasselensis, while in the Upper Harrison beds Mery-
cocherus is found in considerable numbers. We have seen that the
anatomical differences between the two genera are too great to allow
us to regard the latter as descended from the former, unless we admit
that there was a considerable lapse of time between the deposition
of the two horizons. The Upper Harrison beds consequently must
be regarded as of much later origin than the Lower, possibly repre-
senting the base of the Middle Miocene. This would give time enough
for the evolutionary changes which are required under the hypothesis
that Merycocherus is descended from Promerycocherus. The litho-
logical differences in the two horizons are indeed slight, but, such as
they are, they tend to support the idea of a break or hiatus between
the two horizons.

The general similarity of the lithological features of the two horizons
on the other hand seems to indicate that these sediments were laid
down under somewhat similar conditions, and that their source was
the same. If the view that there was no appreciable interval between
the deposition of the Lower and Upper Harrison beds should be suc-
cessfully maintained, I am puzzled to conceive in what way the general
conditions of life should have been so altered in such a limited geo-
graphical locality and in a comparatively short geological period of
time in such a way as to cause these animals to undergo the mutations,
which we are forced to admit must have occurred in order that we
may connect Promerycocherus and Merycocherus as members of one
phylogenetic stem.

In his remarkable work, ‘“‘ The Age of Mammals,”’ Professor Osborn
is inclined to attribute the sediments of this region, which include the
Gering, the Monroe Creek and the Lower Harrison beds, and which
immediately overlie the Leptauchenia beds, to the Upper Oligocene.
One of his statements is as follows: (J. c., p. 232) ‘It would appear
this mammalian assemblage of the Upper John Day, Lower Arikaree,
Lower Harrison, and Lower Rosebud is still characteristically Oligo-
cene rather than Miocene.’ From the view thus expressed the writer
is inclined to dissent. In my opinion there is no reason to regard the
faunal differences between the Lower and the Upper Harrison beds as
being any greater than, if as great as, those between the Leptauchenia
beds and the Gering and Monroe Creek horizons. Would it not be

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCH@RUS. PA haf

equally justifiable to say that the Lower Oligocene has a still charac-
teristically Upper Eocene fauna, as to say that the Lower Harrison has
a “characteristically Oligocene’? fauna? Have we not in the Lower
Oligocene the Hyracodonts, the Titanotheres, the Metamynodonts, the
Hyenodonts, and the Anthracotheres, which do not occur in the
Lower Miocene (Monroe Creek and especially the Lower Harrison
beds)? Would not the absence in the Lower Miocene of these forms
of the Lower Oligocene correspond to some extent to the characteristic
absence in the Lower Oligocene of such forms as Eobasileus, Acheno-
don, Mesonyx, and other archaic forms found in the Upper Eocene
(Uinta) and entirely absent in the Oligocene?

It is after all only in a rather vague and superficial manner that we
can correlate the formations of widely separated localities. We have,
indeed, as Osborn has clearly pointed out, the Lower Miocene clearly
indicated in Europe by the sudden appearance of a number of
strange forms, such as the proboscidians, dinotheres, short-limbed
teleoceran forms of the Rhinocerotide, the antelopes (Protragoceras)
and other forms; while in North America on the other hand the transi-
tion from the Oligocene to the Miocene, so far as evidence is afforded
by their faunz, appears to have been gradual and not marked by the
sudden introduction of many new forms.

It is very well agreed among geologists as well as paleontologists
that there are well-marked lithologic differences between the upper-
most Oliogocene (Leptauchenia beds) and the succeeding formations
(Gering and Monroe Creek beds) in western Nebraska and Wyoming;
differences so great as to justify the belief in an important geologic
interval. This view is not of recent origin. Although the remains
supposed to have been found in Dr. Hayden’s “‘ Horizon E”’ of this
general section do not seem to agree with material subsequently found
in the Monroe Creek, Rosebud, and Lower Harrison beds, it is quite
evident from his description that these deposits, especially along the
upper waters of the Niobrara River, answer well to his statements.
After all in many instances we are only dealing with convenient imag-
inary lines in separating geologic formations as well as phyletic series
in paleontology. Instead of establishing the point of division between
the Oligocene and the Miocene by running a line through a sedimentary
mass of quite uniform character, as in the Upper and Lower Harri-
son, I personally prefer, being guided by lithological as well as faunal
features, to regard the beds (Monroe Creek and Lower Harrison) over-
lying the Leptauchenia beds in Nebraska as belonging to the Lower

218 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Miocene. It has been pointed out by Matthew and the writer that
in the Lower Arikaree deposits of the plains we not only have many
new genera, but those which are related to forms found in the John
Day beds are always farther along in the trend of their evolutionary
development, showing that they belong to a later period than the
John Day. The Upper Harrison beds should be regarded as sedi-
ments representing the transition period between the Lower and the
Middle Miocene. We have indeed some reason for believing that the
Proboscidians were already in this country at the close of the Lower
Miocene, or at the very beginning of the Middle Miocene.”

Even granting that a long time elapsed between the formation of
the deposit in which Promerycocherus occurs and the deposits in
which Merycocherus is found, we are nevertheless confronted in the
anatomy of Promerycocherus with features which are obstacles to
our regarding this genus as the direct ancestor of Merycocherus. In
contending with these obstacles we might resort to an explanation
based upon atrophy and hypertrophy, but such an explanation gives
no idea of the reason why in one case an organ should have been
diminished and in the other functionally increased in power, as well as
in size, and amounts to little more than saying that in one case the
organ was enlarged and in the other diminished.

The claim might be set up that some species of the genus Pro-
merycocherus, especially such a species as P. vantasselensis is to be
regarded as an immediate forerunner of Merycocherus and that through
it the phylogenetic history of these two genera is to be explained.
Against such an hypothesis is the fact that in P. vantasselensis there
are a number of tenaciously persistent characters, which recall those
of the earlier types, P. carrikeri and P.chelydra. In P. vantasselensis
there is, for instance, no tendency in the superior incisors to become
larger, no sudden contraction of the muzzle immediately in front of
the jugal, no shifting backward of the infra-orbital foramen, no ap-
preciable widening of the upper portion of the occipital plate, and a
number of other minor cranial features, which should go hand-in-hand
with the progressive changes of the premolar-molar dentition and the
shortening of the nasals in order to completely represent the points
required in a true ancestor of Merycocherus (compare Plate XL with
Figure 2 on Plate XLII).

*3 Cook, Harold J., ““A New Proboscidian (Gamphotherium condon) from the
Upper Harrison beds of Nebraska,’’ American Journal of Science (4), Vol. XXVIII,
Aug., 1900, pp. 183-184.

Plate XXXIII

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX.

3
ta — Se
Ft = BALD

Group of Skeletons Ri i i tReri
1 ons Representing Three Specimens of Promerycocherus carrikeri Peterson, as they were found in the matrix. The type is specimen No. 1080. The Group is installed in the Gallery of Vertebrate Paleontology in the
Carnegie Museum, X}. (Reproduced from Annals Vol. IV., Pl. 1X.)

do¥ M uzeuM

develo; ®

Yoho Dag

atts ati qgoloniosiat on iste za dink.queynten to anstinisoge! Sul ee

heatd fron Anais Vol iV. iia

By ’ sivjee TA wees Thy OLY tk
witty |
i ‘
Cate”
i” ae the oo oe
ae ,
2 .
re BAS ee “i 1
Pe
“s :
yr ri we
Dell oe re : - . %
= *
+ : ae p
i ead Es
" ion
es + 2 *
wi? } as .
% ms = 2 >
or i j ;
7] & iS A te,
a. te :
’ ra rt { ~

punoy o1oM (SodAqeied pue 9dAq) ldaytdddI SNADYIOINAMUOAT JO SUOJIJ[OYS OY} YOTYA Ul WOTWISod oY} SurMoys AtieND jo weisriq

2e2S

|

“AIXXX 9#ld ‘X1 19A ‘NNASNW JIDSNYVD SIYNNV

‘azIs ‘yeu & 249414409 sndbysodtsaiiodg JO WOI[OYS payepnosiqyy

Bs IAIN OIROnes

\=—

“AXXX 9? ld ‘XI ISA WNASNW ZISINYVO SIVNNY

‘uosIolad ‘VW ‘O pue
puryoH “f ‘AA JO WoNDep ey} Jopun ‘STA “WV SL Aq petePpoW

‘azis “yeu &! ynoqe t4ayi4dp9 sndMyI0IK AaMOdT JO [OpOU JorToI TINA

“IAXXX 9" ld ‘XI ISA (WNASNW JISANYVD SIVNNY

‘u0sid}9g “VW ‘OQ pue pueloH ‘f[ “M JO Worjde1Tp ey} Topun

‘SITTIN “WL Aq porepoyn ‘ozIs ‘yeu St ynoqy “yse17yesTeurue 344 Surquasoidal y 9}e] J UO SUOJOTOYS OY} WOTF 149% 74409 SNA DYIOINAIMOAT JO SOPOT

‘XI 190A ‘WNASNW JIOSNYVO SIVNNY

WAXXX 2% Id

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX. Plate XXXVIII.

Skull of Promerycocherus carrikeri No. 109; 3 nat. size. 1, side view of skull; 2, palatal
view of cranium.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. 1X Plate XXXIX,

Manus and pes of Promerycocherus carrikeri } nat. size. 1. dorsal view of pes;
2, plantar view of pes; 3.- dorsal view of manus; 4. palmar view of manus ;

5. dorsal view of calcaneum and astragalus ; 6. plantar view of calcaneum and

astragalus.

Plate XL.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. 1X

y Y LZ Res

BS) LLLLZZZ =ZZ 2) aa
( 2 we Wp =
ZZ,

of cranium of Promerycocherus vantasselensts, 5 Nat. size.

Dorsal and palatal views

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX. Plate XLI.

Dorsal and palatal views of Promerycocherus chelydra Cope. American Museum collec-

tion, No. 7430; 4% nat. size.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. IX. Pilate XLII.

i

mares:
ee a,
Wg Zfor

i
Wh)

American Museum Collection,
Museum Col-

cocherus chelydra Cope;
Merycocherus (2) proprius Carnegie
Carnegie Museum Collec-

1. Side view of cranium of Promery

No. 7430. 2. Side view of cranium of
lection, No. 1399. 3. Lower jaw of Merycocherus (2) proprius.
tion, No. 1306. All figures 1 nat. size.

PETERSON: THE OSTEOLOGY OF PROMERYCOCHERUS, 219

Although speculation along such lines as these is alluring, and some-
times irresistible to the student, anatomical features, which are at
best rather difficult to understand, even when we have an abundance
of perfect material representing the various closely related forms,
should not be confidently regarded as supporting theories, which at
best often prove fallacious.

Finally attention should be called to the fact that there have been
already established two genera, Merycocherus and Pronomotherium,
which are quite variant, and represent two widely diverging races or
phyla. It is the view of the writer that Promerycocherus represents
an additional phylum of the large oreodonts, which occurred in the
Miocene. It has been stated elsewhere that the type of the imperfectly
known form, Merychyus major Leidy, has the infra-orbital foramen so
situated as to recall P. vantasselensis. Judging from the characters
observed in the latter species, it belonged to a phylum which undoubt-
edly had a high and narrow occiput, moderately long cranium, short
face, and the side of the face divided into two fosse, which features
are also found in smaller forms, such as Merychyus, and are survivals
of characters found in earlier Oligocene forms, while other features
represent a development along lines more nearly parallel with what
we see in Merycocherus. Whenever more nearly complete remains
of Merychyus major from the Middle Miocene are discovered, it will
probably be shown that this species belongs more nearly to the line
of P. vantasselensis. The immediate ancestors and the manner of the
evolution of Merycocherus and Pronomotherium are as yet imperfectly
known.

The sudden appearance of new forms in a given geological horizon
no doubt frequently indicates that they are immigrants in the locality
where they occur, and represent lines of evolution parallel to that of
the indigenous forms with the remains of which they are intermingled.
The species of Promerycocherus found in the Lower Miocene of
Nebraska and Wyoming possibly may be descended from such forms
as P. chelydra from the John Day beds (Compare Plates XX XVIII
and XL with Plate XLI and Figure 1 of Plate XLII); their descent
is not, so far as we now know, traceable from any of the Oligocene
forms hitherto found in the same general region in which they occur.
The smaller Oligocene Oreodonts appear on the other hand to have
their descendants in such forms as Eporeodon, Mesoreodon, Phena-
cocelus, Merychyus, and finally in the Pliocene Metoreodon.

XIII. CORRECTION OF A GENERIC NAME.
By O. A. PETERSON

Eotitanotherium, a New Generic Name to Replace Diploceras
Peterson. (See Annals Carnegie Museum, Vol. IX, Article 2; pub-
lished August 17, 1914).

In my article entitled ““ A New Titanothere from the Uinta Eocene ”’
I employed the generic name Diploceras, having overlooked the fact
that this name is already pre-occupied, having been employed by
Conrad as early as 1844 to designate a genus belonging to the Mol-
lusca. For this name I now substitute the name Eotitanotherium,
which, after a diligent search of the literature, I believe is not pre-

occupied.
O. A. PETERSON.
Sept. 12, 1914.

ANNALS

CARNE GIESMUSEUM

VoL. IX, Nos. 3 AND 4.

EDITORIAL NOTES.

THE work in the Section of Paleontology during the past months
has not only resulted in gratifying additions to the material obtained
in the field, but in the extraction from the matrix and the assemblage
of skeletons of a number of extinct animals heretofore not com-
pletely represented in any other museum.

Mr. Douglass reports from the quarries in Utah which we have been
working for a number of years, that he has discovered the greater
part of the skeleton of an Allosaurus, or allied Theropod, a number
of skulls of various sauropoda in more or less perfect condition, and
the remains of a huge sauropodous dinosaur, which he provisionally
assigns to the genus Barosaurus, the centra of the cervical vertebre
of which are from three to four feet in length.

Mr. Peterson has guided Mr. Agostini in the work of restoring a
skeleton of Merychyus, the first complete skeleton of this genus which
has ever been mounted. A vast quantity of material representing
the Merycoidodonts, collected by Mr. Peterson in Nebraska in former
years, has been freed from the matrix and is being studied by him.
The Director has devoted much of his time to the study of the skeleton
of the huge sauropod which is being mounted alongside that of the
Diplodocus. This skeleton, which is undoubtedly in many respects
the most perfect specimen of a sauropod dinosaur which has thus far
been recovered in North America, tends to show that our conceptions
as to the structure of these animals require revision in some important

particulars. A monographic paper upon this material will shortly
221

ey ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

appear in Volume VII of the Memoirs, fully illustrated with carefully
prepared drawings executed by Mr. Prentice under the supervision
of the writer.

Mr. O. E. JENNINGS, accompanied by Mrs. Jennings, spent the
entire summer in the region north of Lake Superior and about Lake
Nipigon, continuing the botanical survey of that region which was
initiated in 1912. They brought with them large collections of the
plants of the region, and report many interesting observations bearing
upon the geographical distribution of species. Their researches have
extended the range of many eastern species westward and of many
western species eastward of the points at which heretofore it was
supposed their respective ranges terminated. Incidentally they made
considerable collections of the insects of the region, with results which
are quite gratifying.

Mr. Huco KAuHL, accompanied by his wife, spent his summer
vacation in Ontario. The result has been the importation into the
Museum of a very large series of beautifully collected specimens of
the insects found in August about Georgian Bay and in the region
of the Thousand Islands on the St. Lawrence River. The collections
of Insecta in the Museum are growing rapidly and a great deal of the
time of the staff has been occupied in mounting as well as in classi-
fying ‘and arranging specimens. Valuable collections have been
received from tropical West Africa, made by friends of the Director
connected with the missions of the Presbyterian Church in Kamerun
and in Spanish West Africa. Our collections of South American
insects have also been greatly increased. An impulse toward the
systematic arrangement of the latter collections was received at the
time when Mr. William Schaus, accompanied by his friend, Mr. John
H. Barnes, spent two weeks with us just prior to the Christmas holi-
days. Mr. Schaus with the most obliging kindness undertook the
arrangement of the South American Syntomide. While our collection
is very far from being thoroughly representative of this family as
found upon the soil of the new world, nevertheless it is gratifying to
know that we have many hundreds of species represented, possibly
one-third of the whole number which have up to this time been de-
scribed, together with a good many forms which have not as yet
been named.

EDITORIAL 223

Mr. W. E. C. Topp returned late in the fall from his expedition to
the eastern shore of Hudson Bay, bringing back with him a very
large collection of birds and mammals. The assemblage of speci-
mens representing this region in our Museum is now probably the
most complete in any museum, and Mr. Todd’s observations as: to
the breeding habits and the migration of the birds of western Labrador
when published will no doubt be of great interest to ornithologists.
Incidentally Mr. Todd made some collections of insects, which have
not yet been carefully gone over, but which tend to show that the
fauna of that region is richer in species than has been supposed.

WE have acquired by purchase from Mr. Samuel Klages a very
extensive collection of birds made by him in Venezuela. The collec-
tion fills many of the gaps in our series of species from that part of
the world and adds a number of forms which hitherto have escaped
the attention of systematists. We have also obtained from the same
collector an extensive series of insects gathered by him at various
localities.

Mr. G. A. STEINER has very kindly placed in the possession of
the Museum as a loan a magnificent collection of Indian baskets,
which he has been for many years past engaged in accumulating
It is one of the choicest and most thoroughly representative collec-
tions of the basket-work of the Western Indians which has been
brought together. The collection is displayed in six large cases.
A complete catalog of the collection is being prepared from data
which have been supplied by Mr. Steiner and Miss Steiner, who
have enthusiastically co6perated to make the collection thoroughly
representative.

Mr. H. J. HE1nz has kindly consented to place upon view a superb
collection of carvings in jade, which he has recently acquired, and!
which contains a number of magnificent specimens. Mr. Heinz has:
also added to his collection of watches and of carved ivories. These
collections have proved most attractive to multitudes who resort to
the Museum, and they are always surrounded by interested and ad-
miring groups of men, women, and children.

224 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Dr. GEORGE A. KENNEDY and Mrs. Mary Price Kennedy have
loaned to the Museum a collection of oriental rugs dating from the
fifteenth and sixteenth centuries. A portion of their large collection
has been on display in the Museum of Fine Arts in Boston since the
year nineteen hundred and thirteen, but those in the Carnegie Museum
have been received from Berlin, where Dr. and Mrs. Kennedy have
made their home for a number of years.

The most notable example in the collection is a large fragment of a
so-called Ispahan or Herat carpet of the fifteenth century. There
are also three Ushak rugs and numerous other beautiful examples
from Asia Minor.

The entire collection, numbering twenty pieces, is displayed on the
walls of the Gallery of Useful Arts. It is the intention of the owners
to add some specimens as soon as they can be sent from abroad.

Mr. JOHN B. REYNOLDS, manager of the Alvin Theater, of Pitts-
burgh, has loaned to the Carnegie Museum his personal collection of
one hundred and forty-two photographs of members of the theatrical
profession. These photographs have been presented from time to time
to Mr. Reynolds, and for the most part are accompanied by auto-
graphs. The collection, which is attractively framed, has been placed
on exhibition on the third floor of the Museum, and has caused a
great deal of favorable comment. Although it is an unusual thing
for a museum to have an exhibit of this character, so many people are
interested in the theater either professionally or as constant visitors,
that it does not seem very strange that interest should be aroused by
the exhibition.

The photographs cover a wide range, including exponents of the
higher drama, opera, musical comedy, and farce. There are pictures
of Edwin Booth, Forbes Robertson, William Gillette, Pavlowa, Julia
Marlowe, E. H. Sothern, Margaret Anglin, Julia Deane, Victor Her-
bert, and many others equally well known.

‘sn ‘weg ‘Lyzf ‘ON ‘oo ‘WMasNyy “We ‘WospreYyo IY sytsorssp49 uosig_ JO TINAS

‘0991 ‘ON ‘HOA ‘SSOY JO BOTRIED

‘'YvI t1IOA SWNACQAW FJIOANYVO SIVNNYV

XIV. A. SKULE OF SeIsoN -CRASSICORNIS:

By W. J. HoLianp.

(PLATE XLIII.)

In the spring of the year 1907 the Carnegie Museum acquired by
purchase from Mr. Frank Caldwell of Indianapolis, Indiana, the
cranium and horns of a specimen of Bison crassicornis Richardson,
which had been obtained by the vendor from an excavation made
near Dawson, Yukon Territory, in gold-bearing gravel. It was found
at a depth of forpy-four feet. below the surface associated with the
remains of a mastodon.

The specimen is remarkable because of the preservation on the
horn-cores of the-horns themselves, which for rather more than three-
quarters of their length are present, as is shown in the accompanying
plate. Unfortunately the dentition of the upper jaw and the
lower jaw were not recovered. Whether present when the excavation
was made and lost in the process of digging the remains from the
soil is not now known. The maxilla is broken off just in front of the
infra-orbital foramen and the premaxillaries are not present.

The dimensions of the skull and horns, so far as they can be ascer-
tained, are as follows:

Mm.
Length of skull from occiput to infra-orbital foramen............ 465
Height of skull from occipital condyle to median portion of frontals 268
Transverse diameter of skull at superior border of orbits.......... 372
Transverse diameter of skull at inferior border of orbit........... 2905
Transverse diameter of skull above the orbits and between the horns 317
shransverserdiameter, of Skullihelowiorbitse 4.6. cece te. ee 212
ATILeLO=pOSteMOla GiamMeten OLOUDItS= cps. see nate ia oe ss fails 80
Weriicalrdiame tetolonbitsi weds cc. orn erate mesentery fim ove ss bees 77
Distance from upper margin of orbit to point of union with frontal. 55
GircimMierencerOMmonbl tary ecto sears ea Pe eRe Mea! 5, las dives ae.e 280
Wistance betweenthornsiat base/Ol COLEStesn 5 alos 6 hss bw o's 325
CitzcummberencelopcOLresyatlOLiCln yn. ee cae sees cies ce ts holes sae 365
Greatest length of horns measured along poscerior curve.......... 770
Greatestidistancesbetweenitips Of horns... 2.52. se seas foes TESS

As our illustration shows, the tubular orbits characteristic of the
genus Bison are remarkably well developed.

The skull of which the foregoing is a description is believed by the
writer to be one of the most perfect specimens of the species which has
thus far been recovered.

XV. THE SERRASALMINZA AND MYLINZ:2

By C. H. EIGENMANN.
(PLATES XLIV-LVIII.)

The Serrasalmine and the Myline are highly specialized fresh-
water fishes. They are members of the family of the Characide,
ubiquitous in South America, being rather closely allied to
the Tetragonopterine and the Bryconine. They are compressed,
deep fishes, with a series of median spines along a greater or less
part of the ventral surface. The dorsal fin is longer than in most
of the other South American characins, and reaches its maximum
length in Myleus pacu, which has twenty-seven dorsal rays. The
anal fin is long and its base is usually inclined far from the hori-
zontal. The predorsal line is naked. The adipose fin is well-devel-
oped, and in Piaractus of the Myline and in Pygocentrus of the Ser-
rasalmine it is rayed. The mouth and teeth in all cases are highly
differentiated and specialized. The number of teeth for the various
species is fixed, or in some cases varies one or two teeth on each
side of each jaw.

The teeth in fishes are’ usually small, conical, and arranged in

bands. Compara sw fishes have the teeth restricted in number
and with individ .aracteristics. In the Myline and the Serra-
salmine the teeth~ few in number and for the most part so special-

ized, that it would be possible, in some cases at least, to determine
the location in the jaw of any individual tooth. But the dentition
in related species, tooth for tooth, is often so similar that it is prac-
tically impossible to determine from which of several related species
it may have come. The form of the teeth in different genera
varies from molars, as in some species of Myline, to incisors,
which may be bicuspid, tricuspid, or multicuspid. The Serrasal-
mine contain a single series of teeth in each jaw and sometimes
a series on the palatines. The palatine teeth vary much more in
number than the teeth of the jaws. The teeth in Pygopristis denticu-
latus of the Serrasalmine are nearly bilaterally symmetric, with

1 Contribution from the Zoélogical Laboratory of Indiana University, No. 142.
226

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMIN2 AND MYLIN&. 227

two small graduate cusps on each side of the large median cusp.
In the other genera the teeth of one or both jaws are asymmetric,
the cutting edge of one side longer than on the other, and the cusps,
if present, not bilaterally symmetric.

In the species of Serrasalmine, aside from Pygopristis, there is a
complete gradation from slender, sharp-snouted, narrow-headed
species with highly developed teeth on the palate, like Serrasalmo
elongatus, to deeper, broad-headed, bull-dog-nosed species with the
palatine teeth indifferently developed, or, in some species absent
(Pygocentrus piraya, Rooseveltiella nattereri, etc.). One of the broad-
headed species has the adipose fin rayed, and has been separated as
representing a distinct genus, Pygocentrus.

All of the species of the Serrasalmine have an evil reputation as
carnivores. Those with a short upper jaw, heavy lower jaw, broad
interorbital, and no palatine dentition, and which are known as peri,
pirays, or piranhas (species of Pygocentrus and Rooseveltiella) are
undoubtedly the worst. Stories of their depredations, from cutting
the leaders of fish-lines, cutting up fish-nets, mutilating other fishes,
taking off fingers or toes, or otherwise mutilating man or beast, to
skeletonizing a horse and rider, who tried crossing a stream where
they abound, are found in many books of travel, from that of Fray
Pedro Simon in 1535 to that of Colonel Theodore Roosevelt in 1914,
Credulity and ‘‘fear of the unseen terror’? have undoubtedly exag-
gerated the real conditions, but it is certain th in some regions where
they are excessively numerous they are it nuisance. Mr.
Anisits, who collected fishes for me in the up, ~~ araguay, reported
that at one point he did not succeed in doirtig’ much, because the
piranhas cut up the nets to such an extent that it required hours to
patch them after every cast, and it was dangerous to life to enter the
water.

Humboldt in his Observations, Zoologie, II, 1809, p. 174, quotes
from two old sources as follows:

“Tlevaron algunos de los soldados de Herera (mas arriba de Cab-
ruta) unas calzas enteras de red con muy gruessos nudos, que se hal-
laron entre el demas pillaxe de aquella gente, que usaran dellas los
Indios para entrar 4 pescar en las cienegas, con que se defendian de
unos peces que los Espafioles Ilamaron Caribes, por ser tan fieros y
atrevidos que hacen en todo lo que topan dentro del agua: y assiendo

destos nudos quando entraran los pescadores 4 pescar, quedaba libre

228 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

la carne de sus bocas.’’? Fray Pedro Simon, Nat. Hist. de la Conquista
(1726); p:' 224.
The missionary Gili also says in his naive style:

‘‘T] Caribito chiamasi cosi por lo strano amore que porta alle umane
carni. I Caribiti son piatti, del peso di una libra e pit grandi. In
Auvana dove si prendono con carne salata, vi sono del peso di quattro
libre. Chi volesse in breve scolpato bene un cadavere, basterebbe di
metterlo por qualche ore nell’ Orinoco. Tanti e si famelici gli affol-
lerebbero intorno i Caribiti, qui otterebe sicuramente |’intento.’’
—Saggio di Storia Americana, Tom. 1, p. 78.

ae

Humboldt in a foot-note states that ‘‘a young Parageni Indian,

whose language appeared to me a dialect of Pareni, called the con-
stellation of the southern cross ‘Bahumedi’: he added that this was
the name of the fish Caribe which I had drawn.”

Bancroft in his ‘‘Essay on the Natural History of Guiana,’’ 1769,

p. 189, says that the “ Peri” “‘is extremely voracious, and bites every-

thing which hangs in the water. The feet of ducks swimming in the
creeks are frequently amputated, as have been the breasts of women,
and the privities of men swimming in the rivers.”

Spix (Selecta Genera et Species Piscium, 1829, p. 73) says of one
species, probably the Pygocentrus piraya:

“Habitat in Brasilie equatorialis fluviis, uti reliquiz species,
voracissimus, omnibus animalibus aquatilibus infestissimus, edulis.”’

2T am indebted to my friend Prof. A. Kuersteiner for the translation of the
Spanish.

‘Some of the Soldiers of Herera carried off (somewhere beyond Cabruta) some
breeches made entirely of network with very big knots, which happened to be
among the rest of the spoils from those people. The Indians made use of these to
go fishing in the mud, and with them they defended themselves against some
fishes which the Spaniards called Caribes, because they are so bold and ferocious
that they attack everything they meet in the water, and as they take hold of these
knots, when the fishermen go in to fish, the flesh is unharmed by their mouths.’

This originally appeared in an account of the voyage of Alonso de Herrera
(1535) to the Rio Meta.

3 Translation of the Italian.

The Caribito is so-called because of its strange liking for human flesh. The
Caribitos are flat, and weigh a pound and even more. In Auvana, where they are
caught with salt meat, there are some that weigh four pounds. Whoever would
like to get rid of a corpse in a short time would merely have to put it in the Orinoco
for a few hours. So many and such hungry Caribitos would crowd around it, he
would attain his end without fail.

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMIN4 AND MYLIN&. 229

Schomburgk, in his ‘Fishes of British Guiana,”’ I, 1841, p. 225, says
of the pirai of Guiana:

“This most voracious fish is found plentifully in all the rivers in
Guiana, and is dreaded by every other inhabitant or visitant of the
river. Their jaws are so strong that they are able to bite off a man’s
finger or toe. They attack fish of ten times their own weight, and
devour all but the head. They begin at the caudal fin; and the fish
being thus left without the principal organ of motion, is devoured
with ease, several going to participate of the meal. Indeed, there is
scarcely any animal which they will not attack, man not excepted.
Large alligators, which have been wounded on the tail, afford them a
fine chance of satisfying their hunger, and even the toes of this for-
midable animal are not free from their attacks. The feet of ducks
and geese, which are kept in the neighborhood where they are plenti-
ful, are almost invariably cut off, and young ones devoured alto-
gether; and in these places it is not safe to bathe, or even to wash
clothes in the river, many cases having occurred of fingers and toes
having been cut off by them... .

“The pirai, or huma, by which name the fish just described is
generally known to the aboriginal tribes of British Guiana, inhabits
the rivers which intersect that fertile colony. They are not to be
found within forty miles of the coast, nor are they plentiful at the
upper part of the rivers. Their favourite haunt appears to be those
parts of the rivers which are between a hundred and a hundred and
fifty miles from the coast, chiefly if there be large blocks of rock,
about which they hover to procure themselves worms, etc. The
ovary in the female is double. They deposit their spawn in the
currentless inlets which form so peculiar a feature in the rivers of
Guiana; this occurs during the months of January and February,
at which period we found the females generally destitute of roe.

“While we ascended the river Cabalaba, a tributary of the Coren-
tyn, from the east, we observed a river-cavia (Hydrocherus capybara)
with five young ones, out of which number three were captured; and
all were deficient in their toes, they having been bitten off by the
pirais.

“Whilst we were continuing our course on the river Corentyn,
one morning an object was observed to drift into the middle of the
stream, around which there appeared to be a great commtion. The
telescope did not assist us in coming to a conclusion what it might be;

230 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MusEUM.

and though we were in-shore, stemming a strong current, I ordered
the corial to paddle for it. When we came near, We observed the
head of a large juganani oF sun-fish (Cychla ocellaris); which was
surrounded by numerous pirais tearing off large parts of its flesh.
We secured the juganani, which might have measured from twenty
to twenty-six inches, and though the poor animal had been eaten off
piecemeal to within its pectoral fins, it was still alive. Being deprived
of its tail and lower fins, it drifted perpendicular. The corial was
brought to, our hooks and lines were soon out, and we caught several
of the depredators, which with the remnant of the luganani, afforded
us a good breakfast.

“The ducks and geese are equally exposed to the attacks of the
piral, and those which the settlers keep near the banks of the river are
generally deprived of the lower part of their feet. It is a strange sight
to see them walking on mere stumps. In Wicki, a wood-cutting estab-
lishment at the river Berbice, there were two vicisst ducks (Dendrocygn@
viduata) which had been perfectly tamed by the Indians, and were
brought from the large ponds in the interior. Unacquainted with the
danger which the ravenous pirai offered them, their instinct directed
them to their favourite element, and one of them paid for its first visit
with the loss of its toes, and the other was similarly injured in its
future visits. They now became cautious, and it was remarkable to
observe how studiously they kept in-shore, and never trusted them-
selves beyond their depth.

“The pirai is from nature a tyrant, and connects with it the greatest
voraciousness. JT am almost persuaded that it surpasses the ravenous
pike, though the latter, par excellence, is called the tyrant of the
watery plain! They are caught with hook and line, and their greedi-
ness is so great, that no art is necessary to conceal the bait. The
hook may be baited with a piece of fish, bird, or animal, or merely
their entrails; the pirai will dart at it the instant it is thrown into
the water, and seize it with eagerness; but it frequently happens that,
with its sharp teeth, it bites the line and escapes with the hook in its
mouth. We therefore surrounded the line, where it was fixed to the
hook, the length of two oF three inches, with tin or lead, and though
it had a clumsy appearance, We were not less successiul. Some pre-
caution is necessary, even after the fish has been lifted out of the water,
or it will inflict, in its struggles, serious wounds; the angler has there-

fore a small bludgeon ready, wherewith its skull is broken.”

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMIN AND MYLIN&. 231

Roosevelt, in the account of his recent travels, tells of the voracity
and depredations of the piranhas of the Paraguay. He says of
Rooseveltiella nattereri:

At Concepcion . . . ‘““We caught many fish.

““They belonged to one of the most formidable genera of fish in the
world, the piranha or cannibal fish, the fish that eats men when it
can get the chance. Farther north there are species of small piranha
that go in schools. At this point on the Paraguay the piranha do
not seem to go in regular schools, but they swarm in all the waters
and attain a length of 18 inches or over. They are the most ferocious
fish in the world. Eventhe most formidable fish, the sharks, or the
barracudas, usually attack things smaller than themselves. But
the piranhas habitually attack things much larger than themselves.
They will snap a finger off a hand incautiously trailed in the water;
they mutilate swimmers—in every river town in Paraguay there are
men who have been thus mutilated; they will rend and devour alive
any wounded man or beast; for blood in the water excites them to
madness. They will tear wounded wild fowl to pieces; and bite off
the tails of big fish as they grow exhausted when fighting after being
hooked. Miller, before I reached Asuncion, had been badly bitten
by one. Those that we caught sometimes bit through the hooks,
or the double strands of copper wire that served as leaders, and got
away. Those that we hauled on deck lived for many minutes.

‘“Most predatory fish are long and slim, like the alligator and
pickerel. But the piranha is a short, deep-bodied fish, with a blunt
face and a heavily undershot or projecting lower jaw which gapes
widely. The razor-edged teeth are wedge-shaped like a shark’s,
and the jaw muscles possess great power. The rabid, furious snaps
drive the teeth through flesh and bone. The head with its short
muzzle, staring malignant eyes, and gaping, cruelly armed jaws, is
the embodiment of evil ferocity; and the actions of the fish exactly
match its looks.

‘‘T never witnessed an exhibition of such impotent, savage fury as
was shown by the piranhas as they flapped on deck. When fresh
from the water and thrown on the boards they uttered an extra-
ordinary squealing sound. As they flapped about they hit with vicious
eagerness at whatever presented itself. One of them flapped into a
cloth and seized it with a bulldog grip. Another grasped one of
its fellows; another snapped at a piece of wood, and left the teeth-

232 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

marks deep therein. They are the pests of the waters, and it is
necessary to be exceedingly cautious about either swimming or
wading where they are found. If cattle are driven into, or of their
own accord enter, the water they are commonly not molested; but
if by chance some unusually big or ferocious specimen of these fear-
some fishes does bite an animal—taking off an ear, or perhaps a teat
from the udder of a cow—the blood brings up every member of the
ravenous throng which is anywhere near, and unless the attacked
animal can immediately make its escape from the water it is devoured
alive. Here on the Paraguay the natives hold them in much respect,
whereas the caymans are not feared at all. The only redeeming
feature about them is that they are themselves fairly good to eat,
although with too many bones. . .

“T happened to mention that one of our naturalists, Miller, had
been bitten by a piranha, and the man-eating fish at once became the
subject of conversation. Curiously enough, one of the Brazilian
taxidermists had also just been severely bitten by a piranha.

‘“My new companions had story after story to tell of them. Only
three weeks previously a twelve-year-old boy, who had gone in swim-
ming near Corumba, was attacked, and literally devoured alive by
them. Colonel Rondon during his exploring trips had met with
more than one unpleasant experience in connection with them. He
had lost one of his toes by the bite of a piranha. He was about to bathe
and had chosen a shallow pool at the edge of the river, which he
carefully inspected until he was satisfied that none of the man-eating
fish was in it; yet as soon as he put his foot into the water one of them
attacked him and bit off a toe.

“On another occasion while wading across a narrow stream one of
his party was attacked; the fish bit him on the thighs and buttocks,
and when he put down his hands tore them also; he was near the
bank and by a rush reached it and swung himself out of the water
by means of an overhanging limb of a tree; but he was terribly injured,
and it took six months before his wounds healed and he recovered.

‘“An extraordinary incident occurred on another trip. The party
were without food and very hungry. On reaching a stream they
dynamited it, and waded in to seize the stunned fishas they floated
on the surface. One man, having his hands full, tried to hold one
fish by putting its head into his mouth; it was a piranha and seemingly
stunned, but in a moment it recovered and bit a big section out of

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMIN2 AND MYLIN@. 230

his tongue. Such a hemorrhage followed that his life was saved with
the utmost difficulty.

“On another occasion a member of the party, a brother of the
Lieutenant Barbosa who was with us, was off by himself on a mule.
The mule came into camp alone. Following his back track, they
came to a ford, where in the water they found the skeleton of the
dead man, his clothes uninjured, but every particle of flesh stripped
from his bones. Whether he had drowned, and the fishes had then
eaten his body, or whether they had killed him it was impossible to
say. They had not hurt the clothes, getting in under them, which
made it seem likely that there had been no struggle.

“These man-eating fish are a veritable scourge in the waters they
frequent. But it must not be understood by this that the piranhas—
or, for the matter of that, the new-world caymans and crocodiles—
ever become such dreaded foes of man as for instance the man-eating
crocodiles of Africa. Accidents occur, and there are certain places
where swimming and bathing are dangerous; but in most places
the people swim freely, although they are usually careful to find spots
they believe safe or else to keep together and make a splashing in
the water.’’ (Extracted from a letter published in various daily
papers, 1914.)

John D. Haseman, on the labels accompanying specimens collected
for the Carnegie Museum, states that one of the specimens of
Pygocentrus piraya from the Rio San Francisco, had bitten him on
the thumb, and that another specimen of Rooseveltiella nattereri nearly
severed one of his fingers. I dragged nets, and otherwise caught many
pirayas in Guiana, in a region where they are reported as being very
bad, without any mishap either to myself or to any of my assistants,
but I lost numerous hooks, which were neatly severed by the saw-
teeth of some species of piraya.

The Myline have two series of teeth in the front of the upper jaw
and mostly use vegetable food. Some of them browse on the vege-
tation on the rocks, especially about rapids, and have the front
teeth developed as incisors; Myloplus micans is one of these. Others
have molars developed, and feed in large part on fruits, which drop
into the rivers.

Different species of the Mylinze vary from small, thin, pompano-
shaped fishes, with prolonged dorsal and anal fins and a weight, when
full sized, of a few ounces, to large, heavy species, shaped like the

234 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

marine sunfish, Mola, reaching many pounds in weight. The ‘“‘pacu”’
is the most famous, and is one of the principal food-fishes of the
Indians of Guiana. Myleus pacu reaches a length of two feet and a
weight of ten pounds.

Many of the characins have a black spot at the end of the caudal
peduncle extending to and partly covering the base of the caudal.
The Serrasalmine and Myline have this spot, which develops nor-
mally in the young, but becomes modified with age. The portion
on the caudal peduncle fades and the caudal portion sends out arms
along the outer part of the caudal lobes, so that the spot becomes
<-shaped. The rest of the caudal may remain clear of markings,
although there may be a distinct increase in pigmentation with age.
In other species chromatophores accumulate either along the margin
of the fin, or they may form a band at some distance within
the margin. A shoulder-spot is also found in very many species
of characins. Usually it lies above the lateral line and at some
distance from its origin. It may consist of a general concentration
of chromatophores from neighboring regions, which in consequence
are left free from chromatophores, or the spot may take on a definite
form characteristic of the species. The development of this definite
form is probably a secondary manifestation. The cause of the
primary congregation of chromatophores on the shoulder may either
be due to positive chemotaxis causing the migration of the chromato-
phores to a definite point, or to negative chemotaxis causing them to
migrate away from certain regions. I have been inclined to attri-
bute it to positive chemotaxis, which causes the chromatophores to
aggregate over or near a pseudotympanum over the anterior air-
bladder. A triangular area of the sides over the first air-bladder is
free from muscles in the young, the skin and peritoneum forming the
only covering of the body-cavity. The spot forms near this delicate
membrane. But the fact, that there is frequently an accumulation
of pigment-cells behind the unpigmented area surrounding the spot,
is strong evidence that the migration of the cells is at least in part
due to negative taxis.

In the Serrasalmine and Myline the shoulder-spot, if developed,
is diffuse, and lies just back of the opercular margin at the origin of
the lateral line. It varies very greatly in different species, and even
in the same species it may be totally absent or well-developed.

Small circular spots on the upper half of the sides, or over the entire

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMIN AND MYLIN2. 239

body, are very frequently developed in the Serrasalmine and Myline.
These are as characteristic as the spots on the young of thrushes
(Turdide). These spots begin to appear when the young have
reached a length of between one and two inches. They are probably
most prominent when the fish is between four and eight inches long,
and they become obscured or disappear entirely in old age. The
juvenile color is different from the adult color in some other ways. In
Mylosoma ocellatus, for instance, there are cross-bars and an ocellus
on the sides, and in Colosoma there are cross-bars without an ocellus.
As in other fishes, the obliteration of the juvenile markings is in part
due to the development with advancing age of more superficially
located pigment.

The Serrasalmine and Myline are for the most part lowland
fishes. So far as recorded they reach the maximum elevation in the
Rio das Velhas of the San Francisco basin. They are not found in
the upper Potaro river, the Iguassti above the falls, nor in the Mag-
dalena or elsewhere beyond the Andes, nor in the coastwise streams
between the Rio Itapicurti and Rio Grande do Sul.

The Serrasalmine can readily be distinguished from the Myline
by the teeth. The former have a single series of teeth in each jaw.
The latter have two series of teeth in the premaxillary and frequently
a pair of teeth behind the front series of the lower jaw.

The interneural, the upper end of which carries the predorsal spine,
lies between the sixth and seventh neural spines. The vertebra,
counting on the radiographs as abdominal those from the first which
carries a neural spine to the last which carries ribs, and as caudal all
those behind these, number as follows:

ZV RO PHESTUSMOCTILCULALUS MeN Ten oe eal te ee ee 14 + 20
S\AAABSOU TID TALON A Nos ek ROB BC CS tari ARO LENS SO aD 14 + 20
PIM CUSNELLE DLGCUUSH Revey Att te Ie tere eRe oN CTA eee eens ee 16 +19
(CALO PY LOWEN ENL OV ee eT NT roe eee Fe Te hare eae hoe I4 + 22
OST TPES TLE COM TOS recs 5 Plo OLS hse Bee te ERA IG Co EN ee 14 +19

This count does not take into consideration the coalesced vertebra
immediately adjacent to the head.

Subfamily SERRASALMIN.

Compressed, deep; ventral surface with serre; premaxillary and
mandible each with a single series of notched or lobate teeth; palate
sometimes with teeth; dorsal comparatively long; ventrals minute,
anal variously developed; a procumbent predorsal spine.

236 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

I have been unable to assign a place to Salmo undulatus and Serra-
salmo scotopterus of Schomburgk, Fishes of British Guiana, Vol. I,
pp. 232 and 233. The former was taken in the Padauiri and the latter
in the Rio Branco, both of the Amazon basin.

KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE SERRASALMIN.

a. Teeth symmetric, notched, or denticulate; no teeth on the palate; adipose fin

not rayed, anal long, naked............ Pygopristis Miiller & Troschel. I.

aa. Teeth oblique; asymmetric incisors, with a cusp on one or both sides near the

base of the large median cusp; successive teeth interlocking so as to form a
continuous serrate cutting edge.

b. Palatines smooth, without teeth; second suborbital covering all, or
neatly all, of the cheek; snout short, mouth wide; margin of upper jaw
very oblique; lower jaw very heavy, the teeth pointing backward and
upward, larger than those of the upper jaw. Interorbital 2—2.25 in
the head; depth 1.8—2 in the length.

c. Anal short, with fifteen rays, its origin below the space between dorsal
and adipose; no teeth on the palate....Gastropristis gen. nov. II.

cc. Anal with twenty-three t9 thirty-eight rays; its origin below the dorsal.

d. Adipose fin rayed in the adult (normal in the young and half-

STOW). Loe ee Pygocentrus Miiller & Troschel. III.

dd= Adiposemn mot-rayed..... esses Rooseveltiella gen. nov. IV.

bb. Palate rough, or with obsolescent teeth (see under aureus); second sub-
orbital leaving a very wide naked area; margin of upper jaw not very
oblique; interorbital 2.25; depth 1.4-1.8 in the length to the end of
theilateralslines racer tase ne eres kes Pristobrycon gen. nov. V.

bbb. A series of well-developed teeth on the palate; gape long, second sub-
orbital leaving a variable naked area, or completely covering the cheek;
upper jaw not very oblique.............. Serrasalmo Lacépéde. VI.

I. Genus PyGoprristis Miiller & Troschel.

Pygopristis MULLER & TROSCHEL, Hore Ichthyol., Vol. I, 1845, p. 21, tab. ix,

figs. 2a and 2b (fumarius).

Type, Pygopristis fumarius Miiller & Troschel, = Serrasalmo den-
ticulatus Cuvier.

Characters of the Subfamily.—No teeth on the palate, those of both
jaws serrate or lobed; anal naked.

Distribution.—Guiana to Paraguay.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF PYGOPRISTIS.

a. D. 19; A. 35; depth 1.66; head 4; snout obtuse, as long as eye; second sub-
orbital reaching about half-way to the pre-opercle; about thirty to thirty-four
abdominal serree; adipose 3.5 in the dorsal...... denticulatus (Cuvier). I.

aa. D. 16; A. 33; depth 1.66; adipose fin small; vertical fins with blackish margins.
serrulatus Cuvier & Valenciennes. 2,

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMIN AND MYLIN&. 2316

1. Pygopristis denticulatus (Cuvier).

Serrasalmo denticulatus CuviER, Mem. Mus. Paris, Vol. V, 1819, p. 371; GUNTHER,
Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., Vol. V, 1864, p. 367 (British Guiana).

Pygopristis denticulatus MULLER & TROSCHEL, Hore Ichthyol., Vol. I, 1845, pp.
21 and 34, tab. ix, fig. r (Guiana); in SCHOMBURGK, Reisen, Vol. III, 1848, p.
637 (Essequibo; Takutu; Rupununi); Cuvier & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat.
Poiss., Vol. XXII, 1848, p. 297 (Essequibo); EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIV, 1891, p. 59; ULrey, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol.
VII, 1895, p. 296 (Lower Amazon); EIGENMANN, Reports Princeton Univ. Exp.
Patagonia, Vol. III, 1910, p. 441; Mem. Carnegie Mus., Vol. V, 1912, p. 385
(Lama Stop-off).

Pygopristis fumarius MULLER & TROSCHEL, Hore Ichthyol., Vol. I, 1845, pp. 21
and 35, tab. 9, fig. 2; SCHOMBURGK, Reisen, Vol. III, 1848, p. 637 (Rupununi;
Essequibo); KNerR, Characinen, Vol. II, 1859, p. 27 (Rio Branco).

? Serrasalmo punctatus SCHOMBURGK, Fishes Guiana, Vol. I, 1841, p. 223.

Fic. 1. Dentition of Pygopristis denticulatus (Cuvier). .

Distribution.—Guianas to Amazon.

It is quite possible that Schomburgh’s drawing represents Pristo-
brycon scapularis instead of this species.

2. Pygopristis serrulatus Cuvier & Valenciennes.

Pygopristis serrulatus CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., Vol. XXII,
1848, p. 300 (Amazon); CasTELNAU, Anim. Amer. Sud, Poiss., 1855, pl. 38,
fig. 3 (Araguay; Amazon); EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.;
Vol. XIV, 1891, p. 59; ULrey, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. VII, p. 297 (Brazil),
EIGENMANN, Reports Princeton Univ. Exp., Patagonia, Vol. III, 1910, p. 441.

Serrasalmo serrulatus GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., Vol. V, 1864, p. 367.
BOULENGER, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, Vol. XIV, 1867, p. 37 (Paraguay); Boll,
Mus. Univ., Torino, Vol. XII, 1897 (Mission de San Francisco).

238 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Distribution.—Amazon; Matto Grosso; Paraguay.
The type of this species is about 150 mm. long.

II. Genus GASTROPRISTIS gen. nov.

Type, Serrasalmo (Pygocentrus) ternetzi Steindachner.

This genus is very similar to Pygocentrus from which it differs in
the length of the anal. It is possible that the single specimen known,
150 mm. long, has met with some accident. If not, the species is
certainly the type of a new genus.

Characters of Pygocentrus, but the origin of the anal on the vertical
from a point midway between the dorsal and adipose fins. Adipose
fin not rayed in the adult.

Range that of the single species.

3. Gastropristis ternetzi (Steindachner).

Serrasalmo (Pygocentrus) ternetzi STEINDACHNER, Anz. K. Acad. Wiss. Wien.,

1908, p. 359 (Descalvados on the Paraguay).

Known only from the following description of Steindachner.

“ Head 2.6; depth 1 4/7; D. II, 15; A. III, 12; scales 38 to: 40—86
+ 7-40 to 43; serre in front of anus 27; eye 5 in the length of the
head; interorbital 2.25; snout 2.33; base of anal 2.25; height of anal
2.33; base of dorsal 1.6; height of dorsal 2.25; length of pectoral 1.6;
ventral 3; depth of caudal peduncle 2.75.

‘Snout short, blunt; lower jaw heavy as in piraya; second suborbital
leaving a narrow naked margin behind; origin of dorsal midway
between snout and caudal, behind the vertical from the front of the
ventrals; adipose fin about 6 in the length of the head; pectoral not
reaching ventral; anal scaled at its base, its margin convex; last anal
ray about half as high as the first divided ray. Upper half of body
with obscure dark, round spots.’”’ (Yyranslation.)

III. Genus PyGocentrus Miiller & Troschel.
Pygocentrus MULLER & TROSCHEL, Hore Ichthyol., Vol. I, 1845, p. 20.

Type, Serrasalmo piraya Cuvier.

Compressed, ventral surface with serre from below the pectoral
to the anal; teeth compressed asymmetric incisors, more or less
notched, in a single series in each jaw. Palate without teeth; inter-
orbital very broad, the snout short, sometimes appearing abnormally
so, lower jaw short and very heavy; cheeks more or less completely
armed by the suborbitals; adipose fin rayed in the adult (over 125
mm.); anal long, with over twenty-five rays, its origin below the dorsal.

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMINZ AND MYLIN&. 239

Distribution.—Guiana, Amazons, Rio San Francisco, (and to
Paraguay?).

As far as known this genus contains one species, the type. I am
not sure whether all of the references cited in the synonymy below
really belong to this species. My identification of specimens from
Guiana as belonging to this species was wrong.

4. Pygocentrus piraya Cuvier. (Plate XLIV.)

Piraya Marcer., Nat. Hist. Bras., 1648, p. 164.

Serrasalmo piraya CuviER, Mem. Mus. Paris, Vol. V, 1819, p. 368, pl. 28, fig. 4;
GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., Vol. V, 1864, p. 368 (Brazil; River Cupai;
Demerara); Corr, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., Phila., Vol. XI, 1869-70, p. 566
(Para); STEINDACHNER, Flussfisch. Siidam., Vol. II, 1881, p. 13 (Teffé, Rio
Puty); Perucia, Ann. Mus. Civ. Storia Nat., Genova, Ser. 2a, Vol. X, 1891,
p- 51 (Villa Maria, Matto Grosso, Rio Paraguay).

Pygocentrus piraya MULLER & TROSCHEL, Hore Ichthyol., Vol. I., 1845, p. 20;
CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., Vol. XXII, 1848, p. 291; MULLER
& TROSCHEL, in Schomburgk, Reisen, Vol. III, 1848, p. 636 (Brit. Guiana);
? CasteELNAU, Anim. Amer. Sud. Poiss., 1855, p. 72, pl. 38, fig. 2 (Goyaz;
Amazon); Kner, Characinen, Vol. II, 1859, p. 28; EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIV, 1891, p. 59; ULrey, An. N. Y. Acad. Sci.,
Vol. VII, 1895, p. 297 (Trocera on Tocantins). FOWLER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Phila., 1906, p. 468 (Para); EIGENMANN, Reports Princeton Univ. Exp. Pata-
gonia, Vol. III, 1910, p. 442.

Serrasalmo (Pygocentrus) piraya LUTKEN, Velhas-Flodens Fiske, 1875, p. 233, and
p- xvii (Rio das Velhas).

Serrasalmo piranha AGassiz, Selecta Genera et Spec. Pisc. Bras., 1829, p. 71, tab.
28 (Rio San Francisco); SCHOMBURGK, Fish. Brit. Guiana, Vol. I, 1841, p. 221,
pl. xvi (Rio Branco).

? Serrasalmo nigricans AGASsiz, Selecta Genera et Spec. Pisc. Bras., 1829, p. 72,
tab. 30.

? Pygocentrus nigricans MULLER & TROSCHEL, Hore Ichthyol., Vol. I, 1845, p. 21-

Pygocentrus bidorsalis NATTERER, MS. in Kner, Characinen, Vol. II, 1854, p. 28-

Distribution Guiana, Amazon to Rio das Velhas, and ?Paraguay.
It is probable that Perugia’s record is for R. natterert.
5698 a-b. C. M. 35-43 mm. Santa Rita, Jan. 24, 1909. Haseman.
5696 a.C. M. 60 mm. Barreiras, Lagoas of Rio Grande, Jan. 3-4,
1907. Haseman.
6521 a-g.C. M. 18-about 240mm. Penedo, May 20, 1908. Haseman.
5699 a-h. C. M. Largest 44 mm. Boqueirao, near mouth of Rio
Preto, Jan. 6, 1908. Haseman.
6522 a-c. C. M. 108-202 mm. Joazeiro, Nov. 28,1907. Haseman.
6523 a.C. M. 122mm. Rio das Velhas, May 11, 1908. Haseman.
6524 a.C. M. 190mm. Lagoa de Porto, Dec. 24,1907. Haseman.

240 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Head 3-3.6 in length to end of lateral line; depth 1.8-2; D. 18-19;
A. 30-32; serra 22-26; interorbital 2—-2.25 in the head (nearly 3 in
No. 5696).

Base of anal shorter than head; distance between dorsal and caudal
fulcra shorter than the dorsal, equal to, or a little shorter than, the
postorbital portion of the head (postorbital portion and half the eye in
No. 5696); dorsal rounded; adipose fin not rayed in specimens 130 mm.
long. Sides plain in specimens 100 mm. long; entire sides profusely
spotted in specimens below 60 mm. long.

Dr. J. D. Anisits has kindly furnished me with the following data
on the Pygocentrus nigricans in the Berlin Museum.

No. 3630 Berlin Museum. Total length 122 mm., body 112 mm.,
height 61 mm. Head 3 in the length; eye 4.33 in the head, 2.66 in the
interorbital; abdominal spines 28; D. 16; A. 31; scales 34-104-39.
The photograph kindly made for me by the direction of Dr. A. Brauer,
Director of the Zodlogical Museum of Berlin, shows the distance
between the dorsal and caudal to be greater than the length of the
dorsal and longer than the postorbital portion of the head. It seems
more than probable that the nigricans of Miiller and Troschel is
distinct from piraya Cuvier.

Liitken (Vidensk. Medd. Nat. For. Kjébenhavn, 1874, 238) con-
‘siders the nigricans of Agassiz a species distinct from pzraya.

IV. Genus ROOSEVELTIELLA‘ gen. nov.

Type, Serrasalmo nattereri Kner.

General characters of Pygocentrus, the adipose fin not rayed; palate
without teeth, smooth; cheek completely or nearly completely armed
in adult; profile scarcely depressed over the eye; eye comparatively
small; interorbital very wide; upper jaw short, its margin very oblique;
lower jaw powerful, its teeth long, with nearly symmetric cutting
edges, much larger than those of the upper jaw.

Distribution.—Orinoco, Guianas, Amazons, and La Plata basin.
Not in the Rio San Francisco and coastwise streams south to Rio
Grande do Sul.

It is doubtful whether niger, altus, and nattereri are distinct. It is
also quite probable that stigmaterythreus is a synonym of notatus.

4For Colonel Theodore Roosevelt in recognition of his arduous work in South

American Exploration and his intense interest in the fauna of South America.
His account of the type of this genus was quoted on previous pages.

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMIN AND MYLIN. 241

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF ROOSEVELTIELLA.

a. Cheeks fully covered by the second suborbital except in the young.

b. Abdominal serree 40; depth about 2 in the length; interorbital a little less
than one-half the length of the head; second infra-orbital touches the
pre-opercle; distance between dorsal and upper caudal fulcra much
longer than base of dorsal; gill-rakers of the outer branch very short
and broad. D.18; A. 33-35; lat. line 105..... niger (Schomburgk). 5.

bb. Abdominal serre fewer than 40.

c. Distance between dorsal and upper caudal fulcra less than the base
of the dorsal, equal to the postorbital portion of the head, or shorter;
origin of dorsal about equidistant between anterior margin of eye
and end of lateral line; base of anal shorter than head; D. 16-193
A. 27-31; serre 22-38; interorbital 2.1 in head; depth 1.87-2.

nattereri (Kner). 6.

cc. Distance between dorsal and upper caudal fulcra equal to, or a little

greater than, the base of the dorsal, equal to the postorbital portion

of the head; origin of dorsal equidistant between end of lateral line

and snout or origin of eye; base of anal equal to length of head in

the younger; equal to head without opercle in the old; interorbital
2—2.23 in the head; head 3.3—3.25; depth 1.8—2.2.

notatus (Liitken). 7.

aa. Cheeks with a very narrow naked margin.

d. No well defined humeral spot; distance between dorsal and upper caudal
fulcra about equal to the length of the base of the dorsal, a little greater
than the postorbital portion of*the head; origin of dorsal nearer base
of upper caudal rays than eye; base of anal equal to length of head less
half of the opercle; D: 17; A. 23; serree 26; interorbital 2.2 in the head;
GepulersSmaeaeen ta Mey Are cerepte atten sateen Nets ts tls, a nseataney altus (Gill). 8.

dd. A large conspicuous humeral spot; space between dorsal and caudal
longer than the dorsal, equal to head without opercle; base of anal
shorter than head; second suborbital as high as long; D. 18 or 19;
A. 30; serree 28; interorbital 2.25 in the head; head 3.33; depth 1.9;
sides spotted, caudal margined with dark.

stigmaterythreus (Fowler). 9.

5. Rooseveltiella niger (Schomburgk). (Plate XLV.)

Serrasalmo niger SCHOMBURGK, Fishes Brit. Guiana, Vol. I, 1841, p. 222, tab. 18
(in streams between forty and fifty miles from coast); GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes
Brit. Mus., Vol. V, 1864, p. 360.

Pygocentrus niger MULLER & TROSCHEL, Hore Ichthyol., Vol. I, 1845, p. 21, tab. 2,
fig. 3; ? CuvIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., Vol. XXII, 1848, p. 286
(Corentyn); MULLER & TROSCHEL, in Schomburgk, Reisen. Vol. III, 1848,
p- 636 (upper courses of all streams of Guiana); EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN,
Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIV, 18901, p. 59; EIGENMANN, Reports Princeton
Univ. Exp. Patagonia, Vol. III, 1910, p. 442; Mem. Carnegie Mus., Vol. V,
IQI2, p. 384.

242 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Distribution.—Upper courses of all streams of Guiana.

In spite of the many references, the only authentic specimen of this
species is the type in the Berlin Museum, which I examined, and which
has forty abdominal serre.

Dr. J. D. Anisits has kindly reéxamined the type, No. 3631 Berlin
Museum, and has given me the following data. Total length 365
mm., body 335, height 180. Head 3 in the total length; eye 5 in
the head, 3 in the interorbital; abdominal serre 40-41; D. 17, A. 34;

scales about 40-130-42. I owe to Director Dr. A. Brauer the photo-
graph of the type, which is reproduced in Plate XLV.

6. Rooseveltiella nattereri (Kner).

Serrasalmo nattereri KNER, Characinen, Vol. II, 1859, p. 28, taf. 3, fig. 8 (Matto
Grosso; Cuyaba); GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., Vol. V, 1864, p. 369;
Corr, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1871, p. 292 (between Rio Negro and
Ucayale); Peters, Mb. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1877, p. 472 (San Fernando de Apuré);
PELLEGRIN, Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., 1899, p. 406 (Manaos); BOULENGER,
Boll. Mus. Univ., Torino, Vol. XV, I900 (near Corumba); FOWLER, Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 468 (Peruvian Amazon).

Serrasalmo (Pygocentrus) nattereri STEINDACHNER, Flussfisch. Siidam., Vol. III,
1881, p. 12 (La Plata).

Pygocentrus nattereri EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIV,
1891, p. 60; BERG, An. Mus. Nat.-Buenos Aires, Vol. V, 1897, p. 283 (San
Pedro on Rio Parana; Martin Garcia; Boca de Riachuela on Rio de la Plata);
EIGENMANN & OGLE, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XX XIII, 1907, p. 35 (Para-
guay; Brazil); EIGENMANN, Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. IV, 1907, p. 141 (Porto
Murtinho; Corumba); EIGENMANN, Reports Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia,
Vol. III, 1910, p. 442.

Distribution.—La Plata and Amazon basins; ?Orinoco.

6528 a—b. C. M. 118-126 mm. San Joaquin, Bolivia, Sept. 4, 1909.
Haseman.

6529 a. C. M. 173 mm. about. Santarem, Dec. 6, 1909. Hase-
man.

6526 a—b. C. M. 149 mm. to end of lateral line. Villa Hays,
April 13, 1909. Haseman.

6533 C. M. 1.15 mm. Rio Jauru, June 4, 1909. Haseman.

65

38
27a. About 24mm. Corumba, April 28, 1909. Haseman.

D. 17-19; A. 28-31; serre 24-28; interorbital 2—2.1 in the head;
depth 1.87-2; anal shorter than head, even in small, equal to head
without opercle in large individuals; origin of dorsal equidistant from
anterior margin o! orbit and end of lateral line. Base of dorsal

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMINZ AND MYLIN. 243

equal to head without mouth or without snout and half eye. Distance
between dorsal and upper caudal fulcra equal to, or a little shorter
than, the postorbital portion of the head, shorter than the base of
the dorsal or rarely equal to it; ventral spines with broad transverse

basis.
7. Rooseveltiella notatus (Liitken).

Fic. 2. Premaxillary and mandibular teeth of Rooseveltiella notatus (Liitken).

Serrvasalmo (Pygocentrus) notatus LUTKEN, Vid. Med. Nat. For. Kjéb., 1874, p. 238
(Venezuela).

Pygocentrus notatus EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIV,
1891, p. 60; EIGENMANN, Reports Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, Vol. III,

IQIO, p. 442.
Pygocentrus piraya (non CUVIER) EIGENMANN, Mem. Carnegie Mus., Vol. V, 1912,
p. 384 (Twoca Pan).
Distribution.—Orinoco, Essequibo, and Amazon basins.
6530 a. C. M. About 215 mm. over all. Manaos, Nov. 17, 1909.
Haseman.
6531 a. C. M. About 230 mm. Lagoa de Paranagua, Jan. 16, 1908.
Haseman.
?5695 a—b. C. M. 20-46 mm. Lagoa de Paranagua, Jan. 17, 1908.
Haseman.
6532 a-c. C. M. About125-145mm. Santarem, Dec., 1909. Hase-
man.
These specimens may represent Pygocentrus notatus Liitken.
Liitken states that the origins of the dorsal and ventral fins are
equidistant from the snout. In all of the specimens enumerated
above the distance between the ventrals and the snout is less by at
least an orbital diameter than the distance from the snout to the
dorsal. In other respects they are like notatus as far as Liitken’s

description goes.

244 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Head 3.29-3.25 in length to end of lateral line; depth 1.8-2.2;
D. 16-18, usually 17, counting everything; A. 28-31, of which the
first is minute and the third very large; serre 26-28; interorbital
2-2.23 in the head; eye 4.5—5.5 in the head; origin of dorsal equidistant
from tip of snout and end of lateral line; space between dorsal and
caudal fulcra equal to the base of the dorsal or a little longer, equal
to the head less the opercle or shorter; second suborbital in the adult
in contact with the pre-opercle, leaving a naked border at the angle
in the younger specimens; depth of caudal peduncle 2.5—2.75 in length
of head in the smaller specimen, 3.33 in the larger; adult with a faint
humeral spot, otherwise without spots; young with the sides profusely
spotted. Caudal margined with dark, its base with a V-shaped dark
area; in the smallest from Lagoa de Paranagua, there is a dark band
on the end of the caudal peduncle.

Very similar to Serrasalmo maculatus, but without traces of teeth
on the palate, the snout shorter, the interorbital wider, the serre
fewer.

8. Rooseveltiella altus (Gill). (Plate XLVI.)

Pygocentrus altus GILL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1870, p. 93 (Marafion or
Napo River); EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIV,
I891, p. 80; EIGENMANN & OGLE, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XX XIII, 1907, p.
35 (Napo or Marafion); EIGENMANN, Reports Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia,
VolvlILh roLo0; ps 442.

Distribution.—Marafion basin.

D. 17; A. 33; depth .8; head 2.75; snout obtuse, less than diameter
of eye, which is 4.5-5 in the head; interorbital 2.2 in the head; a
narrow naked area between suborbital and pre-opercle; fourteen
teeth in each jaw; origin of dorsal nearer base of upper caudal rays
than eye, its height about half the length of the head; origin of anal
under last half of dorsal; pectorals scarcely to ventrals; gill-rakers
pointed, a little less than half the length of eye; twenty-six abdominal
serre. Grayish iridescent, tinged with bluish; sides with traces of
very hazy round spots; dorsal spotted; anal and caudal dusky; scales
34-90-37.

Known only from the type in the U. S. National Museum, No.
21432. Collected by Orton in the Napo or the Marajon, for a photo-
graph of which I am indebted to the authorities of the United States
National Museum. (Cf. Plate XLVI.)

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMINE AND MYLIN&. 245

9. Rooseveltiella stigmaterythreus (Fowler).

Pygocentrus stigmaterythreus FOWLER, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1911, p. 424, fig. 3
(La Pedrita, on the Cano Uracoa, Venezuela).

Known only from the specimens respectively 4 and 5 inches long
in the collections of the Philadelphia Academy. They differ from
the smaller specimens of notatus in the large black humeral spot.

V. Genus. PRISTOBRYCON gen. nov.

Type, Pygocentrum calmoni Steindachner.

Intermediate in technical characters between the fierce Rooseveltiella
without palatine teeth, and the less blood-thirsty Serrasalmo, with a
series of permanent teeth along the palate. They are the least
destructive of the piranhas. Head short and deep, the snout short;
palate with few or no teeth in the adult, the teeth sometimes, as in
aureus, more fully developed in the young; cheeks only partly armed;
mouth rather narrow, the upper jaw not very oblique, the lower jaw
not very prominent.

Distribution.—Orinoco, Guiana, and Lower Amazon basin.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF PRISTOBRYCON.

a. Sides variously spotted.
b. Margin of caudal pale.
¢. Depth 1.6-1.8; head 3.12-3.66; D. 15-17; A. 32-34; serre 27-33;
interorbital 2.25-2.5 in the head; profile but little depressed over
eye; distance from dorsal to caudal equal to length of head, much
longer than dorsal; upper half of sides with numerous very small
black spots; .2-.4 of the cheek naked.

scapularis (Giinther). 10.
cc. Depth 1.6-1.7; head 3.1-3.75; D. 15-17; A. 32-37; serre 22-35; inter-
orbital 2.16 in the length of head; profile more depressed over eye;
distance from dorsal to caudal longer than head; upper half of sides
with larger, more or less prominent spots; .25—.5 of the cheek naked.
aureus (Agassiz). ITI.
ccc. Depth 1.33; head 3.66; D.17; A. 40. .emarginatus (Schomburgk). 12.
bb. Margin of caudal dark. Depth 1.4-1.5; head 3.4-3.66; D. 15-16; A. 32
or 33; serre 32-33; nearly half of the cheek naked; a small, obscure,

humeral spot; small, dark spots on the upper half of body.
calmoni (Steindachner). 13.
aa. Numerous dark brown cross-bands dividing below the lateral line into narrow
stripes; second suborbital but little higher than eye, its length 1.5 in its
height; greatest width of naked area of cheek equal to about one-half the
length of the suborbital; head 3.33; depth 1.66; D.17; A.31or32; serre 32;
interorbital 2.75; origin of dorsal an orbital diameter nearer to snout than
EhespasevotetnercauGdalls . y.)ses ce oe 6 a were ise striolatus (Steindachner). 14.

246 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

10. Pristobrycon scapularis (Giinther).

Serrasalmo scapularis GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., Vol. V, 1864, p. 368
(British Guiana); PELLEGRIN, Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., 1899, p. 157 (Apuré).
Pygocentrus scapularis EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol.

XIV, 1891, p. 69; ULrey, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. VII, 1895, p. 297 (Marajo);

EIGENMANN & OGLE, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XX XIII, 1907, p. 35 (South

America).
Serrasalmo coccogenis FOWLER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1911, p. 428, fig. 4

(La Pedrita, on the Cano Uracoa, Venezuela).

Habitat.—British Guiana, Orinoco, Amazon to Para.
5799 a-b. C. M. 140-197 mm. Manaos, Dec. 9, 1910. Haseman.

Very similar to Serrasalmo aureus, but not so deep, and to calmont,
which has a black bordered caudal. @

Head 3.4-3.66 to end of lateral line; depth 1.7-1.8; D. 16 or 17;
A. 32 or 33; serre 26 + 1 and 28 +1; interorbital 2.25-2.5 in the
length of the head. Distance from dorsal to caudal fulcra equals
length of head, much greater thaa base of dorsal; origin of dorsal
about equal to distance from tip of saout to end of lateral line; base
of anal a little longer than head; suture between first and second
suborbitals vertical; second suborbital leaving a naked area nearly
half as wide as bone in the larger and but little narrower than the
bone in the smaller specimen; palatines roughened more or less and
with a tooth-like tubercle. Caudal pale-edged; upper parts of sides
with small spots.

In the suture between the first and second suborbitals these speci-
mens differ from the specimens from Guiana in which it extends down-
ward and forward.

11. Pristobrycon aureus (Agassiz).

Serrasalmo aureus AGASSIz, Selecta Genera et Spec. Pisc., 1829, p. 72, tab. 20;
CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., Vol. XXII, 1848, p. 282; CASTEL-
NAU, Anim. Amer. Sud, Poiss., 1855, p. 71 (Goyaz); ? MULLER & TROSCHEL,
in Schomburgk’s Reisen, Vol. III, 1848, p. 637 (Essequibo, Rupununi); KNER,
Characinen, Vol. II, 1859, p. 35 (Rio Vaupé, Matto Grosso).

Serrasalmo gymnogenys GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., Vol. V, 1874, p. 371.
(River Capin, British Guiana); EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., Vol. XIV, 1891, p. 60; ULREY, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. VII, 1895,
p. 298 (Marajo); ? PeruGia,’ Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, 2a, Vol. X,
1891, p. 650 (Resistencia, Chaco Centrale): PELLEGRIN, Bull. Mus. d’Hist.
Nat., Vol. V, 1899, p. 157 (Apuré); EIGENMANN, Reports Princeton Univ. Exp.
Patagonia, Vol. III, 1910, p. 442; Memoirs Carnegie Mus., Vol. V., 1912, p. 381
(Rockstone; Wismar; Tumatumari; Crab Falls below Packeoo).

5 It is very probable that Perugia had either Serrasalmo marginatus, or humeralis.

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMINZ AND MYLIN&. 247

Habitat.—Guiana, Orinoco, Amazons, and ?Paraguay.
5770 a. C. M. 158mm. Santarem, Dec. 15, 1909. Haseman.
5800 a—b. C. M. About 150 and 182 mm. Manaos. Haseman.

Head 3.66-3.75; depth to end of lateral line 1.55-1.6; D. 16-17;
A. 33-35; serre 34 or 35; snout 1.5 in the eye; eye 3 in the head;
interorbital 2.16; margin of second suborbital rounded, but leaving a
naked area equal to one-fourth to one-third of the total width of the
cheeks; space between dorsal and caudal longer than head; head 1.3-
1.4 in the length of the anal; spots sometimes arranged in transverse
rows, merging into irregular cross-bands in the largest specimen.

12. Pristobrycon emarginatus (Schomburgk).
Salmo emarginatus SCHOMBURGK, Fishes Brit. Guiana, Vol. I, 1841, p. 231, plate
19. (Locality?)
Schomburgk’s figure represents a fish shaped like P. aureus or a
Metynnis. It differs from the latter in having a short adipose fin.
It is quite possible that the figure is that of aureus.

13. Pristobrycon calmoni (Steindachner). (Plate XLVII.)

Fic. 3. Dentition of P#istobrycon calmoni (Steindachner). #7.
Serrasalmo calmoni STEINDACHNER, Ann. K. Acad. Wiss. Wien, 1908, p. 361
(Para).
Pygocentrus bilineatus EIGENMANN, Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. V, 1909, p. 47;
Reports Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, Vol. III, 1910, p. 442; Mem. Carnegie
Mus., Vol. V, 1912, p. 385, pl. LVI, fig. 2 (Aruka River, Mora Passage).

248 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.
5797 a-b. C. M. 66-132 mm. Santarem, Dec. 11, 1909. Haseman.
5798 a-c. C. M. 105-125 mm. Para, Jan. 17, 1910. Haseman.

Head 3.7-3.9; depth 1.5-1.6; D. 17; A. 32-34; serre 30-33; inter-
orbital 2.33—-2.25; cheeks with a naked area equal in width to the
suborbital; head 1.5 in the length of the base of the anal; palate with
one or two teeth.

This species, greatly resembling gymnogenys = aureus, is readily
distinguished by its black caudal border. The specimens from Para
differ from P. calmoni,for the most part as described by Stein-
dachner, in only insignificant details; but the eyes in the specimens are
certainly longer than the snout, the end of the upper jaw does not
reach below the middle of the eye, and the origin of the ventrals is a
little nearer the tip of the snout than the end of the anal. In the
types of bilineatus, on the contrary, it is a little nearer the end of the

anal.
14. Pristobrycon striolatus (Steindachner).

Serrasalmo (Pygocentrus) striolatus STEINDACHNER, Anz. K. Acad. Wiss. Wien»
1908, p. 360.
Known only from the types, 180-200 mm. long, coming from tribu-
taries of the Rio Para.

VI. Genus SERRASALMO Lacépéde.
Serrasalmo LACEPEDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss., Vol. V, 1804, p. 283.

Type, Salmo rhombeus Linneus.

Body deep, compressed; a series of serre from below the pectorals
to the anus. Teeth in the premaxillary in a single series, trenchant;
usually a series of teeth on the palate, but in this respect grading
through the heavier jawed, short-nosed species, like maculatus, into
Rooseveltiella; second suborbital covering all or most of the cheek;
tongue narrow, free, anal partly scaled; predorsal line naked.

Distribution.—Orinoco, and Guianas south to the Rio San Francisco
and the La Plata basin. Not occurring in the Magdalena, on the
Pacific slope, nor in the short rivers draining into the Atlantic between
the Itapicurt’ and the Uruguay.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF SERRASALMO.

a. Depth more than 2 in the length to the end of the lateral line. See also S,
humeralis gracilior.

b. Interorbital 2.5-2.7 in the head; snout, which is acutely pointed, longer

than the eye; chin sharply pointed, entering the profile; lower jaw 2 in

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMIN2 AND MYLIN. 249

the head. D. 15; A. 32-33; abdominal serre 31-35; head 3; depth

2.66; eye 5 in the head, 2 in interorbital; profile nearly straight;

lateral line 100; predorsal line naked; a dark humeral spot; sides with

dark spots; back sometimes with parallel bands; dorsal, anal, and

adipose with light base and dark margin........ elongatus Kner. 15.

bb. Snout blunt, about equal to the eye in length; D. 16; A. 30; abdominal

serre about 27; head 3.2; eye 4 in the head; profile but slightly con-

cave. Caudal with a dark margin............gibbus Castelnau. 16.

bbb. Snout not very blunt, longer than eye; one-third of cheeks naked in the
types; D.16; A.32; serre 37. Caudal with a light margin.

hollandi Eigenmann. 17.

aa. Depth 2 or less than 2 in the lengch, rarely 2.1 or 2.33 in hwmeralis gracilior.
c. Caudal with a submarginal black band, the margin hyaline; interorbital
2.5 in the length of the head; snout blunt.

d. Depth 1.6 to end of lateral line; bright yellow; a humeral shade,

OUNeEEWISG, UNSpPOtted!s as = cree cichetaserre meena enema @sopus Cope. 18.

dds Depth, 1475-192) sidessspotted:.< qa..< cern spilopleura Kner, 19.
cc. Caudal in adult with a marginal black band; anal with a dusky margin.
e. Snout blunt; interorbital 2.33-2.5 in the length of the head (nearly 3

in small specimens); margin of second suborbital convex.

f. Snout shorter than the eye; interorbital 2.5 in the head, even in
specimens but 120 mm. long. Depth 1.8-1.9; D. I5 or 17;
A. 31-33; serre 31-34; cheeks entirely or nearly entirely
covered; lower jaw heavy. (Palatine teeth sometimes want-
UOKEEN NS Sh dae atk toate Cie mene eect ecu ie maculatus Kner. 20.

(ff. Snout shorter than eye; interorbital 2.4 in the head. Depth
1.7; D. 17; A. 32; serree 33; cheeks with a wide naked area;
lower jaw not very heavy; palate with teeth? See Pristo-
brycon scapularis and calmoni.)

fff. Snout longer than eye; D. 16 or 17 rarely 19; A. 31-36; serre,
rarely 28 or 36; lateral line 87-91; depth 1.8—2.

rhombeus Linneus. 21.

ffff. Snout longer than eye; interorbital 2.8-nearly 3 in the length

of the head; D. 15 or 16; A. 32-33; serre 30-31; depth 1.8;

head 3-3.2. Snout about 3 in the length of the head; eye

5-5-4; second suborbital leaving but a narrow naked strip

DELOW Art cute sc lerskete eros Sane ne ntara ss paraénse Steindachner. 22.

ee. Snout more acute; head compressed, interorbital 3 or more in the
length of the head (3 in the largest).

g. Anal slightly falcate, the third ray heavy; second suborbital
more or less truncate, leaving a wider naked space than in
rhombeus or brandtii; ventral serree very strong, 26-33, most
frequently 30; depth 2, rarely 1.7; D. 15-18, usually 17;
A. 32-36, usually 33 or 34.

humeralis Cuvier & Valenciennes. 23.
gg. Characters of humeralis but the depth 2.33 in the length to end
OMMALeLAlplinemeietsteierctoeico sua eh svesetens gracilior Eigenmann. 24.

250 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

ggg. Anal rounded in front, or the third ray, which is but little heavier
than the following one, slightly prolonged, milk-white; second
suborbital convex below; ventral serre much more feeble
than in humeralis, 30-35, most frequently 34; depth 1.8;

D. usually 16 or 17; A. 33-37, most frequently 35.
brandti Reinhardt. 25.

ccc. Margin of caudal light, no submarginal black band.
h. Margin of anal light; snout blunt, six tenths as long as eye, or equal
to the eye; a considerable naked area on the cheek; D. 15 or 16,
A 3'2=3:°7> “Serres 22-33) 5 i ake Aue (See Pristobrycon aureus Agassiz,)
hh. Margin of anal dark in the adult; snout pointed, longer than snout
of aureus, young slenderer than young of aureus.

marginatus Valenciennes. 26.

15. Serrasalmo elongatus Kner.

Fic. 4. Dentition of Serrasalmo elongatus Kner. (Enlarged.)

Serrasalmo elongatus KNER, Characinen, Vol .II, 1859, p. 36, taf. v, fig. 12 (Rio
Guaporé, Matto Grosso); GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., Vol. V, 1864, p. 3713
STEINDACHNER, Flussf. Siidam., Vol. IV, 1882, p. 16 (Huallaga); EIGENMANN
& EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XVI, 1891, p. 60; EIGENMANN,
Reports Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, Vol. III, 1910, p. 442.

Distribution.—Rios Guaporé and Amazon.
5757 a-c. C. M. Three, 164 to about 200 mm. Santarem, Dec. 8,
I

909. Haseman.

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMINZ AND MYLIN&. 251

Head 3.3-3.6; depth 2.3-2.44 in the length to the end of the lateral
line. D. 15; A. 30 in two, 31 in one; serre 34, 35, 36; eye about 1.5
in the snout, 5-5.5 in the head, 2—2.2 in the interorbital; lower pos-
terior margin of the second interorbital subtruncate, leaving a seg-
ment of a circle of the cheek naked. Gill-rakers minute.

5796 a.C. M. 40mm. _ Bastos on the Rio Alegre, a tributary of the

Guaporé. June 26, 1909. Haseman.

Head 2.75; depth 2.25; D. 17; A. 35; serre 26; eye 3 in the head;
interorbital 4. Distal half of dorsal and caudal, distal half of anal
lobe and anal margin jet black; sides spotted.

This specimen differs conspicuously from the adult of elongatus.
Many of its characters are, however, undoubtedly due to its youth,
and in all likelihood it is the young of elongatus.

16. Serrasalmo gibbus Castelnau.

Serrasalmo gibbus CASTELNAU, Anim. Am. Sud, Poiss, 1855, pl. 38, fig. r (Araguay);
EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIV, 1891, p. 60.
Serrasalmo gibbus GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., Vol. V, 1864, p. 366; EIGEN-
MANN, Reports Princeton Univ. Exp. Patagonia, Vol. III, 1910, p. 442.
Habitat.—Araguay.
Known only from Castelnau’s figure. It is probably a: synonym
of elongatus.

17. Serrasalmo hollandi® Eigenmann, sp. nov. (Plate XLVIII.)

5792 a. C. M. About 130 mm., 109 mm. to end of scaled portion
of caudal. Maciél, Rio Guaporé, July 23, 1909. Haseman.
Depths 165 head?3.33% Dici6; A. 32% serra 37 seales: 31-86-27 >

3.66 in head, snout 4, interorbital 2.6; depth of caudal peduncel

xv

eye
3.33. Origin of dorsal about an orbital diameter nearer snout than
end of lateral line; distance of dorsal from upper caudal fulcra equals
length of head; base of dorsal equals length of head less snout and half
the orbit, but little greater than its distance from the adipose; origin
of anal equidistant from the base of the last ray and the middle of
the pectoral; origin of ventrals a little nearer tip of snout than the
distance between snout and predorsal spine.

Elongate, compressed; dorsal and ventral profiles about equally
curved; dorsal profile but little depressed over eye, snout not very
blunt, the lower jaw scarcely entering profile; occipital process about

6 Named for my friend, Dr. W. J. Holland, Director of the Carnegie Museum.
C. H. Eigenmann.

252 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

2.7 in the distance from its base to the dorsal; palatines with five
well developed teeth; about one-third of the cheek naked at its widest.

Serre well developed; dorsal elevated in front; anal slightly emargi-
nate in front; ventrals about 2 in the head without the opercle, equal
to the longest anal ray.

Sides with numerous circular spots about the size of the pupil;
an angular humeral spot, larger than the other spots; a V-shaped
basal caudal spot; anal and distal portion of caudal hyaline.

18. Serrasalmo zsopus Cope.

Serrasalmo e@sopus Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1871, p. 269 (Amazon be-
tween Rio Negro and the Huallaga); EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U.S.
Mus., Vol. XIV, 1891, p.60; FOWLER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1906, p. 469,
fig. 53 (note, and figure of the type from the Amazon between Rio Negro and Hual-
laga); EIGENMANN, Reports PrincetonUniv. Exp. Patagonia, Vol. III, 1910, p. 442.
Distribution.—Upper Amazon.

This species is known only from the type, five and seven-eighths
inches long, in the collection of the Philadelphia Academy. It may
prove to be synonymous with spilopleura.

19. Serrasalmo spilopleura Kner. (Plate XLIX.)
Serrasalmo spilopleura KNER, Characinen, Vol. II, 1859, p. 35, taf. v, fig. ii (Matto
Grosso, Guaporé, ? Bogota); GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., Vol. V, 1864,
p. 370 (River Capin); Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1880, p. 13 (La Plata); EIGEN-

Fic. 5. Dentition of Serrasalmo spilopleura Kner. 4.

MANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIV, 1891, p. 60; ULREy,
Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. VII, 1895, p. 297 (Tocantins, Brazil); PERUGIA,
Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, Ser. 2, Vol. VIII, 1897, p. 26 (Bolivia);
BOULENGER, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, Vol. XIV, 1896, p. 37 (Descalvados and

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMINA AND MYLIN2. 258

Paraguay); Boll. Mus. Univ. Torino, Vol. XV, 1900 (near Corumba); E1IGEN-
MANN & OGLE, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXXIII, 1909, p. 35 (Paraguay);
EIGENMANN, Ann. Carnegie Mus., Vol. IV, 1907, p. 141 (Rio Otuquis, Ascuncion;
Porto Murtinho)—Reports Princeton Univ. Exp., Patagonia, Vol. III, 1910,

p. 442.
Pygocentrus dulcis HECKEL MS. in Kner.

Distribution —Basin of Amazon and La Plata.

The record of ‘‘ Bogota,” if by this is meant the capital of Colombia,
is certainly wrong. The species is apparently quite abundant in the
Paraguay basin.

Distinguished by the intense submarginal black caudal band, and
spotted sides.

5774 a-f.C. M. 54-165 mm. Rio Jauru, June 4, 1909. Haseman.

5775 a-b. C. M. 44-49 mm. Caceres, May 26, 1909. Haseman.

5776 a. C. M. 90 mm. Rio San Francisco, June 10, 1909. Hase-
man.

5795 a. C. M. 37 mm. Bastos, June 26, 1909. Haseman.

5777 a-d. C. M. 45-120 mm. San Joaquin, Bolivia, Sept. 4 and 5,

1909. Haseman.

5778 a-d. C. M. 44-154 mm. Cacequy, Feb. 1, 1909. Haseman.
5779 a-1.C. M. 46-83 mm. Uruguayana, Feb. 5, 1909. Haseman.
5761 a-c.C. M. 104 mm. Riberao Azul, 22 miles northeast of

Salto das Cruzes, tributary of the Rio Tieté. Oct. 7, 1908. Hase-

man.

5780 a—b. C. M. 113 mm. Para, Jan. 17, 1910. Haseman.
5781 a. C. M. 44mm. Corumbaé, April 27, 1909. Haseman.

ES felon d 0!

The counts of a number of specimens are: D. ae ra ma A. =,
32 33. 347
Aa a

‘

20. Serrasalmo maculatus Kner.

Serrasalmo maculatus KNER, Characinen, Vol. II, 1859, p. 33, taf. iv, fig. 10 (Rio
Guaporé); GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., Vol. V, 1864, p. 371; COPE, Proc.
Am. Philos. Soc., Vol. XI, 1870, p. 566 (Para); STEINDACHNER, Flussf. Siidam.,
Vol. IV, 1882, p. 16 (Huallaga); EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat,
Mus., Vol. XIV, 1891, p. 60; ULrey, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. VII, 1895, p.
298 (Tocantins); PERuGIA, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat., Genova, Ser. 2, Vol. VIII,
1897, p. 26 (Rio Madidi, Bolivia); PELLEGRIN, Bull. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., 1899,
p. 406 (Manaos); FowLer, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1906, p. 469 (Para,
notes on Cope’s specimen); EIGENMANN, Reports Princeton Univ. Exp. Pata-
gonia, Vol. III, 1910, p. 442.

7 The denominator indicates the number of specimens having the given character.

254 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Pygocentrus melanurus HECKEL, Ms. in Kner, l. ¢c.

Pygocentrus nigricans HECKEL Ms. in Kner, I. c.

Serrasalmo brandti ULREY (not Liitken), Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. VII, 1895, p.
2098 (Brazil).

Fic. 6. Dentition of Serrasalmo maculatus Kner. The upper cut represent.
the palatines of a specimen 177 mm. long, the others are from a specimen 147 mm.
long. (Greatly enlarged.)

Distribution.—Amazons to Bolivia.

5790 a-d. C. M. 120-188 mm. Manaos, Dec. 9 and 11, 1909.

Haseman.

Depth 1.74-1.8; D. 16 or 17; A. 31-34; serre 32-34; interorbital
2.52-2.66 in the head. Origin of dorsal nearer tip of snout than end
of lateral line in the two smaller specimens equidistant from anterior
nares and end of lateral line in the largest; distance between dorsal
and base of upper caudal fulcra longer than the base of the dorsal,
equal to the head or the part of the head behind the anterior nares;
base of anal longer than head. Caudal bordered with dark.

21. Serrasalmo rhombeus (Linneus). (Plate LVIII.)§

Salmo rhombeus LiINN&uS, Syst. Nat. ed. XII, Vol. I, 1766, p. 514 (Surinam);
PALLas, Spicil. Zool., Vol. VIII, 1769, p. 57, tab. 5, fig. 3; GMELIN, Syst. Nat.,
Vol. I, 1788, p. 686, no. 28; BLocu, Ausl. Fische, p. 112, 1794, taf. 383; BLOCH
& SCHNEIDER, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 404.

8 The negative of Plate LVIII was made by Dr. Raymond C. Beeler in the
Laboratory of Dr. Albert M. Cole, both of the gentlemen being residents of
Indianapolis. Iam greatly indebted to them for their kindness. The Author.

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMIN® AND MYLIN&. 255

Serrasalmo rhombeus LACEPEDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss., Vol. V, 1804, p. 284; CUVIER,
Mém. Mus. d’Hist. Nat., Vol. V, 1819, p. 367; CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist.
Nat. Poiss., Vol. XXII, 1848, p. 272 (Araguay); MULLER & TROSCHEL, in
Schomburgk. Reisen, Vol. III, 1848, p. 637 (Rupununi, Takutu); CASTELNAU,
Anim. Amer. Sud, Poiss., 1855, pl. 37, fig. 3; GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus.’
Vol. V, 1864, p. 369 (Essequibo, Surinam, Demerara); EIGENMANN & EIGEN”
MANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIV, 1891, p. 60; ? BOULENGER, Ann. Mus.
Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, Ser. 2, Vol. XIX, 1898 (Puerto 14 Mayo); EIGENMANN,
Reports Princeton Univ. Exp., Patagonia, Vol. III, 1910, p. 442;—Memoirs
Carnegie Mus., Vol. V, 1912, p. 382 (Wismar, Crab Falls, Packeoo, Twoca Pan,
Tumatumari, Rockstone).

Fic. 7. Dentition of Serrasalmo rhombeus (Linnzus). (Somewhat enlarged.)

Serrasalmo albus VALENCIENNES in Humboldt, Recherches Poissons Fluv. Rec.
d’Observ. Zoologie, Vol. III, 1821, p. 173, pl. 47, fig. I (Orinoco).

Serrasalmo caribe CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., Vol. XXII, 1849,
p. 279.

Serrasalmo immaculatus Corr, Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1878, p. 692 (Peruvian
Amazon); EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIV, 1891,
p. 60; FowLer, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 471, fig. 54 (Peruvian
Amazon, notes on the types); EIGENMANN, Reports Princeton Univ. Exp.
Patagonia, Vol. III, 1910, p. 442.

Distribution.—Guianas and Amazons.

The type of immaculatus figured by Fowler shows it to be a rhombeus.
It is possible that the smaller cotypes are humeralis.

The S. albus is said to differ in having twenty dorsal rays. I have
found nineteen in one specimen of rhombeus and until we find a species
in the Orinoco with the characters assigned to albus, differing from
rhombeus, albus may be put as a synonym of rhombeus.

i} (

256 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

5784 a. C. M. 174 mm. to end of lateral line. Manaos, Nov. 15,
1909. Haseman.

5785 a-b. C. M. 205 mm. Santarem, Dec. 11, 1909. Haseman.

5793 a.C. M. 305mm. Santarem, Dec. 20, 1909. Haseman.
Haseman remarks of the last specimen “that it is jet black and

72,9;

goes by the name ‘ Piranha negro.

22. Serrasalmo paraénse Steindachner.

Serrasalmo (Serrasalmo) paraénse STEINDACHNER, Anz. K. Acad. Wiss. Wien,
1908, p. 362 (Rio Para).

Known only from the types.

23. Serrasalmo humeralis Cuvier and Valenciennes. (Plate L.)

Serrasalmo humeralis CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., Vol. XXII,
1848, p. 279 (Amazon); KNER, Characinen, Vol. II, 1859, p. 30, taf. iv, fig. 9
(Rio Guaporé, Barra do Rio Negro, Cujaba, Villa Maria, Rio Paraguay);
GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., Vol. V, 1864, p. 370; Copr, Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 1871, p. 292 (Ucayale); STEINDACHNER, Flussf. Siidam., Vol. IV,
1882, p. 16 (Hualaga); EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
Vol. XIV, 1891, p. 60; PERUGIA, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, Ser. 2a,
Vol. X, 1891, p. 50 (Resistencia, Chaco Centrale); BOULENGER, Trans. Zool.
Soe. London, Vol. XIV, 1896, p. 37 (Descalvados and Paraguay); Boll. Mus,
Univ. Torino, Vol. XV, 1900 (near Corumba); FOWLER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Phila., 1906, p. 469 (notes on Cope’s specimens); EIGENMANN, Ann. Carnegie
Mus., Vol. IV, 1907, p. 141 (Porto Murtinho, Bahia Negra); Reports Princeton
Univ. Exp. Patagonia, Vol. III, 1910, p. 442.

Serrasalmo iridopsis COPE, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1871, p. 268, pl. ix, fig. 2
(Ambyiacu); EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIV, 1891,
p. 60; FOWLER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p. 471 (Ambyiacu, note on
the type, four and one-eighth inches long); EIGENMANN, Reports Princeton
Univ. Exp. Patagonia, Vol. III, 1910, p. 442.

Distribution.—Amazons and Paraguay.

Cope in his description of zridopsis states that there are forty-one
abdominal serre. Fowler in his reéxamination found but thirty-one.
If there are but thirty-one serre I can see no character by which this
species differs from humeralis.

5786 a-c. C. M. 68 to about 144 mm. Rio Jauru, June, 1909,

p. 204. Haseman.

5787 a-m. C. M. 25-126 mm. Villa Hays, April 11 and 13, 1909.

Haseman.

5788 a-b. C. M. 58 and 77 mm. San Joaquin, Sept. 5, 1909.

Haseman.

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMINZ AND MYLINA&. 257

5782 a.C. M. About 170 mm., 157 mm. to end of lateral line.
Nov. 15, 1909. Haseman.

Fic. 8. Dentition of Serrasalmo humeralis Cuvier & Valenciennes. The upper

cut represents the palatines of a specimen170 mm. long, the rest are from a speci-
men 133 mm. (Greatly enlarged.)

5783 a-g. C. M. 62-114 mm. Santarem, Dec. 8-11, 1909. Hase-
man.

5769 a-c. C. M. 41 to about 180 mm. Lagoa de Paranagua, Jan.
16, 1908. Haseman.
The counts and measurements of a number of specimens are as

Tee a) 52738 34.35" 36 26 28

’ ’ y ’ See. 5 See

I5 8
follows: D. —, a aN: a.
Eee Sine OZ Tee ora Sree, YE 7 less

20: 31 , Rae
els ae The denominator indicates the number of specimens

’ 5}

eee 2
having the given character.
Depth in the length to end of lateral line, 1.8—2.

24. Serrasalmo humeralis gracilior Eigenmann, var. nov.

The following specimens are very much slenderer than typical

specimens of humeralis.

f
258 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

5791 a-b. About 145 and 160 mm. Maciél, Rio Guaporé, July 23,

1909.

Depth 2.33-2.3 to end of scaled portion of caudal; head 3.33-3.4;
D. 17; A. 33 and 34; serre 30; eye 1 in snout, 4.5 in head; aesam
interorbital. A large humeral spot, caudal with a dark V-shaped
basal bar and broadly margined with dark.

See

Fic. 9. Dentition of Serrasalmo humeralis gracilior Eigenmann. (Enlarged.)

Origin of dorsal a little nearer end of lateral line than tip of snout.
Differing from typical humeralis by having the back less elevated,
the dorsal more rounded.

25. Serrasalmo brandti Reinhardt. (Plate LI.)

Serrasalmo brandtii LUTKEN, Velhas-flodens Fiske, 1875, p. 237 with fig. and p.
Xvili (Rio das Velhas); EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
Vol. XIV, 1891, p. 60; EIGENMANN & OGLE, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. X XXIII,
1907, p. 35 (Lagoa Santa); EIGENMANN, Reports Princeton Univ. Exp. Pata-
gonia, Vol. III, 1910, p. 442.

Distribution.—Rios San Francisco and Itapicurti. This species is
abundant in the San Francisco basin from which the following were
taken.

5762 a-g. C. M. 120-190 mm. Joazeiro, Nov. 28, 1907. Haseman.

5763 a-h. C. M. 27-112 mm. Penedo, March 20, 1908. Haseman.

5764 a-h. C. M. 26-178 mm. Barreiras, Jan. 3 and 4, 1908.
Haseman.

5693 a. C. M. 34 mm. Barra de Penedo, April 8, 1908. Haseman.

5690 a-s. C. M. 18-32 mm. Boqueirdo, Jan. 6, 1908. Haseman.

5765 a-b. C. M. 44 and 92 mm. Januaria, Dec. 12, 1907. MHase-
man.

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMIN AND MYLIN&. 259

5766 a-z. C. M. 27-112 mm. Cachoeira de Pirapora, Dec. 15,
1907. Haseman.

5767 a-z. C. M. 17-55 mm. Lagoa Pereira, Barra, Dec. 23, 1907.
Haseman.

5768 a-f.C. M. 24-65 mm. Lagoa de Porto near Barra, Dec. 24,
1907. Haseman.

5692 a. C. M. 30mm. Rio Grande near Cidade do Barra, Dec. 24,
1907. Haseman.

Fic. 10. Dentition of Serrasalmo brandti Reinhardt. .

s 5758 a. C. M. 229 mm. Lagoa de Porto near Barra, Dec. 24, 1907-
Haseman.

5691 a-g. C. M. 32-50 mm. Santa Rita, Jan. 24, 1908. Haseman.-
The following specimens were taken outside the San Francisco

basin:

5759 a4.C. M. 199 mm. Rio Zinga, emptying into Itapicurt, Nov.
7, 1907. Haseman.

5760 a-u. C. M. 16-84 mm. Queimadas, Rio Itapicurt, March 2,
1908. Haseman.

5689 a-h. C. M. 24-76 mm. Rio Paqui, Baixa Grande, Nov. 14,
1907. Haseman.

. 5694 a—b. C. M. 34 to about 43 mm. Cachoeira, Rio Paraguassu,,
April 14 and 17, 1908. Haseman.
Anal rounded in front, or the third ray, which is but little heavier-

than the following one, slightly prolonged; second suborbital convex:

: ‘ 15
below; ventral serree much more feeble than in humeralis. D. mis

260 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

\ |
TS
4 |

fens) igs
to end of lateral line 1.7—2.1.

26. Serrasalmo marginatus Valenciennes.

Serrasalmo marginatus VALENCIENNES in d’Orb. Voy. Amer. Merid, Poiss., 1847,
p. Io, pl. 10, fig. 1; CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., Vol. XXII,
1848, p. 277 (Corrientes); KNrER, Characinen, Vol. II, 1859, p. 32 (Guaporé,
Cuyaba); GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., Vol. V, 1864; Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist., 1880, p. 13 (La Plata); EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
Vol. XIV, 1891, p. 60; ULrry, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. VII, 1895, p. 2097
(Brazil); BERG, Com. Mus. Nac. Buenos Ayres, I, 1899, p. 166 (Buenos Aires) ;
EIGENMANN & OGLE, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XX XIII, 1907, p. 35 (Para-
guay).

Serrasalmo humeralis CASTELNAU (non Cuvier & Valenciennes), Anim. Am. Sud,
Poiss., 1855, pl. 37, fig. 2; EIGENMANN & KENNEDY, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Phila., 1903, p. 528 (Rio Paraguay and Arroyo Trementina); EIGENMANN,
Reports Princeton Uniy. Exp. Patagonia, Vol. III, 1910, p. 442.

Serrasalmo iritans PETERS, Mb. Ak. Wiss., Berlin, 1877, p. 472 (San Fernando de
Apuré); EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIV, 1891,
p. 60; Urey, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. VII, 1895, p. 298 (Marajo).

Serrasalmo iridopsis ULREY, (non Cope) N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. VII, 1895, p. 298
(Tocantins).

Distribution.—La Plata basin, Orinoco, Amazons.

5771 a.C. M. 76mm. Berlin, Rio Mamoré, Sept. 15, 1909. Hase-
man.
D. 15; As 3A serrce 34.

5772 a.C. M. 70mm. San Joaquin, Sept. 5, 1909. Haseman.’
Dit6;-A. 24 serra 33.

5773 a.C. M. 62mm. Caceres, May 26, 1909. Haseman.

DG Ae 345 tsennce 20:

5794 a-c. C. M. 45-66mm. Rio Jauru, June 2, 1909. Haseman.
These specimens are all young and the identification is more or less

doubtful. They may be the young of humeralis in which the terminal

caudal bar has not yet developed. They differ otherwise from young
humeralis in having the opercle dark below its middle.

Subfamily MYLIN.

Body compressed, deep; ventral surface with serre; teeth of the
premaxillary in two series; mandible with a single series of teeth and
sometimes a pair of subconical teeth behind and in contact with the
symphyseal pair of teeth; no teeth on the palate or on the maxillary;

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMINZ AND MYLIN&. 261

dorsal comparatively long; ventrals minute; anal long; adipose
variously developed; gill-rakers well developed.

Key TO GENERA OF MYLIN&.

a. Teeth thorn-like, wide set and almost concealed by the lips and gums; pre-
maxillary with two antrorse, large teeth in the front series and three smaller
ones in the second series; no inner teeth in the lower jaw; mouth very
oblique, lower jaw inordinately projecting; a predorsal spine; serre along
the ventral edge from below the pectorals to the anal; adipose large; cheeks
entirely: matled cise cus-ctet oie arton teeters Catoprion Miiller & Troschel. I.

aa. Teeth incisors or molars, not antrorse; lower jaw not much projecting, or the
jaws equal, the mouth nearly horizontal; two teeth in the second transverse
row of the premaxillary, five teeth in the front row, which may be continuous
or broken, the teeth arranged stepwise from the last on the sides to the first
in front.
b. Mandibles without an inner pair of teeth; abdomen serrate behind the
ventrals, smooth in front of them.
c. Dorsal rays prolonged, filiform; anal in male bilobed.
Mylesinus Cuvier & Valenciennes. 2.
cc. Dorsal rays scarcely prolonged, the margin of the fin oblique, not
falcate; gill-rakers filamentous.......... Acnodon Eigenmann. 3.
bb. Mandibles with a pair of teeth behind the symphyseal pair; abdomen with
serre in front, as well as behind the ventrals; second suborbital leav-
ing a wide naked area.
d. No predorsal spine.
e. No supplementary scales; anal.naked, as long as head or shorter,
highest in front, without distinct lobes.
f. Adipose dorsal rayed; opercle with a broad membranous
border; gill-rakers numerous, very fine.
Piaractus Eigenmann. 4.
ff. Adipose dorsal not rayed. Opercle with a narrow mem-
DLANCr eee Aoi tierucisoniscce oe Colosoma Eigenmann. 5.
ee. Numerous supplementary scales obscuring the primary ones and
giving the surface a velvety texture; free margin of anal con-
vex, the posterior part highest; anal scaled for at least half
of its height, much longer than head; opercles with a narrow
lobe; gill-rakers moderate in number and size.
Mylosoma Eigenmann. 6.
g. Abdomen not excessively pendant. .(Mylosoma Eigenmann. )
gg. Abdomen excessively pendant, depth about 1.14.

(Starksina Fowler.)
dd. A predorsal spine.

h. Adipose fin long, more than half the length of the dorsal; dorsal
with fewer than 20 rays; free margin of anal slightly convex
or with a single lobe in front.......... Metynnis Cope. 7.
AGill-rakers long. SetiroOrm., «<< 4s leis «+ \s 1 (Metynnis Cope.)

ii. Gill-rakers equal to half the length of the eye or shorter.
(Sealeina Fowler.)

262 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

hh. Adipose fin short; gill-rakers short, lanceolate; dorsal rays 21-31;
anal in male bilobed (in all species ?), in the female falcate.
j. Individual dorsal rays of the male prolonged, filiform; teeth
of the front series incisor-like and close to the posterior
SETIES <i Ne erence cictetenae eae Myleus Miiller & Troschel. 8.
jj. Individual dorsal rays not prolonged; teeth various.
Myloplus Gill. 9.
The number of species available for study do not warrant a synopsis
of the various genera.
I give below a list of the specimens in the Carnegie Museum, with
descriptions of some new species and notes on some of the old species.

VII. Genus CATorprRIon Miller & Troschel.

27. Catroprion mento (Cuvier).

5724 C. M. 117mm. Santarem, Dec. 15, 1909. Haseman.
5725 C. M. 105 mm. Rio Boaventura, June 16, 1909. Haseman.
5726 a-c. C. M. 47, 57, and 107 mm. Maciél, Rio Guaporé, Aug.

1909. Haseman.

27 C. M. 87mm. Bastos, June 28, 1909. Haseman.
C. M. 67mm. Rio Jauru, June 2, 1909. Haseman.

Head 3.5; depth 1.66-2; D. 15-18; A. 36-38.

VIII. Genus CoLtosoma Eigenmann.
28. Colosoma mitrei (Berg). (Plate LII.)

6536 a. C. M. One, 315 mm. Caceres, May 27, 1909. -Haseman.
Head 3.8; depth 2; D. 17; A. 23; serrze 60 + 7; scales about 55-140-

54:

29. Colosoma bidens (Agassiz).

5633 a. C. M. One, 165 mm. to end of middle caudal rays. Manaos,.
November 16, 1909. Haseman.

5634 a-d. C. M. Four, 160-220 mm. Santarem, Dec. 16, 1909.
Haseman.

6535 a.C. M. One, 445mm. San Antonio de Rio Madeira, Nov. 2,
1909. Haseman.

IX. Genus PrARActus Eigenmann.

30. Piaractus nigripinnis (Cope). (Plate LIII.)

Myletes nigripinnis Core, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., 1878, p. 693 (Peruvian Amazon);
STEINDACHNER, Flussf. Siidam., Vol. II, 1881, p. 25, pl. vii, fig. 1 (Teffé);
EIGENMANN & EIGENMANN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XIV, 1891, p. 61;
Urey, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. VII, 1895, p. 300 (Brazil).

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMINZ AND MYLIN&. 263

Colosoma (Waiteina) nigripinnis FOWLER, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1906, p.

473, fig. 55 (Peruvian Amazon).

Habitat.—Amazons.

Fowler makes nigripinnis a new subgenus, basing it on the fact
that the ‘anterior and posterior series of teeth are well-separated
anteriorly in the upper jaw,’ but in the description, p. 474, he says,
“In upper jaw five teeth in each external series approximated with
our transverse annectant ones,’ and again, p. 475, he says, ‘“‘Cope’s

Fic. 11. Dentition of Piaractus nigripinnis (Cope). a, b, c, the premaxillary

from below, within, and without, respectively. d and e, the dentary from within
2

and without. j.
statement, that the two posterior mandibulars are in contact with
the median pair of the anterior series, and are separated by a narrow
interspace from each other, evidently refers to the teeth of the upper
jaw.’ Doubting whether Cope meant the upper jaw when he wrote

’

“‘mandibular,” it is quite evident that Fowler again means to say
that the anterior and posterior teeth of the upper jaw are in contact.®
The rays of the adipose are poorly represented in Fowler’s figure,
which is a fair representation of the following specimens:
5637 a-b. C. M. Two, 220 mm. Manaos, Nov. 16, 1909. Hase-
man.
8 | have recently examined the specimens described by Fowler and find that the
teeth are in contact and that the subgenus Wazteina is a pure synonym.

264 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

5635 a. C. M. 195 mm., and 5636 a-e, five, 147-186 mm. Santarem,

Dec., 1909. Haseman.

Head 2.6-3, measured to end of long opercle and end of scales;
depth 1.8, D. 16 or 17, A. 25 to 27; scales 20 to 23-77 to 80-20 or 21.
Abdominal serre 45-50; eye I in snout, 4—4.5 in head, 2-3 in interor-
bital; naked portion of cheek 1-1.33 in the width of the second sub-
orbital; greatest width of opercle 2—2.33 in its height.

Body compressed, subrhomboidal, the head very wide; profile
depressed over the eyes, predorsal line naked; abdominal serre all
simple; frontal fontanel ovate, shorter, but wider, than parietal;
occipital process extending about one-fourth to the dorsal, bordered
by about ten scales; skull with various ridges; mouth moderate,
mandible equals snout and half the eye; maxillary slender, concealed
when the mouth is closed; opercle with strong radiating ridges,
bordered by a very broad membrane; second suborbital narrow.

Gill-rakers fine, similar on both arches, almost half as long as the
eye, about 36 + 40.

Origin of dorsal equidistant from end of scales at base of middle
caudal rays and anterior part of eye; anterior dorsal rays equal
length of head without opercle; distal portion of adipose fin rayed;
depth of caudal peduncle equals the length of the opercle or less;
caudal broad, its margin lunate when expanded, naked portion of the
lobe nearly equal to the length of the head; origin of anal about
equidistant from snout with the base of the last dorsal ray, highest
rays equal to length of the head less half or the whole of the opercle;
ventrals lanceolate, sometimes reaching nearly to origin of anal;
pectorals extending a little beyond origin of ventrals.

Scales moderate, largest just beneath origin of dorsal, minute on
adipose; caudal naked.

Fins steel blue. Middle of sides in the smallest with numerous
round spots the size of the pupil or smaller; these become obscure
with the development of surface pigment with age. Region below
the lateral line smutty in adults, especially between the line and anal.

Depth of anterior air-bladder equals the length of the posterior,
which is small, conical, as long as eye and half the snout; anterior
bladder equal about to head less opercle.

Vertebre 8 + 22 (counting those with hemal canal and not counting
the coalesced vertebra); dorsal inserted on the sixth.

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMINA AND MYLIN&. 265

X. Genus Mytosoma Eigenmann.
31. Mylosoma ocellatum Eigenmann, sp. nov.?

5629 C. M. Type. 44 mm. and 5630 C. M. Paratypes, nineteen,

largest 48 mm. Villa Hays, Paraguay, April 13, 1909.

These specimens may prove to be the young of M. albiscopus.
Head 3; depth 1.30 in the largest, 1.5 in some of the smaller; D. 16-
19; A. 33-36; abdominal serre 39-48; eye 2.5 in the head; 1.33 in
interorbital; very compressed, deep; profile steep, slightly concave
at the occiput. Ventral profile pendulous; predorsal area naked.
Ventral spines simple thorns (in the young only?) present both in
front and behind ventrals. About half of the cheek is naked. Teeth
of the premaxillary close together. Gill-rakers 12 + 13.

Origin of dorsal nearly equidistant.from tip of snout and base of
caudal, its highest ray equals head less opercle; depth of caudal
peduncle equal to the length of the eye; origin of anal about equidistant
from the snout with the adipose; margin of anal convex, the highest
ray little if any more than snout and eye. Ventral small, its origin
equidistant from snout with the posterior part of the dorsal, its tip
reaching anal; pectorals small, about equal to ventrals, not nearly reach-
ing ventrals.

Scales small, lateral line developed (in young?) to below dorsal or
shorter; anal with a few scales along its base only.

Caudal hyaline; dorsal hyaline or with blackish; anal blackish; a
black ocellus below the middle of the dorsal; sides with alternating
light and dark cross-bands, the third light cross-band being con-
tinuous with the light about the ocellus.

32. Mylosoma aureus (Spix).

5721 a-b. C. M. Two, 75-77 mm. Berlin, Rio Mamoré, Sept. 15,
1909. Haseman.
5722 a.C. M. One, 909 mm. Santarem, Dec. 12, 1909. Haseman.
5723 a-c.C. M. Three, 147-170 mm. San Antonio, Rio Madeira,
November 2, 1909. Haseman.
Head 4-44, depth 13-13, D. 17 or 18; A. 32-34.
Serre 43-49.
The following specimens are probably the young of aureus.
5631 and 5632 C. M. Two, 22 and 29 mm. Santarem, Dec. 9, 1909.
Haseman.

°266 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

5697 a-d. C. M. Four, 19-25 mm. Santarem, Dec. 15, 1909.

Haseman.

Head 3.2; depth 1.5; D. 18-21; A. 32 to 37; abdominal serre 39 or
4o plus, three on either side of the anus; eye 2.5 in the head, about
equal to interorbital, .5 in snout. Scales minute; greatest width of
opercle about 2.5 in its height.

The specimens are evidently young and the proportions, especially
those about the head, will probably be very different in adults.

Compressed, subrhomboidal, the profile in front of the dorsal nearly
straight, the profile of the serrated portion of the belly rounded;
teeth of the outer and inner series of the premaxillary close together.
Origin of the dorsal equidistant from tip of snout and base of caudal,
highest dorsal ray about equal to snout and eye; adipose short;
depth of caudal peduncle about equal to eye; caudal slender, moder- .
ately forked; anal large, rounded, its origin equidistant from snout
with the last dorsal ray; highest anal ray about equal to length of
head; ventrals small, under last half of dorsal, reaching anal; pec-
torals still archaic.

Scales minute, largest about the pectorals. Anal naked.

Like ocellatum, dorsal dark at base, hyaline above the basal fourth;
adipose margined with black; caudal hyaline; anal uniformly very
dark. Visceral area of sides and lower part of head silvery; sides with
alternating light and dark shades which become more evident forward
and disappear on the caudal peduncle. In the largest the dark band
down from in front of the dorsal is well marked to the visceral area;
it is darkest above, just in front of the dorsal; the light band in front
of this is well marked; in front of this a dark band is wedge-shaped,
its posterior margin more or less parallel with the margin of the band
behind it, its anterior margin is very oblique and extends to the middle
of the eye, it is darker along the anterior margin and at its upper
end; in front of this is another light band which curves forward above
the edge to the nares, the median line of the head is also colorless; a
line forward from the eye and the area between the median light
space just above the eye is again very dark. Chin and ventral edge
between the spines with some dark. .

33. Mylosoma albiscopus (Cope).

5638 a. C. M. One, 205 mm. San Luiz de Caceres, May 22, 1904.
Haseman.

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMIN2 AND MYLIN&. 267

5639 a. C. M. One, 92 mm. Berlin, Rio Mamoré, Sept. 15, 1909.
Haseman.

5640 C. M. One, 147 mm. San Joaquin, Bolivia, Sept. 4, 1909.
Haseman.

?5629 C. M. 44 mm. and 5630 C. M. Nineteen, largest 48 mm.
Villa Hays, Paraguay, April 13, 1909. Haseman.

DESCRIPTION OF ADULT.
Head 3.5-3.75; depth 13-17; D. 14, 15, 16, 16; A. 30, 33, 34, 37-
Abdominal serre, 45, 49, 50.
Scales 50-86-40, supplementary scales numerous.

XI. Genus METYNNIS Cope.
34. Metynnis guaporensis sp. nov. (Plate LIV.)
5729 a-c.C. M. 73-99 mm. Maciél, Rio Guaporé, July 26, 1909.

Haseman.

The largest the type.

5730 a.C. M. 51mm. San Joaquin, Bolivia, Sept. 4, 1909. Hase-
man.

Head 3-3.25; depth 17, equals body and opercle; D. 18-20; A.
AI-44; serra 29-32; eye 3.5 in head, interorbital 2.75; gill-rakers long,
slender, those of the middle of the upper and longer, nearly as long
as eye, 30 + 35. Scales 90.

Compressed; dorsal profile rising rapidly from the base of the occi-
pital process to the predorsal spine; ventral profile nearly regularly
arched to the anus.

Occipital process reaching four-tenths the distance from its base
to the dorsal; second suborbital bordered by a naked area about
equal to its own width.

Ventral spines rather strong, those behind the ventrals widened
at the tip with anterior and posterior points; origin of the dorsal
equidistant from snout and end of scales at base of middle of caudal;
the second and third rays prolonged, 2.5 in the length, reaching about
to the middle of the base of the adipose; base of adipose about equal
to the postorbital portion of the head; depth of caudal peduncle
equals the length of the head; caudal lobes nearly equal to length of
head; distance of origin of anal from tip of snout a little less than the
origin of the adipose from the same point; margin of anal nearly
straight, without a lobe; origin of ventrals about equidistant from

268 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

snout with the origin of the dorsal, ventrals not reaching anal; pec-
torals about equal to postorbital part of head and half the eye.
Caudal naked; the minute scales of the sides extending a little way
on the base of the anal:
A minute spot just above the lateral line an orbital distance from
its origin.

35. Metynnis roosevelti sp. nov. (Plate LV.)
5738 a—d. C..M. ‘Four, 90-118 4mm: “Santarem, Dec; 5, 56,8 59008
Haseman.
The formule in the four specimens are:
Daeg VA edo, Serrce 34

16 43 33
17 4I 31
16 42 33

5739 a-c. C. M. Three, 62-140 mm. Bastos, June 26, 1909. Hase-
man.

In two specimens the formula is D. 17; A. 41; serra 38, in the third
specimen it is D. 18; A. 42; serre 42.

5740 a-c. C: M. Three, 115-120 mm. ~Manaos, ~The smallestus
the type.

D. 17; A. 40; serre 33; D. 15; A. 36; serre 34; the serre in the
third specimen number 35.

Head 4; depth 1.4, not equal to the length without the head.
D. 15-18; A. 36-43; serre 31-42; scales about 85. Interorbital 2 in
the length of the head; eye 3 in the head; gill-rakers 9 + 17, longest
about 2 in eye.

Profiles in front of dorsal and ventrals nearly symmetrical, there
being but a faint depression over the eyes.

Occipital process extending one-third to the base of the dorsal;
second suborbital bordered by a naked area equal to its own width.

Origin of dorsal equidistant from snout and end of scales at base
of caudal, tip of highest ray usually not reaching adipose; base of
adipose about equal to postorbital part of head and half the orbit;
depth of caudal peduncle equal to eye and half the snout in the
larger, but little greater than eye in the smaller; origin of anal equi-
distant from snout with the base of one of the posterior rays of the
dorsal; distance between snout and ventrals greater than distance
between snout and dorsal; ventrals not reaching anal; pectorals equal
to postorbital part of head and half the eye.

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMIN AND MYLIN&. 269

Scales small; caudal naked; scales of the side extending on base of
anal.

Brassy; a humeral spot almost as large as the eye. Sides in the
larger with more or less obscure spots variously distributed.

36. Metynnis hypsauchen (Miiller & Troschel).
5731 a. C. M. 134mm. Manaos, Nov. 16, 1909. Haseman.
5732 a-d. C. M. 130-177 mm. Santarem, Dec. 15, 1909. MHase-
man.
5733 a-b. C. M. 70 and 95 mm. Manaos, Nov. 29, 1909. Hase-
man.
5736 a.C. M. 45mm. Bastos, June 26, 1909. Haseman.

37. Metynnis maculatus (Kner).

734a.C.M. 84mm. San Joaquin, Sept. 4, 1909. Haseman.

735 a.C. M. 49 mm. Caceres, Paraguay basin, May 24, 1909.
Haseman.

5737 a-h. C. M. 50-80 mm. jauru, Paraguay basin, June 2, 1909.

Haseman.
XII. Genus Myteus Miiller & Troschel.
38. Myleus pacu Humboldt.

5749 a. C. M. One female, 255mm. Manaos, Dec. 4, 1909. Hase-

man.

Fic. 12. Enlarged teeth of a young specimen of Myleus pacu Humboldt. 4.

270 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

5750 a. C. M. One male, about 270 mm. Manaos, Dec. 4, 1909.

Haseman.
5751 a. C. M. . One male, 210 mm. Manaos, Nov. 17, 1909. Hase-

man.

Fic. 13. Dentition of a large specimen of Myleus pacu Humboldt. }.

5752 a.C. M. One, 25 mm. Villa Bella, Oct. 5, 1909. Haseman.
Individual rays of the dorsal prolonged, filiform. Base of dorsal

longer than base of anal.
XIII. Genus Mytoprtus Gill.
39. Myloplus micans (Liitken).

Fic. 14. Dentition of Myloplus micans (Liitken). 4.

a—b. C. M. Two, 180 and 192 mm. Cidade do Barra, Dec.
6, 1907. Haseman.
5700 a.C. M. 38mm. Santa Rita, Jan. 24, 1908. Haseman.
Head 4.33; depth 23-22.
D. 26; A. 37 and 38, serre 51 and 54; interorbital 2.2 in the head.
Lips very thin, teeth partly naked, the anterior two teeth of the
outer row closely pressed to the inner teeth. Intestines very large,

filled with vegetable matter.

EIGENMANN: THE SERRASALMINZ AND MYLIN&. 201

The color of the young is very similar to the color of the young of
Myleus pacu.

40. Myloplus rubripinnis (Miiller & Troschel).

5745 a-g. C. M. 54-87 mm. Rio Jauru, June 3, 1909. Haseman.
5746 a.C. M. 80 mm. Cachoele de Riberao, Madeira, Oct. 18,
1909. Haseman.
D. 28; A. 35; serre 42.
5753 a.C. M. 7omm. Maciél, July 23, 1909. Haseman.
6534 a. C. M. 75mm. Alcobaga, Jan. 10, 1910. Haseman.

Depth a little greater than the length of the body, counting from
the end of the scales at the base of the caudal; base of dorsal about
equal to the length of the anal; adipose 2.5 in the eye, second sub-
orbital about equal to first; more than half the cheek naked.

41. Myloplus schomburgki (Jardine). (Plates LVI and LVII.)

5747 a. C. M. One, 135 mm. Manaos, Nov. 28, 1909. Haseman.
5748 a-h. C. M. Eight, o and 9, 150-200 mm. Santarem, Dec.

15, 1909. Haseman.

Depth about 1-5. head 3.5;D..25 or 26; A. 34-36; ‘serra 33-36;
interorbital 2—-2.25 in the head; eye 2.5-2.75 in head, equal to the
postorbital portion of the head.

Dorsal and anal falcate, the anal two-lobed in the male; anal lobe
and dorsal lobe very narrow, adipose fin longer than its distance from
the dorsal.

42. Myloplus rhomboidalis (Cuvier).

5754 a.C. M. One, 165 mm. Manaos, Nov. 16, 1909. Haseman.
5755 a.C. M. One, 90 mm. Cochoele de Riberao de Rio Madeira,
Oct. 18, 1909. Haseman.
These differ from specimens from Guiana in having the second
suborbital longer than the first; depth less than the length without
head; dorsal shorter than anal; adipose .6-I in eye.

43. Myloplus levis (Eigenmann & McAtee).

5743 a. C. M. Corumbé, April 28, 1909. Haseman.

D. 31; A. 36; serre 40. Depth less than length of body; adipose
2.5 in eye; base of dorsal greater than base of anal; anterior teeth
close to posterior; first suborbital longer than second.

272 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

5742 a.C. M. About 150 mm.
Haseman.

Da29- A: 36; serre 53.
5744 a.C. M. 35 mm. Caceres, May 23, 1909.
Dey Ae 35 Sethe Al.

Rio Boaventura, June 16, 1909.

Haseman.

‘eurins, “Suoj‘wittidzi ‘1djInyw
souueyof JO SUIIA-puey oY} UT ,, SwpI1431u “g ,, pot[eqe] ‘wnasnyy UlpIeg ‘ofgf ‘ON usulidedg = ‘(1aTAND) Dkpag snaquar0sKq

‘AVX Id ‘XI ISA “WNASAW JIDINYVD STIVNNV

“eURINT) “SUC, “UIUE SOE “raT[NyY SouUeYOL jo 8ur
“VIM -puey o4y UL AL “ 4ad2u snaquaroskg ,, poyjoqey ‘wnsasnyy Ulfiog ‘I€Qf ‘ON adAy “(TOYISOLL 2Q OTN) 4a82u Dp]a1,aaas00y

AIX ld “XI ISA ‘ANASNW JISANYVO SIVNNV

Plate XLVI.

S
>
=
=
uJ
n
=
=
Lu
©
Lu
Zz
ac
=
O
n
=
<—
=
Zz
—

n River.

if
f

t
‘
|
4

‘urarequeg ‘utut zr “LOLS ‘oN ‘DO *(fouUYOepUTa}S) MuoM]NI UOIKAGOISIAT

ATX ld ‘XI ‘1A (WNASNW FIDAINYVO STVNNV

Plate XLVIII.

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol IX.

WV) foes

TIN MM

Trine.

izvenmann.

Serrasalmo hollandi

Angesey) “mur Ler “QhlS “ON -W SD <2
‘An3oeD «ute ‘gLLS‘ON ‘INO *2 ‘eueNnsnIQ -wuzh ‘“6LLS‘ON ‘WW‘D ‘I ‘OUy DAnazdojz1ds owmjpspssas

“XITX 9?Id XI ISA “WNASNW FIDSINYVD STVNNY

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol IX.

Plate L

Serrasalmo humeralis Cuvier and Valenciennes. Lateral (1), ventral (2) and dorsal (3) views of skull.

I. U. Mus. No. 10,044.

ih

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol IX. = ee

Serrasalmo humeralis Cuvier and Valenciennes. Lateral (1), ventral (2) and dorsal (3) views of skull.
I. U. Mus. No. 10,044.

‘orrozeof mur oLt ‘zolLS ‘ON (WsO CY 6‘OMezeof ‘wu fzI “zolLS ‘ON ‘WD f
*BIOJCAT ‘uur Sg 4‘QQOLS ‘ON ‘WWD °2@) «‘eA1OyeI ‘mur6S ‘g9LS ‘ON IND ‘IL ‘ypleyUloY, Wpuvaqg owpnspssa
FEIT JEAN : I Gout Ss

TREN ‘x1 ISA ‘WNASNW JIDANYVD SIVNNY

h

“moreyueS “UM OgI “PEQS ‘ON (WO ‘(819qg) 1a42m pmIsS0]0D

‘WIT Id XI ISA ‘WNSSNW SIDANYVD SIVNNY

‘marequeg ‘wut z61 “SEQS ‘ON IN ‘OD (ado0_) seuuzdiasiu snjyrps1g

NATTY Sate el ‘¥| IPA ‘WNASAW JIOSNYVO STVNNY

ANNALS CARNEGIE MUSEUM, Vol. !X Plate LIV.

ATA

A a enh i
AR ty ”

Metynnis guaporensis Eigenmann. Type. C. M. No. 5729. 99mm. Maciél, Rio Guaporé.

‘sovuryy ‘mur Str ‘obLS ‘oN WO ‘odAL “UURUIUOSIG MJa2aS004 s1uUKja Ty

eel ‘X1 “1A ‘ANASNW SISANYVD SIVNNV

“WU8IeJUCS «WUT ZT

"SPLS°ON IND. ‘(0

“(oulprzel) zy F40q moyrs snjigojrK py

TAT lg

‘XI “ISA ‘WN3SNW JIDSNYYO STYNNY

“WsIeyueS ‘wU 461 -ghlS ‘ON ‘IND °° 6} ‘(oulprel) 2y84n¢moyss snjdojc py

HAT Id XI “ISA ‘ANASNW JISSNYVO STYNNV

“euRINS) YSIW4g ‘s]TeRHY qeIQ Woy “wu got ‘OSO'II ‘ON “IN “QI ‘(SteuUry) snaquoys omjpspasas Jo YdessoIpery

‘THAT 9? Id ‘XI ‘ISA (WAASNW JISSNYVOD SIVNNY

XVI. HEADS AND TAILS; A FEW NOTES RELATING TO
THE STRUCTURE OF THE SAUROPOD DINOSAURS!

By W. J. HOLLAND.
(BrATE LEX.)

For several years past, under the oversight of Mr. Earl Douglass,
the Carnegie Museum has been carrying on extensive excavations in
Uinta County, Utah. The result of this work has been the discovery
of a very large number of skeletons, principally of sauropod dinosaurs,
although there have also been uncovered more or less imperfect skele-
tons of several Stegosaurs, and recently the skeleton of an Allosaurus,
or closely related theropod dinosaur, which promises to be sufficiently
perfect to permit a restoration to be made, the skull, the vertebre,
and limb bones of the specimen seeming to be, according to reports
received from Mr. Douglass, quite well preserved, and not much
dislocated. One of the remarkable features of this deposit of bones
is the fact that in the majority of cases the skeletons of the animals
have been but slightly disturbed in position since having been laid
down. In several instances the entire vertebral series has been found
articulated, or but little displaced, so that it is possible to reach correct
conclusions as to the number of vertebra entering into the compo-
sition of the skeleton.

The deposit appears to represent a section of the bed of a small
stream or river. At the bottom is a layer of cobblestones and coarse
gravel more or less firmly cemented together by lime. Superin-
cumbent upon this are sandstones, the material composing which
varies from coarse sand in some places to finer sand in other places.
The sandstones composing the matrix when exposed to the weather
rapidly disintegrate, especially the layers which are composed of the
finer materials, which after a few weeks become soft and resolve them-
selves into loose sand. There are several layers represented in this
quarry lying more or less conformably in relation to each other, but
disclosing pockets and irregularities which naturally would occur in
the bed of a small stream subject to the action of drouth succeeded

1 Read before the meeting of the Paleontological Society of America, at the

meeting held in Philadelphia, December 31, 1914.
273

274 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

by freshets. There is evidence of the existence of a current which
flowed from west to east. Mussel-shells and remains of tortoises
prove the fluviatile origin of the beds.

In the lowermost of the strata which have been investigated we
have succeeded in finding skeletons, more or less complete, of nearly
a score of dinosaurs, large and small. One of the largest of these
skeletons, representing an animal provisionally referred to Bronto-
saurus, or Apatosaurus, has been already taken from the matrix and
the skeleton is being installed in the Carnegie Museum. This is prob-
ably one of the most perfect skeletons of a sauropod dinosaur which
has ever been recovered. All the vertebra from the axis to very near
the end of the tail were found in place; the whole of the pelvis, the
right hind limb, the two scapula, all of the ribs, and the entire right
fore limb with the manus, as well as most of the left fore limb, were
discovered in such a position as to leave no doubt whatever that we
are dealing in the case of these remains with one individual. Num-
erous sternal ribs were also found. With this skeleton, lying about
twelve feet from the atlas, and in the same layer, was a skull the
condyle of which shows perfect adaptation to the atlas. Had nothing
in the past been written in reference to the structure of the skull of
Brontosaurus the conclusion would naturally and almost inevitably
have been reached that this skull belongs to the skeleton the re-
mainder of which has been recovered. The skull is decidedly like
that of Diplodocus, though very much larger in size than any skull
representing that genus of which the writer has knowledge. It is
characterized by the same feeble dentition. The fact that in this
particular layer, exposed to view in the quarry, there are also the
remains of one or two comparatively small animals, which may be
referred to Diplodocus, naturally suggests that the skull in question
might possibly have belonged, in spite of its apparent relationship to
the specimen of which I have spoken, to one of these other skeletons.
The curious fact, however, should here be mentioned, that in this
particular stratum, which thus far has only yielded one or two skele-
tons which are referable to the Diplodocide (in the accepted meaning
of that term), we have recovered the remains of at least eleven skulls,
all of which are characterized by the same general style of dentition,
although the skeletons, exclusive of the two which we can refer
without much doubt to Diplodocus, undoubtedly belonged either to
animals much more closely related to Brontosaurus, or some of them

HOLLAND: HEADS AND TAILS. 275

possibly to allied genera not yet defined. There is not a single trace
in the bed from which these remains have come of any animal pos-
sessing the peculiar dentition belonging to the skull which Professor
Marsh originally attributed to his Brontosaurus. Such a skull has
indeed been found by us, but it lay far to the west of the remains of
the Brontosaurus which we are assembling, according to Mr. Douglass,
and in a layer at least eight feet higher than that in which the Bronto-
saurus remains were discovered, a layer which was deposited at a
later time and is now found to contain remains provisionally referred
by Douglass to Barosaurus, or an allied sauropod, characterized by
cervical vertebra the centra of which are from three to four feet in
length. This skull cannot have belonged to the Brontosaurus which
we are engaged in mounting. Skulls do not wash up stream against
the current, nor do they burrow upward eight feet through superin-
cumbent sand. This skull of which I am speaking by no possibility
can be attributed to the large skeleton which we are setting up.

Under the circumstances and in view of these facts the writer has
undertaken an investigation of the subject, with the following results:

Professor R. S. Lull, with the most obliging courtesy, has examined
the records preserved at the Peabody Museum in relation to the
material collected and utilized by Professor Marsh when making his
restoration of Brontosaurus. Without going into the details of the
matter I may say that Dr. Lull reports to me that the skull attributed
by Marsh to Brontosaurus was found in Wyoming, near Como Bluffs,
at a locality approximately four miles distant from the spot where
the remainder of Marsh’s type of Brontosaurus was obtained by
William H. Reed. Professor Lull in his written statement thus con-
firms the oral statement made to me years ago by W. H. Reed, who
informed me that the skull utilized by Marsh did not in the judgment
of Mr. Reed belong to the same individual as the rest of the specimen:
and had nothing to do with it.

There is another somewhat fragmentary skull of the same animal
preserved at the United States National Museum, in reference to
which Mr. C. W. Gilmore has written to me at my request. This
skull was obtained at the well-known locality near Canyon City,
Colorado, in what was known as ‘‘the Felch quarry.’’ Mr. Gilmore
informs me that an examination of the charts of the quarry shows
that this skull was not associated with any other skeletal material
referable to the genus Brontosaurus. It is plain from these facts that

276 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Professor Marsh associated the skulls, which he had studied, with the
remains of Brontosaurus as the result of a process of ratiocination,
rather than as the result of ocular evidence that the skull actually
belonged with the skeleton. The only circumstance which would
seem to confirm the correctness of Marsh’s view is the fact, to which
my attention is directed by Professor Lull, that when taking up the
remains of the Brontosaurus now on exhibition in the American
Museum of Natural History he found in the deposit a tooth evidently
belonging to the same genus, the skull of which Marsh has associated
with the skeleton of Brontosaurus. Professor Lull is of the opinion
that Marsh made no error, and that the presence of this tooth in the
quarry, which Lull explored in Wyoming, attests the correctness of
the conclusions of Marsh. The writer of these paragraphs confesses
to feeling a certain measure of doubt and uncertainty as to the matter,
and is disposed to the view that we do not yet positively know what
really is the skull which should be attributed to the genus Brontosaurus,
and is strongly inclined, in spite of the opinion of Dr. Lull, to think
that perhaps an error has been made, and that Brontosaurus, which is
so like Diplodocus in many of its skeletal features, may have had a
skull like that of Diplodocus, characterized by feeble dentition,
dentition, however, which is not inserted in the maxillz vertically as in
the case of Diplodocus, but which, as the skull before the writer at this
moment shows, was more or less procumbent.

There is no intention in these paragraphs to dogmatize, but to
express a doubt, founded upon observation, as to the correctness of
Professor Marsh's surmise, which up to the present time has been
unquestioningly accepted. To sum the matter up, the writer does
not believe that any man is in a position to declare with positive
assurance that the skull heretofore attributed to the genus Bronto-
saurus actually belonged to it. The two skulls used by Marsh were
found, one four miles from the rest of his skeleton, the other about
four hundred miles fromit. Were it not, as I have already intimated,
for Professor Marsh's action, the writer would be tempted to declare
that the skull of Brontosaurus was not very different from that of
Diplodocus in its main structural features in view of the fact that the
skull in his possession lay only twelve feet from the cervical vertebre
and other skeletal remains before him. We know that the specimen
we are mounting must have had a skull. If we refuse to affix to it the
skull which lay within twelve feet of the cervical vertebrae, we must

(‘paonpar ApJBa1H) “aps of} 97BOLPUT SMOIIV POAINS 9G L
ye)

0) bE ‘ON Wo spepnes vy} sAoys NO IY L

Xp ete i

Nh

‘

uosueaf iwou Arend sisoured) Ul

Japi10 ye

‘SMO DAY UT SuIydess0JOYA UT sUETUBAUOD IO} PposULITL ‘ZB “ON

as Ul punoj inesoulq] podoines Jo w1qoaj19A [epney

‘YL JOA ‘ANASNW SIDINYVO STYNNV

HOLLAND: HEADS AND TAILS. PAT

admit that our specimen is so far forth defective. We cannot by any
possibility, for physical reasons, attribute to it the skull, which we
possess, and which is like that employed by Professor Marsh, because
it was found in a higher layer, further up stream, associated with the
remains of so-called Barosaurus.

The problem is naturally perplexing, and in certain aspects amusing.
My good friend, Dr. Osborn, has in a bantering mood ‘‘dared”’ me to
mount the head, which we have found associated with our Bronto-
saurus, on the atlas, which it fits. At moments I am inclined to take
his ‘“‘dare,’’ in spite of Professor Marsh’s action, being not trained
unquestioningly to accept the ipse dixit of even so learned an authority
as Professor Marsh was. I feel that there is quite as much reason for
putting this kind of a head on the animal as for topping off the beast
with the style of headgear which Professor Marsh has associated with
it. So much for heads.

And now as to tails. One of the most interesting results of the
excavations made by us, has been the discovery of the fact that in
at least three cases the reptiles which we have exhumed have pre-
served in place the so-called ‘‘whip-lash,’’ which we know to have
characterized Dziplodocus. The large skeleton of Brontosaurus,
which we are setting up, has a tail relatively as long as that of Diplod-
ocus, and the posterior vertebrae of the tail were found in a more or
less continuous series in such a position as not to admit of any doubt
that they belonged to the same individual. A second skeleton of a
smaller dinosaur, also related to Brontosaurus, but probably belonging
to a genus which may not as yet have been defined, likewise has a
very long tail, in which the posterior caudals were found articulated
one with another, as was the case with the one provisionally referred
to Brontosaurus. A still more remarkable specimen was found em-
bedded in a layer of fine white sand at the western end of the quarry,
all the vertebre from the atlas to the tip of the tail being in situ.
There are in this specimen eighty-two caudal vertebre. A lantern
slide which Iam herewith communicating to the meeting (Plate LIX)
shows the terminal caudals from thirty-four to eighty-two, inclusive,
arranged in order. This ‘“whip-lash,’’ as it has been styled, recalls
the long tail of the Monitors, and must have been a weapon of defence
in the case of these colossal reptilia, as it is in the case of the Monitors.
My friend and associate, Dr. L. E. Griffin, long connected with the
Bureau of Science in the Philippines, informs me that for some time

278 . ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

he had a Monitor tied up in the courtyard of his house in Manila, and
that, when approached by a dog, it would deal it a sharp blow with
its tail which would cause the animal to retreat with a howl of pain
and never again attempt to renew acquaintance with the reptile.
Such a function was no doubt that of the extremely long tail which
we may believe characterized most, if not all, of the Sauropoda.

—_—es

XVII. DIPTERUS REMAINS FROM THE UPPER
DEVONIAN OF COLORADO.*

By C. R. EASTMAN.

The first announcement that strata of Devonian age occur in the
San Juan region of Colorado was made by F. B. Meek! more than
three decades ago, after an examination of some invertebrate fossils
collected by F. M. Endlich of the Hayden Survey during the summer
of 1874. A few fish remains were also obtained from the same beds
by Endlich, who remarks upon their occurrence as follows: ‘“ Besides
these, scales and fragments of bones are found, belonging to some
fish of considerable size. Too little material could be collected to
admit of any identification, even only generically. Small scutelle
also occur, probably belonging to the same animal.’””

During the more recent survey of the San Juan country under the
direction of Dr. Whitman Cross large collections were made from the
two formations which have been found to carry Devonian fossils in
southwestern Colorado, and the extensive faunas that have been
brought to light from the Upper Devonian and Lower Carboniferous
of this State are now satisfactorily known, thanks more especially to
the studies of G. H. Girty.®

The limestone formation from which Devonian fossils were first
obtained by Endlich is known as the Ouray limestone, this term
having been proposed by A. C. Spencer* in 1900. It yields over
thirty species of invertebrates and one species of fish, the latter
described by O. P. Hay® under the name of Cladodus formosus. In
the words of Dr. Whitman Cross,® ‘the position of the Ouray lime-

* Published by the permission of the Director of the U. S. Geological Survey.

1 Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey, 2d Ser., no. I, 1875, p. 46.

2 Ann. Rep. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey for 1874, pp. 211-214.

3 Devonian Fossils from Colorado. The Fauna of the Ouray Limestones
U. S. Geol. Survey, 20th Ann. Rep., pt. II, 1900, pp. 25—-81.—The Carboniferous
Formations and Faunas of Colorado. Professional Paper No. 16, U. S. Geol.
Survey, 1903.

4“ Devonian Strata in Colorado,’ Amer. Jour. Sci. [4], Vol. IX, 1900, p. 125.

5 “Description of a New Species of Cladodus, etc.,’’ Amer. Geol., Vol. XXX,
1903, pp. 373-4. It is suggested in his paper that the age of the Ouray limestone

may be late Middle or early Upper Devonian.
6 “A New Devonian Formation in Colorado,” Amer. Jour. Sci. [4], Vol. XVIII,

1904, p. 246.
279

280 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

stone as a well determined unit of the Paleozoic section of Colorado
must be considered as well established.’’ It is adjudged by the
authority just quoted that the formation in question is of uppermost
Devonian age, but the fauna which it contains is but distantly related
to those of the New York area, or even to the more western Devonian
faunas of this country. It is, on the other hand, ‘‘somewhat strikingly
similar to the Devonian of Russia.”

The Ouray limestone, with a thickness ranging from 100 to 250
feet in the San Juan country, rests conformably upon strata a hundred
feet or so in thickness, which Dr. Cross has named the Elbert formation,
and in the opinion of this geologist the strata so designated ‘‘seem
unquestionably to form a lithologic, stratigraphic and faunal unit.”
Intervening between the Elbert formation and the basal granite of
the region are beds of quartzite, supposed to be of Upper Cambrian
age.

So much for the general Paleozoic section of the San Juan region.
The stratigraphic equivalence of the Elbert formation is shown by
the evidence of its fish-remains, the only fossils yet obtained from it,
to be with the so-called ‘‘ Parting Quartzite”’ of Leadville, in central
Colorado, and of Aspen, on the northeastern flank of the Elk moun-
tains; and the general aspect of these fish-remains has been pointed
out by the present writer to be indicative of Upper Devonian age.’
Nevertheless, the ichthyic fauna of the Elbert was recognized as not
being closely similar to the faunas of the eastern and central United
States, in this respect agreeing with the Ouray invertebrate fossils,
which Dr. Girty has shown to “exhibit a closer parallel with the
Devonian of the Ural Mountains.”

The fish-remains thus far brought to light from the Elbert forma-
tion in Colorado, although numerically abundant, present a singular
lack of systematic diversity. Arthrodires are represented by dissoci-
ated tuberculated plates belonging to a fish about twice the size of
the type species of Coccosteus, but whose precise relations are not
determinable. Besides these fragments, only four recognizable
species have been thus far identified, as follows: Bothriolepis colo-
radensis, B. nitida,’ Holoptychius giganteus, and H. tuberculatus.
The second, third and fourth of the species just named occur typically

7““On Upper Devonian Fish Remains from Colorado,’ Amer. Jour. Sci., Vol.
XVIII, 1904, p. 260.

8 This name antedates that of B. leidyi, which is synonymous with it.

EASTMAN: DIPTERUS REMAINS FROM COLORADO. 281

in the Catskill of Pennsylvania, and the nearer affinities of B. colo-
radensis appear to be with certain Scottish Old Red Sandstone forms.

Only a few of the remains collected by Messrs. Spurr and Tower
from the fish-bearing locality at Aspen, in central Colorado, have come
under the writer’s inspection. It seems to be certain, however, that
Arthrodiran fragments and teeth of Holoptychius or some allied
Crossopterygian occur, and the presence of Dipnoans was suspected
on account of ‘certain smooth scales displaying their characteristic
perforations.’ Concerning these latter it was remarked by the writer
in 1904 that the remains “‘are noteworthy for furnishing the only
indication we possess at present of the occurrence of Lung-fishes in
the Colorado Devonian.’’ No evidence had at that date been ob-
tained which might suggest a relationship between the fauna of the
Colorado Devonian and that of the west central states, and the
absence of Ptyctodont tritors and Dipnoan teeth, such as constitute a
so well-marked feature of the Upper Devonian of Iowa. was regarded
as somewhat surprising.

Owing to the insufficient evidence on the paleontological side, it
was impossible in 1904 for Dr. Cross or the present writer to reach
altogether satisfactory conclusions as regards the stratigraphic
equivalence of the Colorado Devonian. The former writes in his
article already referred to for that year:

“While certain correlations for both the Elbert and Ouray forma-
tions seem definitely indicated by present knowledge, meagre as it is
in some directions, there is a marked contrast between the lower
Paleozoic section of western Colorado and that of the Front range,
especially as exhibited near Canyon City.”

Likewise Eastman, at the close of his article accompanying that of
DieCross:

“For the present, the question as to the origin of the vertebrate
fauna of the Colorado Devonian must be considered as problematical,
and one which will require considerable further evidence and investi-
gation before it can be answered satisfactorily. It is evident that the
remains thus far obtained . . . open up problems of distribution,
and others of a geological nature, which are worthy of careful study.”

Thus the problem stood eleven years ago. Thanks to the con-
tinued interest and activity of Dr. Cross, valuable new information
has recently been acquired which bears upon the homotaxial relations

282 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

of the Elbert formation. Briefly, the new data consist in the dis-
covery of a small number of extremely characteristic Dipnoan re-
mains—Dipterine and Synthetodont teeth—which have been here-
tofore known from but a single horizon and locality, namely the
Upper Devonian State Quarry beds of Johnson County, Iowa. Illus-
trations are given in the accompanying text-figure of several of these
teeth, all of which were obtained by Dr. Cross in July, 1909, from the
Elbert formation of Florida Valley, east side, in the Ignacio Quad-
rangle of southwestern Colorado. The originals of these figures are
preserved in the United States National Museum.

The specific identity of the Dipterus remains admits of not the least
particle of doubt, the following forms being easily recognizable: D.
mordax, D. pectinatus, and D. digitatus. The Synthetodont type of
crushing plate (Fig. 1) is probably new, but is left unnamed for the
present, or until such time as further material is available for pre-
paring a satisfactory diagnosis. One cannot be altogether certain
in the case of the unique specimen shown in the figure whether we
have to do with a single complete dental plate, or with one of the
halves of a composite pavement, such as we are familiar with in the
type species of Synthetodus.

Without entering into details it may be stated that the evidence
afforded by the three above-named Dipterine species, and one unde-
scribed Synthetodus-like type of dental plate, is sufficient for estab-
lishing a close correlation between the Elbert formation of Colorado
and the Upper Devonian of the Cedar Valley region of Iowa. In
addition, the occurrence of Dipterus scales in the fish-bearing beds at
Aspen confirms the belief in a synchronism between those beds and
the Elbert formation in the San Juan country. According to this
correlation a somewhat later age must be assigned to the Ouray lime-
stone than that which Drs. Hay and Girty have been willing to
concede for it.®

That which in 1904 appeared difficult of comprehension was how
certain characteristic species from the Chemung-Catskill of the
Appalachian region should have transmigrated into the Cordilleran
sea by way of the Dakotan, without admixture being found in the
Colorado Devonian of western Upper Devonian forms of fish life;
and it was suggested at that time that the Chemung-Catskill of the
Colorado Devonian fauna must have come by another route than by
the Dakota sea.

Amer. Geol., Vol. XXX, 1903, p. 373.

EASTMAN: DIPTERUS REMAINS FROM COLORADO. 283

The recent discovery of Dipterine remains in the San Juan country
happily simplifies the problem, and appears to prove that the line of
communication between the Appalachian and Cordilleran regions
during late Devonian times was actually by way of the Ohioan and
Dakotan seas; also that interchange took place between the faunas
of the Elbert formation and the so-called State Quarry beds of Iowa
toward the close of the Devonian.

Fics. 1-4. Dipnoan dental plates from the Upper Devonian of Colorado.
I, Synthetodont type of crushing plate. 2, Dipterus digitatus Eastm. 3, Dipterus
mordax juv. Eastm. 3, Dipterus pectinatus Eastm. (All figures natural size.)

It is of some further interest to recall in this connection that the
earliest reported occurrence of Dipterine remains in this country is
that of a dental plate of Dipterus itself in the Columbus limestone of
Ohio,” and that the only Elasmobranch species thus far described from
the Colorado Devonian (Cladodus formosus Hay) bears a not alto-
gether remote resemblance to C. concinnus from the Huron shale of

Ohio.

10 Bull. 10, 4th Series, Geol. Survey Ohio, 1909, p. 196, pl. xvii, figs. 14-17.

XVII. NOTES, ON: TROPICAL AMERICAN
TETTIGONOIDEA’ (LOCUSTODEA):

By LAWRENCE BRUNER.

The present paper is based on several rather extensive collections
of Orthopteroid insects belonging to the Carnegie Museum, which
were placed at my disposal for study. These collections were made
by different persons and at various times. The majority of the
material, however, comes from Brazil, hence this report may be
considered a continuation of the series of three reports previously
prepared by me and already published. There are still many forms
of both Locustoidea and Tettigonoidea that have been put aside for
further study, as well as all of the Grylloidea which will be reported
upon in future numbers of the ANNALS.

The present paper, as was the case with the series already published,
contains descriptions of a number of new genera and species. The
types referred to in connection with these descriptions are practically
all deposited in the collection of the Carnegie Museum.

Suborder TETTIGONOIDEA (Locustodea).

Next in numbers and importance to the locusts, or short-horned,
are the long-horned grasshoppers. In some of the recent litera-
ture dealing with orthopteroid insects the authors have shown a
tendency toward considering the group of more than ordinal value,
some of them even going so far as to suggest a sub-class comprising
several distinct orders and suborders. Two of these writers, Karny
and Handlirsch, agree in calling each of the three so-called families,
which taken together have been termed the ‘‘saltatorial orthoptera,”’
as sub-orders, and the subfamilies, families. To this latter view I
myself am inclined to agree, since by so considering them the con-
fusion which has heretofore existed as to their affinities is partially
remedied.

The different members of this group vary among themselves to a
much greater degree than do the Locustoidea (Acridoidea), although
the latter suborder contains a considerably larger number of forms.
Possibly this greater variation among the forms is due to the fact that

284

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 285

the majority of the present group are denizens of forests, jungles, etc.
as well as of grassed and other open country. The various families,
which are represented in South America, may be separated by the
accompanying synoptical key.

SYNOPSIS OF THE S. A. TETTIGONOIDEA.

A. Tarsi more or less depressed. (Forms largely winged).
b. Anterior tibiz provided with auditory apparatus or foramina.
c. First and second tarsal joints smooth, not sulcace laterally. (Hind
tibiz with an apical spine above on each side)....... Phaneropteride.
cc. First and second tarsal joints longitudinally sulcate laterally.
d. Foramina or ear of anterior tibia typically wide open. Prosternum

armed with a pair of spines or tubercles.......... Mecopodide.
dd, Foramina or auditory apparatus either linear or shell-like in its
opening.

e. Anterior tibiz without terminal spines above.
f. Antennal scrobes or pits with the margins raised or produced.
Pseudophyllide.
ff. Antennal scrobes with their margins hardly produced.
g. Fore, or both front and middle tibie armed with long
spines decreasing in length towards the apex.
Listroscelide,.
gg. Fore and middle tibize armed with short or moderately
long spines.

h. All the femora unarmed beneath, the posterior ones
rarely spined on the outer, sometimes on both sides.
Gizgelusuallycmallen) ee. ae ee Conoce phalide.

[Xiphidiide.]|

hh. All the femora usually spined below, rarely the posterior

ones armed only on the outer side, in which case

the fastigium of the vertex is either forked or ex-

tended considerably beyond the basal joint of the
antenne. (Usually larger).

z. Fastigium of the vertex generally noticeably nar-
rower than the basal joint of the antenne, some-
tiumesidorsallycculleatertas. seis civ ee eke eZ A grecide.

zi. Fastigium of the vertex usually distinctly broader
than the basal antennal joint, never sulcate.

Copiphoride.

[Conocephaline.}

ee. Anterior tibize with a terminal spine above on the outer side.

First joint of the posterior tarsus provided with a conspicuous

REeeMplaML Ul ANDEMEAL ID, (eu i2c).,4 qcbeee sahhid als fooeesve a Decticide.

bb. Anterior tibie without foramina or auditory apparatus...... Gryllacride.
AA. Tarsi distinctly compressed (forms usually apterous).

b. Tarsi provided with pulvilli, that on the metatarsus double; inserting angle

of the posterior femora situated on the front side......... Steno pelmatide.

286 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

bb. Tarsi without pulvilli beneath; inserting angle of the posterior femora
situated onthe inner sidei... . smeuneteldereiieteie aie cient Raphidophoride,

Family PHANEROPTERID-.

The family known as Phaneropteride is a very large one and is
distributed throughout the warmer countries of the globe, where its
representatives are among the commoner and more conspicuous
orthopterous insects to be met with at almost every turn. In tropical
American regions they are especially numerous. Most of these
insects are green or greenish in color, and live among the rank growth
of vegetation always found in the humid sections. Many of the
species are attracted to bright lights after nightfall, hence are quite
readily collected. Others may be taken by beating and sweeping the
foliage of trees and the herbage growing at the borders of forests,
groves, and the margins of streams. Still others live upon the
trunks of trees, on ledges of rocks, and the ground, mimicking their
surroundings in color. Upwards of seventy-five genera are known
from tropical American regions alone. These may be separated as
follows:

SYNOPSIS OF SOUTH AMERICAN GENERA OF PHANEROPTERID.

A. Anterior coxe not armed externally with a spine.
b. Pronotum smooth, without a humeral sinus. Tegmina lobate.

c. Anterior femora slightly more than one-half again as long as the prono-
tum. Pronotum with the last transverse sulcus situated back of its
middle, the hind margin truncate, or broadly emarginate. Left
elytron of co with a plicate vein crossing the disc... Jsophya Brunner.

cc. Anterior femora twice as long as, or longer, than the pronotum.

d. Pronotum without lateral carinz. Ovipositor moderately com-
pressed, sensibly narrowed at the base, and with both margins
acutely serrato-dentate towards the apex.

e. Plicate vein of the left elytron of the o’ strongly oblique and sub-
obliterated :.,.ts.derenaste co «a Sislsctisierele spe eists Odonturella Bolivar.
ee. Plicate vein of the left elytron of the o” well defined and crossing
the disc. Genicular lobes of the hind femora acuminate.
Angara Brunner.
dd. Pronotum with lateral carine present. Ovipositor compressed, the
margins towards the apex very minutely crenulate.
Xenica Brunner.
bb. Pronotum provided with a distinct humeral sinus. Tegmina fully de-
veloped.

c. Tegmina narrow, shorter than the wings, when the latter are present.

Wings acuminate.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 287

d. Anterior tibize above closely armed on their hind margin with strong
spines. All of the femora spined beneath. Pronotum sub-
cylindrical, the lateral lobes much longer than high. The tegmina
MUCH: NATLOWEM|s \s, stass/eie slave sateen emanates ae Tetana Brunner.

dd. Anterior tibiz above on the outer margin without spines or rarely
spined. Anterior femora unarmed below, the posterior ones
spined or unarmed. Pronotum with the lateral lobes either
roundly or angulately joined.

e. Pronotum with its lateral lobes roundly inserted. Hind femora
splined ibeneath'<:.....0. iui. see aie Pseudoburgilis Brunner.

ee. Pronotum with its lateral lobes joined to the disc by an acute or
obtuse angle. Hind femora unarmed beneath.

f. Wings rudimentary or wanting. Pronotum provided with
well-defined lateral carine. Tegmina as long as the abdo-
men, acuminate, the median veins widely separated.

Euxenica, gen. nev., Bruner.
ff. Wings present and fully developed, slightly or even greatly
longer than the tegmina.

g. Wings more than one-half longer than the tegmina. The
latter attenuated apically. Ovipositor narrow, nearly
straight, its disc roughened and with its margins acutely
Serrato-dentate:4 cee eas pee ee Burgilis Stal.

gg. Wings scarcely one-third or only a trifle longer than the
tegmina. Ovipositor strongly curved, compressed,
either smooth or rugulose, its margins obtusely serrate.
h. Tegmina strongly dilated at their base, their anterior
margin broadly rounded, apex acuminate, the
tympanal field not unusually dilated. Wings a
little longer than the tegmina. Ovipositor semi-

circularly curved, its disc somewhat roughened.
Coryphoda Brunner.
hh. Tegmina narrow, their apex rounded, and with the
tympanal field normal. Wings one-fourth longer
than the tegmina. Ovipositor strongly compressed,
short, suddenly bent or curved upward at thé base,

its disc smooth.
zt. Tegmina with the cross-veins in the marginal and
radial fields parallel, close together; radial vein
beyond the base contiguous. ...Avniarella Bolivar.
ai. Tegmina with the cross-veins irregular; radial veins
separated from the base to their outer extremity.
Hyperophora Brunner.
cc. Tegmina broader, longer than the wings. Latter obtuse or abortive.

d. Cross-veins of the tegmina much crowded or close together. (Pro-
notum with the disc plain or flat, the deflexed lobes angulately
APISEGLEG onswe te ercha ore nal eee ie eon aenictarel ons 2c ote caches Engonia Brunner,

dd. Cross-veins of the tegmina wanting or very irregular.

288 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

e. Tegmina sublinear or narrow, the apex obtuse, the radial veins
separated. (Pronotum with its lateral lobes roundly inserted.
Anterior tibiz spineless above).......... Stenophyllia Brunner.

ee. Tegmina ovate, acuminate, the radial veins touching.

f. Deflexed lobes of the pronctum attached by an acute angle,
their posterior margin obliquely truncate, the humeral sinus
nearly absent. Wings abortive. Anterior tibie nearly
SpinelessiaboviGrac reece creel. caeion Marenestha Brunner.

ff. Deflexed lobes of the pronotum attached by a rounded angle,
their posterior margin rounded and the humeral angle dis-
tinct. Wings although shorter than tegmina, well de-
veloped, subgenital plate of & elongated, narrow.

Cosmophyllum Blanchard.
AA. Anterior coxe armed externally with a distinct spine.
b. Fastigium of the front laminately greatly produced. (Tegmina broad,

femora and tibie laminately dilated).................... Egimia Stal.
bb. Fastigium of the front not produced, or at most forming a short transverse
plate.

c. Vertex elevated into a tooth or dentiform crest, which is remote from the
fastigium. (Femora and posterior tibiz frequently lobate or lengthily
spined.)

d. Posterior femora spinulose, not lobate, nor lengthily spined.
e. Antenne nodose. Fastigium of the vertex compressed, acumi-
nate. Posterior femora with the genicular lobes obtuse.
Hammatofera Brunner.
ee. Antenne smooth, annulated with fuscous. Fastigium of the
vertex depressed, sulcate. Posterior femora with the genicular
lobes lengthily dentate.) i cesr ose Oxyprorella Giglio-Tos.
dd. Posterior femora either lengthily spined or lobate.
e. Hind femora and tibie lengthily spinose.

f. Pronotum unarmed with spines......... Machima Brunner.
ff. Pronotum armed above both in front and behind with a long,
Compresseduspinemny. +e cick ae aiclcnene cette Markia White.

ee. Hind femora lobate. Hind tibie armed with triangular teeth.
f. Vertex elevated into a spine. Antenne with their first joint
STNOOUME Tes hers ctenoisis ners Othe sdonet ee teiete ier dere Dysonia White.
ff. Vertex elevated into acrest. First joint of the antenne armed
internally with a heavy, robust, obtuse tooth.

Paraphidnia Giglio-Tos.
cc. Vertex plain or tumescent, not spined.

d. Middle tibiz laminately dilated apically, compressed, including a
LOM PIS PINS So sashes ses Bitch oto ste ererarare sl wee everett Centrofera Brunner.
dd. Middle tibize of normal form or slightly dilated basally.

e. Ovipositor very short, always much less than the pronotum in
length, the valves free or separated, rather smooth and without
decided marginal teeth. Subgenital plate of o either produced
into narrow lobes imitating a stylus or sharpened stick, or sub-
truncate at apex.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 289

f. All of the femora sulcate below and armed on the external
margin with some small spines; anterior and middle tibiz
sulcate above and, with the exception of the apical spine,
smooth or provided with only a few spinules.

g. Middle tibiae noticeably compressed and dilated at base;

the hind margin of the disc of the pronotum rounded.
Uberaba, gen. nov., Bruner.
gg. Middle tibiz of usual form, not especially compressed and
dilated at base; hind margin of the disc of the pronotum
truncate. [Ecuador|)-s2.-.-.- Polychnodes Giglio-Tos.
ff. All of the femora non-suleate below, the anterior and middle
pairs armed on the lateral margins with series of long and
slightly curved spines; anterior and middle tibie rounded
above, their lower margins also lengthily spined. [Costa
etwas avers Seacrest et Mak teats Restever er emen aie rate Alogopteron Rehn.
ee. Ovipositor not abnormally short, usually as long as, or longer than,
the pronotum, its margins towards the apex crenulate or serru-
late, very rarely smooth. Subgenital plate of o’ with or with-

out free styles.

f. Anterior tibize on their inner margin with the auditory for-
amina shell-like or sublinear, externally typically wide open.
Ovipositor broad, its apical half convex and covered with
flattened squamiform, imbricated tubercles, the edges of
which are directed forwards......... Celophyllum Scudder.

ff. Anterior tibiz with one or two exceptions having the auditory
foramina on both sides either wide open, or narrow and
shell-like.

* Anterior and middle tibiz sulcate above, or plain, but acute-angled, on the
outer margin either spined or smooth.
b. Fastigium of the vertex somewhat depressed, acuminate or truncate.

c. Anterior and middle tibiz, with the exception of the external apical spine,
unarmed above. Tegmina narrow, their apex rounded, the radial
veins separated at the base. All the femora unarmed beneath.
Wings much longer than the elytra.......... Phaneroptera Serville.

cc. Anterior, or at least the median, tibize spined above. Tegmina, wings,
and femora variable.

d. Pronotum strongly saddle-shaped, the disc elevated posteriorly.
Tegmina with their hind margin sinuate and the apex either
obliquely truncate, or rounded. Auditory openings on both sides
of the anterior tibie linear [Venezuela]........ Sictuna Walker.

dd. Pronotum with the disc either plain or saddle-shaped, but not
elevated either in front or behind. Tegmina with their posterior
margin straight or sinuate. Posterior femora beneath spined or
lobate. The auditory foramina wide open.

e. Tegmina narrower (except in Dolichocercus), their posterior
margins sinuate. The anterior femora above often compressed
at their apex, acuminate. Posterior femora with their genicular
lobes lengthily acuminate.

290 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

f. Anterior and middle femora not subcarinate above apically.
g. Genicular lobes of all the femora bearing two spines.
Tegmina elongate lanceolate, their apex rounded.
Callinsarva Rehn.
gg. Genicular lobes of all the femora bearing a single spine.
Tegmina rather broad, with the apex obliquely truncate.
Dolichocercus Rehn & Hebard.
ff. Anterior and middle femora briefly subcarinated above
apically.

g. Anterior ulnar vein of tegmina not united with the branch
of the posterior median. Ovipositor very prominently
serrato-crenulate. Sides of the disc of the pronotum
only gently convergent anteriorly, the lateral carine

Obttiseti:.. Saks s5 Enthephippion, gen. nov., Bruner.
gg. Anterior ulnar vein united with the branch of the posterior
median, sometimes appearing as a continuation of the
former. Ovipositor minutely serrate. Sides of the
disc of the pronotum strongly convergent anteriorly,
the lateral carine more or less acute... .Insara Walker.
ee. Tegmina broader, their hind margin straight or rounded. An-
terior femora above rounded. Posterior femora with the
genicular lobes obtuse or provided with short teeth.
f. Subgenital plate of o without styles.

g. Anterior and middle femora unarmed with spines beneath,
the posterior ones also unarmed or furnished with but
few small spinules. Ovipositor obtuse at its apex.

Scudderia Stal.
gg. Anterior and middle femora spined beneath. Hind femora
also spined. Ovipositor acuminate or obtuse.
Symmetropleura Brunner.
ff. Subgenital plate of o provided with free styles.

g. Pronotal carine acute, or obtuse, or none, never elevated,
neither dentate nor crenulated.

h. Vertex somewhat flattened. Pronotum with the disc
flat, the deflexed lobes more or less angulately in-
serted. Antenne at their base not enlarged nor
hirsute. Tegmina, except in the genus Theudoria,
green.

z. Tegmina with the radial veins more or less separated
(very little back of the middle), the radial branch
passing out on the posterior margin of the elytra.

j. Anterior tibia above not provided with a spine

back of the foramina. (Ligocatinus olivaceus

has a spine at the base.) Pronotum smooth,

shining. Subgenital plate of o short, its
posterior border emarginate.

Ligocatinus Rehn.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 291

jj. Anterior tibiae above armed with a small spine
back of the foramina. Pronotum smooth, but
with the impressions roughened or opaque.
The subgenital plate of o’ longer, attenuate,
and fissured.
k. Ovipositor with its apex acuminate.

l. Tegmina with their apex rounded, a little
shorter than the wings. Posterior
femora unarmed below on the outer
margin (except in Theudoria nigro-
lineata, in which both margins are
spined).

m. Subgenital plate of co moderately
attenuate. Last ventral segment
of Q@ abdomen not different from
the others. .Homoloicha Brunner.

mm. Subgenital plate of co strongly
attenuate and elongate, pro-
foundly fissured. Last ventral
segment of @Q abdomen much
larger than the rest, trapezoidal.
Subgenital plate of 9 very short,
tramsverse......: Theudoria Stal.

ll. Tegmina with their apex obtuse, obliquely
truncate. Posterior femora below with
both margins spined. (Last ventral
segment of Q abdomen not different
from the rest. Subgenital plate of the
@ elongate, with the apex truncate and
terminating on each side with a narrow
appendix)... ..Parascudderia Brunner.

kk. Ovipositor with its apex rounded. (Hind
femora with both margins armed.)

l. Posterior femora simply spined below.
Wings with their disc hyaline.

Ceraia Brunner.

ll. Postericr femora below lobato-dentate.
Wings with their disc red.

Vellea Walker.

ii. Tegmina with their radial veins, except at the apex,

contiguous, the radial branch running out at the

apex, or deflexed into the posterior margin of the
elytra.

j. Branch of the posterior radial vein straight,
running out in the apex of the elytra. Ovi-
positcr suddenly curved at the base, acumi-
nate, the margins crenulate throughout.

292 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

k. Vertex in front margined with a carina, on
each side towards the middle of the eyes
branching out into an obtuse tooth, the
fastigium angulately deflexed. Tegmina
with the radial branch not forked, joined
to the ulnar vein by an oblique veinlet.

Ectemna Brunner.

kk. Vertex in front obtuse, the fastigium roundly

deflexed. Tegmina with the radial branch

forked, or, in the manner of the genus pre-

ceding, joined to the ulnar vein by an
oblique veinlet.

l. Size larger. Pronotum with the disc nar-
rowed in front, the lateral lobes obtusely
inserted, highest back of their middle.
Anterior margin of the tegmina at their
base black-bordered. Ovipositor very
much roughened, with its apex colored
black acme. aaseees Plagiopleura Stal.

ll. Size smaller. Pronotum with the disc of
equal width in front and behind, the
lateral lobes acutely inserted, highest
at their middle. Anterior margin of
the tegmina ferruginous. Ovipositor
granulose, its apex ferruginous.

Euthyrrhachis Brunner.

jj. Branch of the posterior radial vein forked, de-
flexed to the posterior margin of the elytra.
Ovipositor but little curved and somewhat
obtuse, the margins entire or subcrenulate at

ItSha Pex: Arcache ee A ete Parableta Brunner.

hh.’ Vertex rounded, strongly declivant. Pronotum more

or less saddle-shaped, the lateral lobes roundly

inserted. Antenne at base heavy, often hirsute.

(Anterior tibia above entirely unarmed. Wings
provided with a’distinct apical triangular field.)

z. Antenne very heavy at their base and always hir-

sute. Color blackish, steel-blue, or ferruginous.

: Scaphura Kirby.

zz. Antenne less heavy at base and generally smooth, or

only sub-hirsute. Color fuscous.
Gymnocera Serville.
gg. Pronotal carinee more or less elevated and dentate, or

1 Walker’s genus Jtarissa (see Cat. Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., II, p. 389) is placed
in the vicinity of Posidippus by Kirby. According to the present table, however
it would not fall in section gg because it lacks the lateral pronotal carine.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 293

straight and sometimes crenulated behind. (Species of

large size. The tegmina corneous. Ovipositor short,

somewhat compressed, attenuate, the margins entire.)

h. Anterior branch of the radial fork itself running out
at the apex of the tegmina.

i. Fastigium of the vertex horizontally produced,
suleate, a little wider than the first antennal
joint. Carine of the pronotum crenulate only
on their posterior fourth. . Microcentrum Scudder.

ii. Fastigium of the vertex deflexed, not sulcate, twice
as wide as the first antennal joint. Carine of
the pronotum ampliated and crenulato-dentate
eaiobedovoyiies Go ao ca adogducore Steirodon Serville.

hh. Anterior branch of the radial fork running out on the
posterior margin of the tegmina.

zt. Lateral carine of the pronotum cristato-elevated.
Anterior tibiz flattened above. (Posterior tibiz
strongly compressed and dilated. .Peucestes Stal.

zi. Lateral carine of the pronotum not elevated.

Anterior tibize sulcate above. Eyes globose,

prominent.
j. Posterior tibiz alone compressed, and slightly
dilated near the base........ Posidippus Stal.

jj. Posterior tibize as well as the intermediate tibie-

compressed at base and very decidedly dilated.

Steirodonopsis Seudder.

bb. Fastigium of the vertex obtuse, deflexed, much wider than the first joint of
the antenne.

c. All the femora and tibie simple or plain. Fastigium of the vertex about.
twice the width of the first antennal joint, sulcate. Mesosternum
roundly lobate. Ovipositor suddenly curved at its base, a little-
longer than the pronotum, its upper margin straight. .Sagona Walker.

cc. The femora and likewise the anterior and middle tibiz foliaceo-lobate..

Pronotum with its disc profoundly concave. (Eyes greatly elongate.

Tegmina very broadly obovate)................. Agaura Brunner.

**, Anterior and intermediate tibia above rounded, often entirely unarmed, very

rarely sulcate, in which case, the apical spine is absent (Viadana), or when

the apical spine is present the meso- and metasternum are lengthily lobate
(Orophus). Fastigium of the front acuminate, or obtuse.

b. Anterior femora often, the middle pair always, rounded beneath, while the
hind femora are flattened below. Subgenital plate of male not provided!
with styles. Ovipositor frequently much longer than the pronotum,
somewhat curved, acuminate, smooth.

c. Posterior radial vein with its single branch furcate. Lateral lobes of the
pronotum, rounded or obtusely inserted.

d. Disc of the pronotum somewhat flattened, without a median elevated
longitudinal line. Ovipositor very smooth... Anaulacomera Stal,

294 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

dd. Disc of the pronotum rounded, furnished with a median, slightly
elevated, longitudinal line.

e. Lateral lobes of the pronotum as high as long. Tegmina some-
what pellucid, the transverse veins not prominent, rather poorly
expressed. Legs not especially slender. Anterior femora but
little longer than the pronotum, the posterior pair not more than
four times as long as the pronotum....Grammadera Brunner.

ee. Lateral lobes of the pronotum longer than high. Tegmina grass-
green, opaque, the transverse veins elevated, parallel. Legs
very slender. Anterior femora one-half longer than the pro-
notum, the posterior pair five times as long as the pronotum.
Abroidieta Brunner.
cc. Posterior radial vein emitting several non-forked parallel branches.
Lateral lobes of the pronotum angulately inserted. (Fastigium of the
vertex more or less laminately compressed. Anterior and middle
tibie sulcate above, totally unarmed.)

d. Tegmina narrow, the branches of the posterior radial vein longitudi-
nal, terminating in the apex of the elytra. Fastigium of the vertex
a trifle longer than, or of equal length with, the first antennal joint.
Lateral lobes of the pronotum higher than long, their posterior
margin more or less angulately produced. Tegmina wider at
base, tapering towards the apex. Ovipositor gently curved.

Tomeophora Brunner.

dd. Tegmina strongly dilated, ovate or trapezoidal, the radial branches

oblique and running out on the posterior margin of the elytra.

Viadana Walker.

bb. All the femora sulcate below. The subgenital plate of male provided with

styles. Ovipositor rarely longer than the pronotum, generally, but not

always, suddenly curved, roughened, acuminate, or smooth with the apex
truncate and crenulate, but obtuse.

c. Mesosternal lobes triangular, not produced; the metasternal lobes
rounded, except in the genus Diplophyllus, where they are triangular.
Ovipositor acuminate. Fastigium of the vertex also acuminate.

d. Fastigium of the vertex not touching the fastigium of the front. (In
Phylloptera peruviana they touch.) Internal margins of the an-
tennal scrobes when viewed from the frent include the fastigium
of the front. Front more or less tumescent. (Metasternum
roundly lobate.)

e. Wings surpassing the tegmina.

f. Secondary veins of the tegmina irregularly placed.

g. Lateral lobes of the pronotum often higher than long, the
anterior margin sinuate. Anterior and middle tibiz less
graceful. These hardly longer than the pronotum.
Ovipositor a little shorter than the pronctum, its base
and apex equal in width. Cerci of male shorter, curved
IN WALGS*.3.4, 55. ole icne eRe ee eve nic uae atts Phylloptera Serville.

gg. Lateral lobes of the pronotum as long as high, the anterior

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 295

margin straight. Anterior and middle tibie slender,
exceeding the length of the pronotum by one-half.
Ovipositor longer than the pronotum (except in the
genus Cora) with its apex narrowed. Cerci of male
straight, long.

h. Fastigium of the vertex advanced a little in front of the
eyes. Tegmina ovate, widest at middle, or back of
the middle. Wings at apex acuminate, the tri-
angular porticn not separated as a distinct field.

Hyperphrona Brunner.

hh. Fastigium of the vertex advanced greatly in front of
the eyes. Tegmina with their margins nearly
parallel. Wings with their apex obtuse and sepa-

rated into a distinct rounded field. ...Corva Brunner.
ff. Secondary veins of the tegmina obliquely and regularly
ALTAN SOA. woes: sake shelee ts Hosea ee oreteeye asa) sp eee Arota Brunner.

ee. Wings not surpassing the tegmina, the apical field prominent.
Fastigium of the vertex sulcate. Anterior and middle tibie

less graceful, a trifle shorter than the pronotum. Lateral lobes

of the pronotum highest at middle........ Prosagoga Brunner.

dd. Fastigium of the vertex contiguous with the fastigium of the front.

(In Pycnopalpa bicordata it is not contiguous, and in this case the

margins of the antennal scrobes are rather distant. )

e. Anterior femora dentate below on the anterior border. Anterior
tibiz above dilated in the apical portion and provided with an
external spine. Tegmina ovate, in their apical third three
times as wide as the length of the pronotum.

f. Disc of the pronotum ornamented with two roughened heart-
shaped areas set off by raised carina. Tegmina having the
appearance of being corroded........ Pycnopalpa Serville.

ff. Disc of the pronctum without the roughened areas set off by
raised carine. The tegmina not having the corrcded or
rusted appearance as in the preceding genus.

Topana Walker.

ee. Anterior femora armed beneath with little spinules or unarmed.

Anterior tibiz without a basal spine above. Tegmina lanceo-

late, or linear, not more than twice the width of the pronotal
length.

f. Wings plainly longer than the tegmina. Ovipositor only a
trifle longer than the pronotum.

g. Vertex depressed, contiguous with the front by means of
a very obtuse angle. Tegmina with the apex obliquely
truncate.

h. Tegmina with their posterior margin somewhat sinuate.

Pronotum short, truncate behind... Theia Brunner.

hh. Tegmina with their hind margin straight. Pronotum
behind lengthily and triangularly produced.

Hetaira Brunner.

296 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

gg. Vertex horizontal, forming a distinct angle with the front.
Tegmina lanceolate............ Diplophyllus Saussure.
ff. Wings shorter, or but little longer, than the tegmina, the tri-
angular field of their apex prominent. Ovipositor consider-
ably longer than the pronotum.

g. Ovipositor almost twice as long as the pronotum, broadest
in the middle, its apex acuminate. .Annalomes Scudder.
gg. Ovipositor one-half longer than the pronotum, broadest
beyond the middle... 3. 2..5..:.. A pocerycta Brunner.
cc. Meso- and metasternal lobes both (except in the genus Ischira where
they are rounded) triangularly produced. Ovipositor obtuse, crenu-

late, or acuminate, and with the valves very smooth, separated.

d. Ovipositor suddenly curved upwards at its base, the lower valve with
its apex truncate and profoundly crenulate. (Fastigium of the
vertex deflexed, equal in width to the first joint of the antenne, or
wider, obtuse. Tegmina lanceolate or ovate, both forks of the
radial branch passing out on the dorsal margin.)

Orophus Saussure.

dd. Ovipositor either suddenly or only gradually curved, the margins

smooth, the lower valve acuminate at its apex, somewhat separated
from the upper valve. :

e. Fastigium of the vertex strongly obtuse, four times wider than the
first antennal joint (in Ischyra flaviceps the fastigium is about
twice as wide as the first joint of the antenna).

f. Anterior tibiz with the foramina on both sides shell-like.
Posterior femora totally dentate below on the outer margin.
Metasternum provided with triangular lobes.

Lobophyllus Saussure.

ff. Anterior tibie provided on both sides with wide-open foramina.

Posterior femora spined below on the outer margin towards

the apex. Metasternum provided with either triangular or

TOUNCedMObES saat OR ilo aie icine Ischyra Brunner.

ee. Fastigium of the vertex lengthily produced, or short, a little wider
than the first antennal joint, or acuminate.

f. Lateral lobes of the pronotum with their margins fringed with
hairs. Tegmina membranous or leathery.

Syntechna Brunner.
ff. Lateral lobes of the pronotum with their margins smooth.
Tegmina corneous.

g. Posterior margin of the elytra nearly straight. Both forks
of the branch of the posterior radial vein running out on
the posterior border of the elytra. Mesosternal lobes
plain, extending over the coxe.

h. Fastigium of the vertex wider than the first joint of the
antenne. Tegmina strongly narrowed back of the
middle. Anterior tibiae provided with wide-open
foramina on’ both sides.......... Philophyllia Stal.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 297

hh. Fastigium of the vertex narrower than the first antennal

joint. Tegmina moderately narrowed beyond the

middle. The foramina on both sides of the anterior

tible linear nisin cnet + Phebolampta Brunner.

gg. Posterior margin of the elytra rounded, or elevated, roof-

like. Both forks of the branch of the posterior radial

vein passing out in the apex of the tegmina. Mesoster-

nal lobes strongly compressed. Fastigium of the front
bituberculate. Ovipositor obtuse, the valves entire.

Acra Brunner.

Genus EUXENICA gen. nov.

The present genus is South American. Thus far only the one
species, the description of which follows, is known. This insect, as
may be seen by referring to the synopsis of genera on a preceding page
belongs to the first section of the family Phaneropterida, 7. e., among
those genera in which the anterior coxe are unarmed with a spine.
In the key of genera it falls between Pseudoburgilis Brunner and
Burgilis Stal.

General form of insects moderately graceful. Anterior coxe
unarmed with a spine. Head large, a little wider than the anterior
margin of the pronotum, the eyes small, but prominent, slightly
elongate; occiput smooth, rounded; fastigium of the vertex roundly
depressed, narrow, more or less sulcate, sub-contiguous with the
fastigium of the front, which latter is bluntly rounded and does
not quite reach the upper extremity of the antennal scrobes. An-
tenne somewhat coarse, filiform. Pronotum with its sides parallel,
carinated, the humeral sinus distinct, but not prominent; the lateral
lobes nearly twice as long as high; the disc gently convex, its anterior
margin subtruncate, the hind margin rounded. Tegmina as long as,
or longer than, the abdomen, lanceolate, their apex acuminate; the
anterior and posterior median veins widely separated throughout.
Wings wanting. Anterior and middle legs slender, the femora of the
former about one-half longer than the pronotum, the median pair a
little more than twice its length; hind femora also slender, longer than
the body, all three pairs without spines below. Auditory apparatus
wide open. Anterior tibia spined above on their hind margin, the
intermediate pair spined on both margins. Ovipositor robust,
gently falcate, gradually tapering, acuminate, on the apical third
crenulate, or serrate.

298 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

1. Euxenica aptera sp. nov.

General color of body testaceous to ferrugineo-testaceous, the
tegmina grass-green; lateral carine of the pronotum and the humeral
angles of the tegmina vinaceous. Apical portion of all the tibie and
tarsi infuscated. Antenne at least basally testaceo-ferruginous.

Length of body, 2, 16 mm., of pronotum, 4 mm., of tegmina, 15
mm., of hind femora, 20 mm., of ovipositor, 10.5 mm.

Habitat—Chapada, Brazil (H. H. Smith). There are three addi-
tional female specimens at hand. These are also from the same lo-
cality. The type is in the Carnegie Museum of Pittsburgh.

Genus ANIARELLA Bolivar.
Aniarella BOLIVAR, Bol. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., VI, p. 384 (1906).
Aniara BRUNNER (nec Dejean), Mon. Phaneropt., 16, 123 (1878); Jb., Addit.

Monog. Phaneropt., pp. 7, 58 (1891).

The representatives of Aniarella are recognizable by the absence of
the spine from the anterior cox and by the presence of numerous
parallel transverse veins on the tegmina. Three species have already
been characterized, while a fourth is now added. They may be
recognized by the few brief characters as given in the subjoined

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF ANIARELLA.

A. Mediastin vein of the costal field of the elytra subobsolete or entirely absent.
b. Deflexed lobes of the pronotum roundly or obtusely inserted.

c. Size larger [c’, 20 mm., tegmina, 36 mm.]. Mediastin vein wanting.

typica Brunner.

cc. Size smaller [o’, 16 mm., tegmina, 26 mm.]. Mediastin vein present,

DUG lVery“Shont.. 2 pecaews ate ernst roe ueu yaaa one ee minor sp. Noy.
bb. Deflexed lobes of the pronotum acutely inserted, the angle marked by a
NALLOWALUSCOUS Men merase nei Se crehemiaisie ie eiekeree proxima Brunner.

AA. Mediastin vein of the costal field present, extending beyond its middle.
(Deflexed lobes of the pronotum acutely inserted, the angle marked by a
ELSON MU COUE bbe po ougda das eueuanosbiaoudcoa: punctulata Brunner.

2. Aniarella minor sp. nov.

As indicated by the synoptic key the present insect is most closely
related to the species typica, from which it differs in having the pos-
terior border of the tegmina minutely punctulate with fuscous, which
results from the veinlets being widely pallid over a fuscous back-
ground.

General color pale green, the legs, head, pronotum, and body tes-

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 299

taceous. Costal area of the tegmina broad and rounded on their basal

half, narrowed beyond. ‘Transverse parallel veins not so prominent

as figured for punctulata Brunner (see Monog. Phaneropt., pl. II,

ie. 23).

Length of body, o7, 16 mm., of pronotum, 3.5 mm., of tegmina, 26
mm., width of tegmina, 5.25 mm., length of hind femora, 16 mm.

Habitat.—The type and another male specimen are at hand. They
were collected by J. Steinbach at Puerto Suarez, Bolivia, during
November and January. The type is in the Carnegie Museum of
Pittsburgh.

3. Aniarella proxima (Brunner)?

Aniara proxima BRUNNER, Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., p. 58 (1891); REHN, Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1913, p. 360.

Specimens of a second species belonging to the genus Anzarella in
the present collection are referred with some doubt to Brunner’s
proxima.

Genus HyPERoPpHoRA Brunner.

Hyperophora BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 16, 125 (1878); Ib., Addit., Mon.
Phaneropt., pp. 7, 58 (1891); REHN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1907, pp.
371-376, figs. 1-8.

The insects, which comprise the genus Hyperophora, are rather
numerous and confined to the middle portions of South America.
They are especially abundant in portions of southern Brazil, Paraguay,
eastern Bolivia, and northern Argentina. Specimens are at hand
from several localities, but in such numbers that they have been set
to one side for later study. This course has been decided upon
because of the apparent variation in color, size, width of tegmina,
etc., found among the specimens coming from a single locality.

Genus OXYPRORELLA Giglio-Tos.
Oxyprorella G1GLi0o-Tos, Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp. Torin, XIII, no. 311, p. 70

(1898).

Oxyprora BRUNNER (nec. Stal), Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 18, 148 (1878); Ib., Addit.

Mon. Phaneropt., p. 9 (1891).

This is also a tropical South American genus. It contains rather
small, but more or less mottled and otherwise variegated insects
with the characters indicated in the preceding table of genera. Two
species have been characterized heretofore, to which a third is now
added. They may be separated as follows:

300 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF OXYPRORELLA.
A. Smaller, with the elytra very short (2, 10 mm.) [Peru]..... misera Brunner.
AA. Larger, with the elytra longer (2, 23 mm. or more).

b. Posterior margin of the disc of the pronotum entire. Tegmina a little

wider at middle than the length of the anterior femora [Bolivia].
zebrata sp. nov.
bb. Posterior margin of the disc of the pronotum incised at middle. Tegmina
narrow, less than the length of the anterior femora in width [Ecuador].
dives Giglio-Tos.

4. Oxyprorella zebrata sp. nov.

Ferrugineo-testaceous, more or less mottled and streaked with
fuscous and black. Body hirsute. Head a little wider than the
anterior margin of the pronotum; eyes large, prominent, a little longer
than wide, alternately streaked lengthwise with fuscous and testa-
ceous; fastigium of the vertex depressed, sulcate, decidedly narrower
than the first antennal joints; fastigium of the front prominent, white,
almost reaching the upper end of the antennal scrobes. Antenne
annulated with fuscous. Pronotum short, the disc flat above with
prominent lateral carine. Tegmina somewhat coriaceous, of moder-
ate width, the apex obliquely truncate; anterior and posterior radials
separated both near the base and apex, attingent between, the branch
of the posterior one given off in advance of the middle, both of the
forks running out at the apex. Anterior femora in front provided
with a single large tooth-like spine near the apex; intermediate pair
with two smaller spines; hind femora with several rather prominent
spines; anterior and intermediate tibia dilated near their base, the
auditory apparatus wide open. Cerci heavy at base, rather long,
arcuate, the apical half slender. Sub-genital plate rounded, sub-
truncate at apex.

Front infuscated and marmorate with flavous or testaceous and
rather closely punctate with fuscous dots from which eminate short
pale hairs. Pronotum with the lateral carine and hind border black.
Tegmina with a few irregular scattered and five regular oblique fuscous
blotches,—the latter on the apical half of the costal field. Exposed
portion of wings also so marked. Anterior femora and tibiz basally
striped in zebra fashion with black. Hind femora also showing dim
bands of fuscous. Cerci for the most part black, the center ferrugi-
nous.

Length of body, o7, 13 mm., of pronotum, 2.85 mm., of tegmina, 21.5
mm., width of same, 5 mm., length of wings, 26.5 mm., of hind femora,

ie

15 mm.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 301

Habitat.—The type, a male, and only specimen at hand, bears the
label ‘‘ Province del Sara, Bolivia, 350 meters, J. Steinbach, November,
rors.”

The type is in the Carnegie Museum.

5. Oxyprorella modesta sp. nov.

Male.—About the same size as the preceding, but slenderer and
darker colored and with the disc of the thorax beautiful apple-green,
occiput short, the vertex also short, excavated anteriorly between the
eyes, the fastigium not prominent. Head small, tapering below.
Eyes large, prominent. Pronotum moderately elongate, the disc
remarkably flat and smooth, bordered throughout with a smooth,
slightly elevated ridge or carina. Lateral lobes slightly longer than
high, the anterior margin roundly lobate below, lower edge and
hind margins also broadly rounded. Tegmina with the margins
nearly parallel, the apex obliquely truncate and with the venation
something like that in the preceding species. Anterior and middle
femora five-spined below, the hind pair seven-spined externally, two-
spined internally. Last ventral segment of abdomen of male of
moderate size, a little longer than wide, tapering, the apex truncate
between short lateral blunt teeth. Cerci curved as in the preceding
species, a little flattened from above on their apical half, and termi-
nating in an acute tooth.

General color dull wood-brown more or less mottled with blotches
of darker color on the tegmina and exposed portion of the wings.
Fastigium of the front and excised portion of the vertex whitish;
top of head, disc of pronotum, and immediate base of tegmina above
green; border of the disc of the pronotum dull ivory. Dorsum of
abdomen tinged with green.

Length of body, o&, 13 mm., of pronotum, 3.6 mm., of tegmina,
21.5 mm., width of tegmina, 3.5 mm., length of hind femora, 15 mm.

Habitat.—Rio de Janeiro, October (H. H. Smith). The type alone
isathand. Itisin the collection of the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh.
It would fall in the table of species between zebrata and dives.

Genus Dysonta White.

Dysonia WuITE, Richardson’s Mus. Nat. Hist., II, p. 244 (1862); Kirpy, Syn. Cat,
Orth., II, p. 411 (1906).

Valna WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., II, p. 357 (1869).

Aphidna STA, Recens. Orth., II, pp. 13, 28 (1874).

302 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Aphidnia BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 19, I51 (1878); Jb., Addit. Mon.

Phaneropt., p. 9 (1891).

The insects belonging to this genus are exceedingly interesting
creatures, because they strongly imitate in their colors bark, twigs,
and even stones which are coated with lichens. Several species are
known, and all of them inhabit tropical American countries. They
are either rare, or so well protected by their imitative colors, as to
render their discovery difficult. But few individuals of the known
species are found in collections.

6. Dysonia elegans (Brunner).
A phidnia elegans BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 153, 155 (1878).
Dysonia elegans KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 411 (1906).
Habitat—A single female specimen of a species determined as
elegans Brunnerisat hand. It was taken by H. H. Smith, at Chapada,
Brazil, during the month of January.

7. Dysonia punctifrons (Brunner)?
Aphidnia punctifrons BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 152, 154, Pl. 3, fig. 40

a, b (1878).

Dysonia punctifrons KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 412 (1906).

Habitat—A female of another species of this genus is referred tO
Brunner’s punctifrons with some doubt. It comes from “ Province
del Sara, Bolivia,’’ where it was collected at an elevation of 450
meters above sea-level by J. Steinbach.

8. Dysonia (?) lamellipes sp. nov.

There is also an additional species of katydid at hand, which appears
to belong to the genus Dysonia. Itisrepresented by a single 2 nymph
also taken by J. Steinbach during November in the ‘Province del
Sara, Bolivia,’ at an elevation of 350 meters above sea-level. It
differs from the imagos of the various described forms to such an
extent that it very likely represents a new form. In color this nymph
is largely brunneo-ferruginous somewhat varied with grayish testa-
ceous. It has the disc of the pronotum smooth and flat, save that
the surface is very finely transversely aciculated, with the hind lobe
much ampliated, while the lateral lobes are nearly perpendicular
and joined to the disc by sharp carine which are sinuose. The hind
femora are provided internally on their apical third with a single
large, flattened, horizontally directed, lobe-like plate the hind margin

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 303

of which is bidentate; externally there is a similar, but smaller, lobe
and two or three spines. The anterior and middle femora are each
armed below on the front margin with three or four spines, the apical
one of which is larger and tooth-like. Hind tibia simply spined.
Antenne distantly and narrowly fusco-annulate. Intermediate
abdominal segments above and at the sides each provided near their
hind margin with five prominent denticles.

Judging from the small size of this nymph the insect when grown
must be smaller than is usually the case for the genus. Length of
body 9.5 mm., of hind femora, which are slender, 11.5 mm.

I would suggest the name Dysonia lamellipes as a suitable name for
this insect. It is in the Carnegie Museum.

Genus UBERABA gen. nov.

The present genus is erected for an insect with a very short ovi-
positor, coming from Chapada, Brazil. By referring to the generic
synopsis it will be seen that it is most nearly related to Polichnodes
Giglio-Tos.

Rather graceful, of medium or small stature, reminding one some-
what of the smaller species of Anaulacomera Stal, but differing from
members of that genus in a number of essential characters.

9g. Uberaba brevicauda sp. nov.

Head of medium size, about as broad as the front edge of the pro-
notum, the sides parallel; fastigium of the vertex gently depressed,
acuminate, sulcate, its lateral margins strongly divergent behind and
continuing as rather blunt ridges well towards the eyes a little back
of their middle and opposite a prominent tooth-like spine; fastigium
of the front acuminate, separated from the fastigium of the vertex by
a considerable distance. Pronotum more or less adorned with small,
scattered, pale, dark-centered pimples, most numerous on the disc;
the latter flat behind and with the margin evenly rounded, gently
convex anteriorly, the front margin truncate, the lateral lobes roundly
inserted, about as long as high, the anterior margin straight, lower, and
posterior margins evenly rounded. Tegmina and wings fully de-
veloped; former coriaceous, the posterior border rounded, apex also
rounded, secondary veins rather coarse and irregular; radial veins
separated both basally and apically, contiguous mesially, the branch
of the posterior one arising from about its middle, the branch forking

304 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

much in advance of its middle and both forks reaching the posterior
margin before the apex. Tips of the wings extending well beyond the
apex of the tegmina, coriaceous. Legs graceful, the femora all pro-
vided with a few spines beneath; anterior and middle tibiz sulcate
above, the intermediate pair sometimes spined above externally.
Auditory apparatus wide open on both margins. Subgenital plate
of the male abdomen rather small, tricarinate, gently tapering, the
apex truncate, without free styles. Cerci bowed, moderately robust,
their apex furnished with a blunt inwardly directed tooth. Ovi-
positor very short, blunt, almost as wide as long, the upper valve
minutely crenulated apically; subgenital plate small and triangular,
its apex entire.

Color either pale yellowish green or ferruginous, the tegmina more
or less dimly maculate or marmorate with fuscous accordingly as
the pallid venation permits of the showing through of the fuscous
back-ground of these organs. Pronotum irregularly flecked with
dark-colored dots, these flecks varying from vinaceous to fuscous;
anterior ulnar vein prominent, greenish even in the ferruginous
colored specimens; antenne pale annulated with darker.

Length of body; o1, 11 mm., 9, 14 mm.; of pronotum, o’, 3.25 mm.,
2, 3.50 mm.; of tegmina, o’, 21 mm., 9, 24 mm.; width of tegmina,
co and 2, 4.75 mm.; length of hind femora, o’, 13 mm., 2, 14 mm.,
of ovipositor, I.5 mm.

Habitat.—The types, o& and Q, bear the label ‘“‘Chapada, near
Cuyaba, Matto Grosso, Brazil, August.’’ Other specimens are also
at hand which contain only the Chapada label. Some of them were
taken during the months of June and July (H. H. Smith). The types
are in the collection of the Carnegie Museum.

Genus CALLINSARIA Rehn.
Callinsaria REHN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1913, pp. 361, 362.

The representatives of the present genus are confined to the tropical
and subtropical regions of South Ameriga. The type of the genus,
C. clupetpennis Rehn, came from Misiones, Argentina. What
appears to be a second species is before me now. It has been given
the name

10. Callinsaria boliviana sp. nov.

In its general appearance this insect is somewhat similar to the figure

and description of clupetpennis Rehn, but slightly larger, and some-

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 305

what differently shaped and colored. In the present insect, the entire
costal margin of the tegmina is rather widely ivory white bordered
behind by a conspicuous line of purple, and the costal field has fewer
and more regularly arranged oblique white lines, while above or back
of the radials the pale oblique marks are very dim or even almost
obliterated, and the hind or dorsal margin is narrowly infuscated.
The disc of the pronotum has its margin defined by carinz, which
are simply arcuate instead of sinuate, and the lateral lobes are much
higher behind than in front. The auditory opening is black with
the base of the anterior tibia dark vinaceous.

Length of body, o’, 19 mm., of pronotum, 4.1 mm., of tegmina,
o', 29 mm., of hind femora, 22 mm.

Habitat—The two males at hand come from Puerto Suarez, Bolivia,
where they were collected during November at an elevation of 150
meters above sea-level. (J. Steinbach.) The type is in the Carnegie
Museum.

Genus ENTHEPHIPPION gen. nov.

Related to Insara Walker (Hormilia Stal) in its structural features
as shown by the synopsis of genera given on preceding pages of the
present paper. It also bears some resemblance to Gymnocera Serville,
especially in colorational features and in the structure of the ovipositor.
. The representatives of the present genus are rather small to medium
in size. The head is a little wider than the anterior margin of the
pronotum, the front perpendicular, sides parallel, the occiput short,
rounded; fastigium of the vertex somewhat depressed, sulcate, blunt
at apex and not quite touching the fastigium of the front; eyes moder-
ately prominent, a little longer than wide. Pronotum with the disc
somewhat narrowed anteriorly, the lateral angles blunt, anterior
margin truncate, rounded behind, lateral lobes roundly inserted, the
lower and posterior margins evenly rounded. Tegmina narrow, con-
siderably longer than the abdomen and hind femora, their apex
rounded; wings reaching beyond the tegmina by at least the width
of the latter. Anterior and middle, as well as posterior femora, spine-
less beneath; anterior and middle tibie sulcate above, the latter
spined on the inner margin near its middle. Ovipositor moderately
robust, curved, and strongly dentate both above and below, as well
as on the carine of the lateral disc. Antenne filiform, not robust.
The type of the genus is the species

306 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

11. Enthephippion obscuripenne sp. nov.

General color brunneo-ferruginous, varied on the tegmina and hind
tibia and femora with a tinge of green. Front with four fuscous
spots above the base of the clypeus and the same number of incon-
spicuous dashes of the same color above the spots. Eyes castaneous.
Antenne ferruginous, apex of second joint piceous, beyond this the
antenne at intervals are fasciate with fuscous. Tegmina more or less
fuscous along the disc, the costal and dorsal areas pallid, with a tinge
of greenish. Wings infuscated. Legs of the general color, modified
as follows: auditory apparatus fuscous, hind femora medially and hind
tibia, except basally and at extreme apex, greenish; all the tarsi
beneath infuscated. Abdomen above with a rather wide longitudinal
band of black, this color including the supra-anal plate.

Length of body, 2, 11 mm., of pronotum, 3.4 mm., of tegmina,
20 mm., width of tegmina, 2.75 mm., length of hind femora, 16 mm.,
of ovipositor, 5 mm.

Habitat—Chapada, Brazil, in April, a single female specimen, the
type. (H.H. Smith.) In the collection of the Carnegie Museum.

Genus SCUDDERIA Stal.

Scudderia STAL, Bih. Svenska Akad., XXX (4), p. 41 (1873); Jb., Recens. Orth.
II, p. 14 (1874); BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 25, 236 (1878); Ib., Addit.
Mon. Phaneropt., p. 16 (1891); SAUSSURE & PIcTET, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth.,
I, p. 327 (1898).

The representatives of the genus Scudderia are rather widely dis-
tributed over North and Central America and also to a limited extent
in the extreme northern parts of South America.

12. Scudderia mexicana (Saussure)?

Phaneroptera mexicana SAUSSURE, Rev. et Mag. Zool. (2), XIII, p. 129 (1861).
Scudderia mexicana SCUDDER, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts. Sci., XX XIII, pp. 274, 276,
280, f. 5 (1898).
Scudderia farculata BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 238, 239, Pl. 5, fig. 72b (1878);
* SaussuRE & PictTert, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, pp. 328, 329, 331, Pl. 15,
fig. 21 (1897).
Habitat.—This insect is represented by material coming from the
Island of Jamaica.
There are also specimens of Scudderia furcata in the collection.
These latter bear no locality labels. They are very likely from some
point in Pennsylvania, or nearby.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 307

Genus SYMMETROPLEURA Brunner.

Symmetropleura BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., ‘pp. 25, 245 (1878); Ib., Addit.
Mon, Phaneropt., p. 16 (1891).

The genus Symmetropleura of Brunner is found in both hemispheres,
but seems most characteristic of the Occident. Five species have
been described heretofore. The collection now being studied by me
contains specimens of what appear to be two more. The American
forms can be separated as follows:

» SYNOPSIS OF THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF SYMMETROPLEURA.
A. Elytra narrower (6 mm.), their posterior margin straight. [North America.]
modesta Brunner.
AA. Elytra broader (10 mm. or more), their posterior margin rounded [South
America].
b. Tegmina with the anterior border of the basal part black margined.
levicauda Brunner.
bb. Tegmina with the anterior border concolorous.
c. Posterior fork of branch of the hind radial confluent with the posterior
ulnar vein.
d. Subgenital plate of the male abdomen rather short, truncate at
its apex and with the hind angles lengthily produced, style-like
[Ecuador as ene eee Cae ee fausta Giglio-Tos.
dd. Subgenital plate of the male abdomen somewhat longer, the apex
roundly emarginate, the angles produced into very heavy blunt,

clubbed, finger-like projections [Bolivia]. ..boliviana sp. nov. ©

cc. Posterior fork of the branch of the hind radial not confluent with the
posterior ulnar, although sometimes it may be joined to it by an
obliqtecross-vein Bolivia eee sorrel aayels abnormis sp. nov.

13. Symmetropleura boliviana sp. nov.

Related to S. fausta Giglio-Tos from Ecuador. The main differ-
ences between this new form and the insect to which compared are
in the male genitalia.

Size medium, color grass-green. Fastigium of the vertex strongly
depressed in front, shallowly sulcate, the apex blunt and widely
separated from the fastigium of the front. Pronotum with its disc
strongly flattened and longitudinally sulcate at middle, the lateral
carine acute, rather evenly convergent anteriorly, the front margin
broadly and roundly emarginate, the hind margin evenly rounded;
lateral lobes as described in fausta. Tegmina evenly rounded both
in front and behind, the posterior ulnar vein straight and united with
the upper fork of the branch of the radial which runs out at the apex,

308 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

the junction of the posterior oblique veins and the ulnar nodulose,
pale; branch of the posterior radial originating near its middle, itself
forking near its basal fourth. Anterior and middle legs graceful,
rather numerously spined beneath; the tibiz sulcate and spined
above. Hind femora spined below on both margins. Mesosternal
lobes angulate behind, those of the metasternum rounded. Sub-
genital plate of male with the sides rather strongly convergent, the
apex roundly emarginate between two robust finger- or club-like
continuations of the lateral angles. Cerci moderately robust at base,
strongly bowed and tapering, the apical portion provided with two
or three small piceous spines or teeth.

Length of body, 23 mm., of pronotum, 5.5 mm., of tegmina, 38 mm.,
width of tegmina, 12.5 mm., length of hind femora, 26.5 mm.

Habitat—The only specimen in color, a male and the type, comes
from ‘‘Quatro Ojos, Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia,

yy

where it
was taken at an elevation of 300 meters above sea-level by J. Stein-
bach. It is in the Carnegie Museum.

A second specimen, also a male, is at hand. While not typical, it
has nearly the same dimensions, but approaches the next species in
the characters of the venation. It is apparently faded from immersion
in spirits. The locality-label for this specimen is ‘‘ Prov. del Sara,
Bolivia, 350 m. J. Steinbach, 11-1913.”

14. Symmetropleura abnormis sp. nov.

As indicated in the synopsis of species above, the present insect is
abnormal in the venation of the tegmina. Otherwise it 1s quite similar
to both fausta and boliviana.

General color yellowish green, becoming testaceous on the head,
legs, and lower side of body. Antenna infuscated apically, though
with a magnifier showing minute pallid annulations. Subanal plate
of abdomen of male similar to that of the above described form, but
relatively smaller and with the prolongations of its lateral angles
slenderer. Ovipositor short, strongly curved, both margins towards
the apex minutely crenulate or serrate.

Length of body, o’, 19 mm., 9, 23 mm., of pronotum, oc and @,
5 mm., of tegmina, o’, 33.5 mm., 9, 38 mm.; width of tegmina, o’,
II mm., 9, 12 mm.; length of hind femora, oc’, 23.5 mm., 9, 27 mm.;
of ovipositor, 5.5 mm.

Habitat—10o', 19, the types, both from the “Prov. del Sara, Bo-

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 309

’

livia, 350 m., J. Steinbach, 11-1913.’’ These insects belong to the

Carnegie Museum.

Genus LIGOCATINUS Rehn.

Ligocatinus REHN, Can. Ent., XX XIII, p. 272 (1901); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II,
Pp. 449 (1906).

Amaura BRUNNER (nec Moll.) Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 25, 247 (1878); Ib., Verh.
Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, XLI, pp. 17, 122 (1891); SAuss. &. Pict., Biol. Cent.-
Amer., Orth., I, p. 321 (1897).

The representatives of the genus Ligocatinus are few in number, but
have a rather wide distribution, species occurring from Mexico to

Central Argentina.

15. Ligocatinus spinatus (Brunner) ?

Amaura spinata BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., p. 248, pl. 5, fig. 74 a, b (1878); Jb.,
Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., p. 122 (1891); SAuss. & Pict., Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth.,
Tess 22) (58977):

Ligocatinus spinatus K1rRByY, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 449 (1906).
Habitat.——Specimens of both sexes of what I take to be L. spinatus

Brunner are at hand. They come from Corumba, Brazil, (H. H.

Smith), Puerto Suarez, and Province del Sara, Bolivia (J. Steinbach).

Genus HomortoicHa Brunner.
Homotoicha BRUNNER, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, XLI, pp. 17, 124 (1891).
This genus is rather closely related to the preceding, and contains
five recognized forms. They are all South American in their distri-

bution.
16. Homotoicha fuscopunctata Caudell.

Homotoicha fuscopunctata CAUDELL, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 236 (1906).
Habitat.—There are a number of specimens of both sexes at hand.
They were taken at Chapada, Brazil (H. H. Smith) and Santa Cruz
de la Sierra, Bolivia (J. Steinbach).
Although the series examined varies a little in size, they agree well
with a type specimen which is in the writer’s collection.

Genus THEUDORIA Stal.

‘Theudoria STA, Recens. Orth., II, p. 15 (1874); BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp.
25, 249 (1878); Ib., Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 17, 126 (1891).

This genus is confined to South America, and contains but few
representatives.

310 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

17. Theudoria pyrrhocnemis Brunner?
Theudoria pyrrhocnemis BRUNNER, Mcn. Phaneropt., p. 250 (1878); Ib., Addit.
Mon. Phaneropt., p. 126 (1891).
Habitat.—A single male specimen of the genus Theudoria is referred
with some doubt to Brunner’s pyrrhocnemis. It bears the locality
label ‘‘Chapada, Brazil (H. H. Smith).”

Genus PARASCUDDERIA Brunner.
Parascudderia BRUNNER, Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 18, 126 (1891).

The genus Parascudderia was created for a species of katydid coming
from Fonteboa on the Upper Amazon, only the female of which was
described. There is before me in the present collection a single male
specimen, which runs to the genus in the synoptic table by a number
of characters. It may be the opposite sex of Brunner’s dohrni, but
it is difficult to believe this, because it differs from Brunner’s descrip-
tion in several respects. The following characterization of the speci-

men is Offered.

18. Parascudderia abnormalis sp. nov.

General color sordid olivaceous, the secondary veins quite regular,
sanguineous. Pronotum smooth, the disc somewhat convex, some-
what similar to that in Ceraia. Head medium or small, the occiput
smooth, rounded; eyes globular, prominent; fastigium of the vertex
somewhat flattened, gently depressed, blunt, and not touching the
fastigium of the front. Pronotum with the lateral lobes roundly
inserted, higher than long, anterior margin of the disc nearly straight,
the hind margin broadly rounded. Tegmina translucent, rather
scantily veined, the longitudinal veins greenish and testaceous, the
cross-veins sanguineous, the minor veinlets pallid. Exposed portion
of wings sordid olive, the remainder hyaline. Anterior femora below
spineless, intermediate one-spined externally and hind pair many-
spined on both margins. Anterior tibiae sulcate and provided exter-
nally above, just beyond the foramina, with a minute spine; middle
tibia also spined above. Last dorsal segment of abdomen of male
rather large, on each side tumid; the supra-anal plate, or what seems
to be a modification of it, divided above the bases of the cerci, into»
two widely separated long sickle-like appendages which are nearly
twice as long as the cerci and somewhat flattened and smooth; the
cerci moderately robust at base, bowed, tapering, and ending in a

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. rafal

dusky inwardly directed tooth. Subgenital plate elongate, attenuate,
Curved upward and truncate at its apex, the lateral angles provided
with short, blunt, free styles.

Occiput and pronotum above dark brunneo-ferruginous, almost
castaneous, the latter infuscated just above the humeral sinus, the
disc of the lower portion of the lateral lobes marked with a large
pallid area. Face, legs, and body below, testaceous.

Length of body, o, 20 mm., of pronotum, 5 mm., of tegmina, 31
mm., greatest width of same, 6.5 mm., length of hind femora, 21.5
mm.

Habitat.—Chapada, Brazil, in April (H. H. Smith). The type is
in the Carnegie Museum.

Genus CERAIA Brunner.
Ceraia BRUNNER, Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 18, 127 (1891).

The present genus has been separated from the old Scudderia to
accommodate several moderately large insects with the apex of ovi-
positor blunt or rounded. The described forms are in their distri-
bution tropical American. At least a dozen species have been recog-

nized.
19. Ceraia punctulata Brunner?

Scudderia punctulata BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt,. pp. 238, 243 (1878).
Ceraia punctulata BRUNNER, Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 128, 129 (1891).

Specimens coming from Chapada, Brazil, and Santa Cruz de la
Sierra, Bolivia, are referred here with some doubt owing to a few
slight differences from the description. The Bolivian specimens were
taken by J. Steinbach, the Brazilian by H. H. Smith.

20. Ceraia cornutoides Caudell.
Ceraia cornutoides Caudell, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXX, p. 237 (1906).
The present species is represented by specimens coming from
Corumba and Chapada, Brazil (H. H. Smith) and Puerto Suarez,
Bolivia (either J. D. Haseman, or J. Steinbach).

21. Ceraia atrosignata Brunner?
Ceraia atrosignata BRUNNER, Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 128, 130 (1891).
A single female specimen of the genus Ceraia is referred with a
little doubt to Brunner’s atrosignata. It was taken at “Las Juntas,
Dept. Sta. Cruz, Bolivia,’ by J. Steinbach.

S12 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Genus VELLEA Walker.
Vellea WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., II, p. 359 (1869); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth.,

II, p. 451 (1906).

Only a single species of this genus has been thus far recognized
from South America. The present writer had, at one time, a couple
of nymphs bearing the locality label ‘‘Central America.’’ Whether
or not they belonged to another species I cannot say. These insects
are now in the collection of Morgan Hebard, Philadelphia, Penn-
sylvania.

22. Vellea cruenta Burmeister.

Phaneroptera cruenta BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, p. 691 (1838).
Scudderia cruenta BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 238, 244 (1878).
Ceraia cruenta BRUNNER, Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 128, 131 (1891).
Vellea rosea WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., II, p. 360 (1869).
A specimen is at hand from Rio de Janeiro, while another comes
from Bonda, Dept. Magdalena, Colombia (H. H. Smith).

Genus ECTEMNA Brunner.

Ectemna BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 26, 251 (1878); Ib., Addit. Mon.
Phaneropt., p. 18 (1891); Sauss. & Pict., Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 323

(1897).
Another small genus of tropical American katydids, the insects
comprised in which are related to Scudderia, Ceraia, etc.

23. Ectemna carinata Brunner?
Ectemna carinata BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., p. 251, Pl. 5, fig. 76 a—c (1878);
Sauss. & Pict., Biol. Cent.-Amer. Orth., I, pp. 323, 324 (1897).
Habitat.—A single male katydid from Rio de Janeiro is referred
here with some doubt. It was taken by H. H. Smith.

Genus PARABLETA Brunner.
Parableta BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt. pp. 26, 253 (1878); Addit. Mon.

Phaneropt., pp. 18, 133 (18901).

This genus is confined to South America, where the known species
are all tropical in their distribution. Two species have been described
heretofore, while a third is now added. They may be separated as
follows:

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF PARABLETA.

A. Posterior femora seven- to nine-spined on the internal margin. Ovipositor
with the margins entire, smooth, the apex somewhat obtuse.
b. Size larger (co tegmina 38 mm., 2, 41 mm.) [Bolivia]... boliviana sp. nev.
bb. Size smaller (co tegmina 33 mm., 2, 33 mm.) [Ecuador].
integricauda Brunner.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. illey

AA. Posterior temora four- to five-spined on the internal margin. Ovipositor
obtuse, the apex crenulate on both margins [Upper Amazon, Brazil].
soroy Brunner.
24. Parableta boliviana sp. nov.

Related to integricauda of Brunner, from which it differs in its
larger size.

Pale green, the eyes dark ferruginous, or brown. Fastigium of the
vertex depressed, the apex subacute, sulcate, touching the fastigium
of the front. Pronotum with the disc very slightly convex, its front
margin shallowly and roundly emarginate, the hind margin evenly
rounded; lateral lobes angulately inserted, perpendicular, higher than
long, in front straight, below and behind evenly rounded. Tegmina
scarcely subpellucid, though not. opaque; the posterior fork of the
branch of the hind radial approaching quite closely to the ulnar, to
which it is joined by a short transverse veinlet. There are three
infuscated spots located along the ulnar vein at the points where it
emits branches and where it is joined with the fork of the posterior
radial branch. Anterior and middle femora four- to five-spined
below, hind pair seven- to nine-spined on both margins; anterior and
middle tibiz one- to three-spined above. Last ventral abdominal
segment moderately large, tapering but little, the sides carinated,
fissured almost to the base, the styles elongate. Cerci similar to
those in integricauda. Ovipositor smooth, subacuminate; the sub-
genital plate short, triangular, the middle carinated, the apex entire,
blunt.

Length of body, o&’, 17 mm., 2, 25 mm.; of pronotum, o and @ ,
6 mm.; of tegmina, o', 38 mm., 9, 41 mm.; width of same, o’, 10
mm., @, 11. mm.; length of hind femora, o, 23 mm., 2, 24 mm.; of
Ovipositor, IO mm.

Habitat.—There are specimens at hand from “Province del Sara,’”
and Quatro Ojos and Las Juntas, Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia..
The types, co’ and Q, are from the first named locality. They were
taken during December. All the specimens were taken by J. Stein-
bach. The types are in the Carnegie Museum.

25. Parableta soror Brunner?
Porableta soror BRUNNER, Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., p. 134 (1891).
A single male katydid bearing the labels ‘‘Corumba, high land,”

and ‘“‘April’’ is referred doubtfully to this species. It was taken by
Hiei. Sinith:

314 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Genus SCAPHURA Kirby.

Scaphura Kirsy, Zool. Journ. I, p. 432 (1825); II, p. 9 (1825); WEsTwoop, Zoél.
Journ. IV, p. 227 (1828); SERVILLE, Encl. Méth., Ins. X, p. 345 (1825)—and
many others, see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Orth. II, p. 453 (1906).

Aganacris WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., V, suppl. p. 41 (1871).
Representatives of the genus Scaphura are confined to South Ameri-

can countries south of the equator, where they are most abundant

in middle and southern Brazil.

26. Scaphura nigra (Thunberg).
Gryllus niger THUNBERG, Mém. Acad. Petersb. IX, p. 415 (1824).
Scaphura nigra STAL, Recens, Orth., II, p. 15 (1874), for synonymy see KirBy,

Syn. Cat. Orth. II, p. 454 (1906).

Habitat.—Specimens are at hand from Rio de Janeiro and Chapada,
Brazil, from Puerto Suarez and the Province del Sara, Bolivia, and
from Rio Bermejo, Prov. of Salta, Argentina.

At least six varieties of this interesting species have been recognized

and described.
Genus GYMNOCERA Brullé.

Gymnocera BRULLE, Hist. Nat. Ins., IX, p. 145 (1835); BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent.,
TI, p. 687 (1838); SERVILLE, Ins. Orth., p. 425 (1839); BLANCHARD, Hist. Nat.
Ins., III, p. 24 (1840); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 454 (1906).

‘Scaphura PERCHERON (nec Kirby) Gen. Ins. Orth., pl. 4 (1836).

The present genus is related to Scaphura in so far as its members are
varicolored, but the basal portion of their antenne lacks the hairs
which are so prominent on the basal antennal joints in the repre-
sentatives of that genus.

27. Gymnocera elegans Serville.

Gymnocera elegans SERVILLE, Hist. Ins. Orth., p. 427 (1839); KirBy, Syn. Cat.
Orth., II, p. 455 (1906).
Scaphura elegans BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 256, 258, Pl. 5, fig. 79 a—c (1878).
Var. Scaphura bicolor BLANCHARD, D’Orbigny, Voy. Amer. Merid. VI, (2), p. 215,
pl. 26, f. 7 (1844).
Habitat.—Several specimens, male and female, coming from Puerto
Suarez, Bolivia, seem to belong here. They were taken by J. D.

Haseman.
28. Gymnocera fasciata (Brunner) ?

Scaphura fasciata BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 257, 260 (1878).
Gymnocera fasciata K1rBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 455 (1906).

Habitat.—A single imperfect female specimen coming from Rio de
Janeiro has been referred here.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 315 |

29. Gymnocera infuscata (Brunner).
Scaphura infuscata BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 257, 262 (1878).
Gymnocera infuscata KIRBY, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 455 (1906).
Habitat.—Specimens are before me coming from Corumba, Brazil,
Puerto Suarez, Bolivia, and Rio Bermejo, Province of Salta, Argentina.
These latter specimens are much smaller than the typical form,
and have much narrower tegmina than Brunner mentions in his
description. Otherwise the description fits fairly well.

Genus MICROCENTRUM Scudder.

Microcentrum SCUDDER, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist., VII, p. 446 (1862) (mec Stal);
KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 455 (1906).

Stilpnochlora Stal, GEfv. Vet.-Akad. Férh. XXX (4), p. 40 (1873); Ib., Recens.
Orth., II, p. 19 (1874); BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt. pp. 32, 358 (1878); Ib.,
Addit. Mon. Phancropt., p. 18 (1891); SAUSSURE & PIcTET, Biol. Cent. Amer.,
Orth., II. p. 367 (1898).

As indicated by the abo¥e synonomy there seems to have been
some confusion concerning the large insects which comprise the present
genus. At least seven species are recognized by recent writers.

30. Microcentrum marginellum (Serville).

Phylloptera marginella SERV:LLE, Ins. Orth., p. 405 (1839).
Microcentrum marginellum KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 455 (1906). For a rather

full synonymy of this insect see Kirby, J. c.

Habitat.—This insect is credited to Central and South America as
well as to several of the West Indian islands. Specimens in the present
collection come from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, and the Isle of Pines,
West Indies.

31. Microcentrum incisum (Brunner).
Stilpnochlora incisa BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 359, 361 (1878); SAUSSURE &

Pictet, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, pp. 368, 369 (1808).

Microcentrum incisum KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 456 (1906).

Habitat.—Although this insect is credited to Peru a male specimen
in the collection now under consideration comes from the Province
del Sara, Bolivia, where it was collected by J. Steinbach.

Genus PEUCESTES Stal.

Peucestes STAL, Recens. Orth., II, p. 20 (1874); BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 32
363 (1878); Ib., Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 18, 181 (1891); SAUSSURE &
PicteET, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 370 (1898).

316 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The genus Peucestes Stal is tropical and subtropical American in its
distribution, and is made up of large showy insects. Eight species
are known.

32. Peucestes dentatus Stal.

Peucestes dentatus STAL, Recens. Orth., II, p. 45 (1874); BRUNNER, Mon. Phaner-
opt., pp. 364, 365 (1878); Sauss. & Pict., Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, pp. 370,
371, Pl. 18, figs. 3-5 (1898).

Phaneroptera citvifolia BLANCHARD (nec Linnaeus), Hist. Ins., III, p. 24, Pl. 7
(1840).

Habitat.—There are two specimens of this species in the collection,

a male and female. The former comes from Villa Bella, Bolivia, and

the latter from El Calloa, Venezuela. Both specimens are quite

typical.
33. Peucestes unidentatus Brunner.

Peucestes unidentatus BRUNNER, Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 182, 183 (1891).
Habitat—A single female specimen bearing the locality label

‘‘Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Bolivia,” is referred here. It was probably

taken by J. Steinbach.

34. Peucestes striolatus Brunner.

Peucestes striolatus BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 365, 366 (1878); BOoLivar,
Viaje al Pacifico, Ins., p. 58 (1884); SAUSSURE & PictTetT, Biol. Cent.-Amer.,
Orth., I, pp. 370, 372 (1898).

Habitat.—There are in the collection two specimens of this inter-
esting katydid from eastern Bolivia.

Genus PosiIpippus Stal.

Posidippus STAL, Recens. Orth., II, p. 20 (1874); BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt.,
Pp. 32, 36 (1878); Ib., Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 19, 183 (1891); KirBy, Syn.
Cat. Orth., II, p. 453 (1906).

Frontinus STAL, Recens. Orth., II, p. 20 (1874).

The insects which comprise the genus Posidippus Stal are all rather
large and showy. They are tropical American and with a single
exception are confined to South America. Including the species
described herewith, there are an even dozen known to science.

35. Posidippus flavolineatus sp. nov.
Related to P. stali and P. lineatus and in size about midway between
them. The costa, humeral angle, and posterior margin of the tegmina
are flavous.

Front rounded, the fastigium of the front bituberculate, the margins

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. SH LY

of these tubercles crenulate, touching the fastigium of the vertex,
which also terminates in two smaller tubercles, sulcate. Pronotum
widely, shallowly, and roundly emarginate in front, without a median
denticle; carine multidentate, somewhat arcuate. Anterior femora
below on the front margin three-spined, middle four-spined, the
hind pair ten- to twelve-spined externally, eight-spined internally;
intermediate tibize above externally four-spined, behind or internally
five-spined.

Length of body, o&, 38 mm., 2, 40 mm.; of pronotum, ©’, 9.75
mm., 2, 10.5 mm.; width of pronotum, o, 8 mm., @2, 8.85 mm.;
length of tegmina, o&', 59 mm., 2, 67 mm.; width of tegmina, o’, 19
mm., 2, 21 mm.; length of hind femora, o7, 31 mm., 9, 35 mm.; of
ovipositor, 5.5 mm.

Habitat.—There is a large series of this insect in the collection.
They come from Chapada and Corumba, Brazil, where they were
taken during June, July, and August by H. H. Smith. The types
belong to the Carnegie Museum.

36. Posidippus fastigiosus Brunner.

Posidippus fastigiosus BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 368, 370 (1878); Jb.,
Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., p. 184 (1891); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 459
(1906).

Habitat.—A single male coming from the Province del Sara, Bolivia,
belongs here. It was taken by J. Steinbach.

Genus STEIRODONOPSIS Scudder.
Steirodonopsis SCUDDER, Proc. Best. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 259 (1875); KirBy,
Syn. Cat. Orth. Brit. Mus., II, p. 458 (1906).
The present genus was established for an insect coming from the
Peruvian Marafion. A second species is now added, based also on a
single male specimen from Bolivia.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF STEIRODONOPSIS.

A. Size larger (male, with tegmina 46 mm. long). Occiput and pronotum with

a median longitudinal pink or reddish line............. bilobata Scudder.
AA. Size smaller (male, with the tegmina 40 mm. long). Occiput and pronotum
without a differently colored median longitudinal line... . .scudderi sp. nov.

37. Steirodonopsis scudderi sp. nov.

In many respects like S. bilobata, but decidedly smaller.
Head short and rather broad, the occiput smooth and bulging

318 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

fastigium of the vertex rather prominent, but short, depressed, sulcate,
tapering anteriorly, the two sides terminating in rounded tubercles,
touching the two much larger, widely rounded, and elevated tubercles
of the fastigium of the front; eyes large, globular, widely separated.
Pronotum flat above, or even a little concave, its lateral carine promi-
nent, crenulate; anterior margin roundly emarginate, behind rounded;
lateral lobes about as long as high. Tegmina coriaceous, smooth.
Hind femora compressed, not robust, hind and intermediate tibie
compressed and rather strongly dilated basally. Anterior tibize
with the auditory opening on the front side sub-linear, behind wide
open. Subgenital plate rather small and tapering, tricarinate, the
middle keel sharp, the lateral ones heavy and blunt, apex truncate,
the styles short, conical; cerci heavy at their base, evenly tapering,
bowed upwards, the apex terminating in a piceous tooth, or hook.

General color yellowish green, the lower side and limbs paler.
Tubercles of the front and upper margin of the lateral lobes of the
pronotum, base of anterior and middle tibia and tips of their femora
lavender-tinted, two basal antennal joints and eyes ferruginous;
pronotal carine, shoulders, basal portion of costal border, and pos-
terior radial vein of tegmina testaceous. ‘There are also scattered
over the tegmina a number of small, inconspicuous, raised papilla, ’
which are likewise testaceous.

Length of body, o, 24 mm., of pronotum, 6.5 mm., width, 5.5 mm.,
length of tegmina, 40 mm., width, 12 mm., length of hind femora,
18 mm.

Habitat—The only specimen available, the type, comes from the
Province del Sara, Bolivia, where it was taken by J. Steinbach during
December at an elevation above sea-level of 350 meters. It is the

property of the Carnegie Museum.

Genus ANAULACOMERA Stal.

Anaulacomera STAL, Vet.-Akad. Férh. XXX, (4) pp. 41, 43 (1873); 7b., Recens.
Orth., II, pp. 16, 35 (1874); BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 27, 277 (1878);
Ib., Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 20, 140 (1891); Sauss. & Pict., Biol. Cent.-
Amer., Orth. I, p. 340 (1897). ’

Cicella KirBy, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. XX, p. 535 (1890).

The present genus without doubt is the most extensive of the family
Phaneropteride. Most of its representatives are tropical South
American and seem to be well represented in the present collections.
Only a portion of the specimens at hand have been studied with the

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 319

following result: 7. e., ten of the described forms have been deter-
mined provisionally, and three others have been set aside as possibly
representing new species.

38. Anaulacomera brevicauda Brunner?
Anaulacomera brevicauda BRUNNER, Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 140, 144 (1891);
Kirsy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 466 (1906).
Habitat.—A large series of an insect which appears to be this species

is at hand. Both sexes are represented. They were taken at Cha-
pada, Brazil. -(H. H. Smith).

39. Anaulacomera intermedia Brunner.

Anaulacomera intermedia BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 278, 283 (1878); Ib.»
Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., p. 140 (1891); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 466
(1906).

Habitat—A male Anaulacomera coming from Rio de Janeiro,

Brazil, is referred to Brunner’s intermedia. It was also taken by

fH. Smith:
40. Anaulacomera nodulosa Stal.

Anaulacomera nodulosa STAL, Vet.-Akad, Férh. XXX (4) p. 43 (1873); Jb., Recens.
Orth. II, p. 35 (1874); BRUNNER, Mon. Phanerept., pp. 279, 291 (1878); Jb.,
Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., p. 141 (1891).

Habitat—A female specimen which agrees with Stal’s nodulosa is
among the material collected by H. H. Smith at Chapada.

41. Anaulacomera unicolor Brunner?

Anaulacomera unicoloy BRUNNER, Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 142, 147 (1891);
KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 467 (1906).

Habitat—Among the material taken at Benevides, Brazil, is a
female specimen which is doubtfully referred to Brunner’s wnicolor.
It was taken by H. H. Smith.

42. Anaulacomera chelata Brunner.

Anaulacomera chelata BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 280, 293 (1878); Ib., Addit.
Mon. Phaneropt., p. 143 (1891); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 467 (1906).

Habitat.—Both sexes of the present species are before me. They
were collected at Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, by H. H. Smith.

43. Anaulacomera cornucervi Brunner.

Anaulacomera cornucervi BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 279, 290 (1878); Ib.
Addit. Mon. Phaneropt, p. 143 (1891); K1rBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 468 (1906)

320 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Habitat.—A couple of specimens, male and female, from Santa
Cruz de la Sierra, Bolivia, are referred here. They were taken by
J. Steinbach.
44. Anaulacomera dama Rehn.

Anaulacomera dama REN, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1913, p. 369, figs. 31, 32.

Habitat.—A female specimen coming from the “‘ Province del Sara,
Bolivia,’ is referred to Rehn’s A. dama. It was taken by J. Steinbach
during the month of October, 1913, at an elevation of 350 meters above
sea-level.

45. Anaulacomera inversa Brunner.

Anaulacomera inversa BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 278, 284 (1878); Ib., Addit.

Mon. Phaneropt., p 143 (1891).

Habitat—There is a male specimen of the genus Anaulacomera at
hand which seems to be A. znversa Brunner. It was taken by H. H.
Smith at either Chapada, or Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

46. Anaulacomera biramosa Brunner?
Anaulacomera biramosa BRUNNER, Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 143, 148 (1891);
KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 468 (1906).
Habitat—A male specimen of still another species of the genus
Anaulacomera is referred doubtfully to biramosa Brunner. It comes
from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, where it was collected by H. H. Smith.

47. Anaulacomera sulcata Brunner?

Anaulacomera sulcata BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 279, 289 (1878); Ib., Addit.
Mon. Phaneropt., p. 143 (1891).

Habitat——Male and female specimens of an Anaulacomera from Rio
de Janeiro, Brazil, seem to fit the description of su/cata Brunner, better
than any other of the tabulated species. (H. H. Smith, collector.)

Genus GRAMMADERA Brunner.

The genus Grammadera is composed of medium-sized insects, all of
which are confined to tropical and sub-tropical South America, where
they are distributed from the Guianas and Ecuador to Buenos Aires,
Argentina. Their center of abundance, however, seems to be southern
Brazil. Altogether ten species have been recognized. Three of these
are herewith described as new.

48. Grammadera albida Brunner?

Grammadera albida BRUNNER, Mon. der Phaneropt., p. 298 (1878); REHN, Proc.
Acad. Nat.-Sci. Phila., 1907, p. 377.

Specimens which I am inclined to regard as Brunner’s species

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 321

albida, though doubtfully, bear the labels ‘‘Chapada, Brazil,’ (H.
H. Smith) and ‘‘Province del Sara, 350 meters, Bolivia’’ (J. Stein-
bach). The species has been recorded heretofore from Misiones,
Argentina, and Sapucay, Paraguay, by Rehn, and simply “ Brazil”’
by Brunner.

49. Grammadera chapadensis sp. nov.

Somewhat closely related to a/bida Brunner and rostrata Rehn,
but a little larger than both of them. The chief characteristics seem
to be in the structure of the supra-anal plate, which in this species
has the vertical compressed apical portion very large, smooth, and
formed like the blade of a broad hatchet, which when viewed laterally
gives the impression of a short ovipositor instead of a male appendage.
The male cerci are much as described for this sex of albida, as is also
the subgenital plate. The venation is similar to that of rostrata as
figured by Rehn (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1907, p. 378), while
the ovipositor is slightly more faleate and somewhat tapering instead
of noticeably broadened at the apical third.

The general color of this insect is pale grass-green with a moderately
large, circular, sub-basal, dark brown maculation on the external
area of the stridulating field of each elytron of the male, and a narrow,
more or less strongly infuscated edge, on the dorsal margin in both
SeXes.

Length of body, o& and @, 20 mm.; of pronotum, o’, 4.1 mm.,
2, 4.5 mm.; of tegmina, o’, 31 mm.; 9, 33 mm., width of tegmina
o and 9, 7 mm.; length of hind femora, o’, 18 mm., 9, 19.5 mm.

Habitat—A number of specimens are at hand from Chapada, near
Cuyaba, Matto-Grosso, Brazil. Types are in the Carnegie Museum.
There are no variations in the form of the apical portion of the supra-
anal plate in the ten or a dozen males examined, nor in the ovipositors
of the seven females at hand.

50. Grammadera clara Brunner?
Grammadera clara BRUNNER, Mon. der Phaneropt., p. 298 (1878).
A male specimen of the genus Grammadera coming from Corumba,

Brazil, is referred here with some doubt. It was taken by H. H.

Smith.
51. Grammadera janeirensis sp. nov.

Related to both pellucida Giglio-Tos and forcipata, so far as the
structure of the male genitalia are concerned, but having the elongate

BPs ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

fastigium of the vertex of hastata Brunner. Like both pellucida and
forcipata this insect has the sulcate pronotum.

Moderately robust, body compressed; head small, depressed, the
fastigium of the vertex prominent, projecting beyond the front, its
sides parallel, in the male plane, in the female broadly and shallowly
sulcate. Pronotum smooth, the disc ridged in center anteriorly,
becoming flat posteriorly, where it is depressed, so that when viewed
laterally it appears somewhat arcuate, the middle provided with a
longitudinal depressed line. Tegmina coriaceous, the veining a little
irregular, the hind margins evenly rounded. Anterior and middle
femora four-spined below; hind femora three-spined on exterior margin.
Supra-anal plate of male triangular, rather plain, cerci as in forcipata.
subgenital plate moderately long, tapering, tectate, and carinated
below, the apical third slender, deeply fissured, the parts finger-like,
Ovipositor somewhat sickle-shaped, widest beyond its middle, acumi-
nate, its lower margin somewhat crenulate on apical half; subgenital
plate tapering rather deeply, and angulately emarginate.

General color chrome-green. Front whitish, pronotum, legs, and
lower side somewhat testaceous. Stridulating area of male tegmina
embrowned basally and centrally.

Length of body, o&, 16 mm., 9, 19 mm.; of pronotum, o& and 9,
5 mm.; of tegmina, o’, 25 mm., 2, 28 mm.; width of tegmina, o’,
6.5 mm., 9, 7.25 mm.; length of hind femora, o7, 14.5 mm., 9, 15.5
mm.; of ovipositor, 2, 9.5 mm.

Habitat—The types and only specimens at hand are labeled ‘ Rio
de Janeiro, Oct.’’ and were taken by H. H. Smith. They are the
property of the Carnegie Museum.

52. Grammadera steinbachi sp. nov.

A third apparently new form is before me. It belongs to the same
section of the genus and is quite closely related to the preceding as
well as to albida and possibly also to rostrata. It, like chapadensis,
has quite a distinct structure of the vertical apical portion of the
supra-anal plate. In the present form it is scarcely a hatchet-blade,
but is rounded from above, has the lower side deeply and widely
emarginate, followed by a long slender tooth which is directed down-
wards. On the upper side and just at the base of the vertical portion
is located a prominent tooth with its apex directed anteriorly. Cerci
and subgenital plate very similar to that of albida. Ovipositor as

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. ole

figured for rostrata Rehn. General color much as in chapadensis,
but a little paler.

Length of body, o’, 21 mm., 2, 22 mm.; of pronotum, o’, 3.85
mm., 2, 4.15 mm.; of tegmina. o’, 29 mm., 2, 31 mm.; width of
tegmina, o&', 9, 6.5 mm.; length of hind femora, o, 18.5 mm., 9,
19.5 mm., of ovipositor, 9, 13.5 mm.

Habitat—The types male and female, come from Puerto Suarez,
Bolivia, where they were taken by J. Steinbach during the months
of November to January. They are in the Carnegie Museum.

Other individuals are also at hand from the same locality. The
male genitalia are the same in all the specimens, as is likewise the
ovipositor in the various females at hand.

Genus TOMEOPHORA Brunner.
Tomeophora BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 28, 299 (1878).

This genus of katydids is entirely confined to South America, where
the known species seem to be more or less restricted in their distri-
bution. Judging from their peculiar tegminal venation I surmise
that they are either found among bamboos, or infest grass rather than
arboreal and herbaceous vegetation. Three species have previously
been described, while two are now characterized. Possibly still
others remain undiscovered. The subjoined table will materially
assist in separating the forms:

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF TOMEOPHORA.

A. Fastigium cf the vertex laminately compressed, greatly surpassing the first

ANEMIA S| OLN erin teateey Ose Litem ele nae Sioleteite gladiatrix Brunner.
AA. Fastigium of the vertex not greatly surpassing the first antennal joint, usually
obtuse.

b. Tegmina with their median width about twice the length of the pronotum.

c. Tegmina with their posterior margin distinctly rounded. Fastigium

of the vertex equal to the first antennal joint in length, sulcate.

[Rental strstmee eee ee eG nee pines pungiunculata Brunner.

cc. Tegmina with their hind margin straight. Fastigium one-half the
length of the first antennal joint, scarcely sulcate. [Bolivia].

brevirostris sp. nov.

bb. Tegmina with their median width less than twice the length of the prono-

tum.

c. Posterior margin of the pronotal disc angulate, the hind margin of

the tegmina rounded. (Veins of the tegmina prominent, parallel).

ovatipennis sp. nev.

cc. Posterior margin of pronotal disc rounded, the hind margin of tegmina

straight. Veins of the tegmina not prominent. ..modesta Brunner.

324 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

53. Tomeophora brevirostris sp. nov.

Male.—This insect can best be compared with T. pungiunculata
of Brunner from Peru, to which species it is most nearly related.
In the accompanying synoptical table the former species is described
as having the fastigium of the vertex sulcate and equal in length to
the first antennal joint. The present species has the fastigium much
shorter and scarcely suleate. The former also has the posterior
edge of the tegmina plainly rounded, while in brevirostris they are
straight. The apex of the tegmina of the latter is also much more
broadly rounded than in that of the former. The coloration and
type of venation is somewhat similar in both.

Length of body, 18 mm., of pronotum, 4.2 mm., of tegmina, 29.5
mm., width of tegmina, 8.5 mm., length of hind femora, 16 mm.

Habitat—‘‘ Province del Sara, Bolivia, 350 m.’’ J. Steinbach,
collector, February, 1913. Only the type is at hand. It is deposited
in the Carnegie Museum of Pittsburgh.

54. Tomeophora pungiunculata Brunner.
Tomeophora pungiunculata BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., p. 300 (1878).
Tomeophora punguiculata BRUNNER, Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., p. 152 (1891).
A female from Chapada, Brazil, is placed here. It was taken
bye He He South:

55. Tomeophora ovatipennis sp. nov.

A medium-sized insect with rather roughened leathery tegmina,
the color of which is greenish-yellow, tinged at base and along the
anterior and posterior borders with ruddy lavender.

Fastigium of the vertex somewhat compressed, almost reaching the
apex of the first antennal joint, not in the least sulcate above. Pro-
notum with its median carina quite prominent throughout, the hind
margin of the disc rounded or subangulate; lateral lobes about as
long as high, their lower margin oblique, the lower posterior angle
rounded. Tegmina less than twice as wide at middle as the length
of the pronotum, coriaceous, opaque, the longitudinal veins heavy
and parallel, transverse veins few and also parallel apically, the apex
rather broadly rounded. Wings acuminate, the exposed portion
leathery; the stridulating vein heavy, smooth, preceded by a deep
oval pit. Supra-anal plate triangular, the last ventral segment
tapering and roundly and moderately deeply emarginate. Cerci

~

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 320

strongly hirsute, elongate, bent a trifle downwards at middle and
bowed, the apex a little enlarged.

General color yellowish green, the tegmina tinged at base and along
the anterior and posterior margins with vinaceous or ruddy lavender.

Length of body, 17 mm., of pronotum, 4.15 mm., of tegmina, 17.5
mm., width of tegmina, 6 mm., length of hind femora, 16 mm.

Habitat.—A single male, the type, was taken by J. Steinbach during
the month of October. It came from the ‘‘ Prov. del Sara, Bolivia,’’
where it occurred at an elevation above sea-level of 350 meters.
Like the former, this specimen is the property of the Carnegie Museum.

Genus PHYLLOPTERA Serville.

Phylloptera SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 142 (1831); b., Hist. Orthopt., p.
402 (1839); BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, p. 691 (1838); BRUNNER, Monog.
Phaneropt., pp. 28, 307 (1878); Ib. Addit. Monog. Phaneropt., pp. 21, 156
(1891); SAUSSURE et PicTET, Biol. Cent.-Amer., I, pp. 351 (1897).

The present genus is typically tropical American. The three dozen
or more species, which have been referred to it, vary greatly in size
and general appearance, as may be gathered from a reference to
Brunner’s Monograph of the Phaneropteride and his Additamenta
thereto. Undoubtedly many more forms exist, which remain to be
made known. In fact the present collection contains a number,
which do not appear to fit in Brunner’s last synoptical key for the
separation of the forms; but, until all of the other species described
since—a dozen or more of them—are synoptically treated, it is difficult
to place new forms definitely. Specimens of two species are at hand,
however, which on account of their marked characteristics have been
determined as probably new and deserving of description.

56. Phylloptera quinque-maculata sp. nov.

Related to maculosa of Burmeister, from which it differs in its
considerably smaller size as well as in other characters here noted.
Body, and especially the head, pleura, and legs, hirsute. Anterior
tibiz plainly sulcate above, armed on this side only with the external
apical spine, the intermediate pair likewise armed; anterior and middle
femora both spined below on their anterior margin, the hind pair
armed as in maculosa. Pronotum with the posterior third of the
disc cinereous, margined with dark purple merging into black. Elytra
broadly rounded behind, the apex roundly acuminate, the disc pro-
vided with five whitish twin maculations surrounded by purple, three

326 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

of these maculations following the ulnar vein and the other two
located on the forks of the branch of the posterior radial. The branch
of the radial is given off at about its middle and forks on its basal
third.

General color pale green, the legs, and especially the tibiz, closely
flecked with ferruginous and fuscous dots about the roots of the pale
hairs mentioned above. Under side testaceous. Ovipositor short
and very robust, strongly bent upward, the apex acuminate.

Length of body, o&', 19 mm., @, 20 mm.; of pronotum, o’, 5 mm.,
2, 5.5 mm.; of tegmina, o’, 31 mm., 2, 35 mm.; width of tegmina,
o', 10 mm., 9, 12 mm.; length of hind femora, o1; 16 mmij32) a7
mm.; of ovipositor, 5 mm.

Habitat——The male and female types, as well as quite a series of
other specimens were taken at Chapada, near Cuyaba, Matto Grosso,
Brazil, during the months of June to August. (H. H. Smith col-
lector.) The types are in the Carnegie Museum.

57. Phylloptera ovalifolia Burmeister.

Phylloptera ovalifolia BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, p. 693 (1838); BRUNNER,
Monog. Phaneropt., pp. 309, 311, pl. 6, fig. 89, a—c (1878); BOLIvaR, Viaje al
Pacif., Ins., p. 56 (1884); SAUSSURE et PICTET, Biol. Cent.-Amer., I, p. 352 (1897).

Phylloptera punctum-album SERVILLE, Ins. Orth., p. 407, no. 5 (1839).

Phylloptera viridicata SERVILLE, l. c. no. 6 (1839).

Habitat—A number of this rather generally distributed and some-
what variable species are at hand. They come from Rio de Janeiro

(He EeSmatin):

58. Phylloptera roseo-inflata Brunner?
Phylloptera roseo-inflata BRUNNER, Addit. Monog. Phaneropt., pp. 157, 16 (1891).

Habitat.—Several specimens of what I doubtfully refer to Brunner’s
P. roseo-inflata are found among the material collected by H. H. Smith
at Chapada, near Cuyaba, Matto Grosso, Brazil. Both sexes are
represented.

59. Phylloptera famula Brunner.
Phylloptera famula BRUNNER, Monog. Phaneropt., pp. 309, 313 (1878); Jb., Addit.

Moncg. Phaneropt., p. 158 (1891).

Habitat——Several specimens of both sexes of a small species of the
genus coming from Corumba, Brazil, are referred here with doubt.
They were collected by H. H. Smith. Other specimens are also at
hand coming from Bolivian localities. These latter were taken by
J. Steinbach.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA, oat

60. Phylloptera linea-purpurea sp. nov.

Related to P. picta Brunner, but much smaller and of different color,
Rather below the meditim in size, somewhat robust, and with sub-
corneous shining tegmina.

Front smooth and rounded, nearly perpendicular, the sides a little
compressed, roughened; vertex acuminate, sulcate. Pronotum with
the disc flat, roundly emarginate in front, rounded behind, in the
middle provided with a depressed longitudinal line; lateral carine
flavous, blunt, but continuous to the front border; lateral lobes
perpendicular, higher than long. Elytra sub-corneous, rather closely
punctulate, shining, the veins of the costal area very obscure, widest
before the middle. Anterior femora below two-spined in front,
intermediate three-spined and the posterior many-spined externally
‘and three-spined internally. Mesosternal lobes acuminate, the meta-
sternal lobes rounded behind.

General color of pronotum, tegmina, and body above greenish
testaceous. Lateral carine of pronotum flavous in continuation of
the humeral angle and dorsal margin of the tegmina, on the disc of
pronotum bordered internally with a vinaceous line, which continues
anteriorly along the sides of the occiput to the hind margin of the
eyes. Tegmina punctulate, marmorate and maculate with ferrugi-
nous, purple, and brown. ' Of the larger maculations there are six,
three located along the ulnar vein, one on the upper fork of the radial
branch, and two on the lower fork.

Length of body, o, 21 mm., of pronotum, 4.75 mm., of tegmina,
28 mm., width of tegmina, 8.5 mm., length of hind femora, 15 mm.

Habitat.—The single specimen now before me comes from the
“Province del Sara, Bolivia,’’ where it was taken at an elevation of
450 meters above sea-level. (J. Steinbach, collector.) The type
belongs to the insect collections of the Carnegie Museum.

61. Phylloptera spinulosa Brunner?
Phylloptera spinulosa BRUNNER, Monog. Phaneropt., pp. 309, 314 (1878); Jb..

Addit. Monog. Phaneropt., p. 159 (1891).

Habitat—There are specimens at hand from both Chapada and
Corumba, Brazil, which appear in some regards to be this species
according to the synoptical table given in Brunner’s Additamenta.
They were taken by H. H. Smith, but the reference is only made by
me provisionally.

328 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Genus HYPERPHRONA Brunner.

Hyper phrona BRUNNER, Monog. Phaneropt., p. 315 (1878); Ib., Addit. Monog.

Phaneropt., p. 165 (1801).

This is one of the commoner genera of American katydids, but its
representatives seem to be confined to the tropical portions of South
America. A dozen or more species are already known. Another is
now added. The various representatives can be separated by the
table of Brunner’s as printed in the later of the two publications re-
ferred to above.

62. Hyperphrona abdominalis sp. nov.

A rather large insect related to Brunner’s striolata, from which it
differs very notably in having the abdomen of both the male and
female very strongly tinted with bright carmine above, and along
the hind margins of all the segments, even well down their sides,
in the longer hind femora and tegmina of the male; and in having the
antenne ferruginous and annulated with fuscous throughout, instead
of being entirely fuscous. The terminal segments of the abdomen
of the male, together with the cerci are similar to those described for
this sex of striolata. General color yellowish green, the head, pro-
notum, legs, and under side paler, almost dull white; antenne with
the two basal joints whitish and twice longitudinally streaked, and
the apex half-way margined with deep black; several of the following
joints, all of which are ferruginous, also longitudinally streaked with
black below. Eyes pale castaneous. Anterior and median tibize
more or less tinged with ferruginous, the hind pair also to a limited
degree likewise tinted apically. Tegmina with three dark blotches
along the ulnar vein where its principal branches are given off, the
dorsal margin and also the cells along some of the veins more or less
infuscated. Abdomen as described above, the last segment of the
male dorsally having the lateral acuminate lobes colored to their
tips. Ovipositor with the apex and corrugations or tooth-like rough-
enings piceous.

Length of body, o’, 27 mm., 9, 29 mm.; of pronotum, o and Q@,
6 mm.; of tegmina o’, 42 mm., 2, 45 mm.; greatest width of same
co and 2, 18 mm.; length of hind femora, o, 24 mm., 9, 25 mm.;
of ovipositor, 10 mm.

Habitat—The female type comes from Las Juntas, Department of
Santa Cruz, Bolivia, at an elevation of 250 meters above sea-level.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 329

Another pair are labeled ‘‘ Province del Sara, Bolivia,’’ from an ele-_

vation of 350 meters. The former were collected in December, while
the latter were taken in November. All of these specimens were
collected by J. Steinbach. The types, o’ and 9, are among the
collections of the Carnegie Museum.

The female specimen taken in the Province del Sara has the tegmina
2 mm. narrower and 4 mm. shorter than those of the type.

63. Hyperphrona cerulescens Brunner?
Hyperphrona cerulescens BRUNNER, Addit. Monog. Phaneropt., p. 166 (1891).

Habitat.—A single female specimen belonging to the genus Hyper-
phrona, bearing the locality label ‘‘Corumba, Brazil (high land),’’ is
referred with doubt to H. cerulescens Brunner. It was taken during
April by H. H. Smith.

Genus ToprpaANa Walker.

Topana WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., II, p. 364 (1869); Kirsy, Syn. Cat. Orth.,
II, p. 478 (1906).

Plagioptera STAL, (Efv. Vet.-Akad. Férh. XXX (4), p. 41 (1873); Ib., Recens. Orth.,
II, p. 16 (1874); BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 29, 321 (1878); Ib., Addit.
Mon. Phaneropt., p. 22 (1891).

The present genus contains small, slender-limbed insects, which
undoubtedly live somewhat obscure lives, either upon the ground
among scattered small vegetation, or upon the trunks of trees among
vines and other entangling plants. All of the species are more or less
vari-colored, marked by blotches or splashes of ferruginous, giving
to them the appearance of dead or dying leaves. The genus is based
on the species placed by Brunner in his section 1.1. of the table for
separating them (see Mon. Phaneropt. p. 322). All of these insects
seem to be confined to South America. Five species have been
described, three of them by Walker, and one each by Stal and Brunner.
A sixth appears to be represented in the material at hand.

64. Topana media Walker?
Topana media WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., II, p. 365 (1869); KirBy, Syn.
Cat. Orth, II, p. 478 (1906).
Habitat.—A male specimen of Topana has been referred with some
doubt to Walker’s T. media. It comes from the “ Province del Sara,

”

Bolivia,’’ where it was taken during February at an elevation of 350

meters above the sea-level (J. Steinbach).

330 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

65. Topana postica Walker.
Topana postica WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., II, p. 365 (1869); KirBy, Syn.
Cat. Orth., II, p. 478 (1906).
Habitat.—A single female, bearing the locality label ‘‘ Puerto Suarez,
Bolivia,’ is at hand.

66. Topana rubiginosa sp. nov.

About the size of cincticornis Stal, but somewhat more robust.
Hind margin of elytra for about two-thirds of their length straight.
Fastigium of the vertex open behind, but scarcely tuberculate. Pro-
notum with the disc flat and entirely margined with a raised carina,
which on the sides is bisinuate, so as to leave a rather prominent
outwardly directed tooth. Legs much as in cincticornis, but with only
two large compressed spines, instead of four to five smaller slender
ones on the front and intermediate femora.

Head rust-red, the fastigium of front and of vertex ivory-white,
basal antennal joints testaceous, beyond at rather distant intervals
widely banded with fuscous, as in cincticornis. Pronotum on the
lateral lobes, pleura, and abdomen ferruginous; the disc dirty yellow,
very narrowly bordered in front and at sides with purple, becoming
black on hind margin inside of the bounding carina, the latter old-
ivory-white. Tegmina yellowish green, with the stridulating field
and dorsal margin, the base of costal field, and a large patch
on middle of hind border, solid ferruginous; the remainder of costal
and ulnar borders irregularly blotched with patches of the same
color. Basal third of hind femora and apex of all the femora and bases
of the tibiae dark ferruginous.

Length of body, &%, 11 mm., of pronotum, 3 mm., of tegmina, 21
mm., width of tegmina, 7.15 mm., length of hind femora, 12.25 mm.

Habitat—Chapada, Brazil, in April (H. H. Smith). The insect is
accompanied by a red label bearing the number 2157. The type is
unique. It is deposited in the Carnegie Museum.

67. Topana cincticornis Stal.

Plagioptera cincticornis StAL, CEfv. Vet.-Akad. Férh. XXX (4), p. 43 (1873);
BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., 322, 323 (1878).
Topana cincticornis KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 478 (1906).
Habitat——There are a number of specimens of both sexes of this
insect at hand, which also come from Chapada, Brazil (H. H. Smith).

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. ll

Some of these vary considerably, both in color and size, from the
typical form as described by Stal. At present, however, they are
left without further study. ;

Genus PYCNOPALPA Serville.
Pycnopalpa SERVILLE, Ins. Orth., p. 408 (1839).
Soria WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., II, p. 363 (1869).
This is a closely related tropical American genus represented by

two species.
68. Pycnopalpa bicordata Serville.

For synonymy see KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 477 (1906).
Habitat—There are specimens of both sexes of this insect at hand.

They come from Rio de Janeiro, where they were taken by H. H.

Smith.
Genus DIPLOPHYLLUS Saussure.

Diplophyllus SAUSSURE, Rev. et Mag. Zodl. (2), p. 202 (1859).

Turpilia STAL, Recens. Orth., II, p. 16 (1874); BRUNNER, Monog. Phaneropt., pp.
29, 324 (1878); Ib., Addit. Monog. Phaneropt., pp. 22, 176 (1891); SAUSSURE et
PictetT, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orthop., I, p. 353 (1898); KirsBy, Syn. Cat. Orthopt.,
II, p. 478 (1906).

The representatives of the present genus are for the most part found
in the tropical portions of the Americas. Already at least fifteen
species have been recognized. What appears to be an additional
species is now at hand.

69. Diplophyllus insularis sp. nov.

Related to opacus Brunner and punctatus Stal, from both of which
it differs in several respects.

Eyes globose, quite prominent; fastigium of the vertex subacumi-
nate, profoundly sulcate. Pronotum subopaque, rather closely and
coarsely punctulate, the disc flat, gently narrowed anteriorly, the sides
distinctly carinated, but the carine becoming less marked from behind
forward, the front margin straight, behind subangulately rounded;
lateral lobes much higher than long, the anterior margin roundly
emarginate. Tegmina subopaque, the hind margin nearly straight,
moderately broad. Anterior and middle femora spined beneath on
the front margin, the hind pair spined on both margins. Metasternal
lobes rather lengthily produced behind, their outer margin straight,
the inner margin rounded; mesosternal lobes triangular, acuminate.
Hind femora rather short. Ovipositor short, strongly bent upwards,
the apex subacuminate, the apical half crenulate on both margins.

332 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

General color grass-green, eyes castaneous; face testaceous; apex
of ovipositor more or less piceous.

Length of body, 2, 23.5 mm., of pronotum, 5.65 mm., of tegmina,
35 mm., width of tegmina, 10 mm., length of hind femora, 18 mm.,
of ovipositor, 5.5 mm.

Habitat-—The type and only specimen examined is contained in a
collection made at Nueva Gerona, Isle of Pines, West Indies. It was
taken during the month of June, and is in the Carnegie Museum,
belonging to Acc. No. 4656.

Genus OROPHUS Saussure.

Orophus SAUSSURE, Rev. et Mag. Zool. (2), XI, p. 204 (1859); WALKER, Cat.
Derm. Salt. Brit. Mus., II, p. 381 (1869); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 480
(1906).

Microcentrum SCUDDER (in part), Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., VII, p. 446 (1862);
StTAL, Recens. Orth., II, p. 18 (1874); BRUNNER, Monog. Phaneropt., pp. 29,
333 (1878); Ib., Addit. Monog. Phaneropt., pp. 22, 179 (1891).

The genus Orophus contains more than two dozen recognized
species, all of which belong to the tropical regions of America. At
least two or three of the species, however, also occur in the temperate
regions of North America nearly or quite to the northern border of
the United States.

70. Orophus angustatus (Brunner).

Microcentrum angustatum BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 334, 335 (1878); Ib.
Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., p. 179 (1891); SAUSSURE & PicTET, Biol. Cent.-Amer.,
Orth., I, pp. 357, 358 (1808).

Orophus angustatus KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 480 (1906).

Habitat.—There are specimens of this species at hand, which were
taken at Bogota, Colombia, and Bahia, Brazil (H. H. Smith), and
others coming from the Province del Sara, Bolivia (J. Steinbach).
The latter were collected during the months of February, November,
and December at a locality with an elevation of 350 meters above sea-
level. :

71. Orophus lanceolatus (Burmeister).

Phylloptera lanceolata BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent. II, p. 692 (1838).

Microcentrum lanceolatum BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 334, 335, Pl. 7, fig. 97,
a, b (1878); Ib., Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., p. 179 (1891).

Orophus lanceolatus KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 480 (1906).

For further synonymy see KIRBY, l. c.

Habitat.—Rio dos Velhos, Minas Geraes, Brazil, and Rio de Janeiro,
Brazil. A pair, o' and 9, were taken at the last named locality by
Dr. W. J. Holland.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 333

72. Orophus marginatus (Brunner).

Microcentrum marginatum BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 334, 336 (1878); Jb.,
Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., p. 179 (1891); SAUSSURE & PicTET, Biol. Cent.-Amer.
Orth., I, pp. 357, 358 (1808).

Orophus marginatus KIRBY, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 481 (1906).

Habitat.—A single male specimen is at hand bearing simply the
label ‘June.’ Possibly it comes from some Brazilian locality and
may have been taken by either H. H. Smith or J. D. Haseman.

73. Orophus colosseus (Brunner)?

Microcentrum colosseum BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 335, 341 (1878); Jb.,
Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., p. 180 (1891); SAUSSURE & PIcTET, Biol. Cent.-Amer.,
Orth. I, pp. 358, 361, Pl. 17, figs. 9, 10 (1898).

Orophus colosseus KIRBY, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 481 (1906).

Habitat—A male specimen coming from Rio de Janeiro has been
temporarily placed here. It was possibly taken by H. H. Smith.

74. Orophus erosus (Brunner).

Microcentrum erosum BRUNNER, Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 180, 181 (1891);
SAUSSURE & PICTET, Biol. Cent.-Amer., I, p. 358 (1898).
Orophus erosus K1RBY, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 481 (1906).
Habitat.—A single female specimen of this species is at hand. It
comes from “Province del Sara,’’ Bolivia, and was taken by J. Stein-
bach during November, or December.

75. Orophus nigrolineatus sp. nov.

Size rather small. Related to securiferus and pallidus Brunner,
but quite distinct from both of these. Characterized by a con-
spicuous narrow black line following along the anterior radial vein of
the tegmina and a longitudinal row of six or seven small smooth yellow
papilla along the middle of the costal area.

General form of insect robust, the head as broad as the anterior
margin of the pronotum, its sides parallel, front smooth. Fastigium
roundly depressed, about twice as wide as the first antennal joint, a
very little sulcate. Pronotum short, rather closely punctulate above,
less closely so on the deflexed lobes, with the sides almost parallel;
the disc flat, rounded behind, sinuate in front; lateral lobes per-
pendicular, higher than long, obtusely joined to the disc. Tegmina
of moderate width, both forks of the branch of the posterior radial
reaching the posterior border in advance of the apex, the anterior fork

334 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

distantly united with the ulnar by a cross-vein. Ulnar and discal
areas also provided with a few scattered, raised, smooth, pale papille,
as described in connection with the costal area. Anterior and middle
femora spineless below, hind femora spined on both margins. Cerci
of male bowed, the apex not clavate but provided with a blunt hook;
subgenital plate tricarinate, the apex truncate, stylets of moderate
length and a little bent downwards.

General color grass-green, a little paler on the head, sides of body,
and below. Lateral margins of pronotum and stridulating area,
together with the middle portion of the posterior radial vein of
tegmina, testaceous.

Length of body, o, 22 mm., of pronotum, 5 mm., of tegmina, 36
mm., width of tegmina, 10.5 mm., length of hind femora, 19 mm.

Habitat.—Province del Sara, Bolivia, at an elevation of 350 meters.
Collected by J. Steinbach during December 1912. The type, a
male, is the only specimen at hand. It is in the Carnegie Museum.

Genus LOBOPHYLLUS Saussure.

Lobophyllus SAUSSURE, Rev. et Mag. Zodl. (2) XI, p. 205 (1859); BRUNNER, Mon.
Phaneropt., pp. 30, 343 (1878); Ib., Addit. Mon. Phaneropt., p. 22 (1891).
This monotypic genus of katydids is confined to Brazil. It is

represented in the present collection.

76. Lobophyllus legumen (Saussure).
Phylloptera legumen SAUSSURE, Rev. et Mag. Zodl. (2) XI, p. 205 (1859).
Lobophyllum legumen BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., p. 343, pl. 7, fig. 98 a, b (1878);
SAUSSURE & PICTET, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 364, Pl. 18, figs. 12-15
(1898).
Habitat.—A single female specimen taken by H. H. Smith at
Chapada, Brazil, is referred here.

Genus SYNTECHNA Brunner.

Syntechna BRUNNER, Mon. Phaneropt., pp. 30, 347 (1878); Ib., Addit. Mon.
Phaneropt., p. 23 (1891); SAUSSURE & PicTET, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p.
366 (1808).

77. Syntechna divisa (Walker).

Microcentrum divisum WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., II, p. 373 (1869).

Syntechna divisa KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 485 (1906).

[abitat.—There are two female specimens of this insect at hand
from the island of Jamaica, West Indies. They form a part of the

Holland collection, Accession No. 2306, in the Carnegie Museum.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 335

Genus PHILOPHYLLIA Stal.
Philophyllia STA, Recens. Orth., 2, p. 18 (1874); BRUNNER, Monog. Phaneropt.,
P- 349 (1878).
The representatives of this small genus are confined, so far as
known, to southern Mexico and Central and South America. Three
species have been described. Only one of these is at hand.

78. Philophyllia venosa Brunner.
Philophyllia venosa BRUNNER, Monog. Phaneropt., p. 351 (1878).

The material collected by H. H. Smith at Rio de Janeiro contains a
pair of this species. The male agrees with Brunner’s description in
every respect so far as given. The hind femora are 22 mm. in length.
The female has the following dimensions: Length of body, 23 mm., of
pronotum, 5.15 mm., of tegmina, 38 mm., width, to mm., length of
hind femora, 24 mm., of ovipositor 5 mm. At first I was inclined to
place the female in the genus Orophus on account of the structure of
the ovipositor, which does not agree with the description of that
organ for the genus (see generic synopsis section dd under **). Instead
of being acuminate, the lower valve is rounded and crenulate at the
apex as in Orophus. The prominent veins, pointed tegmina, and
the row of raised tubercles on their costal margin, however, are
identical with those of the male. The female specimen is not in
color and probably has faded from immersion in spirits.

Family MECOPODID~.

Only three genera of the present family of the Tettigonoidea have
been recorded from South American territory. None appear to be
among the material now being reported upon. Their representatives
are all entirely apterous, and can be separated as follows:

SYNOPSIS OF S. A. GENERA OF MECOPODID.

A. Legs very long and slender, the hind femora more than twice the length of
the body, at base but little enlarged......... Rhammatopoda Redtenbacher.
AA. Legs less elongate, the hind femora less than twice the length of the body, at
the base rather robust.

b. Meso- and metasternum two-spined on each side of middle.
Tabaria Walker.

bb. Meso- and metasternum one-spined on each side of middle.
Encentra Redtenbacher.

336 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Family PSEUDOPHYLLIDZ.

This family is very extensive, if we consider it as represented in both
the Orient and Occident, together with the various islands of the
seas. Naturally the group is tropical, although quite a number of
the species of certain genera are found also in the warmer parts of
the temperate regions. Most of the species are inconspicuously
colored, 7. e., they are generally various shades of browns and grays,
mottled and marbled with black, in such a manner as to be protected.
They generally live among dead and fallen leaves lying on the floor of
the forest, or among thorny herbs, shrubs, bushes, and on tree-
trunks in the crevices of and under loose bark, where they lurk during
the day-time and move about after nightfall. The representatives
of a few of the genera, however, are green and entirely arboreal,
and live among the foliage, which they imitate in general appearance.
Our true ‘“‘katy-dids’’ are examples of these green forms.

The various genera are separated by such characters as form of
pronotum, of meso- and metasternum, spine characters, form of ovi-
positor, antennal structure and length, on the presence or absence of
tegmina and wings, etc. The species, on the other hand, are recog-
nized more by color and comparative size of the various parts of the
body and attachments instead of the characters employed for generic
separation. Unless these insects are especially searched for, they are
liable to be overlooked. Hence the comparatively small series of
the different species, which generally are found in collections. The
various genera of the Pseudophyllide belonging to tropical America,
North and South, may be differentiated as follows:

SYNOPSIS OF THE TROPICAL AMERICAN GENERA OF PSEUDOPHYLLID&.

A. Foveola of the metasternum distant or joined by a transverse sulcus.
b. Metasternum widely transverse, the foveole farther apart than from the
lateral border, always joined by a straight sulcus.

c. All the femora unarmed below. Anterior tibiz provided with wide open
foramina. (Legs slender. Tegmina strongly abbreviated, or, when
they are perfectly developed, acuminate. Wings missing.)

d. Pronotum flat. Femora smooth. Intermediate tibize unarmed
ADOVE SF in csie. bes Slee taweud wegeeodtenchoewthane teicnate A phractus Redtenbacher.

dd. Pronotum saddle-shaped. All the femora below ciliate. Inter-
mediate tibie spined @AbOVEs sa. mack ele nt eer Polycleptis Karsch.

cc. Allthe femora spined below. Anterior tibiae with the foramina shell-like.
d. Anterior femora above acute-angled or rounded, never compressed.
Intermediate tibia somewhat compressed, often spined above on

both margins.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 307

e. Anterior tibiz flattened above, acute-angled.

f. Pronotum with the posterior margin elevated into callosities,
obtusely triangulately emarginate.

g. Disc of the pronotum unequal, but not tuberculate,
Tegmina broader, the median vein crooked, elongate,
the left speculum of the male obscure. Ovipositor
SEGAISTIES Sete eyes: cvs PPA een ee Xerophyllopteryx Rehn.

gg. Disc of the pronotum tuberculate or spinose on the sides.
h. Pronotum provided on each side of disc with a long
spine; the hind margin tuberculated at middle and

with the front margin dentate. ;
Cham pionica Sauss. & Pict.
hh. Disc of the pronotum provided on each side with an
acuminate tubercle; the hind margin not tubercu-
lated at middle, nor with the front margin dentate.
Tetragonomera Stal.
ff. Pronotum with the posterior margin rounded, narrowly
bordered. (Disc unequal, not tuberculate, the deflexed
lobes perpendicular. Median vein straight. Ovipcsitor
CULVER) on aon or poncl Er eas oN en Schochia Brunner.
ee. Anterior tibiae rounded above, very rarely flattened, in which case
both margins are spined. (Anterior margin of the pronotum

sometimes furnished with a small tubercle or spine).

f. Pronotum with its anterior margin in the middle provided
with a more or less obvious obtuse tubercle; the metazona
not dilated, the hind margin not spinose. Anterior femora
one-half longer than the pronotum.

g. Anterior femora below spined at least on the front margin.
Anterior tibiae unarmed above. Tegmina and wings
fully developed. Size larger. . Tetanopus Redtenbacher.

gg. Anterior femora below spined on both margins. The

anterior tibia armed above on both margins with strong

spines. Tegmina very much abbreviated, not passing

the first abdominal segment. . Sagephorus Redtenbacher.

ff. Pronotum armed in front with a median spine, the metazona

often dilated (except in the genus Adeclus and in Dicanthodis

granosa). Anterior femcra not cne-half longer than the
pronotum.

g. Femora unarmed above with spines.

h. Genicular lobes of the femora spined.

7. Metazcna cf the pronctum greatly dilated, pro-
duced into spines on both sides, posterior margin
many-spined. Ovipositor robust, straight.

Orpacophora Kirby,
it. Metazona of the pronotum narrower, behind trun-

338 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

cate, the hind border smooth. Ovipositor narrow,
curved:..¢ ik seacm ainektoraae aia Adeclus? Brunner.
hh. Genicular lobes of the femora obtuse.

Hemodiasma Brunner.
gg. Femora spined above. (Pronotum saddle-shaped, the
metazona cn both sides furnished with a spine. Ovi-
positor narrow, a little curved. ...Dicanthodis Walker.
dd. Anterior femora more or less compressed. Middle tibia compressed,

sometimes spined on the posterior margin or entirely unarmed.
e. Middle tibia above one- to three-spined basally, very rarely

without spines. (In Dasyscelus).
f. Tegmina much abbreviated........ Dasyscelus Redtenbacher.
ff. Tegmina fully developed.

g. Upper carina of the anterior and posterior femora terminat-
ing at the apex in an acute apical lobe. Middle tibie
above armed with three flattened spines. (Front
femora a little longer than the pronotum. Posterior
tibiae armed above on the inner margin with heavier
SPINES). saestet rote a, Sa arene ORE Anonistus Walker.

gg. Upper carina of the anterior and posterior femora apically
running out or missing. Middle tibiae armed above
with two acute spines or with one spine

h. Wings with the transverse veins narrowly pale-
bordered. Posterior tibiae hardly compressed from
the sides, armed above on the inner margin with nine
large dilated teeth = 25... sce ee oni Pleminia Stal.
hh. Wings unicolorous smoky or tessellate. Posterior
tibia somewhat compressed, armed above with ten

to twelve spines nct much larger nor dilated.
zt. Disc of the pronotum not provided with large
tubercles, or sometimes with two cbtuse ones on

each side.
j. Anterior femora below three- to four-spined.
Middle tibia above two- to four-spined.
Wings not tessellate (except in Lichenochrus
tessellatus and muticus). Metazona of the
pronotum neither angulated nor tuberculated
ALES ASI eS erred re Lichenochrus Karsch.
jj. Anterior femora below smooth cr nearly smooth.
Middle tibiae above typically sometimes armed
basally with one spine. Wings always tessel-
late. Metazona of the pronotum laterally
subangulate and on both sides provided with
large obtuse tubercles. (Genicular lobes cf
the hind femora spined). . Acanthodis Serville.
* According to Kirby (Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 314) the genus A pereisis Walker
should be placed between Adeclus and Hemodiasma.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 339

ii. Disc of the pronotum provided with acuminate

tubercles, which’are arranged in two longitudinal

SETICS sh atsts a ancesettee ten Pristes Redtenbacher.

ee. Middle tibie above unarmed or through variation one-spined (in

some species of the genus Platyphyllum two-spined). Anterior

femora somewhat compressed and a very littlecurved at their

base. (Pronotum on the hind margin not, or but weakly,
bordered. Some species provided with green tegmina).

f. Pronotum closely granoso-rugulcse, very flat, the transverse
sulci inconspicuous, the deflexed lcbes low or narrow, the
anterior angle obtuse, strongly rounded. Legs greatly
depressed, long and densely pilose. Anterior femora curved
at their base; above laminate. . . Stenoschema Redtenbacher.

ff. Pronotum smooth or cbtusely granulose, the sulci distinct, the
deflexed lobes with the anterior angle right, acute. Legs
less compressed. Anterior femora compressed and gently
curved, above acutely carinated or somewhat compressed,
above rounded.

g. Wings smoky or tessellate. Tegmina fuscous.
Leurophyllum Kirby.
gg. Wings hyaline. Tegmina often bright green or flavous.
h. Tegmina more than quadruple the length of the pro-
notum. Posterior tibie above on both margins
MMATIV-SPINEds bytes a) se. oo 26 Platyphyllum Serville.
hh. Tegmina not more than three times the length of the
pronotum. Posterior tibiae above on the outer
margin smooth or few-spined. Species confined to
idinaicat Ay cee eho, spon Jamaicana Brunner.
bb. Metasternum narrowed posteriorly, the foveole between themselves less
distant than from the lateral margin, joined together by an arcuate sulcus.
Anterior femora frequently armed with small inwardly curved genicular
spines, or with none. (Wings smoky, never with the transverse veins
margined with paler color.)

c. Genicular lobes of the hind femora armed on both sides with a spine,
or at least the lobes triangulately produced. (In Brachyauchenus
atrosignatus the external lobe is rounded.)

d. Pronotum smooth, or obtusely rugose, or granulose. Metasternal
foveole less remote one from the other than from the lateral
margin. Metazona of the pronotum a little shorter than the pro-
and mesozona united.

e. Anterior femora below four-spined, the spines concolorous.
(Antenne unicolored fuscous, or pale annulate. Genicular
lobes, except the external one on the intermediate femora,
armed with an incurved spine.........] Meroncidius Serville.

ee. Anterior femora below three-spined, all of the spines black.
(Genicular lobes of the anterior femora obtuse, sometimes the
inner lobes are provided with a very small spine).

Tricentrus Brunner.

340 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

dd. Pronotum acutely granulose or spinose.

e. Femora above not spinose. Middle tibia smooth above. Teg-
mina equaling or passing the abdomen. Pronotum equally
densely granose. (Posterior femora heavier, the base strongly
dilated) oi )sicivne cette aoe eres Brachyauchenus Brunner.

ee. Femora above lengthily spinose. Middle tibia above spined.
Tegmina not attaining the apex of the abdomen. Pronotum

furnished with dense acuminate granules.
Cheroparnops Dohrn.
cc. Genicular lobes of the posterior femora obtuse, or sometimes the internal

lobes spined.
d. Anterior femora below armed with three to four spines.
e. Tegmina and wings fully developed.
f. Posterior tibiz spined above on both margins.
g. Middle tibiz sulcate above.
h. Intermediate tibize above two-spined on the posterior
margin.

z. Anterior tibie below the auditory grooves, chiefly
in the male, more or less incrassate. Posterior
femora on both sides provided with obtuse
genicular lobes..... Gongrocnemis Redtenbacher.

iz. Anterior tibiz not incrassate. Posterior femora on
the inner side provided with spined genicular
VODES: iciendic lc Gent tarts egayehoreu ees Anchiptolis Brunner.

hh. Intermediate tibiz above three- or four-spined on the
posterior margin. (Coxe marked with black.
Spines of the femora entirely, or with the apex
black. Anal segment of male produced on both
sides into a tooth. Supra-anal lamina of male
rounded or quadrate, or callosed and involuted.
Ovipositor slender, straight)...Idiarthron Brunner.
gg. Middle tibia above rounded, smooth. (Pronotum wide,
densely granulose)........... Drepanoxiphus Brunner.
ff. Posterior tibize above entirely spineless on the outer margin.
Enthacanthodes Redtenbacher,
ee. Tegmina lobiform. Wings wanting.
f. Posterior tibiae unarmed above on the outer margin. Ovi-
positor short, straight, beyond the middle obliquely truncate.
[Colombia ands Mexico] Rae s-- a ae Liparoscelis Stal.
ff. Posterior tibiz provided above with several spines on the
outer margin. Ovipositor more or less arcuate, evenly
tapering. [Galapagos Islands].......... Nesecia Scudder.
dd. Anterior femora below without spines. (Pronotum somewhat
granoso-rugulose, the transverse sulci distinct. Tegmina not
reaching the middle of the abdomen, provided with fusccus
areoles)! s..s cia ares, Ges.v oe Sle aie ie eiete ekeeo towels eaeeaete Trichotettix Stal.
AA. Foveole of the metasternum joined in a single orbicular furrow or in a longi-
tudinal sulcus.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 341

b. Pectus or sternum moderately compressed, meso- and metasternum not
lobate, except in the genus Polyancistrus. Antenne slender, their bases
not contiguous. Tegmina narrow, lying flat when at rest.

c. Body and tegmina testaceous or olivaceo-testaceous; the latter often
long and narrow with their margins parallel, their texture leathery, the
veins prominent, the anterior ulnar vein running out near the apex of
the elytra. Middle coxe not tuberculate at the base.

d. Pronotum not produced posteriorly, without lateral carine. Basal
antennal joints obtuse at the apex, except in some species of the
genus Bliastes. (Anterior femora with their external genicular
lobes rounded.)

e. Anterior tibiz not one-half longer than the pronotum (except in
the species Nannotettix longipes), above rounded or flattened,
not sulcate, the conchs or auditory apparatus closed.

f. Mandibles abnormal, very large, at the base provided with a
long tooth. Fastigium of the vertex compressed, sulcate,
at the base not tuberculate.

g. Mandibles very large, not toothed.

Gnathocleta Hagenbach.
gg. Mandibles provided at the base with a long tooth. (Fas-
4 tigium of the front produced into an acute process.)

Dicranostomus Dohrn.
ff. Mandibles normal. Fastigium of the vertex tuberculate on
the sides.
g. Pronotum granulose.
h. Anterior femora with their genicular lobes spined
internally.
i. Tegmina and wings perfectly formed, sometimes
shorter than the abdomen.
j. Middle tibiz smooth above, without spines.
Hind tibiz above short-spined.
k. Anterior tibiae normal........ Bliastes Stal.
kk. Anterior tibie with the conchs widely open
and below the conchs lobate on the outer
MENA on Goa eceae Parabliastes Brunner.’
jj. Middle tibize above two-spined. Posterior
tibie armed above with strong erect spines.
Aimasia Brunner.
ii. Tegmina and wings greatly abbreviated.
j. Tegmina in the female fenestrate. All of the
femora spined above. . . Panoploscelis Scudder.
jj. Tegmina of the females normal. Femora above
SpA Sree nivoo eo O UOT OC Stenotettix Stal.

3 The genera Nastonotus Bolivar (Ann. Soc. Ent. France (6) x, p. 143 (1890)) and
Clisis Walker (Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., V, Suppl., p. 47 (1871) belong in this
vicinity.

342 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

hh. Anterior femora with their internal genicular lobes
obtuse.
i. Tegmina and wings completely developed.
j. Anterior tibize four-angled.
k. Auditory opening of anterior tibiz narrow.
l. Intermediate and hind femora with the
genicular lobes spined. .Cocconotus Stal.
ll. Genicular lobes of all the femora produced
IntO'a Spine’... .)c..-t Cratonotus Bolivar.
kk. Auditory opening of tibia rather wide.
Thamnobates Sauss. & Pict.
jj. Anterior tibia tumescent below the foramina,
roundediqe sr ci Condylocnemis Redtenbacher.
ii. Tegmina and wings abbreviated.
j. Clypeus smooth. Posterior tibia spined above
on both margins. .Nannotettix Redtenbacher.
jj. Clypeus bituberculate or bispined. Posterior
tibia above smooth on the outer margin, or

one-spinede ec. eee Disceratus Scudder.
gg. Pronotum smooth, shining. (All the femora with the
genicular lobes spined).......... FAlomalaspis Brunner.

ee. Anterior tibiae more than one-half longer than the pronotum,
compressed, above sulcate, the auditory foramina widely
opened. (Legs long, slender.)

f. Middle tibize rounded below, neither sulcate, nor spined.
Anterior tibia above provided with an apical spine on both
sides. (Posterior tibize armed above with an apical spine
Onubothisides) Meera sie serene cae Ischomela Stal.

ff. Middle tibiz sulcate below, often spined. Anterior tibiz
without apical spines above.

g. Pronotum smooth, neither granulose, nor rugose.

h. Middle tibize above sometimes armed on the hind
margin of the base with some spinules. Pronotum
elongate, the transverse sulci equally and profoundly
impressed. Color greenish testaceous.

Jimenezia Bolivar.
hh. Middle tibize above spined on both sides. Pronotum
short, the hind-most sulcus deeply impressed. Color
TUSCO=CESTACEOUS -nereyenaemeiclereieie clare Macrochiton Redt.

gg. Pronotum granulose or rugose.

h. Anterior margin of the pronotum tuberculate. Meta-
zona armed on each side with a spine. (Habitus of
the genus Brisilis)........ Acanthodiphrus Walker.

hh. Anterior margin of the pronotum not tuberculate,
semicylindrical, or with the sides of the metazona
angulate, not spined.
i. Metazona of the pronotum not angulated at the
sides. Wings unicolored, lightly smoked.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 343

j. Genicular lobes all, or only the external lobes
rounded. (Preradial field of the elytra with
the transverse veins regularly arranged.)

Leptotettix Stal.
jj. Genicular lobes all spined

Semileptotettix Brunner.
ii. Metazona of the pronotum at the sides angulated
or marked with a shining paler line.

j. Wings with the transverse venules broadly mar-
gined with fuscous. Genital armature of the
male abdomen normal........ Teleutias Stal.

jj. Wings colored, the disc infuscated and varied

with irregular pale maculations. Genital ar-

mature of the male abdomen abnormal, com-

jpuhyeaneyal SB Aes Bea lomoenceicea er cioice Diyllus Stal.

dd. Pronotum posteriorly produced into an acuminate process or a long
spine, the lateral carinee denticulate or smooth.

e. Pronotum flattened above. Lateral carinze present, prominent,
crenulate or dentate.

f. Tegmina lobate, wings missing. Hind margin of the pronotum

somewhat elevated and in the middle strongly spined. [Cuba.]

Polyancistroides Rehn.

ff. Tegmina and wings fully developed. Hind margin of the

pronotum not elevated, produced, acute-angled. [Hayti.]

Polyancistrus Serville.

ee. Pronotum saddle-shaped. Lateral carine wanting; the hind lobe

flattened and provided on each side with three oblique spines

and a single upright one on the middle of the hind border.

HEWCLEe Nc Vey al fetoteRBeescesore hore D Sraro aie Rev aat Conc Cn re eae Pemba Walker.

cc. Body and tegmina green. These coriaceous, the veins poorly expressed,

wider and with the margins rounded, the anterior ulnar vein running

out long before reaching the apex of the elytra. Middle coxe more
or less distinctly tuberculated on the lower margin.

d. Posterior femora somewhat incrassate, armed below on the apical
half with some spinules. Fastigium of the vertex reaching in
front of the margins of the antennal scrobes.

e. Anteradial field of the elytra irregularly veined, or the veins few
and regularly placed, the mediastin vein somewhat distinct,
produced obliquely from the base. Anterior femora com-
pressed, curved at the base.

f. Meso- and metasternal lobes more or less acutely produced.

Scopiorus Stal.

ff. Meso- and metasternal lobes not produced, at most minutely

Cent AGH y sees ebor ene oe sien es eterna vote = erore Caloxiphus Sauss. & Pict.

ee. Anteradial field of the elytra closely and regularly reticulate,

with oblique transverse veins, the median vein at its base

closely approaching the radial vein, on its basal third suddenly
deflexed. Anterior femora rounded or compressed, straight.

344 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

f. Hind lobe of the pronotum not carinated at the sides. The
genicular lobes obtuse. Male cerci forked.

g. Tegmina of male irregularly veined in the postradial field.

Anterior and middle femora four-spined.

Pterophylla Kirby.

gg. Tegmina of male regularly veined in the postradial field.
Anterior and middle femora eight-spined.

Chlorocelus Kirby.

ff. Hind lobe of the pronotum carinated at sides. Genicular lobes

acuminate; male cerci simple........ Thliboscelus Serville.

dd. Posterior femora greatly incrassate, below entirely, or nearly, armed

with heavier spines. Fastigium of the vertex not produced
beyond the anterior margin of the antennal scrobes.
e. Pronotum destitute of a longitudinal median carina.

f. Middle tibia above spined on their posterior margin. Teg-
mina opaque, the posterior margin straight. .Diophanes Stal.

ff. Middle tibiz above smooth or very minutely spinulose. Teg-
mina corneous, shining, the posterior margin rounded.

Xestoptera Redtenbacher.
ee. Pronotum provided with a median longitudinal carina.
Lophaspis Redtenbacher.
bb. Pectus or sternum greatly compressed. Meso- and metasternum produced
into acuminate lobes. Antenne heavier, their bases touching. Tegmina
when at rest directed upwards.

c. Posterior radial vein straight or (in the genus Chlorophyllia) somewhat
decurved, running out before the apex of the tegmina. Genicular
lobes obtuse or acuminate, not spined. Posterior femora below with
few spines. Middle tibie greatly compressed. Labial palpi ampliated
at the apex, obliquely truncate.

d, Wings colored.
e. Wings ocellate at their apex.

f. Tegmina with their front margin nearly straight, the apical
third rounded and somewhat sinuate. (Anterior border of
the wings straight, not produced into an apical lobe.)

Pterochroza Serville.

ff. Tegmina with their anterior margin-sinuate behind the middle.
g. Elytra acuminate. Wings a little shorter than the teg-
mina, their anterior margin broadly sinuate, and at the

apex produced into a lobe... .:..../....- Tanusia Stal.

gg. Elytra obliquely truncate at their apex. Wings much
shorter than the tegmina, their anterior margin straight,

the apex rounded........ Porphyromma Redtenbacher.
ee. Wings variegately colored, but the apex not ornamented with
CYe=SpoOts 4. ccc ac aes aera Rhodopteryx Saussure & Pictet.

dd. Wings unicolored, white, or hyaline, not ocellate. (Pronotum above
flat or concave, the deflexed lobes attached with an acute angle.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA: 345
e. Anterior femora armed entirely, or in part, with flattened teeth.
Posterior tibie more or less lobate.

f. Anterior tibiz not flattened above, strongly compressed; the
auditory openings linear. Spines of the anterior femora only
in part foliaceous. Tegmina with the anterior field nar-
rower than the posterior field. . .Calidophylla Sauss. & Pict.

ff. Anterior tibie flattened above, not compressed.

g. Inner opening of the auditory foramina of anterior tibiz
very prominent or produced. Pronotum lengthily pro-
duced behind, emarginate. Spines of anterior femora
all foliaceous. Tegmina with the anterior margin
FOUNDA OLY SINUALCH oo ac alle ote» ote Mimetica Pictet.

gg. Inner operculum of the foramina of the anterior tibize not
produced. Pronotum truncate behind.
h. Wings with their apex rounded. Anterior femora com-
pressed, toothed, the apex very rarely lobate.

i. Posterior margin of the pronotum not one-half
wider than the anterior margin. Elytra widest
in their apical third. Mediastin vein running out
in the basal third of the tegmina, two or three
branchednin,n2 22ers eee Typophyllum Serville.

ii. Posterior margin of the pronotum almost twice as
wide as the front margin. Tegmina widest in the
middle. Mediastin vein running out towards the
middle of the elytra, seven- or eight-branched.

Roxelana Kirby.

hh. Wings with their apex produced into a lobe. Anterior

femora lobate at the apex. ...Catasparata Brunner.

ee. Anterior femora round, armed with very minute spinules or un-
armed. Posterior tibie entirely unarmed, or armed with very

SINAN SPINES hao ee tet ene Bit ay ree a Chlorophylla Pictet.

cc. Posterior radial vein curved downwards at the apex, running out before
the apex of the elytra. Genicular lobes spined. Posterior femora
closely armed with large spines. Middle tibize but little compressed.

Elytra green, acuminate, the anterior margin rounded. Wings

ENLItelypayAMe™ jl aciagls Nea etsy seis nls 2 a aieis, os ele os Cycloptera Serville.

Genus Anonistus Walker.
Anonistus WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., V, Suppl., p. 46 (1871); Kirpy, Syn.
Cat. Orth., II, p. 315 (1906).
Phyllostachys STAL, Recens. Orth., 2, p. 61 (1874); BRUNNER, Monog. Pseudophyll.,
pp. 15, 120 (1895).
There is a single male before me which is referable to this genus
according to the synoptical key, but does not fit the descriptions of
either of the described species. It is therefore here described as new.

346 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

79. Anonistus elongata sp. noy.

In color and other general characters most closely related to A.
scops of Burmeister, but larger, and belonging in the section of the
genus in which the genicular lobes of the hind femora are obtuse,
instead of acuminate.

Pronotum verrucose, in front above provided with a rather promi-
nent compressed blunt spine. Tegmina with the ground-color pale
greenish gray, rather narrow, tapering, the principal longitudinal
veins green, the transverse and some of the longitudinal veins narrowly
black-margined. All the legs closely fringed below with pale, long
hairs, above less closely with shorter hairs, gray, marmorate with
fuscous. Front cinereous; eyes shiny, ferruginous, mottled with
fuscous. Antenne annulated with fuscous. Anterior femora in-
ternally on apical half transversely dimly and closely fasciate with
fuscous; the intermediate pair along with their tibize largely irre-
gularly black marmorate. ra

Length of body, o&, 28 mm., of pronotum, 8 mm., of tegmina 33
mm., of hind femora, 18 mm.

Habitat.—Rio de Janeiro, Brazil (H. H. Smith). The type belongs
to the Carnegie Museum.

The three species of this genus may be separated as follows:

SYNOPSIS OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF ANONISTUS.

A. Superior carina of the hind femora terminating in an acute-angled lobe.

Genicular lobes rounded at apex.
b. General color testaceous. The front bluish black. Pronotum granulose.
scariosa Burmeister.

bb. General color pale greenish-gray. Front cinereous. Pronotum verrucose

OLStronelymruUswloser amischcieheke cts echelevede sieves cues teach elongata sp. nov.
AA. Superior carina of the hind femora not lobate; genicular lobes acuminate.
Color pale greenish gray, marmorate with fuscous...... scops Burmeister.

Genus LICHENOCHRUS Karsch.

Lichenochrus KarscH, Ent. Nachr., XVI, pp. 268, 275 (1890); BRUNNER, Mon.
Pseudophyll., pp. 16, 125 (1895); SAuss. & Pict., Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I,

p. 409 (1808).
This is a rather extensive genus of the Pseudophyllida. Most of

the species are at home in tropical American countries.

80. Lichenochrus vulturinus (De Geer)?

Locusta vulturinus DE GEER, Mem. Ins., III, p. 451, Pl. 39, fig. 2 (1773).
Brisilis vulturina STAL, Recens. Orth., II, p. 80 (1874).

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 347

Lichenochrus vulturinus BRUNNER, Mon. Pseudophyll., 125, 127 (1895).
Conocephalus trifidus THUNBERG, Mem. Acad. Petersb., V, p. 277 (1815).
Habitat.—A single female specimen, which according to the synoptic
table is referable to the genus Lichenochrus, is classified as vulturinus
with some doubt. It bears the label, ‘‘Presented as from S.

America.”
Genus ACANTHODIS Serville.

Acanthodis SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 150 (1831); Jb. Ins. Orth., p. 450
(1839); BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, p. 699 (1838); BLANCHARD, Hist. Nat.
Ins., III, p. 21 (1840) nec Stal.

Brisilis Stal, GEfv. Vet.-Akad. Forh., XXX, (4) p. 46 (1873); Ib., Recens. Orth.,
II, pp. 62, 78 (1874); BRUNNER, Mon. Pseudophyll., pp. 16, 132 (1895).

This is also a strictly South American genus of the Pseudophyllide.
All of the described species of the genus are large protectively colored
insects, which live about the trunks of trees, to the bark of which they
show a remarkable similarity in appearance. There are two species
among the material now in hand. One of these seems to be new.
The following table will assist in recognizing the species including
the new one:

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF ACANTHODIS.

A. Metazona of pronotum bituberculate on both sides. Wings tessellate, with-
out transverse veins in the pallid maculations. Hind femora ornamented
on the inner face with a black vitta.

b. Ovipositor not longer than the hind femora.
c. Pronotum with the hind margin subangulated, lateral tubercles of the

MELAZONAaVeII, CIUSTING Lem yonetsl tetas) teneienel +f ate aquilina Linneus.
cc. Pronotum with the posterior margin rounded, lateral tubercles of the
metazonay somewhat Obsoletesn) «aes. 0c: ~~ curvidens Stal.

bb. Ovipositor much longer than the hind femora.
c. Smaller. (Tegmina of female 70 mm.)............. longicauda Stal.
Gc. Warger. ((Qermina’of female 82 mim:).............- gigantea sp. nov.

AA. Metazona of pronotum unituberculate. Wings unicolorous, infuscated, the
transverse veins equally arranged. Posterior femora unicolored on the
inner face, pale.

b. Front together with the sternum black. Mesosternum with its anterior

AIICLESTOD EUS Cigar aaeatiemeeiclci srs esis cre iois) oi) 0 [nt aveyare ens tenebrosa Brunner.
bb. Front and sternum pallid. Mesosternum with its anterior angles produced
LIE OCARS DU Cement yada arciscl aie elielic eiverejiciieie eave eloulays (aus unicoloy Brunner.

81. Acanthodis gigantea sp. nov.

Size maximum. General structure and color as described for
longicauda.
Length of body, 2, 57 mm., of pronotum, 13 mm., of tegmina, 82

348 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

mm., width of tegmina, 16 mm., length of hind femora, 40 mm., of
ovipositor 52 mm., width of ovipositor, 6 mm.

Habitat—The type, a beautiful female specimen, was taken at
Quatro Ojos, in the Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia, during the
month of November at an elevation of 300 meters above sea-level.
(J. Steinbach.) It is the property of the Carnegie Museum.

82. Acanthodis tenebrosa (Brunner).
Brisilis tenebrosa BRUNNER, Mon. Pseudophyll., pp. 132, 134 (1895).
Acanthodis tenebrosa Kirby Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 319 (1906).
A single female of this species is contained in the collection made
at Puerto Suarez, Bolivia. It was also taken by J. Steinbach during
the period November to January inclusive. It is quite typical.

Genus PRIsTES Brunner.
Pristes BRUNNER, Mon. Pseudophyll., pp. 16, 135 (1895); SAUSSURE & PIcTET, Biol.

Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 411 (1898).

This small genus of the Pseudophyllide seems to be confined to
northern South America and Central America. It is represented by
two female specimens which appear to belong to a new species inter-
mediate between the two described forms. The species of Pristes,
including the present, may be recognized as follows:

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF PRISTES.
A. Pronotum between the tubercles granular.
be sternumublack. | Sizesargerca-tace ier ne seemless tuberosus Stal.
bo. Sternum: brown. ‘Size ismailerl. 255.2. 0sa- sen eee see colombie sp. nov.
AA. Pronotum between the tubercles almost smooth. Sternum concolorous.
minor Brunner.
3. Pristes colombiz sp. nov.

As indicated by the above table, this insect is intermediate between
tuberosus Stal and minor Brunner. It is rather dark fusco-testa-
ceous, varied with green on the tegmina along the costal field near the
base and the median veins, and marked with dark fusco-cinereous on
the legs. On the tegmina near the base of the disc is located a patch
of ochraceous blotches, while the outer side of the hind femora are
also rather largely testaceous on their middle one-third. Front,
including the clypeus, brunneo-piceous, bordered with testaceous;
cheeks and occiput longitudinally alternately pale and dark banded.

Length of body, 2, 49 mm., of pronotum, II mm., of tegmina, 56
mm., width of tegmina about 13 mm.; length of hind femora, 33 mm.,
of ovipositor, 30 mm. .

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 349

Habitat—Bonda and Don Diego, Department of Magdalena,
Colombia, in May and June, at an elevation of 100 feet to 250 meters
above sea-level. (H. H. Smith.) The type is in the Carnegie

Museum.
Genus LEUROPHYLLUM Kirby.

Platyphyllum SERVILLE, Ins. Orth., p. 443 (1839)—in part.
Leurophyllum Kirgpy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 320 (1906).
For other synonymy see KIRBY, I. c.

While the representatives of the present genus are rather numerous
and widely distributed over the neotropical regions, there are but
fourteen forms recognized so far. Twelve of these are described in
Brunner’s Monograph of the family Pseudophyllide. There are
before me specimens of two species, neither of which seem to agree
with any of those treated by Brunner. His key for the disposal of
the species recognized by himself is given herewith with such modi-
fications as are necessary to include the two apparently new forms.
I do not happen to have the description of regimbarti Griffini at hand,
while Walker’s species is recognizable only by examination of the type.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF LEUROPHYLLUM.

A. Anterior femora compressed at their base, a little curved, above acutely
carinated or sulcate. Wings of one color.
b. Femora all lengthily pilose beneath. Ovipositcr narrow. (Front black).
c. Wings smoky, unicolored.
d. Pronotum unequal, but not granulose. Cerci of the male simply
spined.
e. Anterior femora below with the anterior margin smooth or
two-spined, the posterior margin subundulate.
transiens Brunner.
ee. Anterior femora below three-spined, the posterior margin
SEE ANO irre ia ae ee eke cov as custo tata eats, Alay esis unicolor Brunner.
dd. Prenotum granulose (closely verrucose). Cerci cf male bidentate
ALE FAD CR ia, site ie Darel els cia cise eis os jorels granulosum Brunner.
cc. Wings infumed, the transverse veins pale bordered.
d. Tegmina with their veins and veinlets fuscous. Posterior femora
below almost spineless (at the apex two-spined).
pleminioides Brunner.
dd. Tegmina with their veins and veinlets concolorous, provided
with castanecus areoles. Posterior femora below six-spined.
guttatum Brunner.
bb. Femora all remotely pilose or smooth below. Ovipositor heavy.
c. Front black or gray. Anterior femora twe-spined below.
d. Ovipositor at middle one-fifth as wide as long. Subgenital plate

of female profoundly incised. [Amazonica].
* brevixiphum Brunner.

350 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

dd. Ovipositor at middle not over one-sixth as wide as long. Sub-
genital plate of female very little emarginate. [Bolivia].
angustixiphum Brunner.
cc. Front concolorous or pale bluish-gray. Anterior femora below three-
to four-spined.
d. Anterior femora three-spined below.
e. Color greenish testaceous. Clypeus more than twice as wide
as long, largely black.
f. Postericr femora black on their inner side or face.
consanguineum Serville.
ff. Posterior femora with little black on the inner face.
bolivianum sp. nov.
ee. Color pale yellow. Clypeus equally as long as wide.
luridum Brunner,
dd. Anterior femora fcur-spined below. Intermediate tibie twe-
spined above. Last segment of abdomen black in both sexes.
nigricaudum sp. nov.
AA. Anterior femora not compressed, above almcst rounded. Wings smoky, and
variegated with paler.
b. Tegmina testacecus.
c. Wings fuscous, the transverse veins bordered with white. Antericr
femora below three-spined. [Mexico].......... toltecum Saussure.
cc. Wings somewhat smoked, the transverse veins broadly margined with
fuscous. Anterior femora one-spined below.
unispinulosum Brunner.
bb. Tegmina greenish. (Wings tessellate with fuscous and pallid). [Brazil.
Periivecen pik carves mithaters datntee ae easteeae epi Me teenies maculipenne Serville,

84. Leurophyllum bolivianum sp. nov.

About the size of /uridum Brunner, but differing from that insect,
as indicated in the synoptical key of species. General color greenish
testaceous, quite profusely and rather prominently variegated with
paler and fuscous maculations. The pronotum rugulose, the trans-
verse sulci deeply impressed, the disc on the hind lobe flattened, longi-
tudinally streaked with fuscous. Front lurid (2) or bluish gray (07),
the clypeus formed much as described for the much larger censan-
guineum. Anterior femora three-spined below, the intermediate
four-spined, posterior seven- to eight-spined; all the legs rather
prominently variegated with black or fuscous. Dorsal margin of
closed tegmina prominently marked alternately with pallid and
fuscous maculations. Ovipositor moderately robust, the base at
sides and above and all of the apical half black. Cerci of male with
the apex terminating with a single prominent inwardly directed tooth.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 351

Length of body, co’, 32 mm., 9, 37 mm.; of pronotum, o’, 7.25
mm., 9, 8 mm.; of tegmina, o’, 33 mm., 9, 41 mm.; width of teg-
mina, o’, 7.5 mm., 2, 8 mm.; length of hind femora, o’, 19.5 mm.,
2, 23 mm.; of ovipositor, 17 mm.

Habitat—Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Bolivia, at an elevation of 450
meters above sea-level. (J. Steinbach collector.) The types, o and
Q, are the only specimens examined. They belong to the Carnegie
Museum.

85. Leurophyllum maculipes sp. nov.

There are four other specimens at hand which rather strongly
resemble this species both in color and size, but differ in spine-char-
acters. The anterior femora are four-spined below, as are also the
intermediate pair. The middle tibia above are one- to two-spined.
The color variations from those of bolivianum are the lacking of most
of the greenish tint in the general color and the addition to the number
and regularity of the fuscous maculations, there being considerable
regularity in the transverse fuscous markings of the tegmina. The
Ovipositor is somewhat slenderer and a little more arcuate, while it
is not black on the sides and above at the base. I suggest the name,
Leurophyllum maculipes for this second insect. It measurements are
practically those of the preceding form. In the table of species
maculipes would fall in the section with nigricaudum.

Habitat.—Four specimens, 10’, 32 9, are at hand. They come
from the Province del Sara, Bolivia, where they were collected during
November at 350 meters above sea-level (J. Steinbach). The typical
specimens are also in the insect collection of the Carnegie Museum.

86. Leurophyllum nigricaudum sp. nov.

Of about the same stature as the two preceding but lacking much
of the maculations exhibited in them. The chief distinguishing color
characteristic of nigricaudum is the uniform black anal segment of
both sexes. General color of tegmina and body a dark cinereo-
testaceous. Front gray. Dorsal margins of the tegmina more or
less clearly alternately brown and pale maculate. Pronotum and
legs fusco-varied, the flecks on the latter chiefly external and more
or less gathered into patches; internally the hind femora are pallid.
Ovipositor heavy, nearly straight above, the apical half deep piceous.

Length of body, o’, 37 mm., 2, 38 mm.; of pronotum, o”, 8.15 mm.,
©, 8.7 mm.; of tegmina, o’, 37 mm., 9, 40 mm.; width of tegmina,

352 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

co, 8.5 mm., 9,9 mm.; length of hind femora, o’ and Q, 21-22 mm.;
of ovipositor, 19.5 mm.

Habitat.—These insects come from Puerto Suarez, Bolivia, at an
elevation of 150 meters above sea-level. They were collected by
J. Steinbach during the months of November to January inclusive.
The types are deposited in the Carnegie Museum.

Genus PLATYPHYLLUM Serville.

Platyphyllum SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 145 (1831); Jb., Ins. Orth., p.
443 (1839); STAL, Recens. Orth., II, p. 62 (1874).
? Platyphyllus BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, p. 699 (1838).
Lissophyllum BRUNNER, Mon. Pseudophyll., pp. 16, 143 (1895).
If I have rightly determined it, only a single representative of this
genus is before me and it seems to be new.

87. Platyphyllum nigriventris sp. nov.

Nearly maximum in size, the pronotum obtusely rugulose; the
transverse sulci moderately deep, the lower margin of the sides of
pronotum rather heavily bordered and somewhat rugulose. Body
strongly depressed.

General color brunneo-cinereous with a more or less distinct greenish
tinge on the pronotum, tegmina, pleura, and apex of femora, most
apparent in the male; this color rather relieved by numerous irregular
markings of fuscous on the cheeks, occiput, pronotum, legs, and
tegmina. Front glossy black bordered widely with white, the fasti-
gium of the front white; antenne pale, streaked and annulated with
fuscous. Sternum and underside of abdomen rather broadly black.
Tegmina lanceolate, the apex subacuminate. Wings infumate, not
tesselated. Anterior femora below minutely two-spined on anterior
edge; middle pair with four large spines externally, the hind pair eight-
spined. All the legs lengthily hirsute. Genicular lobes of anterior
and posterior femora spined on both sides, inner lobes of middle
femora spined, outer lobes broadly rounded. Middle coxe quite
prominently tubercled below at the apex. Last ventral segment
of abdomen of male or subgenital plate narrowed, deeply emarginate,.
and armed with long and heavy styles. Subgenital plate of female,
rather small, tapering, the apex roundly emarginate. Ovipositor
rather robust, almost straight above and with the upper margin
crenulate.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 353

Length of body, o’, 33 mm., 9, 31 mm.; of pronotum, o and @,
8.25 mm.; of tegmina, o’, 37 mm., 9, 41 mm.; width of tegmina,
3, about 7.5 mm., @, about 10 mm.; length of hind femora, o”, 22
mm., @, 25.5 mm.; of ovipositor, 19.5 mm.

Habitat—10%, 12. Province del Sara, Bolivia, at an elevation of
350 meters above sea-level. The female was collected during October
and the male in either April or May (J. Steinbach). The types are
in the Carnegie Museum.

Genus JAMAICANA Brunner.
Jamaicana BRUNNER, Mon. Pseudophyll., pp. 16, 146 (1895).
The present genus is characteristic of the Island of Jamaica, West
Indies, where it is represented by at least three species. Two of these
have been described heretofore; while the third is now characterized.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF JAMAICANA.!

A. Pronotum unicolored. Wings unicolored. Wings yellowish, the veins fer-
ruginous, with the transverse veins narrowly black-bordered. Posterior

tibiz spined on the external border.................. unicoloy Brunner.
AA. Pronotum vittate with fuscous. Posterior tibie not spined on the outer
margin.

b. Smaller (2, 40 mm.); the pronotum rugulose, provided with a black vitta
along each of the lateral carinae. Wings strongly infumate, almost
HRESCOUS SN cick Siete eel cia NIP eevee eae tey se Shee! lies cd subguttata Walker.
bb. Larger (2, 46 mm.); the pronotum subglabrous, not only provided with
lateral vitte along the carine but also with the disc largely piceous.

Wings flavous, narrowly infuscated along the transverse veins.
superba sp. nov.

88. Jamaicana unicolor Brunner.
Jamaicana unicolor BRUNNER, Mon. Pseudophyll., p. 147 (1895); Kirsy, Syn. Cat.
Orth., II, p. 322 (1906).

There are several specimens, male and female, of this species at
hand. They come from the Island of Jamaica, and form part of the
Carnegie Museum, Accession No. 2306.

89. Jamaicana subguttata Walker.

Meroncidius subguttatus WALKER, Cat. Dermap, Salt. B. M., III, p. 445 (1870).
Jamaicana vittata BRUNNER, Mon. Pseudophyll., p. 147 (1895); KrrsBy, Syn. Cat.
Orth., II, p. 322 (1906).
The Jamaica material at hand also contains several specimens which
belong to subguttata of Walker. The females average much darker

4 An additional species is included in the genus by Kirby (Syn. Cat: Orth-slk
p. 322), but I have not included it here since it is not native to Jamaica.

354 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

than the males in their coloration. They are also much larger as
seems to be the rule in the various representatives of the genus.
These latter specimens also belong to Aecession No. 2306.

go. Jamaicana superba sp. nov.

although fairly numerous, small and inconspicuous, the transverse
sulci inconspicuous, not deeply impressed. General color including
the tegmina flavo-testaceous. Occiput and disc of pronotum largely
brunneo-piceous. There are four rather large spots or patches on
the pleura and the sides of the basal abdominal segment are also
black. Apical half of the ovipositor more or less piceous.

Length of body, 2, 46 mm., of pronotum, 11.5 mm., of tegmina,
46 mm., width of tegmina, 11 mm., length of hind femora, 30 mm.,
of ovipositor, 20 mm.

Habitat——The type and only specimen examined comes from the
Island of Jamaica, West Indies, where it was collected by F. Klages.
It is deposited in the Carnegie Museum of Pittsburgh and forms part
of the collection of Dr. W. J. Holland, Accession L. No. 131.

Genus MERONCIDIUS Serville.

Meroncidius SERVILLE, Rev. Meth., Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 53 (1831); Jb., Hist.
Orth., 448 (1839); BRUNNER, Mon. Pseudophyll., pp. 17, 148 (1895); KiIRBy,
Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 322 (1906).

Meroncidium STAL, CEfv. Vet.-Akad. Forh., XXX, (4), p. 46 (1873).

All the representatives (eleven) of the genus Meroncidius excepting
M. fuscus recorded in Kirby’s Synonymic Catalogue of the Orthoptera
are credited to strictly South American territory. In the material
now being studied I find several specimens of a species which apparently
should be located in this genus. It seems to be distinct from the
described forms.

gt. Meroncidius insularis sp. nov.

Related to M. ochraceus Burmeister, but differing from it in several
respects, as noted in the following brief description.

Size large, the antenne excessively long, in the male fully three
times, in the female more than twice, the length of the body including
the ovipositor. Pronotum somewhat rugulose, but nowise tubercu-
late, the hind transverse sulcus profound, the disc back of this sulcus

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 355

somewhat flattened, anterior margin broadly rounded, the middle
provided with a minute tubercle in the male, but smooth in the female.
Tegmina moderately broad and rather long, testaceo-cinereous,
feebly marmorate with fuscous, the speculum of the male margined
with castaneous. Legs moderately robust; the anterior femora
flattened below, the front margin three-spined, intermediate pair
four-spined externally, hind pair seven-spined; intermediate tibize
two-spined above near the base. Ovipositor heavy, straight, about
one-seventh as broad as long, only gently obliquely truncate, the disc
smooth.

General color ochraco-cinereous, irregularly variegated with fuscous.
Front gray or greenish-gray. Pronotum with the disc bordered
laterally with piceous vittea, which extend from the front to hind
margins. Anterior femora beneath varying from testaceous through
oil-green to dull gray. Ovipositor strongly infuscated beyond the
middle. Wings pallid, the transverse veins a little embrowned.
Antenne pale at base, becoming dusky beyond, not annulate.

Length of body, o&' and 2, 46 mm.; of pronotum, o’, 9.5 mm., 2,
10 mm.; of tegmina, co’, 45 mm., 2, 50 mm.; width of tegmina, o’,
10 mm., 2, 11 mm.; length of hind femora, o’, 30 mm., 9, 31 mm.;
of ovipositor, 28 mm.

Habitat—Jamaica, West Indies. Several specimens from the
collection of Dr. W. J. Holland, (coll. F. Klages) Acc. L. No. 131;
and others labeled ‘‘ Jamaica W. I., Accession No. 2306.’’ The types,
o and Q, are in the Carnegie Museum.

Genus ANCHIPTOLIS Brunner.
Anchiptolis BRUNNER, Monog. Pseudophyll., pp. 18, 170 (1895); SAUSSURE &

PicTET, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 421 (1898).

This is another of the tropical American genera of the Pseudo-
phyllida which seems to be represented in the present collection.
According to Kirby’s Synonymic Catalogue there have been nine
species described. Our specimen does not appear to fit any of these
descriptions, and accordingly is presented herewith as new.

92. Anchiptolis chapadensis sp. nov.

Approaching A. pleminioides Brunner, but differing from it in size
and color. General color cinereo-testaceous, variegated with brown
and fuscous. Front pale gray, margined at sides by a pale testaceous

356 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

line reaching from the lower inner margin of eyes to the outer base of
the clypeus. Antenne unicolorous, ferruginous. Pronotum bluntly
rugulose, marmorate with grayish fuscous. Tegmina with the veins
and cross-veins narrowly bordered with fuscous, giving to these wings
a netted appearance; posterior margin rather widely alternately pale
and brown maculate. Wings uniformly pale fuscous, or strongly
enfumed. Ninth and tenth abdominal segments above glossy black.
Legs all profusely varied with fuscous bands and lines. Anterior and
middle femora below four-spined, posterior pair six- or seven-spined.
Front tibize flattened above, a little swollen below the foramina and
without apical spines; intermediate tibiz a little compressed and
dilated basally, two-spined above. :

Length of body, 2, 35 mm., of pronotum, 8 mm., of tegmina,
38 mm., width of tegmina, 9 mm., length of hind femora, 23 mm.,
of ovipositor, Ig mm.

Habitat—The only specimen at hand, a female and the type,
comes from Chapada, Brazil, where it was taken during the month
of August by H. H. Smith. It is to be found in the insect collections
of the Carnegie Museum.

Genus LIPAROSCELIS Stal.
Liparoscelis STAL, Obs. Orth. (Efv. Vet.-Akad. Forh., XXX, @) p: 47 @8ia)3
BRUNNER, Mon. Pseudophyll., pp. 18, 174 (1895).
A female specimen coming from Bom Fim, Bahia, Brazil, has been
determined as belonging to this genus. It does not, however, agree
with the described species.

93. Liparoscelis brasiliensis sp. nov.

Moderately robust, general color fusco-olivaceous, profusely varie-
gated with black on the head, pronotum, tegmina, and legs. Falling
in the same section with nigrispinis Stal, but differing from it in a
number of respects.

Front somewhat depressed, but convex, comparatively smooth,
with few punctures and transverse aciculations. Pronotum somewhat
flattened above, rather densely and coarsely granulose. Tegmina
abbreviated, the ulnar margins overlapping, the apex rounded, reach-
ing the hind border of the second abdominal segment. Anterior and
median femora moderately robust, the former below on the anterior
border three- to four-spined, the latter three-spined; hind femora

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. S13) 74

four- to five-spined; the anterior tibia smooth above, six-spined
on both margins below; the intermediate seven-spined on both
margins; hind tibia above on the external margin three- to four-
spined. Subgenital plate of female short, broadly rounded at the
center, - narrowly, but roundly, emarginate. Ovipositor nearly
straight, the base heavy, the apex lengthily acuminate.

Front with two oblong depressed black spots; occiput between two
narrow testaceous lines solidly black, the sides of the face back of the
eyes also provided with an oblique black dash. Pronotum with
several depressed glabrous areas which are likewise black. Tegmina
with the costal and oblique transverse veins piceous, the disk above
more or less infuscated. Femora, especially the anterior and median,
profusely transversely maculate with black; the front tibiz internally,
the median externally longitudinally streaked with the same color.
Apical half and lateral carine basally piceous. Spines of legs pale,
black-tipped.

Length of body, 2, 40 mm., of pronotum, 9.25 mm., of tegmina,
12 mm., of hind femora, 19.5 mm., of ovipositor, 18 mm., width of
latter near the base 3.75 mm.

Habitat.—The only specimen at hand, the type, bears the following
label: “Bom Fim, Bahia (at Facenda Amaratii), Oct. 20, 1908.
J. D. Haseman collector.”” The type is deposited in the Carnegie
Museum.

Genus Cocconotus Stal.

Cocconotus STAL, (fv. Vet.-Akad. Férh., XXX, (4), p. 46 (1873); Ib., Recens.
Orth., II, pp. 65, 89 (1874); BoLivar, Viaje al Pacif., Ins., p. 70 (1884); BRUN-
NER, Mon. Pseudophyll., pp. 19, 198 (1895); GiGLIo-Tos, Boll. Mus. Torino,
XIII, no. 311, p. 95 (1898); SAUSSURE & PicTET, Biol. Cent.-Amer. Orth., I, p.
425 (1898).

Representatives of this genus are abundantly distributed in tropical
American countries from southern Mexico to Peru. Being arboreal
and to a certain extent also diurnal, most of the species are rather
pale or light-colored, many of them being more or less green-tinted.
According to Kirby’s Synonymic Catalogue of the Orthoptera there
had been thirty-three separate species recognized up to the beginning
of 1906. The material now at hand contains a specimen of what
seems to be an additional species. There are also two others repre-
sented.

358 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

94. Cocconotus retiarius Stal?
Cocconotus retiarius STAL, Recens. Orth., II, p. 90 (1874); BRUNNER, Monog.
Pseudophyll., pp. 199, 202 (1895).
A female specimen coming from Bogota, Colombia, is doubtfully
referred here. It was taken by H. H. Smith.

95. Cocconotus vittagen@ sp. nov.

Related to C. degeert Stal and aratifrons Brunner, but distinct
from both of these in color. Antenne excessively long, ferruginous.
Front similar to that of the species to which compared, 7. e. glossy
black, partially separated into three broad vitte on upper two-thirds
by two narrow wedge-like pale streaks coincident with the inner
margins of the antennal scrobes, the median dark vitta continuing
mesially nearly half way across the clypeus; the two lateral of the
five black vittee are located on the cheeks and separated from the
black front by a prominent band of testaceous; outer portion of lip
and mandibles also black. Pronotum at sides testaceous, above
brunneo-ferruginous, fore and hind margins, except of the disc behind,
narrowly black-bordered. Elytra testaceo-ferruginous, except on
the costal field, where the veinlets are largely green. Legs pale
ferruginous, the spines entirely black. Ovipositor rather robust,
on the outer or apical half together with the upper and lower margins
broadly castaneous. .

Length of body, 2, 30 mm., of pronotum, 8 mm., of tegmina, 42
mm., width of tegmina, about 7.5 mm., length of hind femora, 23
mm., of ovipositor, 17 mm.

Habitat—Don Diego, Department of Magdalena, Colombia, at
an elevation of 100 feet above sea-level, in May (H. H. Smith.)
Type in the Carnegie Museum.

96. Cocconotus angustatus Brunner?
Cocconotus angustatus BRUNNER, Mon. Pseudophyll., pp. 201, 210 (1895).
A single female taken by J. Steinbach in the ‘‘ Province del Sara,”

Bolivia, is referred here with some doubt. It was taken at a point
450 meters above sea-level.

Genus NANNOTETTIX.
Nannotettix BRUNNER, Mon. Pseudophyll., pp. 19, 212 (1895).

Only a single specimen of the genus Nannotettix is at hand and it
seems to be new.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 359

97. Nannotettix steinbachi sp. nov.

Most closely related to guentheri Brunner, but differing from it in
the somewhat larger size, the absence of the black lines from the sides
of the pronotum, etc.

General color brunneo-testaceous, with darker markings on the
sides of the abdomen, and a pale yellowish line on the sides of the
occiput and along the pronotal carine. Antenne unicolorous, fer-
ruginous. Face of female dirty greenish gray, of male grayish brown,
sides of front yellow-bordered in female, orange-bordered in male.
Pronotum rugulose both above and at the sides, the transverse sulci
deeply impressed. Tegmina brown with testaceous nervures, reaching
the hind border of the first abdominal segment in both sexes, their
apex broadly rounded. Abdomen at sides and dorsally wood-brown
varied with piceous, most strongly so in the male, where the sides are
almost entirely of this color, while in the female the posterior margins
of the segments alone are thus marked. Immediately above this
dusky maculation there is a well-marked longitudinal testaceous line
giving to the insect a vittate appearance. Beneath testaceous, the
femora ferruginous, a little paler at their base, darker apically. An-
terior and middle femora below three- to four-spined, hind femora
about seven-spined. Last ventral segment of the abdomen of the
male somewhat attenuated, the apex roundly emarginate, the styles
large, about five times as long as broad, the apex blunt. Cerci
pallid in both sexes, in the male very robust, bullate, with the apex
greatly constricted, bent inwardly, and provided with an anteriorly
directed spine. Ovipositor normal, the apical half rubro-piceous.
Subgenital plate of female triangular, the apex triangulately emargi-
nate.

Length of body, o’, 24 mm., 9, 34 mm.; of pronotum, 0’, 5 mm.,
2 , 6.35 mm.; of tegmina, o’ and 9, 5 mm.; of hind femora, o’, 16.5
mm., @, 20 mm.; of ovipositor, 14 mm.

Habitat.—Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Bolivia, 450 meters above sea-
level, J. Steinbach, collector. The types, male and female, are in the
Carnegie Museum.

Genus DropHanEs Stal.
Diophanes STAL, Bihang Svensk. Akad., III, (14), p. 38 (1874); BRUNNER, Monog..
Pseudophyll., pp. 21, 241 (1895); SAUSSURE & PictTeT, Biol. Cent.-Amer., I,

Pp. 446 (1898).
Platyphyllum BRULLE, (partim), Hist. Nat. Ins. IX, p. 138 (1835).

360 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The species of this genus, all of which are green, are tropical Ameri-
can in their distribution. Six have been recognized according to
Kirby’s Synonymic Catalogue. Another is now added. They may
be separated by the accompanying synoptic table.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF DIOPHANES.®

A. Genicular lobes of the anterior femora obtuse; those on the middle femora
internally armed with a spine. Middle tibiz spined above.

b. Humeral vein on the distal half diverging from the discoidal vein; branch
of hind radial arising before the middle. Wings roseate; styles of the
subgenital plate of the abdomen of male long.

c. Wings beautiful rose-colored. Ovipositor slender. [Mexico, Central,
and ‘South Americal ssa nies ese perspicillatus Fabricius.
cc. Wings hyaline roseate. Ovipositor very broad. [Panama.]
rosescens Saussure & Pictet.
bb. Humeral vein contiguous with the discoidal vein for a long distance, at the
apex suddenly deflexed.
c. Spines of the hind femora pale, their apex fuscous.

d. Somewhat large. Metazona of the pronotum of male flattened.
Tegmina with the branch of the median starting beyond the
middle; tympanal field black-bordered. Wings whitish. [Bo-
livial| voce © S27 teste anne teetteks RSE eee atrosignatus Brunner.

dd. Smaller. Metazona of pronotum of male ascending. Tegmina
with the branch of the median arising before the middle;
tympanal field pale-bordered. Styles very short [Mexico].

abbreviatus Brunner.
cc. Spines of the hind femora black at their base and paler towards the
apex, or wholly black.

d. Hind femora with the spines pale towards the apex. Wings

smoky. [Peru, Upper Amazons]..... nigro-spinosus Brunner.
dd. Hind femora with the spines entirely black. Wings pale yellow-
ishiwhites [Bolivialliemc: oc = ue alrospinosus sp- nov.

AA. Genicular lobes of all the femora each minutely spined, or those of the front
pair sometimes triangular. Intermediate tibie unarmed above. Wings
infuscated. [Martinique, West Indies]............... scabricolle Serville.

98. Diophanes atrosignatus Brunner.
Diophanes atrosignatus BRUNNER, Monog. Pseudophyll., p. 242 (1895); SAUSSURE
& Pictet, Biol. Cent.-Amer. Orth., I, p. 446 (1898).
There are two specimens, male and female, of Diophanes before me,
which I am inclined to refer to Brunner’s atrosignatus, although they
do not agree with the description in every respect.

5 Modified from Saussure & Pictet (Biologia Centrali-Americana, Orth. I, p. 446
(18098).

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 361

Habitat.—The male bears the label ‘‘Rio Japacani, Department of
Santa Cruz, Bolivia,’’ while the female was taken at Las Juntas, in the
same department. (J. Steinbach.)

99. Diophanes atrospinosus sp. nov.

As indicated by the synoptic key, as well as by the specific name,
the present species is at once characterized by its black femoral spines.
Size medium, color above bright green. Head, legs, and underside
flavo-testaceous. Antenne long, ferruginous. Tarsi infuscated.
Pronotum rather closely and sharply granulose, wider than long,
somewhat saddle-shaped, the metanotum a little produced and ele-
vated, flattened, and with the hind margin roundly truncated. Teg-
mina considerably longer than the abdomen, the margins nearly
parallel, the extreme posterior margin infuscated. Branch of the
posterior radial arising near the middle, somewhat mixed with cross-
veins, so as to render its recognition more or less difficult, the posterior
radial terminating near the beginning of the apical third of the elytra.
Femoral genicular spines rather prominent. Anterior femora three-
spined, intermediate five-spined and posterior eight- to nine-spined
below; those on the anterior and middle pairs black-tipped, on hind
straight, slender, and rather long, entirely black. Middle tibie
two-spined above. Male cerci long and somewhat sinuose, gently
tapering, provided with an inwardly directed spine at tip; the sub-
genital plate narrow, elongate, deeply and roundly fissured.

_Length of body, o’, 35 mm., of pronotum, 7.25 mm., of tegmina,
46 mm., width of tegmina about 11 mm., length of hind femora,
20.5 mm.

Habitat—Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Bolivia, at an altitude of 450
meters above sea-level. J. Steinbach, collector. The type alone is
at hand. It belongs to the Carnegie Museum.

Genus TYPOPHYLLUM Serville.
Typophyllum SERVILLE, Ins. Orth., p. 439 (1839); PictET, Mem. Soc. Genéve,

XXX, (6), p. 24 (1888); BRUNNER, Mon. Pseudophyll., pp. 22, 257 (1895).
Tovaria BoLivaR, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), X, p. 141 (1890).

The representatives of the present genus are all South American
and occur only in the tropical forests. More than a dozen species
have been recognized and described. They are remarkably leaf-like
in appearance.

362 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

100. Typophyllum helleri Brunner.
Typophyllum helleri BRUNNER, Mon. Pseudophyll., pp. 258, 259 (1895).
A single partially mutilated female specimen of this species is at
hand. It comes from Para, Brazil, where it was probably taken by
H. H. Smith. It was collected in the month of April.

Genus CHLOROPHYLLA Pictet.

Chlorophylla PictET, Mem. Soc. Genéve, XXX, (6), p. 42 (1888); BRUNNER, Mon.
Pseudophyll., pp. 22, 265 (1895); SAUSSURE & PicTeET, Biol. Cent.-Amer. Orth.,

I, p. 455 (1808).

1o1. Chlorophylla falcifolia Walker.

Cycloptera falcifolia WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., III, p. 463 (1870).
Cycloptera arcuata SAUSSURE & PicTetT, Biol. Cent.-Amer. Orth., I, pp. 455, 456,
pl. 22, fig. 19 (1898).
The male of this species is represented by a single specimen taken
at Quatro Ojos, Department of Santa Cruz, Bolivia (J. Steinbach).

102. Chlorophylla latifolia Pictet.

Chlorophylla latifolia PictET, Mem. Soc. Genéve, XXX, (6), p. 43, pl. I, figs. 14,
I4a (1888).

Three females of this genus coming from Puerto Suarez, Bolivia,
are referred here. They were taken by J. D. Haseman

Family VISTROSGELIDZ::

Like the Agraciide the representatives of the present family are
also tropical in their distribution. The American genera number
only seven with twenty-six recognized species. The life-history of
these insects is almost unknown, but it is surmised that they are
chiefly insectivorous. The genera may readily be separated by the
following synoptical key which is a modification of that of Karny
as published in Genera Insectorum, Fascicle No. 131.

SYNOPSIS OF TROPICAL AMERICAN GENERA OF LISTROSCELID.

A. Auditory foramina of anterior tibiz on both sides, or at least on the outer,
with margin wide open.

b. Tegmina fully developed, but shorter than the wings....... Phlugis Stal.

bb. DLegmina ‘ereatlysabbreviatedeyer-rritreteteuste leer tele Phlugiola Karny.
AA. Auditory foramina of anterior tibia on both sides shell-like or linear.

b. Face with the front rugulose, wrinkled................ Cerberodon Perty.

bb. Face more or less smooth, not wrinkled.
c. Tegmina and wings fully formed.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 363

d. Large, tegmina basally without a spot... Monocerophora Waiker.

dd. Not so large. Tegmina basally in front provided with a pale

SDOES i vewand S Sead oominver ate ake ae eee ily seks Listrocelis Serville.

cc. Tegmina and wings abbreviated, lobate, or scale-like.

d. Legs robust. General color, including the femora, brunneo-
ferruginous.

e. Left mandible of the male greatly lengthened, angulately bent

at middle [Cuyaba, Matto-Grosso, Brazil]. Carliella Karny.

ee. Left mandible of the male normal, not unusually lengthened

[(Ghapada;, Brazil] aasen eee Macrometopon gen. nov.
dd. Legs very long and slender. General color variable, the femora
green or greenish [Colombia]........... Arachnoscelis Karny.

Genus Putuais Stal.
Philugis STAL, Eug. Resa, Orth., p. 324 (1860).
Pilugis WALKER, Cat. Dermapt, Salt. B. M., V, Suppl., p. 15 (1871).
Thysdrus STAL, Recens. Orth., II, p. 102 (1874), and most authors since.

The insects which comprise the genus Phlugis with a single exception
are found in tropical America. They are small and inconspicuous,
being pale testaceous, or greenish, and usually their tegmina are more
or less hyaline. Judging from the spined anterior tibia and femora
they may be predaceous in their food habit, using this pair of legs
for seizing and holding their prey while devouring it. The diagnostic
characters are such as size, venation, comparative length of tegmina
and wings, the spines on the anterior and middle femora and tibia,
and the form and arrangement of the various terminal appendages
of the male abdomen. Of all of these characters possibly size, spine
structure, and the abdominal appendages are most to be relied upon
for separating the species. Undoubtedly close and careful collecting
over all of tropical South and Central America will bring to light
several additional forms. The accompanying synoptic key shows
all of the previously described forms together with others now char-
acterized as new.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF PHLUGIS.

A. Tegmina passing beyond the apex of the abdomen.

b. Ovipositor shorter than the female cerci; male not known [Guatemala,
Hiren che Giiatialar wee aeh aero nar. eke eae. sonny infrmus Saussure & Pictet.

bb. Ovipositor longer than the female cerci.
c. Costal area of the tegmina regularly reticulate, the transverse veins

parallel.
d. Anterior area of tegmina provided with seven to fifteen transverse
veins.

364 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

e. Costal area with seven to nine transverse veins.
f. Cerci of male curved, shorter than the subgenital plate.
tener Stal.
ff. Cerci of male straight, longer than the subgenital plate.
proxima sp. nov.
ee. Costal area with twelve to fifteen transverse veins.
f. Costal area with about twelve transverse veins [Mexico, Cen-
tral Americal eee ee mexicanus Saussure & Pictet.
ff. Costal area with about fifteen transverse veins.
g. Posterior margin of the elytra infuscated. Anterior tibize
five-spined on both of their margins [upper Amazon].
marginata Redtenbacher.
gg. Posterior margin of the elytra concolorous.
h. Pronotum behind roundly produced.
z. Cerci of male much shorter than the subgenital plate,
not cruciate nor forficate.

j. Valves of the subgenital plate of the male with
their superior margin provided with a distinct
angle.

k. Size smaller (male tegmina II mm.), superior
angle of valves of subgenital plate obtuse.
virnes Thunberg.
kk. Size larger (male tegmina 13.5 mm.). Su-

perior angle distinct.
abnormis Redtenbacher.
jj. Valves of the subgenital plate above destitute cf

an angle (male tegmina 9.5 mm.).
similis sp- nov.
ii. Cerci of male very long, recurved, forficate, or
CHUCIAtC Hs cievere sta tree rierae caudata Redtenbacher.
hh. Pronotum truncate behind. The tegmina short.
macilenta Redtenbacher.
dd. Anterior area of tegmina with about twenty-five cross-veins.
e. Anterior tibia five-spined.

f. Front tibiez unusually elongate and curved. .nemoptera Bolivar.

ff. Front tibiz less elongate and less curved...... teres DeGeer.
ee}, Anterior tibize four-spined: 3. — J. 2.11 < sence mantispa Bolivar.
cc. Costal field of the tegmina irregularly veined, the cross-veins more or less
tortuous.
d. Size smaller (tegmina of female 15 mm.)...... irregularis sp. nov.
dd. Size larger (tegmina of female 18 mm.)...... coriacea Redtenbacher.
AA. Tegmina not reaching the apex of the abdomen.
b. Middle tibiz three-spined below [Brazil].............. cephalotes Bolivar.

bb. Middle tibiz unarmed below [Borneo]....................-- dubia Karny.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 365

103. Phlugis tener (Stal).
Thysdrus tener STAL, Recens. Orth., II, p. 117 (1874); REDTENBACHER, Monog. d.

Conocephalid., p. 225 (1891).

Phlugis lenera KARNY, Revis. Conoceph., p. ror (1907).
? Locusta spinipes FABRICIUS, Ent. Syst. II, p. 37 (1794).

There are several specimens at hand which I am inclined to place
here. They come from Villeta, Paraguay, and Chapada, Brazil.
They were taken during the months of April, May, July, and Novem-
ber (H. H. Smith).

104. Phlugis proxima sp. nov.

A small inconspicuous insect, which closely resembles P. tener of
Stal, but which differs from it in several respects, as indicated by the
synoptical key printed herewith.

Size small, greenish to pale testaceous, tegmina and wings trans-
lucent or pellucid. Antenne without fuscous annulations. Prono-
tum elongated and rounded behind. Tegmina not quite reaching the
tips of the hind femora, their costal field provided with few transverse
veins, about seven to nine. Anterior femora below three-spined in
front, four-spined behind; anterior tibia five-spined on both margins,
the spines slender and acuminate; middle tibia two-spined below.
Male cerci straight, a trifle longer than the subgenital plate. Latter
short, its sides vertical, heavy, contracted at middle, the apical portion
viewed laterally spatulate and with the apex obliquely truncated from
above, deeply and narrowly fissured at middle. :

Length of body, o’, 12 mm., of pronotum, 3 mm., of tegmina 10
mm., of wings, 16 mm., of hind femora, 9 mm.

Habitat——A single male, the type, comes from Chapada, Brazil,
where it was taken by H. H. Smith during the month of May. It is
in the Carnegie Museum.

105. Phlugis virens (Thunberg).
Conocephalus virens THUNBERG, Mem. Acad. Petersb., V, p. 274 (1815).
Thysdrus virens STAL, Recens. Orth., II, p. 117 (1874); REDTENBACHER, Mon.

Conocephal., p. 224 (1891).

Phlugis virens K1rBy, Syn. Cat. Orth. Brit. Mus., II, p. 285 (1906); KARNy, Revis.

Conocephal., p. IoI (1907).

Phlugis chrysopa BOLivar, Orth. Cuba, p. 37 (1888).

There are specimens of this species before me from Rio de Janeiro,
Para, and Chapada, Brazil, and Puerto Suarez and the Province del
Sara, Bolivia. They were taken from September to January by H.
H. Smith and J. Steinbach.

366 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

106. Phlugis similis sp. nov.

Green. Related to virens Thunberg, from which it differs in its
somewhat smaller size and the very different subgenital plate of the
abdomen of the male. Anterior tibia four-spined as in P. mantispa
Bolivar.

Pale green, the tegmina somewhat pellucid. Pronotum unicolorous,
the hind margin produced, rounded. Tegmina narrow, their tips
about reaching the apex of the subgenital plate of the abdomen in the
male, the costal area provided with about fifteen cross-veins. Anterior
tibia four-spined on both margins, those in front rather blunt; the
front femora three-spined in front and four-spined behind; middle
tibia two-spined below. Male cerci moderately robust at their base,
gently curved, not quite one-half the length of the subgenital plate.
The latter large, broad, with the lateral margins nearly parallel on
their basal three-fifths, roundly narrowing beyond, the apex deeply
cleft and the two branches twisted, so that their upper surface is
apposing somewhat after the fashion of the insect determined by me
as P. mantispa Bolivar, their upper margin nowise angulate as stated
in the descriptions of virens Thunberg and abnormis Redtenbacher.

Length of body, o, 9.5 mm., including subgenital plate 12.5 mm.,
of pronotum, 2.65 mm., of tegmina, 10 mm., of hind femora, 9 mm.

Habitat.—Bahia, Brazil, October 24, 1907. Collected ‘‘by sweeping
grass in a garden in edge of the City, J. D. Haseman.’”’ The type is
the only specimen at hand. It is in the Carnegie Museum, Pitts-
burgh, Pa.

107. Phlugis caudata (Redtenbacher) ?
Thysdrus caudatus REDTENBACHER, Mon. Conocephal., p. 223 (1891).
Phlugis caudatus KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth. B. M., II, p. 285 (1906); Karny, Revis.

Conocephal., p. 102 (1907).

A single male specimen coming from Quatro Ojos, Department of
Santa Cruz, Bolivia, where it was taken by J. Steinbach during
November, 1913, is referred to this species with considerable doubt.
The very abnormal form of the cerci and subgenital plate do not
quite agree with the original description. Especially does this remark
hold true regarding the sub-genital plates, which are more like long,
somewhat flattened, and gently upwardly curved styles, which are
widely separated from their base. The costal area of the tegmina is
likewise abnormal, being much narrower than usual and with the medi-
an vein running lengthwise through its middle parallel to the costa.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 367

108. Phlugis nemoptera Bolivar?
Phlugis nemoptera BOLivAR, Mem. Soc. Zoél. France, I, p. 153 (1888); KrrBy, Syn.

Cat. Orth. B. M., II, p. 284 (1906); Karny, Revis. Conocephal., p. 102 (1907).
Thysdrus nemoptera REDTENBACHER, Mon. Conocephal., p. 221 (18901).

Three specimens coming from the ‘‘ Province de la Sierra,’ Bolivia,
are referred to this species with some doubt. While agreeing with the
description of P. nemoptera in most respects, they have a rather promi-
nent orange-colored line running length-wise of the disc of the pro-
notum, instead of the emerald-green line attributed to that species.
They were collected during December by J. Steinbach.

109. Phlugis teres (de Geer).
Locusta teres DE GEER, Mem. Ins., III, p. 458, Pl. 40, fig. 5 (1778).
Phlugis teres STAL, K. S. Freg. Eugen. Resa., Ins. Orth., p. 324 (1860); KirBy,
Syn. Cat. Orth. B. M., II, p. 285 (1906).
Thysdrus teres STAL, Recens. Orth., II, p. 116 (1874); REDTENBACHER, Mon.

Conocephal., p. 222 (1891).

Three specimens, Ico’ and 22 9, from Chapada, Brazil, are referred
to de Geer’s species. They were taken by H. H. Smith in April and
May. There is also a pair taken by J. Steinbach at “‘Sta. Cruz de la
Sierra,’ Bolivia, at an elevation of 450 meters above sea-level.

110. Phlugis mantispa Bolivar.
Phlugis mantispa BOLIvAR; Orthopt. Cuba, p. 30 (1888); Kirpy, Syn. Cat. Orth.

B. M., II, p. 285 (1906).

Thysdrus mantispa REDTENBACHER, Mon. Conocephal., p. 222 (1891).

A number of specimens of both sexes, coming from Bolivia, Brazil,
and Paraguay have been referred to Bolivar’s species P. mantispa
originally described from Cuban material. These insects were col-
lected by H. H. Smith and J. Steinbach, the latter having taken a
specimen at Puerto Suarez, Bolivia.

111. Phlugis irregularis sp. nov.

Size medium, green, or greenish testaceous, the antennze more or
less fasciate with fuscous. Tegmina and exposed apical portion of
wings somewhat coriaceous. Most closely related to P. coriacea
Redtenbacher, but decidedly smaller, as will be seen by a reference to
the foregoing table of species.

Pronotum somewhat produced behind, the posterior border evenly
rounded. Tegmina of medium width, tapering but little apically,

368 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

the tips extending beyond the apex of the hind femora, obliquely
rounded from below. Costal area with the transverse veins somewhat
irregular, the median vein reaching the costal margin at about the
middle of the tegmen. Anterior femora below three-spined in front
and four-spined behind; anterior tibize four-spined on both margins,
the spines-robust and blunt at tips, decreasing in length from base to
apex; middle tibia two-spined externally and provided internally with
two to three minute spines. Ovipositor normal, the cerci curved,
evenly tapering, reaching a trifle beyond the middle of the slender
portion of the ovipositor.

Length of body, 2, 14 mm., of pronotum, 3 mm., of tegmina,
14.5-15 mm., of hind femora, 10.5 mm., of ovipositor, 3.5 mm.

Habitat.—Puerto Suarez, Bolivia, at 150 meters elevation above sea-
level, November to January, 29 9, collected by J. Steinbach. Two
others, also females, come from the ‘‘ Province del Sara,’’ at an altitude
of 350 meters, where they were taken in December. Still a fifth
example is at hand. This latter bears the label ‘Sao Luiz de Caceres,
Rio Paraguay, Matto Grosso, Brazil, May 17, 1909.’ It was taken
by J. D. Haseman. The type is in the Carnegie Museum.

Genus MACROMETOPON gen. nov.

The insect which is the type of the present genus is a representative
of the family Listroscelide. It is related to Carliella Karney, and
might be placed in that genus, were it not for the differences in the
development of the mandibles.

The present genus may be characterized as follows: Head very large,
considerably wider than the anterior portion of the pronotum, the
occiput rounded, without a longitudinal median carina; fastigium of
the vertex greatly compressed, much narrower than the diameter of
the first antennal joint, its apex somewhat advanced and widely
separated from the fastigium of the front; lower part of the face and
especially the mandibles and labrum considerably elongated as in
Anostostoma and one or two other genera of the family Stenopelmatide.
Maxillary palpi elongate, slender. Eyes prominent, slightly elongate;
ocelli small, the median situated just within a line drawn from the
lower margin of the eyes. Pronotum broadest above the insertion
of anterior legs with the anterior edge wider than the posterior, the
latter elevated and almost straight behind, the front also nearly
straight, principal sulcus very profound; lower edge of the lateral

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 369

lobes nearly straight. Tegmina present but abbreviated, the stridu-
lating veins well developed. Legs long, the anterior femora robust,
fully twice the length of the pronotum, broadly sulcate beneath and
spined as well as finely serrated on both margins; anterior tibia
slenderer, and more elongate, somewhat bowed (the auditory openings
on both sides linear), both edges provided with six long, strong,
articulated spines, the apical pair much the shortest. Intermediate
femora shorter and less robust, the under side also sulcate and both
serrate and spined, the spines, however, being smaller. Hind femora
long, robust on basal half, slender beyond, the genicular lobes minutely
and bluntly spined, lower margins both spined with two series as are
the anterior and middle pairs; hind tibia numerously spined both
above and below, the spines of ordinary size, the apex above with a
robust spine on each side, below with two on each side. Anterior
coxe above lengthily spined, intermediate and hind pairs below bluntly
spined. Pro-, meso- and meta-sternum provided with two erect,
rather long spines. Cerci robust, the apical half bent abruptly
inwards and tapering to an acute point; subgenital plate provided
with rather long finger-like styles.

112. Macrometopon rantale sp. nov.

For the size of this insect giving the general impression of being
moderately graceful. General color brunneo-testaceous, the front
transversely finely aciculate, and more nearly castaneous in color;
mandibles black on apical half. Lower side of the anterior femora
jet-black, the surface also finely transversely aciculate. Anterior and
middle tibiz castaneous at base of spines. Tegmina infuscated, the
veins and veinlets brunneo-testaceous.

Length of body, oo, 38 mm., of pronotum, Io mm., greatest width,
g mm., length of tegmina, 10 mm., length of anterior femora, 20 mm.,
of anterior tibiz, 24 mm., of middle femora, 16 mm., of middle tibie,
17 mm., of hind femora, 29 mm.; of hind tibiz, 31 mm.

Habitat.—The type, a male and only specimen examined, comes from
Chapada, Brazil, where it was taken presumably by H. H. Smith in
September. It is in the Carnegie Museum.

There is a female specimen at hand from the same general locality,
but it seems to be somewhat immature. The ovipositor is rather
long and slender as in the Gryllacride. The anterior legs are less
robust and comparatively shorter than in the opposite sex described
above somewhat in detail. This female specimen was taken in May.

370 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Family CONOCEPHALIDA® (Xiphidiide).

The representatives of this family are rather small, compared with
the CopipHoRID®, in which they have usually been included. It is
unfortunate that so much confusion has arisen and still exists in
connection with the nomenclature of these two families of the Tettz-
gonoidea. In fact there is much confusion in the nomenclature
throughout the entire order Orthoptera, as one soon learns when taking
up the study of the insects of the group.

These insects live among grass and low herbage, where they may
be found in rather large numbers throughout the summer and early
fall. Representatives occur in all temperate and tropical countries.
of all such regions. While the
group is widely distributed there are comparatively few genera. Not

”

They are the chief ‘‘grass-hoppers

more than four are found in South America. They may be separated
as follows:
SYNOPSIS OF SOUTH AMERICAN GENERA OF CONOCEPHALID.

A. Pronotum strongly saddle-shaped [Peru]...... Paraxiphidium Redtenbacher.
AA. Pronotum more or less even, not saddle-shaped.
b. Tegmina not as in the alternative category.

c. Ovipositor very. robust, somewhat falcate or sickle-shaped, the apex
very acuminate. Tegmina lobate in both sexes; cerci of male
abdomen without an internal tooth or spine. .Euxiphidion gen. nov.

cc. Ovipositor less robust, straight, or a little curved, the apex not finely
acuminate. Tegmina variable, but never lobate in the male; cerci

of male abdomen provided with one or two inwardly-directed teeth.
Conocephalus Thunberg.

bb. Tegmina very broad, hiding the abdomen; costal field provided through-
out with prominent parallel veins [Paraguay]...... Xiphelium Caudell.

Genus EUXIPHIDION gen. nov.

Related to the genera Odontoxiphidion Morse and Conocephalus
Thunberg (Xiphidion of various authors), but readily separated from
them by the characters given in the generic synopsis above.

113. Euxiphidion subapterus sp. nov.

Body moderately robust, minutely, but thickly, hirsute. Head
large, a little wider than the anterior edge of the pronotum; fastigium
as in representatives of both the genera Orchelimum and Conocephalus,
touching the fastigium of the front; eyes subglobular, rather large and
prominent; first antennal joint abruptly one-half wider on its apical
third. Pronotum short, wide, the disc convex, with scarcely a trace

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 33/(al

of transverse sulci, truncate in the male, or sub-truncate in the female,
both in front and behind; lateral lobes similar to those in Conocephalus
nemoralis Scudder and C. propinquus Redtenbacher. Tegmina
broadly lobate in both sexes, scarcely reaching the hind margin of
the pronotum in the female, or the hind margin of the first abdominal
segment in the male. Abdomen above glabrous, without a median
carina. Cerci of male straight, a little tapering and rather short,
the inner side without a tooth, but with the apex two-toothed, the
inner one of these a trifle the shorter, blunt, the outer one acuminate.
Subgenital plate rather broad, its apex bisinuate, the styles short
and blunt. Ovipositor very robust, broadly sickle-shaped, the apex
finely acuminate. Prosternum two-spined, mesosternum acutely
lobate, the metasternum triangulately lobate. Legs normal, the
‘anterior and middle tibiz armed below with six pairs of spines, all the
femora below spineless, the genicular lobes of the hind pair provided
with a single blunt spine. Auditory openings of front tibia linear.

General color fusco-brunneous, paler beneath (obscure testaceous) ;
front, cheeks, sides of pronotum and legs, profusely flecked with round
ferruginous to piceous dots from the centers of which usually arise
short pallid hairs. Fastigium of the vertex above, occiput and disc
of the pronotum, together with a wide dorsal stripe on the abdomen,
piceous in the male, much paler in the female, bordered on each side
by a prominent testaceous line, the sides of pronotum above and
sides of abdominal segments on the basal two-thirds piceous. Basal
half of hind femora externally prominently fasciate longitudinally
with fuscous.

Length of abdomen, oc, 9.2 mm., 9, 13 mm.; of pronotum, o’,
oy mime, © 3-1 min. of tegmina, o, 1.25 mm., 2, 1 mm.; of hind
femora, o’, 8.75 mm., 9, 12 mm.; of ovipositor, 8 mm.

Habitat—The male specimen bears the label ‘‘Chapada, Campo,
Oct.,’’ the female ‘‘Corumba, March (H. H. Smith).’’ The type speci-
mens are the only representatives examined. They belong to the
Carnegie Museum. Both specimens are somewhat broken.

Genus CONOCEPHALUS Thunberg.

Conocephalus THUNBERG, Mém. Acad. Petersb., V, p. 214 (1815).

Xiphidion SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 156 (1831); Ins. Orthopt., p. 505
(1839).

Xiphidium Burmeister, Handb. Ent., II, p. 707 (1838).

372 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The insects, which comprise the present genus, are among the
long-horned grass-hoppers what the various species of the genera
Orphulella and Oxya are among the short-horned grasshoppers, or
locusts, the ‘‘common grasshoppers” of the grassy hillsides and
meadows. They occur in nearly all quarters of the globe, and are
fairly numerous in both species and individuals. Heretofore seventeen
species have been credited to South American regions, and now two
others are added. Very likely still others will be met with from time
to time as different sections of the country are visited and worked
over by collectors. These South American species may be separated

as follows:

SYNOPSIS OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CONOCEPHALUS.

A. Anterior tibia armed below with five to seven spines. ‘
b. Ovipositor rarely longer than the posterior femora, but, if longer, then the
elytra are perfectly developed.
c. Cerci of the male heavy, the apex depressed, obtuse.
d. Posterior femora below armed with a single spine or without any.

e. Fastigium of the vertex narrow; viewed from the front, the
lateral margins are subparallel. Tegmina in both sexes longer
aha {AVS joynopaYoynbbanas 5 ocandosono0nGr truncatus Redtenbacher.

ee. Fastigium of the vertex wider; viewed from the front with the
lateral margins divergent.
f. Lateral lobes of the pronotum with their hind margin sinuate

[CNT] ee Stk ce anes eke ae vitticollis Blanchard.
jf. Lateral lobes of the pronotum with their hind margin nearly
straight.

g. Tegmina abbreviated, in the male a little longer than the
pronotum in the female. Ovipositor nearly straight
[Galapagos Islands] a4 sisters exitiosus McNeill.6

gg. Tegmina perfectly developed or the ovipositor not straight.
h. Tegmina abbreviated, not entirely covering the ab-
domen. Ovipositor sickle-shaped.
z. Anterior margin of the elytra infuscated.
nemoralis Scudder.
zi. Anterior margin of the elytra not infuscated.
propinquus Redtenbacher.
hh. Tegmina longer, entirely covering the abdomen.
Genicular lobes of the posterior femora bidentate.
fasciatus de Geer.

® The species strictoides Caudell, described from Paraguay, is also brachypterous
and related to both strictus Scudder and exitiosus McNeill. [See Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., XXX, p. 242 (1906)]. It should be added to the list of South American
species of Conocephalus.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. sie

dd. Posterior femora spined below.
e. Tegmina with their apex surpassing the abdomen.
f. Lateral lobes of the pronotum with their posterior margin
rounded.

g. Styles of subanal plate of male spiniform, above each ot
which the plate is also produced into a very acute spine.
Pronotum with a discal ferruginous band.

longipes Redtenbacher.

gg. Styles of subanal plate of male filiform, the subgenital plate

of male not produced into spines. Disc of the pronotum

concolorous, not provided with a ferruginous median

longitudinal band..........-.-.-.--- unicolor sp. nov.

ff. Lateral lobes of the pronotum with their posterior margin
straight or nearly so.

g. Abdomen concolorous.

h. Fastigium of the vertex, viewed from in front with the

lateral margins distinctly divergent [Panama].
saltator Saussure.
hh. Fastigium of the vertex, viewed from in front with the

lateral margins nearly parallel [Ecuador].
equatorialis Giglio-Tos.
gg. Abdomen variegated with black [Ecuador].
versicoloy Redtenbacher.
ee. Tegmina with their tips not attaining the apex of the abdomen.
f. Fastigium of the vertex broad, viewed from in front with the
lateral margins distinctly divergent.

g. Elytra in the male double, in the female less than double,
the length of the pronotum. Ovipositor equal to, or
shorter than, the hind femora.

h. Tegmina in the female longer than the pronotum.
Ovipositor nearly straight.

i. Tegmina of the female a trifle longer than the pro-
notum. Ovipositor distinctly shorter than the
posterior femora [South America].

brachy pterus Redtenbacher.

ii. Tegmina of the female distinctly longer than the
pronotum. Ovipositor of equal length with the
hind femora [Brazil]....... meridionalis Scudder.

hh. Tegmina in the female shorter than the pronotum.
Ovipositor sickle-shaped [Bolivia].

borellii Giglio-Tos.

gg. Elytra in both male and female more than twice the length

of the pronotum. Ovipositor usually longer than the

ininG| Were! bon ene odoecomedonods recticaudus sp. nov.

ff. Fastigium of the vertex narrow, viewed from in front with the

lateral margins nearly parallel.
g. Green. Abdomen concolorous [Colombia].
angustifrons Redtenbacher.

374 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

gg. Ferruginous-yellow. Abdomen black, interrupted before

the apex on the dorsum by a yellowish band.
feste Giglio-Tos.
cc. Cerci of male slender, sensibly acuminate, the apex not, or but little,
depressed 3 o..2 4Avarl< setae ee tee leer ncn Reena caizanus Giglio-Tos.

bb. Ovipositor very long. Tegmina abbreviated (Uruguay).

doryphorus Karny.
AA. Anterior tibie armed below with nine to ten spines. .. aberrans Redtenbacher.?

114. Conocephalus unicolor sp. nov.

A large, pallid, robust insect, with fully developed tegmina and
wings, in which there are no variations of coloration, as is the case in
most of the species of the genus. Most nearly related to longipes of
Redtenbacher, as may be ascertained by referring to the preceding
synopsis of the species found in South America.

Fastigium moderately robust, viewed from in front with its lateral
margins divergent. Antenne robust and very long. Pronotum much
as in C. recticaudus described hereafter. Tegmina fully developed
and reaching the apex of the hind femora, in the male heavy and broad
on the basal two-fifths, much narrowed beyond, in the female tapering
evenly from the base, the apex rounded. Hind femora below provided
externally with four to six rather prominent spines. Male cerci ro-
bust, tapering, the extreme apex depressed inwardly, toothed near
the base. Subanal plate of male not, or very faintly, carinated at
middle; the styles small, filiform; the apex of the plate subangulate.
Ovipositor large, straight.

General color pale greenish, the wings faintly rose-tinted. An-
tenne with the apex of joints narrowly fuscous. Apex of the hind
femora briefly infuscated. Spines of hind femora and tibia dusky.

Length of body, co', 16 mm., 9, 21 mm.; of pronotum, Gj 35
mm., 2, 3.6 mm.; of tegmina, o&', 16 mm., 9, 20 mm.; of hind femora,
GO, 13mm. 2.16 mim:

Habitat—The types come from Corumba, Brazil, where they were
taken in March. Additional specimens were collected during April
(H. H. Smith). The female type bears the additional label ‘‘2166”
on red. They are the property of the Carnegie Museum.

115. Conocephalus recticaudus sp. nov.

A moderately large and robust species with somewhat abbreviated
tegmina and wings in both sexes. As indicated by the accompanying

7 The X. cinereum Thunberg from Jamaica has not been placed.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 5 Was:

synoptical key it is related to brachypterus Redtenbacher, meridionalis
Scudder, and borelliit Giglio-Tos.

Head large, the sides nearly parallel; front rounded, smooth, the
fastigium of the vertex broad, viewed from in front with its sides
strongly divergent; basal antennal joints large. Pronotum smooth,
short, a little wider than long, its anterior and posterior margins above
gently rounded, anterior margin of the lateral lobes rounded. Teg-
mina shorter than the abdomen, in female a little exceeding twice; in
male fully thrice, the length of the pronotum. Ovipositor straight,
nearly or quite as long as the hind femora. Cerci of male robust, the
apex depressed, provided back of the middle with a large inwardly
directed tooth; subanal plate rather large and carinated in the middle,
its apex broadly angulated and its sides provided with fairly long and
prominent filiform styles. Subanal plate of abdomen of female with
its apex truncate, not emarginate. Hind femora three- to four-spined
below on the outer margin.

General color pale testaceous; the fastigium, vertex, occiput, and
disc of the pronotum provided with a dark ferruginous band, which
broadens evenly to the rear. Tegmina unicolorous, without fuscous
or ferruginous marking. Abdomen unicolorous. Apex of hind femora
narrowly infuscated above. Spines of the femora and hind tibize
black. Antenne sub-fasciate, ferruginous basally, becoming infus-
cated beyond.

Length of body, o&, 18 mm., 9, 20 mm.; of pronotum, o”, 3.5 mm.,
9,4 mm.; of tegmina, o’, 10.5 mm., 2, 9 mm.; of hind femora, o’,
14.5 mm., 9, 16 mm.; of ovipositor, 9, 15.5 mm.

Habitat——The types, male and female, are from Corumba, Brazil
(H. H. Smith). They are in the Carnegie Museum.

116. Conocephalus truncatus (Redtenbacher).

Xiphidium truncatum REDTENBACHER, Monog. Conocephalid., p. 208 (1891).
Xiphidion truncatum KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., p. 86 (1907).

There is a female representative of the present species in the col-
lection. It comes from Chapada, Brazil; where it was taken by
Hi. 1. Smith.

117. Conocephalus nemoralis (Scudder).

Xiphidium nemorale ScupDDER, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 65 (1875);
Ent. Notes IV, p. 462 (1875) Ibd.

There is a specimen at hand of what seems to be the true nemoralis

376 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

of Scudder as found throughout the United States east of the Rocky
mountains. It bears the locality label ‘‘ Bogota, Colombia,”’ and
forms part of the Carnegie Museum Accession No. 2306.

118. Conocephalus fasciatus (de Geer).
Locusta fasciata DE GEER, Mem. Ins., III, pl. 40, fig. 4 (1778).
Xiphidium fasciatum SERVILLE, Revue Method., p. 159 (1831).

For further synonymy see Redtenbacher’s Monographie der Cono-
cephaliden, p. 192 (1891).

This very widely distributed species is represented by specimens
coming from a number of South American localities. They were
taken by different collectors. As would naturally be supposed, the
specimens vary somewhat in size, coloration, and length of wing.
The synoptical table of species given on a previous page will aid
materially in the identification.

119. Conocephalus longipes (Redtenbacher).
Xiphidium longipes REDTENBACHER, Monog. Conocephalid., p. 505 (1891).
Xiphidion longipes KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., p. 88 (1907).

The collection contains specimens of this insect, which were taken
at Puerto Suarez, Bolivia. They were collected by J. Steinbach
at an elevation of 150 meters above sea-level. The species is also
common further south in both Paraguay and Argentina.

120. Conocephalus saltator (Saussure).
Xiphidium saltator SAUSSURE, Orth. nova Amer., I, p. 12 (1859); REDTENBACHER,

Monog. Conocephalid., p. 193 (1891).

Xiphidium saltator KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., p. 88 (1907).

The present species is quite widely distributed, having been recorded
from several of the West Indian islands and in South America from
Panama to Uruguay. Specimens of both sexes are at hand from
Chapada and Gloria, Minas Geraes, Brazil (H. H. Smith), and
‘“Province del Sara’’ and ‘‘Las Juntas, Dept. Santa Cruz, Bolivia.”
(J. Steinbach.)

121. Conocephalus equatorialis (Giglio-Tos).

Xiphidium equatoriale G1IGLio-Tos, Boll. Mus. Anat. Comp. Torino, XIII, pp. 91,
92 (1808).
Xiphidion equatoriale KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., p. 88 (1907).

A female from Para is referred here.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 377

122. Conocephalus versicolor (Redtenbacher).
Xiphidium versicolor REDTENBACHER, Monog. Conocephalid., p. 193 (1891).
Xiphidion versicolor KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., p. 88 (1907).
A female of this insect is at hand. It was taken at Santa Cruz de
la Sierra, Bolivia.

123. Conocephalus brachypterus (Redtenbacher).
Xiphidium brachypterum REDTENBACHER, Monog. Conocephalid., p. 209 (1891),
Xiphidion brachypterum Karny, Revis. Conocephalid., p. 88 (1907).

Specimens classed here come from Para, Brazil, and ‘‘ Province del
Sara, Bolivia.’”” They were collected respectively by H. H. Smith
and J. Steinbach.

124. Conocephalus meridionalis (Scudder).
Xiphidium meridionale SCUDDER, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, p. 460 (1875);
‘"REDTENBACHER, Monog. Conocephalid., p. 209 (1891).
Xiphidion meridionale KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., p. 88 (1907).

A female specimen, collected by H. H. Smith at Chapada, Brazil,
is referred here.

Family AGRO@CIID.

This family is small, when we consider the number of its repre-
sentatives, as compared with such important groups as the Pseudo-
phyllide, Copiphoride, and Phaneropteride. Nevertheless, as Dr.
H. Karny remarks in his introduction to the paper dealing with the
group in the ‘‘ Genera Insectorum,”’ it contains fifty-eight genera and
two hundred and six recognized species. The family is almost entirely
tropical. At least thirteen genera are known from the neotropical
regions. These may be characterized as follows:

SYNOPSIS OF THE NEOTROPICAL GENERA OF AGRGCIID.

A. Prosternum smooth, not armed with spines. Lobes of the mesosternum
broad, either dull three-sided or rounded, not thorned or spined; the lobes
of the metasternum rounded.

b. Anterior tibize flattened above............... Hy peromerus Redtenbacher.

bb. Anterior tibie rounded or terete above.
c. Tegmina well developed, or at least more than half as long as the ab-
domen.

d. Fastigium of the vertex surpassing the first antennal joint, the apex

loess Gkonsmayeucals\. 6 sao o5 eo doee oe OGb oe Oe coma ool Erechthis Bolivar.

dd. Fastigium of the vertex not surpassing the first antennal joint,
conical.

e. Tegmina greatly surpassing the apex of the abdomen. . Subria Stal.

378 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

ee. Tegmina but little, or not at all, passing beyond the apex of the
abdomen. 6s arsis sn scisusuemetees cticte so teveneneeren seeming: Parasubria Karny.
cc. Tegmina greatly abbreviated, less than one-half as long as the abdomen.
Middle tibiz spineless. Tegmina covered by the elytra.
Paranelytra Karny.
AA. Prosternum armed with two spines or teeth. Meso- and metasternum at most
lobed, but without spines.
b. Tegmina at the apex truneate-emareinate: 2.45.0... ese Eppia Stal.
bb. Tegmina rounded at the apex.
d. First antennal joint provided internally with a sharp tooth-like pro-
jection’: << ae smiae ene sine sects ieto terns Eschatoceras Redtenbacher.
dd. First antennal joint provided internally with a blunt tooth or entirely
without any such attachment.
e. Pronotum more or less truncate or roundedly truncate behind.

f. Tegmina ordinarily constructed, without unnaturally enlarged
nervures or deeply impressed points. Meso- and metasternal
lobes*triangullar’s sse./e.. crestor e, evsls sha clals seated cnet Agrecia Serville.

ff. Tegmina very rarely ordinarily constructed, either provided with
extraordinarily thickened nervures or with deeply impressed
pits between the anterior border and subcosta. . Loja Giglio-Tos.

ee. Pronotum roundly produced behind.

f. Tegmina strongly abbreviated. Fastigium of the vertex broadly

rounded at the apex, wider than the first antennal joint.
Uchuca Giglio-Tos.
ff. Tegmina fully developed, or at least almost the length of the

abdomen.

g. Fastigium of the vertex laminately compressed, above armed
with a spine [Ecuador]........... Paralobas pis Giglio-Tos.

gg. Fastigium of the vertex above not armed with a spine.
h. Ovipositor angulately bent... Nannagrecia Redtenbacher.

hh, Ovipositor ordinarily curved [Paraguay].

Bertoniella Rehn.

Genus EsCHATOCERAS Redtenbacher.
Eschatocerus REDTENBACHER, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, XLI, pp. 331, 448 (1891);
Karny, Revis. Conocephal., pp. 52, 64 (1907).
This is a tropical South American genus of Agrceciide and contains
seven recognized species. Only one of these has been found in the
present collection.

- 125. Eschatoceras nigrospinosus Karny.
Eschatoceras nigrospinosus KARNY, Revis. Conocephal., p. 64 (1907).
Habitat.—There is a single female specimen of Karny’s EF. nigro-
spinosus among the material coming from the “Province del Sara,
Bolivia.” It was collected by J. Steinbach at an elevation of 350

meters above sea-level.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 379

Genus AGrRecIA Serville.
Agrecia SERVILLE, Rev. Method., p. 152 (1831).

While several species of the genus A grecia occur in South America,
only two of them are contained among the material now being reported
upon. Judging from the few references to members of the genus in
entomological writings, they are comparatively rare. They are the
following:

126. Agreecia vittipes Redtenbacher?
Agrecia vittipes REDTENBACHER, Monog. Conocephalid., p. 140 (1891).

Habitat.—There is a single female among some material coming
from Bogota, Colombia, which is referred with some doubt to this
species. It was among some other Orthoptera referred to me by the
Carnegie Museum several years ago for study.

127. Agroecia abbreviata Redtenbacher.

Agrecia abbreviata REDTENBACHER, Monog. Conocephalid., p. 142 (1891).

A single male example of this species is at hand. It bears the
label ‘‘ Rio de Janeiro,’ and was probably taken by H. H. Smith.

128. Agroecia sp.?
Habitat—Matanzas, Cuba. (J. A. Shafer.) 107 nymph.

Family COPIPHORID (Conocephaline).

The representatives of the present family are relegated to forty-
four genera, of which nearly one-half are to be met with in tropical
America. Aside from the families Phaneropteride and Pseudo-
phyllide the representatives of this family are the most numerous of
the Tettigonoidea. While these insects are mostly green, or greenish,
and live among low vegetation, there are a few, which are brown or
ferruginous, and live among fallen leaves and on the trunks of trees
and stems of shrubbery. These insects, together with the representa-
tives of the Conocephalide and Agreeciide are the chief musicians
among the Orthoptera. The twenty-nine genera known to inhabit
the region now under consideration are separated herewith by the
subjoined synoptical table.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN GENERA OF COPIPHORID-£.
A. Pronotum spined or ruguloso-spinose.
b. Size larger. Posterior femora above not lobate. Ovipositor narrow, long,
anicletean ly SELAle Ht sis eit Ary oe<l-d iekel > wilevebs of-) =" = 1oreuen Panacanthus Walker.

380 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

bb. Size smaller. Posterior femora furnished above with a tooth-like lobe.

Loboscelis Redtenbacher.
AA. Pronotum smooth or granulate, never spinose.
b. Tegmina greatly abbreviated, not extending beyond the metanotum or
failing altogether.
c. Fastigium of the vertex short and broad, not passing the first antennal
JOINT . ... 5s d-sicne cats aids eberee es enRerM eT ere eRe renee ake Dectinomima Caudell.
cc. Fastigium of the vertex longer.

d. Fastigium long and curved. The ovipositor at base broad, strongly
CULVER soc 4 Sire eau toc ce actonerds orem ncneae neers toe Acanthacara Scudder.
dd. Fastigium of the vertex globular, carinated below. Ovipositor
narrow, acuminate, much longer than the abdomen, naturally
straight, with parallel edges............. Dedalus Redtenbacher.

bb. Tegmina fully developed or somewhat shortened, but not rudimentary.

c. Prosternum smooth.
d. Cheeks ruguloso-granulose or provided with tubercles.
e. Fastigium of the vertex elongate, acuminate, or short and spined
at middle.
f. Middle tibiz furnished above with one to six spines.
Copiphora Serville.
ff. Middle tibiz above spineless.
g. Ovipositor narrow, long, nearly straight, the apex obliquely
thlUncate ACIIMINATCIan eects eee nee A cantheremus Karny.
gg. Ovipositor shorter, broad, with the apex rounded.

Lamniceps Bolivar.

ee. Fastigium of the vertex short, broad, eared, or trituberculate.
f. Fastigium of the vertex trituberculate. . Lirvometopum Scudder.
jf. Fastigium of the vertex provided at sides with tubercles, eared.

Monesta Walker.
dd. Cheeks smooth.

e. Fastigium of the vertex slightly passing the first antennal joint.

f. Pronotum with very prominent and deep transverse sulci.
Exocephala Serville.
ff. Pronotum with the transverse sulci less prominent, not deep.
Eriolus Bolivar.
ee. Fastigium of the vertex greatly surpassing the first antennal joint.
Gry porhynchus Redtenbacher.

cc. Prosternum provided with two spines. :
d. Tegmina abbreviated, about the length of the pronotum. Fastigium

of the vertex below without a tooth or carina [Costa Rica].

Sphyrometopa Carl.
dd. Tegmina and wings fully developed.

e. Lobes of the meso- and metasternum produced into a spine.
f. Fastigium of the vertex broad, blunt.
g. Pronotum posteriorly strongly produced, rounded.
Eurymetopa Redtenbacher.
gg. Pronotum posteriorly little produced, truncate, or roundly
truncate.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 381

h. Fastigium of the vertex bituberculate.
Liostethus Redtenkacher.
hh. Fastigium of the vertex trituberculate.
Basileus Pictet & Saussure.
jf. Fastigium of the vertex acuminate.
g. Tegmina at the apex obliquely truncate. Ovipositor short,
inferior margin somewhat curved, a little broadened.

Paroxyprora Karny.
gg. Tegmina at the apex rounded.

h. Fastigium of the vertex distinctly separated from the

fasticuum Ofethe frontec1. 9. <2 se ciel. Oxyprora Stal.

hh. Fastigium of the vertex joined to the fastigium of the
front.

7. Fastigium of the vertex below concolorous. Ovi-
positor at middle strongly dilated.

Phoxacris Karny.

vi. Fastigium of the vertex below black. Ovipositor
straight, narrow, not dilated.

Melanophoxus Karny.
ce. Lobes of the meso- and metasternum not lengthened into a spine
or entirely wanting.
jf. Fastigium of the vertex triangular, above plane.

Pyrgocory pha Stal.

ff. Fastigium of the vertex not triangular, or convex above.

g. Tegmina at the apex acuminate.

h. Fastigium of the vertex carinated on both sides.
Dorycoryphus Redtenbacher.
hh. Fastigium of the vertex rounded, not carinated. Fas-
tigium of the vertex separated from the fastigium of
the Pronte cis ckeals reat Cory phodes Redtenbacher.

gg. Tegmina at the apex rounded, or obliquely truncated.

h. Metasternum compressed, the lobes _ obliterated.

Stature very graceful..... Caulopsis Redtenbacher.

hh. Metasternum not compressed, provided with distinct
oval or triangular lobes.

i. Posterior tibize above with the lateral margins not
ampliated. Genicular lobes of the hind femora
spined. Structure slender.

j. Fastigium of the vertex distinctly divided from
the fastigium of the front. Lateral lobes of
the pronotum often broader, with the lower
margin obtusangulate or rounded. Tegmina
with the costal vein obliterated or indistinct,
often strongly divergent from the radial vein.

Neoconocephalus Karny.
jj. Fastigium of the vertex contiguous with the

fastigium of the front. The former globular or _.....

AT

t, \
rounded in front. ...Homorocoryphus Karny.. vik
f\

382 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

ii. Posterior tibize above with the lateral margins
ampliated. Structure robust.
j. Ovipositor longer than the abdomen.
Bucrates Burmeister.
47.0 Ovipositor short. saa Parabucrates Scudder.

Genus CopriPpHorRA Serville.

Copiphora SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 147 (1831).
Copiophora BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, p. 702 (1838), and authors since.
Copidophora AGassiz, Zo6l. Nomencl., Ind. Univ., p. 98 (1846).

The present genus is characteristic of tropical America and occurs
from southern Mexico to Paraguay and Bolivia. It has been mono-
graphed by Redtenbacher, Pictet and Saussure, and Karny. All of
these authors have added new forms. In the present paper two
additional species are likewise characterized for the first time. Un-
doubtedly further collecting in the tropical regions of South America
will bring to light still other species.

The annexed synopsis of the species is modified from H. Karny’s
table published in his Revisto Conocephalidarum, pp. 6-7, and includes
the two insects described beyond.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF COPIPHORA.

A. Middle tibize above armed with two to three spines on the inner margin,
externally with one to two spines.
b. Fastigium of the vertex cochleate near its apex... .cochleata Redtenbacher.
bb. Fastigium of the vertex not cochleate........... monoceros Pict. et Sauss.
AA. Middle tibize above armed internally with one to six spines, externally without
spines.
b. Fastigium of the vertex greatly surpassing the first antennal joint.
c. Intermediate tibiz provided internally above with three spines.
d. Apex of the fastigium of the vertex rounded, not drawn out.
feste Giglio-Tos.
dd. Apex of the fastigium of the vertex acuminate.
e. Fastigium of the vertex below densely tuberculate or coarsely
granulate.
f. Tegmina and wings fully developed, considerably surpassing
the apex of the abdomen. [Northern South America and
CentralzAmenical|/ ae) ae eee re cornuta de Geer.
ff. Tegmina and wings abbreviated, about as long as the abdomen.
Ovipositor very long [Bolivia]......... brevipennis sp. nov.
ee. Fastigium of the vertex below smooth.
jf. Apex of the fastigium compressed and carinated above.
cultricornis Pictet.
ff. Apex of the fastigium plainly acuminate, not compressed, nor
carinated above.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 383

g. Tegmina broader and shorter. The fastigium distinctly
Curved: dowmnwards!n. ievechu tierlerd steers rhinoceros Pictet.

gg. Tegmina narrower and longer. The fastigium not dis-
tinctly bent downwards.

h. Fastigium of the vertex elongate. Ovipositor very
long, at least more than twice the length of the
abdomen, greatly surpassing the tegmina.

longicauda Serville.
hh. Fastigium of the vertex shorter. Ovipositor less than
one-half longer than the abdomen, scarcely surpass-
ing the tegmina by one-half...... brevicauda Karny.
cc. Intermediate tibize above armed internally with four to six spines.
d. Middle tibize armed above with five or six spines.
e. The middle tibiz above furnished with six spines.
f. Anterior femora below provided with spines on both margins.
g. Anterior and intermediate femora five-spined on both
r argins; ovipositor distinctly shorter than the body.
cephalotes Pictet et Saussure.
gg. Anterior femora on the posterior margin two-spined; the
intermediate femora without spines on the hind margin.
Ovipositor equal to the body in length.
brachyptera Karny.
ff. Anterior femora below without spines on the hind margin.
capito Stal.
ce. The middle tibiz above provided with five spines.
producta Bolivar.
dd. Middle tibize armed above with only four spines.
embastivinmeloncern (Eb Olivia) armen eciseie asec « steinbachi sp. nov.
ee. Fastigium shorter (Peru, St. Vincent, Lesser Antilles).
brevicornis Redtenbacher.
bb. Fastigium of the vertex only a trifle surpassing the apex of first antennal

joint.
ICopELOMbuCAStATIECOUS Se pian ave ty alekesel vet elves ai ciekcwe vio teyieus Syors cons brevirostris Stal.
GEE LN RONE HONE Male OMG AG 0. COS CO OTIC One aS coronata Redtenbacher.

129. Copiphora steinbachi sp. nov.

A medium-sized insect, with fully developed tegmina and wings,
most closely related to C. producta Bolivar and C. brevicornis Redten-
bacher, as shown by the synoptical table just given.

Male.—Form somewhat slender, general color pale, yellowish
green. Front smooth, the cheeks provided with the usual rugosities
below the eyes; fastigium of the vertex rather long, smooth, tapering,
acuminate, the apex gently depressed, scarcely rugulose near the base
above and without carine, the lateral sub-basal teeth prominent.

384 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Pronotum glabrous, rather short, the hind margin sub-truncate.
Tegmina sub-pellucid, the veins numerous, prominent, and quite
regular. Stridulating area transparent, smooth. Anterior femora
five-spined in front, smooth behind; middle femora six-spined ex-
ternally, smooth internally; middle tibiz four-spined internally.
Cerci something like those described for brevicornis Redt., but with
the teeth concolorous, instead of ferruginous. Clypeus and labrum
ferruginous; mandibles internally and suture at base of clypeus black.

Length of body, o, 42 mm., of fastigium 6 mm., of pronotum 9
mm., of tegmina, 42 mm., of hind femora, 20 mm.

Habitat.—The type, a single male, comes from Quatro Ojos, Depart-
ment of Santa Cruz, Bolivia, where it was taken in November, 1913,
by J. Steinbach at an elevation of 300 meters above sea-level. It is
the property of the Carnegie Museum.

130. Copiphora brevipennjs sp. nov.

This new species as the name indicates is short-winged. It is most
nearly related to C. cornuta de Geer, as indicated in the synoptic key.
Both sexes are at hand, but since the female specimen is in the best
condition it is selected as the chief basis of the description.

Robust; head large, a little wider than the anterior margin of the
pronotum, rugose, especially in front and at the sides below the eyes.
Fastigium of the vertex strongly tuberculate above, below, and at
sides, the apical portion smoother, carinated below, the extreme tip
deflexed, ferruginous. Pronotum rugoso-granulose, the hind margin
evenly rounded. Tegmina abbreviated, tapering, the apex rounded,
coriaceous, the secondary veining irregular. Anterior femora five-
spined in front, smooth behind; middle femora six-spined externally,
smooth internally; hind tibie externally three-spined, smooth in-
ternally. Ovipositor longer than the body. Subgenital plate of
abdomen of female small and tapering, its apex rather deeply and
roundly emarginate. Male cerci small, bowed, the apex two-toothed,
the upper tooth much the larger, the lower one long and slender, not
greatly divergent from the upper. Last ventral segment of moderate
size, somewhat tapering, coarsely bicarinate and terminating in
rather prominent style-like teeth, the emargination rounded, but less
profound than in the female.

General color pale greenish testaceous, possibly altogether greenish
in life. Front from the base of the clypeus to the transverse depressed

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 385

line between the eyes tinged with vinaceous, this patch decreasing
in width upwards. Inner side of the mandibles, base of the clypeus
and clypeal groove black, the clypeus and labrum dirty white. Ovi-
positor dark-tipped.

Length of body, o, 38 mm., 9, 48 mm.; of fastigium, o”, 5.5 mm.,
2, 7-65 mm.; of pronotum, o7, 9.5 mm., Q, 10.75 mm.; of tegmina,
o' and 2, 30 mm.; of ovipositor, 54 mm.

Habitat.—Province del Sara, Bolivia, during February, March, and
pr, ura. Collected by J. Steinbach. “167, 329. The types
are in the Carnegie Museum.

131. Copiphora cornuta (De Geer).

Locusta cornuta DE GEER, Mem. Ins., III, p. 441, Pl. 37, fig. 7 (1773); BLANCH.,
Hist. Ins., III, p. 26 (1840).

Copiphora cornuta SERVILLE, Ins. Orth., p. 514, pl. 10, f. 7 (1839); KARNY, Revis.
Conocephal., p. 6 (1907).

Copiophora cornuta BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, p. 703 (1838); CHARPENTIER,
Orth., pl. 43 (1843); STAL, Recens. Orth., II, p. 104 (1874); REDTENBACHER,
Mon. Conocephal., p. 26 (1891); SAUSSURE & PicTeT, Biol Cent.-Amer., Orth.,

I, pp. 376, 378 (1898).
Habitat.—The collection now being reported upon contains a speci-
men of this insect from Para, Brazil. It was probably taken by H.

H. Smith.
132. Copiphora rhinoceros (Pictet).

Copiophora rhinoceros PicTET, Mem. Soc. Genéve, XXX (6), p. 44 (1888); RED-
TENBACHER, Mon. Conocephal., p. 342 (1891).

Copiphora rhinoceros KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 231 (1906); KARNy, Revis.
Conocephal., p. 6 (1907).
Habitat.—There are two male specimens of the present species at

hand. They come from Costa Rica, Central America.

133. Copiphora producta (Bolivar).

Copiocera producta BOLIVAR, Revist. Chilefa, VII, p. 143 (1903).
Copiphora producta KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 231 (1906); KARNy, Revis.
Conocephal., p. 7 (1907).
Habitat—A male from Rio de Janeiro, Brazil (H. H. Smith), and a
female from the ‘‘Province del Sara, Bolivia (J. Steinbach)’’ are

referred to Bolivar’s C. producta.

Genus LAMNICEPS Bolivar.

Lamniceps Bovtvar, Rev. Chilefia, VII, p. 144 (1903); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth.,
II, p. 232 (1906); Karny, Revis. Conocephal., p. 2 (1907).

386 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

This monotypic genus occurs in Paraguay, southern Brazil, and

southeastern Bolivia.

134. Lamniceps giglio-tosi Bolivar.
Lamniceps giglio-tosi BOLIVAR, Rev. Chilefia, VII, p. 145 (1903).

Specimens of both sexes are before me. They come from Chapada,
Brazil (H. H. Smith) and the Province del Sara, Bolivia (J. Steinbach).

Genus EXOCEPHALA Serville.

Exocephala SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 160 (1831); 7b., Ins. Orth., 507
(1839); BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, p. 723 (1838); REDTENBACHER, Mon.
Conocephal., pp. 14, 345 (1891); KARNyY, Revis. Conocephal., pp. 2, 10, figs. 2,
3 (1907).

Moncheca WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt., II, p. 289 (1869).

Vestria STAL, Recens. Orth., II, pp. 97, 105 (1874).

This is another exclusively tropical American genus belonging to
the family Copiphorida. Seven species are known.

135. Exocephala bisulca (St. Farg. et Serville).

Locusta St. FARG. et SERV., Encycl. Meth., Ins., X, p. 342 (1825).

Exocephala bisulca SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 160 (1831); REDTENBACHER,
Mon. Conocephal., p. 346, pl. 3, fig. 7 (1891); SAUSSURE & PIcTET, Biol. Cent.-
Amer., Orth., I, p. 381 (1898).

Moncheca pretiosa WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., II, p. 289 (1869).
Habitat.—A single female coming from Santa Cruz de la Sierra,

Bolivia, belongs here. It was taken by J. Steinbach.

136. Exocephala viridis Redtenbacher.
Exocephala viridis REDTENBACHER, Mon. Conocephal., p. 347 (1891).
Habitat.—Four female specimens of this rather attractive insect are
at hand. They were collected at Quatra Ojos, Department of Santa
Cruz, Bolivia, by J. Steinbach. They belong to the Carnegie Museum
Accession No. 5059.

Genus Err1oLus Bolivar.

Eriolus BOLtvar, Orth. de I’Ile Cuba, p. 35 (1888); REDTENBACHER, Monog.
Conocephalid., p. 34 (1891); KarNy, Revis. Conocephalid., pp. 2, Ir (1907),
The representatives of the genus Erzolus somewhat resemble those

of Conocephalus. They are confined to tropical America, where

species are to be met with in the regions embraced between 24°
north and south of the equator. There is quite a variation among

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 387

the species as regards the structure of the ovipositor as well as the
fastigium of the vertex, as may be noticed in the synoptical key which
is subjoined. About a dozen species have been recognized, one of
them being here described as new.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF ERIOLUS.

A. Mesosternal lobes on both sides in front produced into an erect spine. Ovi-
DOSitor with the apex Obtuse......s6sssns Meee spiniger Redtenbacher.
AA. Mesosternal lobes smooth, not provided in front with erect spines. Ovi-
positor variable.
b. Fastigium of the vertex plain, or flattened above, its apex rounded. Pro-
notum produced behind [Costa Rica]......... longipennis Redtenbacher.
bb. Fastigium of the vertex rounded above, the apex more or less acuminate.
Pronotum not produced behind.
c. Genicular lobes of the posterior femora acutely produced. The tegmina
longer (23-37 mm.).
d. Ovipositor with the apex not acute, the apex either rounded or
obliquely truncated.
e. Ovipositor with the apex of the upper valve rounded. Tegmina
longer (34-37 mm.) [Island of Jamaica]. ..jamaicensis sp. nov.
ee. Ovipositor with the apex of the upper valve obliquely truncated.
f. Tegmina shorter (2, 25 mm.) [S. America ?].
frater Redtenbacher.
ff. Tegmina longer (9 , 28-31 mm.) [Central America and Mexico].
g. Fastigium of the vertex acute. Anterior femora in front

four-spined [Mexico]............. mexicanus Saussure.
gg. Fastigium of the vertex blunt. Anterior femora six-spined.
{Guatemala, Panama]... .consobrinus Saussure & Pictet.

dd. Ovipositor with its apex acute.
e. Front unicolorous, pallid.
f. Ovipositor longer (10.5 mm.), somewhat dilated back of its
Tatra ice) ( Sir] 612 ple gee etree edge heel ae caraibeus Bolivar.
ff. Ovipositor shorter (5.5—6.5 mm.), not dilated back of its middle.
g. Anterior femora below unarmed. Tegmina very slender,
tapering to the apex [Panama].
acutipennis Saussure & Pictet.
gg. Anterior femora below four-spined. Tegmina graceful,
but not remarkably slender [Guatemala].
falcatus Saussure & Pictet.
ee. Front with a large black maculation [Brazil]. ..nigrifrons Karny.
cc. Genicular lobes of the posterior femora but little produced, not slenderly

acute.
b. Tegmina a little surpassing the tip of the abdomen, narrowed
towards their apex [Guatemala]........ brevipennis Redtenbacher.

bb. Tegmina not surpassing the tip of the abdomen, the apex rounded.
EESSpinito Santoysorazill| i james stoner aiens minimus Karny.

388 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

137. Eriolus jamaicensis sp. nov.

A moderately large insect related to E. frater Redtenbacher, E.
mexicanus Saussure, and F. consobrinus Saussure & Pictet, from all
three of which it differs in having in a representative of this genus a
remarkably long fastigium of the vertex.

Moderately robust, unicolorous, grass-green. Fastigium of the
vertex more than twice the length of the basal antennal joint, rounded
above, carinated, and provided with a well-developed tooth below,
its apex acuminate. Pronotum minutely granulose, the disc flattened
and with its sides nearly parallel, the anterior margin very shallowly
and roundly emarginate, the hind margin rotundo-truncate. Teg-
mina ample, coriaceous, closely and irregularly veined, gently taper-
ing, the apex reaching far bevond the tip of the abdomen and even
beyond the tip of the ovipositor, the extreme point subacuminate.
Legs robust, short; anterior and middle femora six-spined; hind
femora furnished below with seven to ten inconspicuous spines on the
external and as many as two very small ones on the inner margin;
anterior and middle tibie strongly spined below on both margins, the
hind pair weakly spined. Meso-sternal lobes each provided in front
with a minute blunt spine; metasternal lobes unarmed. Ovipositor
moderately heavy, but gently arcuate, its upper margin bisinuate,
widest a little before its middle, the valves provided with a roughened
area caused by a series of obliquely directed closely arranged depressed
lines; apex broadly rounded, the lower valves much shorter, narrower,
and oblique at the apex. Subgenital plate of abdomen of female
Short, carinated at the middle, the sides terminating in prominent
style-like teeth, the apex sinuate.’ Cerci of male moderately heavy,
fully twice as long as broad, bowed inwards, and a little upwards, ©
terminating in two teeth, the lower one much the larger and directed
inwards; subgenital plate large, nearly twice as long as the basai
width, strongly depressed and minutely carinated at middle, the
lateral halves triangular in cross-section, broadly wedge-shaped,
terminating in a small, rounded, tooth-like spine, middle deeply and
angulately emarginate.

Length of body, o’, 27-30 mm., 9, 32 mm.; of fastigium, co", 2.75
mm., 9, 3 mm.; of pronotum, co’, 7 mm., 2, 7.25 mm.; of tegmuna,
o', 33-34 mm., 2, 37 mm.; of hind femora, o'; 12: mm., 9 , 12.5mmer
of ovipositor, II mm.

Habitat—_30'o' and 19, Jamaica, West Indies. They belong to

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 389

the collection of Dr. W. J. Holland, deposited in the Carnegie Museum,
Ace, L. No. 13k.

Genus GRYPORHYNCHUS Redtenbacher.

Gryporhynchus REDTENBACHER, Monog. Conocephal., p. 37 (1891); KARNY, Revis.
Conocephal., p. 13 (1907).

138. Gryporhynchus minor sp. nov.

The present genus is a small one, and its representatives seem to
be confined to Brazil, so far as known material would indicate. The
type, a female, came from New Freiburg, Brazil. The specimen
described as the male of the former is credited to Espirito Santo,
which is in the interior; and now a second female is at hand with
Rio de Janeiro as its habitat. Redtenbacher’s female specimen was
25 mm. long, the fastigium 3.3 mm., the tegmina 30 mm. and the
ovipositor 17 mm. Karny’s male was 19.5 mm. long, the fastigium
2 mm. and it had tegmina only 17.5 mm. in length. The present
female measures 22 mm. long, has the fastigium a trifle over 3 mm.,
the pronotum, 5.5 mm., the tegmina 19 mm., the hind femora 13.5
mm., and the ovipositor 14 mm. This last specimen being a female
and varying so much from the measurements of typical acutipennis
Redtenbacher, /. c., p. 38, is considered distinct, and is given the name
Gryporhynchus minor.

Karny’s specimen may be the opposite sex of either of the females,
but is most likely to go with the present. The short fastigium,
however, seems to make this supposition somewhat doubtful. All
three specimens are practically pale green, or faded testaceous. The
type of minor is in the Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pa.

Genus OxyprRora Stal.

Oxyprora STAL, CEfv. Vet.-Akad. Férh., XIII (4), p. 50 (1873); b., Recens. Orth.,
II, p. 98, 106 (1874); REDTENBACHER, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, XLI, p. 358
(1891).

The species of the present genus have some of the characteristics of
representatives of both Copiphora and Neoconocephalus. As is the
case in the preceding genus and many of those which follow they
are tropical American.

139. Oxyprora flavicornis Redtenbacher?
Oxyprora flavicornis REDTENBACHER, Mon. Conocephal., p. 46 (1891).
Habitat.—There are a number of specimens of Oxyprora contained
in the present collection. They have been referred to flavicornis

390 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Redt. with a little hesitation. They come from Chapada, Brazil
(H. H. Smith), and the Province del Sara, Bolivia (J. Steinbach).

Genus CAULOPSIS Redtenbacher.
Caulopsis REDTENBACHER, Verh. Zool.-bot., Ges. Wien, XLI, p. 376 (1891); SAUS-

SURE & PicrTetT, Biol. Cent.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 388 (1898).

This genus contains several species of rather small and comparatively
slender insects, which resemble the much larger species of Neocono-
cephalus. At least five species are known from South American
localities together with possibly two others. There are four sup-
posedly distinct species at hand. They, with still another, may be
separated as follows:

TABLE FOR SEPARATING THE SPECIES OF CAULOPSIS.

A. Fastigium of the vertex with the apex acuminate, carinated below.
b. Size larger (2, 37-44 mm.). Tegmina subacuminate.
c. Ovipositor fully one-half as long as the elytra (26 mm.).
gracilis Redtenbacher .
cc. Ovipositor less than one-half as long as the elytra (13 mm.).
acuminata sp. nov.
bb. Size smaller (2, 28 mm.). Tegmina with the apex rounded.
oberthuri Bolivar,
AA. Fastigium of the vertex with the apex obtuse, rounded below.
by Smialler (67), P2Asam nays esate to esewers shot oiel hoteuenencener ne cuspidata Scudder.
bb. Wwarger, \(o), sotmint!) jer. Aan ie ee cece attenuata sp. nov.

140. Caulopsis acuminata sp. nov.

Most nearly related to C. gracilis Redtenbacher, but considerably
smaller. Antenne, as in that species, unusually robust and strongly
hirsute at the base and very long. The fastigium slender, acuminate.
Eyes round, depressed. Pronotum cylindrical, broadly and roundly
emarginate in front, truncate behind. Tegmina narrow, with few
veinlets, the costal field subhyaline, the apex somewhat acuminate.
Anterior and middle femora unarmed below, hind pair five- to six-
spined on the outer margin apically.

Length of body, 2, 36 mm., of pronotum, 5 mm., of tegmina,
36.5 mm., of hind femora, 15 mm., of ovipositor, 13 mm.

Habitat.—The type and only specimen at hand comes from Corum-
ba, Brazil, where it was collected by H. H. Smith. This type belongs.
to the Carnegie Museum.

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 391

141. Caulopsis oberthuri Bolivar.
Caulopsis oberthuri BOLIVAR, Revista Chilefia, VII, p. 146 (1903); KirBy, Syn. Cat.

Orth., I, p. 240 (1906); KARNy, Revis. Conoceph., p. 21 (1907).

Specimens of an insect which have been determined as the C.
oberthurt of Bolivar are at hand from Corumba, Brazil, and Province
del Sara (350 meters), Bolivia. They were taken by H. H. Smith
and J. Steinbach respectively.

142. Caulopsis cuspidata (Scudder)?
Conocephalus cuspidatus SCUDDER, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XX, p. 88 (1879).
Caulopsis cuspidata REDTENBACHER, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, XLI, p. 377

(1891); Karny, Revis. Conoceph., p. 21 (1907).

Several specimens are at hand of a species which seems to be the
cuspidata of Scudder, although they come from a locality much
farther south than has been recorded for it. From Corumba, Brazil,
March (H. H. Smith), and Quatro Ojos, Department Santa Cruz
and Province del Sara, Bolivia, December (J. Steinbach).

143. Caulopsis attenuata sp. nov.

As shown by the table this species is related to the preceding, but
islarger. The fastigium of the vertex is blunt at the apex and curved
gently upwards. The eyes are round and prominent; antenne slender
and not hirsute basally. Stridulating field of tegmina tinged with:
ferruginous. Anterior and middle femora below on the anterior
border one- to three-spined; hind femora below spined on both margins.

Length of body, o’, 30 mm., of fastigium of vertex 4.75 mm., of
pronotum, 5.2 mm., of tegmina, 40 mm., of hind femora, 17 mm.

Habitat——Only the male is represented and that by but a single:
individual. It bears the label ‘‘ Mogy das Cruzes, Sao Paulo, Brazil,
July 21, 1908.’’ It was collected by J. D. Haseman. The type is
the property of the Carnegie Museum.

Genus NEOCONOCEPHALUS Karny.
Neoconocephalus KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., pp. 4, 22 (1907).

The genus, or as H. Karny calls it, the subgenus Neoconocephalus,
is practically confined to the New World. It is that portion of the:
old genus Conocephalus of Serville, nec Thunberg, in which the fasti-
gium of the vertex and of the front are distinctly separated, and in
which the costal vein of the elytra is obliterated or indistinct. The
tegmina often lack the costal vein, or have it running obliquely towards:

392 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

the costa, instead of parallel to the radial vein. In his synopsis
(I. c. pp. 22-29) he lists seventy-eight species. I am now adding
three others. It is quite certain that a number of still undiscovered
species will be found to inhabit the various parts of tropical America
as they become better explored.

Many of these insects are quite similar in their general appearance
and differ chiefly in the form and length of the fastigium as well as
the color of the vertex, length of the wings, hind femora, in spine-
characters and in the comparative smoothness or granulation of the
pronotum, etc. The form and length of the ovipositor is also a diag-
nostic character. Most of the species live among grasses and other
low herbage, but also frequently are to be met with among the foliage
of trees. They are readily attracted to bright lights, and may be col-
lected at night in cities and towns.

144. Neoconocephalus crassus (Bolivar).

‘Conocephalus crassus BOLIvAR, An. Soc. Espafi,. X, p. 499 (1881); Ib., Viaje al
Pacif., Ins., p. 102, Pl. 3, fig. 6 (1884); REDTENBACHER, Monog. Conocephalid_,

PP- 379, 390 (1891).
Neoconocephalus crassus KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., p. 23 (1907).

There is an almost grown female nymph at hand which is referred
here. It bears the label ‘‘ Benivides, Brazil,’’ and was probably col-
lected by H. H. Smith.

145. Neoconocephalus nigrosignatus Karny?
Neoconocephalus nigrosignatus KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., pp. 23, 31 (1907).
A single female insect bearing the locality label ‘‘ Para, Brazil,’’ is
referred doubtfully to Karny’s nigrosignatus.

146. Neoconocephalus nigropunctatus (Redtenbacher).

Conocephalus nigropunctatus REDTENBACHER, Monog. Conocephalid., pp. 380, 391,
Pl. 3, fig. 32 (1891).
Neoconocephalus nigropunctatus KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., p. 24 (1907).
Male specimens of a Neoconocephalus taken at both Benevides and
Para are referred to Karny’s nigropunctatus.

147. Neoconocephalus elongatus (Redtenbacher).

Conocephalus elongatus REDTENBACHER, Mon. Conocephalid., pp. 66, 79 (1891).
Neoconocephalus elongatus KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., pp. 24 (1907).

A female coming from the “ Province del Sara,’’ Bolivia, 350 meters
above sea-level and collected during the period of November and

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 393

December, 1912, has been determined as elongatus Redt. which was
described from Peru. The specimen at hand was collected by J.
Steinbach.

148. Neoconocephalus muticus (Redtenbacher).

Conocephalus muticus REDTENBACHER, Mon. Conocephalid., pp. 66, 79 (1891).
Neoconocephalus muticus KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., p. 24 (1907).

This insect was described from material collected in Cuba and St.
Vincent, West Indies. The material now being reported was taken
in the Island of Jamaica.

149. Neoconocephalus irroratus (Burmeister).
Conocephalus irroratus BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, p. 705 (1838); REDTEN-
BACHER, Mon. Conocephalid., pp. 66, 80 (1891).
Neoconocephalus irroratus KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., p. 24 (1907).
The specimens in the present collection, which agree with Burmeis-
ter’s description of irroratus, bear the label ‘‘ Rio de Janeiro.”’ They
were taken by H. H. Smith.

150. Neoconocephalus redtenbacheri Karny?
Neoconocephalus redtenbacheri KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., pp. 24, 32 (1907).
Two male Neoconocephalids from ‘‘ Province del Sara,’’ Bolivia,
taken at a point with an elevation of 350 meters above sea-level are
referred here with some doubt. They were collected by J. Steinbach

during the month of November, 1913.

151. Neoconocephalus mexicanus (Saussure).

Conocephalus mexicanus SAUSSURE, Orth. Nova Amer., I, p. 11 (1859); REDTEN-
BACHER, Mon. Conocephalid., pp. 66, 81 (1891).
Neoconocephalus mexicanus KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., p. 24 (1907).

This widely distributed species is represented by a female specimen
taken at Para, Brazil.

152. Neoconocephalus longicauda Karny.
Neoconocephalus longicauda KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., pp. 25, 33 (1907).
Specimens collected at Chapada, Brazil, are classified as this species.
Karny’s material came from Rio Grande do Sul.

153. Neoconocephalus maxillosus (Fabricius).

Locusta maxillosa FAsricius, Ent. Syst., II, p. 37 (1794).
Conocephalus maxillosus SERVILLE, Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth., p. 520 (1839). For
further synonymy see KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth. Brit. Mus., II, p. 243 (1906).

394 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

The present species, which is widely distributed over tropical
America, is represented by specimens from Benevides, Chapada, and
Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. They were taken by H. H. Smith.

154. Neoconocephalus heteropus (Bolivar).
Conocephalus heteropus BOLIVAR, Notas Entomol., V, p. 50 (1881); REDTENBACHER,
Mon. Conocephalid., pp. 67, 86 (1891).
Neoconocephalus heteropus KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., p. 26 (1907).
This is another of the rather widely distributed species of the genus
found in tropical America. The determination is based on a female
bearing the label ‘‘Lagoa Feia, Tocos, in Espirito Santo, Brazil.”

155. Neoconocephalus infuscatus (Scudder).
Conocephalus infuscatus SCUDDER, Ent. Notes, IV, p. 19 (1875); REDTENBACHER,
Mon. Conocephalid., pp. 66, 84 (1891).
Neoconocephalus infuscatus KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., p. 26 (1907).
Several males are referred to this widely distributed tropical Ameri-
can species. They were taken by J. Steinbach during October and
November in the Province del Sara, Bolivia.

156. Neoconocephalus nietoi (Saussure).
Conocephalus nietoi SAUSSURE, Orth. Nov. Amer., I, p. II (1859); REDTENBACHER,

Mon. Conocephalid., pp. 68, 91 (1891).

Neoconocephalus nietot KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., p. 28 (1907).

A female specimen of the genus coming from Jamaica, West Indies,
has been referred to this species. It is quite typical. It also occurs
in the southern part of the United States, Mexico, and Central
America, and is common to all of the West Indian islands.

157. Neoconocephalus gladiator (Redtenbacher).
Conocephalus gladiator REDTENBACHER, Mon. Conocephalid., pp. 68, 92 (1891).
Neoconocephalus gladiator KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., p. 29 (1907).

A female specimen of the genus coming from Chapada, Brazil, has
been determined as this species.

158. Neoconocephalus giganticus sp. nov.

A very large, rather robust grass-green insect, with dusky feet and
black spines on all the femora, in which the fastigium of the vertex
is short and broadly rounded, and the ovipositor unusually long, broad,
and gently decurved.

Head smooth, but little punctured or otherwise roughened, large

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 895

and robust, fully as broad as the anterior part of the pronotum, the
fastigium gently ascending, sub-globose, nearly as wide as long,
toothed below and rather widely separated from the fastigium of the
front, its anterior margin evenly rounded. Pronotum a little longer
than wide, its surface somewhat rugoso-punctate, most decidedly so
on the disc, the lateral lobes furnished with a large depressed more or
less transparent and sub-glabrous area, anterior margin above broadly
emarginate, the hind margin subtruncate, the lateral lobes heavily
margined. Elytra broad, fully twice as long as the abdomen and one-
half again as long as the hind femora, their apex subacuminate, the
costal vein not prominent, strongly divergent from the radial. An-
terior femora provided with three spines, the intermediate with four
spines and the hind pair with numerous black tipped spines arising in
advance of rather large black blotches. Ovipositor broad, long, gently
decurved, the apex obliquely acuminate from below. Subgenital
plate carinated at middle, tapering, roundly emarginate at its apex.

General color bright grass-green, the basal half of the hind femora,
ovipositor, and occiput, together with the upper part of the front, and
cheeks and antenne ferrugineo-testaceous. Mandibles bright saff-
ron-yellow, the labrum, labium, and apical joints of the palpi purplish.
Femora below prominently punctate or maculate with deep black, the
tarsi, tips of the femora and tips as well as base of the tibie infuscate.
Anterior margin of the fastigium of the vertex yellow-banded, scarcely
fuscous-bordered beneath. Apex of the ovipositor somewhat infus-
cated. Eyes walnut-brown. Tegmina provided centrally on the api-
cal two-fifths with fuscous maculations, the anterior margin pellucid.

Length of body 43 mm.; of fastigium 2.25 mm.; of pronotum 9.5
mm.; of tegmina 65 mm.; of hind femora, 38 mm.; of ovipositor,
42 mm.

Habitat—The type and only specimen at hand was taken by J.
Steinbach in the ‘‘ Province del Sara,’ Bolivia, at an elevation of 350
meters above sea-level. It bears the Accession Number 5058.

In Karny’s synoptic table of the genus® the present species would
run to the vicinity of N. macropterus and N. necessarius of Redten-
bacher.

159. Neoconocephalus chapadensis sp. nov.

General structure slender and elongate. Tegmina very long.
Fastigium distinctly conical, fasciate beneath. Related to N. elon-

8 Abhandl. K. K. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, IV, 3, p. 27 (1907).

396 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

gatus of Redtenbacher. General color testaceous with a greenish
tinge upon the elytra.

Head small, smooth, tapering evenly from below to the apex of the
fastigium. Latter slightly longer than one of the eyes, the sides
obliquely truncate, its tip rounded, bluntly toothed at its base and
separated from the fastigium of the front. Pronotum granulose
throughout, most closely so on the disc, the latter flat and gently and
evenly tapering anteriorly, the lateral lobes attached by a well-defined
angle of equal prominence throughout; anterior margin above sub-
truncate, the hind margin subangulate. Tegmina very long and
slender, their apex rounded, the anterior margin pellucid. Anterior
and middle femora neither infuscated nor fusco-maculate, the hind
pair dotted with fuscous at the base of the spines; anterior femora
three-spined, intermediate pair one-spined, the hind femora with
several spines on both margins. Ovipositor long and slender, at its
base bent gently upwards, the apical portion slightly bowed down-
wards. Subgenital plate gently tapering and broadly and roundly
emarginate at the apex.

General color testaceous with a greenish tinge upon the tegmina—
possibly greenish in living specimens. Tarsi and tips of the tibize
somewhat infuscated. Fastigium of the vertex marked below with
a narrow transverse apical band of fuscous. Antenne with a few
fuscous annulations beyond their basal third.

Length of body, 29 mm., of pronotum 7.5 mm., of tegmina, 47.5
mm., of hind femora, 24 mm., of ovipositor, 29 mm.

Habitat.—The type, and only specimen at hand, comes from Cha-
pada, where it was collected during August (H. H. Smith). It is the
property of the Carnegie Museum. It also bears the number 2155
on a red label.

160. Neoconocephalus longifossor sp. nov.

A rather small as well as moderately slender species with a very long
ovipositor and short and rounded fastigium of the vertex, which is
black below. Most nearly related to N. redtenbachert Karny.

Vertex short and evenly rounded in front, plainly longer than broad,
the entire under side black, or strongly infuscated, toothed, and
separated from the fastigium of the front, its anterior margin flavo-
fasciate. Pronotum quite evenly and closely granulose, its posterior
margin rounded. Tegmina of medium width, about twice the length

~

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 397

of the abdomen and extending beyond the apex of the hind femora
fully one-fourth of their length, the tips sub-acuminate. Anterior
femora spineless, or at most with two spines, middle femora one- to
two-spined beneath, hind femora with several spines on both margins.
Ovipositor long and slender, a little bent upwards. Subgenital plate,
or last ventral segment, roundly and shallowly emarginate.

General color yellowish green or pale ferruginous, in the latter case
with the anterior margin of tegmina infuscated; antennae, tibia, and
ovipositor testaceo-ferruginous, the underside of fastigium entirely
black or fuscous, all of the tarsi and to some extent also the tips of
the tibiz infuscated; underside of hind femora fusco-maculate at
base of the spines. Anterior margin of the elytra hyaline.

Length of body, 2 , 30-32 mm., of fastigium, 1.35 mm., of pronotum
7—7.3 mm., of tegmina, 40-42 mm., of hind femora, 24-25 mm., of
ovipositor, 33-36 mm.

Habitat—Chapada, near Cuyaba, Matto Grosso, Brazil, during
May and June (H. H. Smith). Several specimens. Type in Carnegie
Museum.

Several other specimens in the collection remain to be studied.
Possibly there may be new ones among them, as well as species already
known.

Genus Homorocoryruus Karny.
Homorocoryphus KARNY, Revis. Conocephalid., pp. 4, 41 (1907).

Conocephalus auct. (in part).
Conocephalus REDTENBACHER, Mon. Conoceph. (Species 73-101), pp. 70-72, 103-

II5 (1891).

The species of the present genus have the same general appearance
as those belonging to Neoconocephalus, but can at once be recognized
by the contact of the fastigium of the front with the base of the
fastigium of the vertex.

161. Homorocoryphus cocanus (Bolivar)?

Conocephalus cocanus BOLIvAR, An. Soc. Espafi. Hist. Nat., X, p. 497 (1881);
Ib., Viaje al Pacif., Ins., p. 97 (1884); REDTENBACHER, Mon. Conocephal., 70,
106 (1891).

Conocephaloides cocanus KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 248 (1906).

Homorocoryphus cocanus KARNY, Revis. Conocephal., p. 42 (1907).

Habitat—A single female specimen of this genus now before me
seems to belong to the C. cocanus of Bolivar. It was taken during the
month of December, 1912. The locality label reads “ Prov. del Sara,

Bolivia, 350 meters”’ (J. Steinbach).

398 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Genus BucRATES Burmeister.

Bucrates BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, p. 708 (1838); STAL, Recens. Orth., II, p. 99
(1874); REDTENBACHER, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, XLI, pp. 330, 429 (1891);
KaArRNY, Revis. Conocephal., p. 4 (1907).

The genus Bucrates is a small one, and contains insects which are
confined to tropical America. Only two species are recognized so far.

162. Bucrates capitatus (De Geer).

Locusta capitata DE GEER, Mem. Ins., III, p. 455, Pl. 40, fig. 1 (1773).

Bucrates capitatus BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, p. 709 (1838); REDTENBACHER,
Mon. Conocephal., p. 115, pl. 3, fig. 48 a, b (1891); GRIFFINI, Boll. Mus. Zodl.
Anat. Comp. Torino, XI, no. 232, p. 26 (1896); KarNy, Revis. Conocephal.,
p. 115 (1907).

Conocephalus (?) latifrons WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., II, p. 310 (1869).
Habitat.—Specimens are at hand from Santarem, Para, Munez

Freire (Cachosiro) Espirito Santo, and Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

Family DECTICIDZ.

Up to the time when Caudell issued his paper on the group in the
Genera Insectorum no representatives of the family Decticid@ seemed
to have been recorded from South American localities. It is almost
incredible, however, that these insects should be entirely absent from
the whole of that large and varied continent, since they are known to
occur in all other portions of the Earth which are at all extensive and
possess more or less arid and somewhat open tracts. Forms should be
met with along the table-lands of Ecuador, Peru, Chili, and Argen-
tina, where these conditions prevail to a large extent. The members
of the family can be located by the synopsis of families printed on a
preceding page of this present paper should any be found.

Family GRYLLACRID.

The family known as Gryllacride is a rather extensive one if we
include all the forms found in the Orient as well as the Occident.
But when we limit ourselves to the Americas the genera are few. Of
those which are known to contain South American species there are
but five. These insects are also nocturnal in their movements and
during the daytime usually conceal themselves in various nooks and
crannies among rankly growing vegetation or among fallen leaves and
other rubbish on the ground. The five genera referred to here may
be separated as follows:

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 399

SYNOPSIS OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN GENERA OF GRYLLACRID.
A. Species winged.
b. Subgenital plate of the male provided with articulated or movable styles.
Gryllacris Serville.
bb. Subgenital plate of the males not provided with jointed or movable styles.
c. Posterior tibiz provided above with two large spines internally and

fiverspinesiexterally: 55. i.2: 06-e. os ocee Soe Dibelona Brunner.
cc. Posterior tibize above provided on both margins with seven equal
SPINES MEM MRT aac ee were che eliikos Rise Hyperbenus Brunner.

AA. Species apterous or subapterous.
barlecminamwhen present, lobitorms s2 42.) fle.aj.-. 2s 6 ae Neanias Brunner.
bb. Tegmina absent. Anterior and middle tibie below sometimes furnished
With fourmspines on) the apical third. ..22........... Neortus Brunner.

Genus GRYLLACRIS Serville.

Gryllacris SERVILLE, Ann. Sci. Nat., XXII, p. 138 (1831); Jb., Hist. Nat. Ins. Orth.,
Pp. 392 (1839); BURMEISTER, Handb. Ent., II, p. 717 (1838); BRUNNER, Verh.
Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XXXVIII, pp. 316, 317 (1888); Sauss. & Pict., Biol.
Centr.-Amer., Orth., I, p. 285 (1897); and others.

Larnaca WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., I, p. 190 (1869).

The genus Gryllacris is distributed throughout the tropics. It is
represented by over two hundred known species and others are being
added at short intervals from time to time as collections from various
new regions are studied. The representatives of the genus, as men-
tioned in the introductory remarks for the family, are all nocturaal
in their movements. While some of the species have abbreviated
tegmina and wings, I believe that none are entirely apterous, as is
the case with some representatives of the other genera of the family.

The genus Gryllacris is without doubt one of the oldest of the Orthop-
teroid insects. This we assume from the fact of its wide distribution,
continental, and insular. . While the center of distribution seems to be
Oceanica and the adjoining portions of Asia, there are many repre-
sentatives also in both Africa and tropical America. Nine years ago
there were at least a dozen species known from tropical American
countries. Since then fully that many more have been added.

The material now being reported upon contains several specimens.

163. Gryllacris levigata Brunner?
Gryllacris levigata BRUNNER, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, XX XVIII, p. 344 (1888);
KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 143 (1906).
Habitat.—A single female specimen of a Gryllacris coming from Rio
de Janeiro, Brazil, is referred here with some doubt. It was taken by
H. H. Smith during the month of November.

400 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Other specimens of the genus are reserved for study, until I shall
have had time to go over the extensive writings of Dr. Achille Griffini,
who has been doing much original work on the family during the past

six or eight years.

Genus HyPERB2&NUsS Brunner.
Hy perbenus BRUNNER, Mon. der Stenopel. u. Gryllacr., p. 123 (1888); GRIFFINI,

Spec. Gen. Hyperbenus, Redia, VII, pp. 187-203 (1911).

The present genus is confined to tropical America, where forms occur
from Panama to Bolivia and Paraguay. According to Dr. Achille
Griffini there were known at the time when he monographed the genus
eight species and one variety. The present collection contains an
additional form. All of the described forms are tabulated in Griffini'’s
monograph on pages 190-192.

164. Hyberbenus virgo Brunner.
Hy perbenus virgo BRUNNER, Mon. Stenopel. u. Gryllacr., p. 194 (1888); GRIFFINI,

Redia, VII, pp. 190, 192 (1911).

There are specimens of both sexes of this insect at hand. They
come from Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Bolivia, where they were collected
by J. Steinbach at an elevation of 450 meters above sea-level. There
is also a nymph of what is considered to be the same species. It was
taken by the same collector at Puerto Suarez, Bolivia, during the
month of November.

165. Hyperbenus minutipennis sp. nov.

Characterized at once by the greatly abbreviated tegmina and
wings, which reach only to the apex of the first abdominal segment,
and the very slender, tapering, and nearly straight ovipositor.

Tegmina lobate, their apex rounded, their upper or inner margins
not quite touching, scarcely one-third the length of the hind femora.
The hind femora externally four-spined, internally five-spined, the
three apical spines of the latter as large as those on the outer margin,
the other two minute. Subgenital plate roundly triangular, the
middle depressed from beneath, its apex not emarginate. General
color flavo-testaceous with the abdomen above irregularly variegated
with transverse fuscous streaks.

Length of body, 2,17 mm., of pronotum, 4 mm., of tegmina, 4 mm.,
of hind femora, 11 mm., of ovipositor, 16 mm.

Habitat.—A single female, the type, comes from the “ Province del

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 40]

Sara,’’ Bolivia, where it was taken during the month of October, 1913,
by J. Steinbach at an elevation of 350 meters. It is in the Carnegie

Museum.
166. Hyperbenus bohlsi Giglio-Tos.

Hyperbenus bohlsii GiGiio-Tos, Zoél. Jahrb. Syst., VIII, p. 815 (1895); GRIFFINI,
Redia, VII, pp. ro1, 196 (1911).
Several specimens of the two sexes of this species are at hand. They
were collected at Puerto Suarez, Bolivia, by J. Steinbach during the
months of November, December, and January.

167. Hyperbznus juvenis Brunner?
Hyperbenus juvenis BRUNNER, Mon. Stenopel. u. Gryllacr., p. 124 (1888); GRIFFINI,
Redia, VII, pp. 192, 201 (1911).
Habitat—A male specimen coming from Corumba, Brazil, is doubt-
fully referred to Brunner’s juvenis. It was collected by H. H. Smith
during the month of April.

Genus NEANIAS Brunner.
Neanias BRUNNER, Mon. Stenopel. u. Gryllacr., pp. 72, 129 (1888).

While the representatives of the genus Neanias have all been credited
to the Orient, where the various forms are distributed over Africa,
Asia, and Australasia, there seems to be one at hand bearing a South
American locality label.

168. Neanias (?) americanus sp. nov.

General color (after long immersion in spirits) uniformly pale
cinereo-testaceous, with the hind margins of the abdominal segments
paler, or rather more nearly testaceous, the consistency of the chitin
being denser and not permitting of the gray under color shining
through. Genicular lunules and base of hind tibiae piceous. Head a
little wider than the front margin of the pronotum, the vertex roundly
depressed, the fastigium of the vertex linearly joined to the front, about
twice as wide as the basal antennal joint. Pronotum short, broadest
in front, the anterior margin of the disc a trifle roundly advanced upon
the occiput at the middle, behind truncate. Tegmina present as very.
minute lateral scale-like lobes, which partly cover the suture between
the dorsal and lateral portions of the mesothorax and extend only
one-half the distance towards its hind margin. Anterior and middle
tibize below five-spined in front, four-spined behind; hind tibiz five-
spined internally, six-spined externally.

402 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM:

Length of body, &, 12 mm., of pronotum, 3 mm., of hind femora
8 mm.

Habitat—The type, a male, bears the label ‘‘Salto Grande de Par-
anapanema, Sao Paulo, Brazil, October, 12, 1908” (J. D. Haseman
collector). This insect belongs to accession No. 3768 of the Carnegie

Museum.

Family STENOPELMATIDZ.

Although widely distributed over the surface of the earth, this
family of the Tettigonoidea is represented in South America and nearby
regions by only five genera, so far as at present known. Other
representatives of the family are found in Mexico and the United
States to the north. Not much is known concerning their food-habits,
but some of them at least are supposed to be predaceous or carni-
vorous. The various species undoubtedly are largely nocturnal in
their movements. Some burrow in the earth, while still others live
under stones, tree-trunks, boards, and different kinds of encum-
brances affording shelter, while some are dwellers in caves and under-
ground passages.

The following synoptical key will aid in the recognition of the
genera which are known to occur in South American territory:

SYNOPSIS OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN GENERA OF STENOPELMATID.

A. Anterior tibia provided with an auditory opening on both sides.

b. Vertex viewed from above compressed. Fastigium of the vertex narrower
than the first antennal joint, sulcate. Occiput provided with a longi-
tudinal \carimavnct cis cpeie ce sve siete etLerenenie ere Schenobates Saussure.

bb. Vertex viewed from above plane or rounded. Fastigium of the vertex as
wide or wider than the first antennal joint, not sulcate.

c. Anterior tibize above on the inner margin two or three-spined.

d. Pronotum behind truncate, not covering the mesonotum. Front
tibie above three-spined on the outer margin.

Pherterus Brunner.

dd. Pronotum produced behind, entirely hiding the mesonotum.

Front tibiae above on the outer margin unarmed, with the

exception of the apical’spines..(- 1.6 «lee Licodia Walker.
cc. Anterior tibia above on both margins, with the exception of the apical
spines; «unarmed? reseee.e airs ate otensiensie ree Glaphyrosoma Brunner.

AA. Anterior tibia without auditory openings. Fastigium of the vertex between
the antenne deflexed, compressed, sulcate. Posterior tibiz robust, pro-

vided above with very strong spines.............. Cratomelus Blanchard

BRUNER: TROPICAL AMERICAN TETTIGONOIDEA. 403

Genus Licop1a Walker.
Licodia WALKER, Cat. Derm. Salt. B. M., I, p. 210 (1869); KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth.,

II, p. 119 (1906).

A potetamenus BRUNNER, Mon. Stenopel. u. Gryllacr., p. 39, Pl. 6, fig. 16 (1888).

In general appearance the insects, which comprise the present
genus, remind one somewhat of several North American representa-
tives of the family Raphidophoride, viz., the species of the genus
Udeopsylla Scudder. The genus is strictly tropical American. Four
species have been described, a possible fifth is represented in the pres-
ent collection. These species may be separated as follows:

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF LICODIA.
A. Anterior tibiz two-spined above on their anterior margin. Piceous, pale
DeneatialeLay tll menecpetere terete teks aires =o lSeis/eesterellats’ svcleue ei scaly palipes Walker.
AA. Anterior tibia one-spined above on the anterior margin.
b. Sides of the pronotum marked with two oblique testaceous bands on each
SG LS che 3 Ce Bettis eid Bic OO AG OES CeO URI CEI Re Renee eee obliqua Walker.
bb. Sides of the pronotum with a single longitudinal pale patch on each side
near the lower margin.
c. Pronotum not longer than one-half the length of the hind femora.
Fastigium of the vertex pale margined......... amazona Brunner.
“cc. Pronotum somewhat shorter than the hind femora. Fastigium of the
vertex entirely piceous.
d. Hind femora more robust, shorter, without a longitudinal piceous
band along the lower outer face........... clypeata Brunner.
dd. Hind femora less robust, longer; provided with a prominent
longitudinal, piceous line on the lower edge of outer face.
+ polita sp. nov.

169. Licodia clypeata (Brunner).
A potetamenus clypeatus BRUNNER, Mon. Stenopel. u. Gryllacr., p. 39 (1888).
Licodia clypeata KirBy, Syn. Cat. Orth., II, p. 119 (1906).

A single female specimen from the ‘‘ Province del Sara,” Bolivia,
is referred here. It was taken by J. Steinbach at an elevation of
350 meters above sea-level. This specimen has one of the anterior
tibie two-spined above on the anterior margin.

170. Licodia polita sp. nov.

Most nearly related to clypeata, from which it differs in the somewhat
less robust and longer hind femora, and in having all of the legs
rather strongly tinged with piceous near the apex of the femora and
on the basal portion of the tibia. Outer face of the hind femora
prominently marked externally with a longitudinal piceous vitta.

404 ANNALS OF THE CARNEGIE MUSEUM.

Length of body, o&%, 18 mm., 9, 19 mm.; of pronotum, ©’, 11.75
mm., 9,12 mm.;of hind femora, o', 17 mm., 9 , 18 mm.; of ovipositor,
10.5 mm. :

Habitat.—The types, & and 9, come from Chapada, near Cuyaba,
Matto Grosso, Brazil, where they were taken during November
(H. H. Smith). Another specimen comes from “ Province del Sara,”’
Bolivia (J. Steinbach). The types are in the Carnegie Museum.

Family RHAPHIDOPHORID.

The family Rhaphidophoride is composed of apterous rather active

’ “ce 9

insects usually known as ‘‘cave crickets’? and ‘‘camel crickets.
Like the various species belonging to the preceding family most, if
not all, of the representatives of the present family are nocturnal, or
at least crepuscular in habit. The majority live in caverns, crevices,
underground passages, beneath stones, logs, etc., while the remainder
burrow in the ground. Only two genera of these insects appear to
have been recorded as belonging to South America. They are the

following:

SYNOPSIS OF SOUTH AMERICAN GENERA OF RHAPHIDOPHORID,

A. Supra-anal plate of male abdomen transverse, very short, the apex on each
side terminating with a straight, acuminate appendage. Cerci straight,
pilose. The subgenital plate triangulately and lengthily produced, the
Styles Very Shortie crs scien, deus oy Scheer ous pene meacneie leet es Udenus Brunner.

AA. Supra-anal plate of male abdomen roundly produced. Cerci slender, not hir-
sute, the apex blunt. The subanal plate produced into a cylindrical
tubercle, at the sides furnished with very small styles.

Heteromallus Brunner.

Representatives of neither of these genera are contained in the
material, upon which report is now being madeyz

INDEX.

abbreviata, Agrcecia, 379
abbreviatus, Diophanes, 360
abdominalis, Hyperphrona, 328
aberrans, Conocephalus, 374
abnormalis, Parascudderia, 310
abnormis, Phlugis, 364
Symmetropleura, 307, 308
abramoides, Astyanax, IOI, 103
Abroidieta, 294
Abyssinian rodents, a new genus and
some new species and subspecies of,
7-28. By Childs Frick.
abyssinicus, Arvicanthis, 17, 20, 21
Acanthacara, 380
Acantheremus; 380
Acanthocharax microlepis, III
Acanthodiphrus, 342
Acanthodis, 338
aquilina, 347
curvidens, 347
gigantea, 347
longicauda, 347
tenebrosa, 347, 348 |
unicolor, 347
Synopsis of the species of, 347
Acarosporacee, 124
Acentrophorus, 140
Acestrorhamphine, III
Acestrorhynchus microlepis, III
Achzenodon, 217
Acnodon, 261
Acomys dimidiatus, 26
hawashensis, 26 |

kempi, 26, 27
percivali, 26, 27 :
Acra, 297

acuminata, Caulopsis, 390

acutipennis, Eriolus, 387

Adeclus, 337

‘Egimia, 288

7Emasia, 341

equatorialis, Conocephalus, 373, 376

zsopus, Serrasalmo, 249, 252

affinis, Creatochanes, 103

Aganacris, 314

Agaura, 203

Agoniatine, 109

Agreecia abbreviata, 379
vittipes, 379

Agroeeciide, Synopsis of the neotropical
genera of, 377
Agriochcerus latifrons, 183
albida, Grammadera, 320, 322
albiscopus, Mylosoma, 265, 266
albocaudata, Stenocephalemys, 8
alburnus, Curimatella, 93
albus, Serrasalmo, 251
Alectoria chalybeiformis, 119
fremonti, 118
jubata var. implexa, 119
Alestes macrolepidotus, 92, 107, 108
sadleri, 97
Alestines, 92
alettensis, Epimys rufidorsalis, 17
aleurites, Parmeliopsis, 122 ‘
Allosaurus, 273
Alogopteron, 289
alpestris, Cladonia, 120
altolepis, Perleidus, 139
altus, Pygocentrus, 244
Rooseveltiella, 240, 241, 244
Amaura spinata, 309
amaurocrea, Cladonia, 120
var. elotes, Cladonia, 120
var. oxyceras, Cladonia, 120
amazona, Licodia, 403
americanus, Neanias, 401
Amia, 140

| analis, Hemigrammus, 104

Anaulacomera, 293

biramosa, 320

brevicauda, 319

chelata, 319

cornucervi, 319

dama, 320

intermedia, 319

inversa, 320

nodulosa, 319

sulcata, 320

unicolor, 319
Anchiptolis, 340

chapadensis, 355

pleminioides, 355
Angara, 286
angustatus, Cocconotus, 358

Orophus, 332
angustifolia, Neuropteris, 127
angustifrons, Conocephalus, 373

405

406

angystixiphym, Leyrophyllym, 350
Aniarella, 286
minor, 298
proxima, "208, 299
punctulata, 298, 299
ty pica, 298
Synopsis of the species of, 298
Anisits, Dr. J. D., 249
Anisitsia notata, 95
ankoberensis, Epimys rufidorsalis, 18
Annalomes, 296
Annularia inflata, 126
stellata, 126 ©
Anodine, 93
Anonistus, 338, 345
: elongata, 346
gscariosa, 346
scops, 346
Synopsis of thg Squth American
“species of, 346
Anostomatine, 07
Anostomus anostomus, 95
ansorgii, Phractol@mus, III
anubis, Cynocephalus, 74
Aotus miriquouina, 58, 81, 83
rufipes, 81
Apatosaurus, 274
Apereisis, 338
Aphidna, 301
Aphidnia elegans, 302
punctifrons, 302
Aphractus, 336
Aphyacharax, 89
erythrurus, 99
aphthosa, Peltigera, 122
pocerycta, 2906
Apqtetamenus, 403
approximatus, Calamites, 26
aptera, Euxenica, 208
aquilina, Acanthodis, 347
Arachnascelis, 363
aratifrqns, Cocconotus, 358
arboregcens, Pecopteris, 126, 127, 128
arcuata, Cycloptera, 362
Arota, 295
Arvicanthis abyssinicus,
blicki, 20
jebelae, 22
mearnsi, 22
nubilans, 20, 23, 25
raffertyi, 22, 23
zaphiri, 23
niloticus, 21
testicylaris jebele, 20, 22
asmussi, Chelonichthys, 142
Asterophyllites, 126

20, 21

17,

Astyanax abramoides, I01, 103
bimaculatus, IOI, 103, 107
essequibensis, 102, 103

INDEX.

Astyanax guianensis, 102, 103
mucronatus, 102, 103
mutator, 102, 103
polylepis, IoI, 102, 103
potaroénsis, 102, 103 |

Ateles, 78
paniscus, 68

atrosignata, Ceraia, 311

atrosignatus, Brachyauchenus, 339
Diophanes, 360

atrospinosus, Diophanes, 360, 361

attenuata, Caulopsis, 390, 391

| aubynei, Pristella, 105

auratus, Psectrogaster, 93

aureolum, Moxostoma, 92

aureus, Mylosoma, 265
Pristobrycon, 245, 244
Serrasalmo, 246

barbata, Usnea, 119
Barbichthys, 103
Barosaurus, 221, 275; iG
Basileus, 381

Bertoniella, 378

| bicolor, Seniocebus, 79

bicordata, Pycnopalpa, 295, 331
bidens, Colosoma, 262
bidorsalis, Pygocentrus, 239
bifurcatum, Sphenophyllum, 126
bilensis, Gerbillus, 12, 13
bilobata, Steirodonopsis, 317
bimaculata, Lebiasina, 108
bimaculatus, Astyanax, IOI, 103, 107
biramosa, Anaulacomera, 320
Bison crassicornis, 225
bisulca, Exocephala, 386
blennoidgs, Characidium, 98, 99, 109
Bliastes, 341
blicki, Arvicanthis abyssinjcus, 29
bodesse, Tatera nigrigauda, 14
bodessana, Tatera vicina, 15
bohlsi, Hyperbzenus, 401
boliviana, Callinsara, 3094
Symmetropleura, 307, 308
bolivianum, Leurophyllum, 350
borassifolius, Cordaites, 127
borealis, Titanops, 57
borellii, Conocephalus, 373
borreri var. rudecta, Parmelia, 122
Bothriolepis coloradensis, 280, 281
leidyi, 280 ;
nitida, 280
bovallii, Poecilocharax, 9Q
Brachyauchenus atrosjgnatus, 339
brachyptera, Copiphora, 383
brachypterus, Ganocephalus, 3°73; 377
brandti, Serrasalmo, 249, 250, 258, 259
brasiliensis, Liparoscelis, 356
brevicauda, Anaulacomera, 319

INDEX.

brevicauda, Copiphora, 383
Uberaba, 303
brevicornis, Copiphora, 383
brevipennis, Eriolus, 387
Copiphora, 382
brevirostris, Copiphora, 383
Tomeophora, 323, 324
brevixiphum, Leurophyllum, 349
Brisilis, 342
Brontosaurus, 274, 277
browni, Mcenkhausia, 106
Bruner, Lawrence, Notes on tropical
American Tettigonoidea (Locusto-
dea), 284-404
Brycon falcatus, 100
Bryconethiops microstoma, I12
Bryconamericus, 97
hyphessus, 103
Bryconine, 100, I0OIf
Bucrates, 382
capitatus, 398
Buelliaceze, 121
Buellia parasema, I21
Burgilis, 286

caballus, Equus, 197
Celophyllum, 289
Ceenotropus, 96
cerulescens, Hyperphrona, 329
caizanus, Conocephalus, 374
Calamites approximatus, 126
dubius, 126
ramosus, 126
suckowi, 126, 127
Caldwell, Frank, 225
Calidophylla, 345
Callinsara, 290
boliviana, 304
clupeipennis, 304
Callipteridium membranaceum, 126, 127
Callithrix jacchus, 59, 62, 64, 67, 68, 72,
73, 77, 80
leucopus, 81
ruber, 63
callitrichus, Lasiopyga, 59, 60, 61, 62,
63, 64; 65, 66, 67, 72, 73, 77, 78, 79,
81, 82
calmoni, Pristobrycon, 245, 245
Pygocentrus, 245
Serrasalmo, 247
Caloplaca cerina, 121
elegans, 121
Caloplacacee, 121
Caloxiphus, 343
camptotenia, Sigillaria, 126
Candelariella cerinella, 122
canina, Peltigera, 123
capitatus, Bucrates, 398
capybara, Hydrochcerus, 229

407

| caraibeus, Eriolus, 387

caribe, Serrasalmo, 255
carinata, Ectemna, 312
Carliella, 363, 368
Carnegie, Andrew, 149
Carnegiella strigata, 108
Carriker, M. A., Jr., 152

carrikeri, Promerycochcerus, 150, 152,

156, 157, 158, 162, 163, 165, 167, 168,
169, 170, 172, 173, 174, £75, 176, 177,
180, I81, 182, 186, 188, 189, 190, IOI,
195, 196, 200, 201, 202, 206, 207, 209,
2220S 2A yea hme
Carry, M., 152
Catasparata, 345
Catoprion, 261
mento, 235, 262
Catopterus gracilis, 139, 140,
143, 144, 145, 146
macrurus, 139
redfieldi, 142, 144, 145
catopterus, Paleoniscus, 143
caudata, Phlugis, 364, 366
caudomaculatus, Creatochanes, 103
Caulopsis, 381
acuminata, 390
attenuata, 390, 391
cuspidata, 390, 391
gracilis, 390
oberthuri, 390, 391
Table for separating the species of,
390
cavernosa, Usnea, 119
Cebus, 78
Centrofera, 288
cephalotes, Copiphora, 383
Phlugis, 364
Ceraia, 291
atrosignata, 311
cornutoides, 311
punctulata, 311
Cerberodon, 362
Cercopitheci, 66
Cercopithecus, 67, 68, 79
midas, 81
cerina, Caloplaca, 121
cerinella, Candelariella, 122
Cheeroparnops, 340
chceropotamus, Potamocheerus, 158
Chalceus macrolepidotus, 92, 107
chalceus, Tetragonopterus, 107
Chalcinus elongatus, 109, III
rotundatus, 108, 109
chalybeiformis, Alectoria, 119
Championica, 337
chapadensis, Anchiptolis, 355
Grammadera, 321, 322, 323
Neoconocephalus, 395
Characidium blennoides, 98, 99, IOI

I4I, 142,

408

Characidium vintoni, 98
Characinid fishes, the scales of the South
American. By T. D. A. Cockerell,
92-113
Charax gibbosa, I10
Cheirodon insignis, 99, 100, III
chelata, Anaulacomera, 319
Chelonichthys asmussi, 142
minor, 142
chelonyx, Mesoreodon, 189, 190, 211,
219
chelydra, Promerycochcerus, 149, 156,
I59, 190, 218, 219
Chilodine, 96
Chilodus, 97
punctatus, 96
Chloroccelus, 344
Chlorophylla, 344, 345
falcifolia, 362
latifolia, 362
chrysargyrea, Mcenkhausia, 106
ciliaris, Nephromopsis, 121
ciliatus, Psectrogaster, 94
cincticornis, Topana, 331
cineria, Lecanora, 122
Cirrhina jullieni, 97
Citharidium, 93
Cladocyclus, 110
Cladodus concinnus, 283
formosus, 279, 283
Cladonia alpestris, 120
amaurocrea, 120
var. elotes, 120
var. oxyceras, 120
coccifera, 120
var. phyllocoma, 120
var. pleurota, 120
var. stemmatina, 120
crispata, 120
var. divulsa, 120
var. subcrispata, 120
cristella, 120
var. ochrocarpia, 120
var. vestita, 120
degenerans, 120
euphorea, 120
fimbriata, 120
gracilis, 120
var. hybrida, 120
var. ochrolora, 120
pyxidata, 121
var. chlorophza, 121
var. neglecta, 121
var. pocillum, 121
rangiferina, 120
squamosa, 120
strepsilis, 120
sylvatica, 120
uncialis, 120

INDEX.

Cladonia verticillata, 120
Cladoniacez, I19
clara, Grammadera, 321
clarksoni, Neuropteris, 127
Clisis, 341
clupeipennis, Callinsara, 304
clypeata, Licodia, 403
cocanus, Homorocoryphus, 397
coccifera, Cladonia, 120

var. phyllocoma, 120

var. pleurota, 120

var. stemmatina, 120
coccogenis, Serrasalmo, 246
Cocconotus angustatus, 358

aratifrons, 358

degeeri, 358

retiarius, 358

vittagene, 358
Coccosteus, 280
cochleata, Copiphora, 382
Cockerell, T. D. A., The Scales of the

South American Characinid Fishes,
92-113

coenopus, Merycochecerus, 185
Coggeshall, Arthur S., 30, 149
Collema vespertilio, 120
Colleme, 124
collettii, Moenkhausia, 106
Collimacee, 124
colombie, Pristes, 348
coloradensis, Bothriolepis, 280, 281

Megacerops, 31
Colosoma, 261

bidens, 262

mitrei, 262

nigripinnis, 263
colosseum, Microcentrum, 333
colosseus, Orophus, 333
communis, Cordaites, 127
compressus, Platigonus, I15
concinnus, Cladodus, 283
Condylocnemis, 342
Conocephalide, 285

Synopsis of South American genera

of, 370

Conocephaline, 285
Conocephalus, 370, 371

aberrans, 374

equatorialis, 373, 376

angustifrons, 373

borellii, 373 ;

brachypterus, 373, 377

caizanus, 374

crassus, 302

doryphorus, 374

elongatus, 392

exitiosus, 372

fasciatus, 372, 376

feste, 374

Conocephalus irroratus, 393

(2) latifrons, 308
longipes, 373, 376
meridionalis, 373, 377
nemoralis, 372, 375
nigropunctatus, 392
propinquus, 372
recticaudus, 373, 376
saltator, 373, 376
strictoides, 372
strictus, 372
truncatus, 372
unicolor, 373, 374
versicolor, 373, 377
vitticollis, 372

INDEX.

_consanguineum, Leurophyllum, 350

consobrinus, Eriolus, 387, 388

conspersa, Parmelia, 122
constans, Maronea, 124
copei, Mcenkhausia, 106

Copiphora brachyptera, 383

brevicauda, 383
brevicornis, 383
brevipennis, 382
brevirostris, 383
cephalotes, 383
cochleata, 382
cornuta, 382, 384, 385
coronata, 383
cultricornis, 382
feste, 382
longicauda, 383
monoceros, 382
producta, 383, 385
rhinoceros, 383, 385
steinbachi, 383

Synopsis of the species of, 382

Copiphoride, Synopsis of the South

American genera of, 379
Cora, 295

coralloides, Stereocaulon, 119

Cordaitales, 127

Cordaites borassifolius, 127

communis, 127
diversifolius, 127
grandifolius, 127
validus, 127

cordaitis, Hysterites, 125, 127

coriacea, Phlugis, 364, 367

cornucervi, Anaulacomera, 319

cornuta, Copiphora, 382, 384, 385

cornutoides, Ceraia, 311
coronata, Copiphora, 383

Correction of a generic name.

Peterson, 220
Coryphoda, 286
Coryphodes, 381
Cosmophyllum, 288
cotinho, Mcenkhausia, 106

By O. A.

coucha, Epimys, 18

crassus, Neoconocephalus, 392

Pristisomus, 147
Cratomelus, 402
Cratonotus, 342
Creatochanes affinis, 103

caudomaculatus, 103

melanurus, 103
Crenuchine, 99
Crenuchus spilurus, 99
crispata, Cladonia, 120

var. divulsa, 120

var. subcrispata, 120
cristella, Cladonia, 120

var. ochrocarpia, 120

var. vestita, 120
Cross, Dr. Whitman, 279
cruenta, Vellea, 312
Ctenobrycon, 92, 107

hauxwellianus, 104

spilurus, 104
culbertsoni,

Curimatella alburnus, 93
Curimatine, 93

Curimatopsis macrolepis, 94
Curimatus microcephalus, 94

morawhannae, 94
schomburgki, 94
spilurus, 92, 94, 95

curvidens, Acanthodis, 347
curviventris, Psectrogaster, 94
cuspidata, Caulopsis, 390, 391

cuvieri, Hydrocynus, 111
Cycadofilicales, 126
Cycloptera, 345
arcuata, 362
falcitolia, 362

cylindricus, Hemigrammus, 104

Cynocephalus anubis, 74

porcarius, 66
Cynodontine, Iro
Cyprinids, 92

Dedalus, 380

Daily, R. H., 118

dama, Anaulacomera, 320

Dasymys, 7

Dasyscelus, 338

Decticide, 285, 398

Dectinomima, 380

degeeri, Cocconotus, 358

degenerans, Cladonia, 120

Dendrocygna viduata, 230

dentatus, Peucestes, 316
Piabucus, 109

Merycoidodon,
173-185, 187, 194, 206, 207, 213
cultricornis, Copiphora, 382

409

165-160,

denticulatus, Pygopristis, 110, 226, 235,

236, 237

410

Dermatocarponacee, 124
Dermatocarpon fluviatile, 124
miniatum, I24
var. complicatum, 124
Deuterodon pinnatus, [or
Diapomine, 107
Dibelona, 399
Dicanthodis 338
granosa, 337
Diceratherium, 132
dichrourus, Moenkhausia, 106
Dicranostomus, 341
Dictyopyge macrura, 139, 140
digitatus, Dipterus, 282, 283
digitatellus, Homeosaurus, 86, 90, 9I
dilacerata, Ramalina, 119
dimidiatus, Acomys, 26
Diophanes abbreviatus, 360
atrosignatus, 300
atrospinosus, 360, 301
nigro-spinosus, 3600
perspicillatus, 360
rosescens, 360
scabricolle, 360
Diplacodon elatum, 29, 30, 31, 34, 36, 44
Diploceras, 220
osborni, 30, 32, 37, 38, 39, 40, 42,
43, 44, 45, 47, 48, 49, 132,
134, 135, 136, 137
Restoration of, 50-51
Taxonomic position of, 51-52
Diplodocus, 274, 277
Diplophyllus, 294, 296
insularis, 331
opacus, 331
punctatus, 331
Dipterus digitatus, 282, 283
mordax, 282
pectinatus, 282
remains from the Upper Devonian
of Colorado. By C. R. East-
man, 279-283
Disceratus, 342
Distichodus, 93, 96
diversifolius, Cordaites, 127
dives, Oxyprorella, 300, 301
divisa, Syntechna, 334
Diyllus, 343
Dolichocercus, 289
Dolichorhinus, 30
heterodon, 130
longiceps, £20, 130, 13, 133, 135;
136
Dorycoryphus, 381
doryphorus, Conocephalus, 374
Douglass, Earl, 149, 221, 273
Drepanoxiphus, 340
dubia, Phlugis, 364
dubius, Calamites, 126

INDEX.

Dysonia, 288, 301
elegans, 302
lamellipes, 302, 303
punctifrons, 302

Eastman, C. R., Dipterus Remains from
the Upper Devonian of Colorado,
279-283

Notes on Triassic fishes belonging
to the families Catopteride and
Semionotide, 139-148

Ectemna, 292

carinata, 312

Editorial notes, 1-6; 221-224

Egerton, Philip Grey, 144

Eigenmann, Dr. C. H., 92, 251

The Serrasalmine and Myline,
226-272

elatum, Diplacodon, 29, 30, 31, 34, 36,

elegans, Caloplaca, 121
Dysonia, 301
Gymnocera, 314

elgonis, Otomys, II

Elliot, Dr. D. G., 58

ellipticus, Myleus, 235

elongata, Anonistus, 346

elongatus, Chalcinus, 109, III
Neoconocephalus, 392
Serrasalmo, 227, 249, 250

emarginatum, Diplacodon, 29
Protitanotherium, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34,

35, 36

emarginatus, Pristobrycon, 247
Salmo, 247

Encentra, 335

endorobe, Epimys, 7, 8

Engonia, 286

Enthacanthodes, 340

Enthephippion, 290, 305
obscuripenne, 306

Eobasileus, 217

eos, Hyphessobrycon, 105

Eotitanotherium, 220

Epimys coucha, 18
gardulensis, I9
hildebrandti, 19
hildebrandti, gardulensis, 18
neumanni, 18
panya, 18
rufidorsalis, 17, 18
rufidorsalis, alettensis, 17
rufidorsalis, ankoberensis, 18
tulbergi endorobe, 7, 8 ‘

Eporeodon, 219

Eppia, 378

Equus caballus, 197

Erechthis, 377

Eriolus acutipennis, 387

Ee — ES ee eee

—_—_

Eriolus brevipennis, 387
caraibeus, 387
consobrinus, 387, 388
faleatus, 387
frater, 387, 388
jamaicensis, 387, 388
longipennis, 387
mexicanus,. 387, 388
minimus, 387
nigrifrons, 387
spiniger, 387
Synopsis of the species of, 387

erosus, Orophus, 333

Erythrinines, 92, III

Erythrinus erythrinus, 112

erythrurus, Aphyocharax, 99

Eschatoceras, 378
nigrospinosus, 378

essequibensis, Astyanax, 102, 103

Euchoerus macrops, 114

euphorea, Cladonia, 120

Eurymetopa, 380

Euthyrrhachis, 292

Euxenica, 286, 207
aptera, 298

Euxiphidion subapterus, 370

exasperata, Parmelia, 122

exitiosus, Conocephalus, 372

Exocephala, 380
bisulca, 386
viridis, 386

falcatus, Brycon, 100
Eriolus, 387

falcifolia, Chlorophylla, 362

Cycloptera, 362

famula, Phylloptera, 326

farculata, Scudderia, 306

farinosa, Ramalina, 119

fasciata, Gymnocera, 314

fasciatus, Conocephalus, 372, 376
Leporinus, 97, 98

fasciculata, Neuropteris, 126

fasciculatum, Sphenophyllum, 126,

fastigiosus, Posidippus, 317
fausta, Symmetropleura, 307, 308
festa, Conocephalus, 374
Copiphora, 382

filamentosa, Pyrrhulina, 99
fimbriata, Cladonia, 120

’ Neuropteris, 127
flaviceps, Ischyra, 296
flavicornis, Oxyprora, 389
flavolineatus, Posidippus, 316
flocculosa, Gyrophora, 123
florida, Usnea, 119
fluviatile, Dermatocarpon, I24
fluviatilis, Gobio, 98
forcipata, Grammadera, 321, 322

INDEX.

0277 ||

formosus, Cladodus, 279, 283
forskali, Hydrocyon, 112

411

Fossil plants (preliminary list) occurring
in the roof of the Pittsburgh Coal.
By Norman McDowell Grier, 125-128

Fowlerina orbicularis, 109
frater, Eriolus, 387, 388
fremonti, Alectoria, 118

Frick, Childs: A new genus and some
new species and subspecies of Abys-

sinian rodents, 7-28

| friderici, Leporinus, 97
| Frontinus, 316

fultus, Paleoniscus, 143
fumarius, Pygopristis, 236, 237
furcata, Scudderia, 306
fuscopunctata, Homotoicha, 309

gardulensis, Epimys, 18, 19
Gasteropelecine, 108
Gasteropelecus sternicla, 108
Gastropristis, 236
ternetzi, 238
geminatum, Rhizocarpon, 124
Generic name, correction of.
Peterson, 220
Gerbillus bilensis, 12, 13
pulvinatus, 12, 13
pygargus, 12
pyramidum, 12, 13
gibbosa, Charax, I10
gibbus, Serrasalmo, 249, 251
gigantea, Acanthodis, 347
giganteus, Holoptychius, 280
giganticus, Neoconocephalus, 394
giglio-tosi, Lamniceps, 386
Gilmore, C. W., 275
Girty, G. H., 279
gladiator, Neoconocephalus, 394
gladiatrix, Tomeophora, 323
Glaphyrosoma, 402
Gnathocleta, 341
Gongrocnemis, 340

By O. A.

gracilis, Catopterus, 139, 140, I4I, 143,

144, 145, 146
Caulopsis, 390
Cladonia, 120
var. hybrida, 120
var. ochrochlora, 120
Hyphessobrycon, 105
Pristisomus, 147

gracilior, Serrasalmo humeralis, 248, 249

Grammadera, 294
albida, 320, 322
chapadensis, 321, 322, 323
clara, 321
forcipata, 321, 322
janeirensis, 321
pellucida, 321, 322

412

Grammadera rostrata, 323
steinbachi, 322
grandifolius, Cordaites, 127
grandis, Promerycochcerus, 150
grandisquamis, Mocenkhausia, 106
granosa, Dicanthodus, 337
granulosum, Leurophyllum, 349
Grier, Norman McDowell, Preliminary
list of the fossil plants occurring
in the roof of the Pittsburgh Coal,
125-128
Rhynchocephalian (new) from the
Jura of Solenhofen, 86-91
Griffin, L. E., 277
griseoviridis, Lasiopyga, 59, 60, 61, 62,
63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 71, 72, 73, 77 79;
81
Gryllacride, 285, 398
Synopsis of the South American
genera of, 300
Gryllacris, 399
levigata, 399
Gryllus niger, 314
Gryporhynchus, 380
minor, 389
guaporensis, Metynnis, 267
guentheri, Nannotettix, 350
guianensis, Astyanax, 102, 103
guttatum, Leurophyllum, 349
Gymnocarpales, 119
Gymnocera, 292, 305
elegans, 314
fasciata, 314
infuscata, 314
Gymnocharacinine, 97
gymnogenys, Serrasalmo, I10, 246
Gyrophora flocculosa, 123
hirsuta, 123
muhlenbergi, 123
vellea, 123
Gyrophoracee, 123

Hammatofera, 288

Hapale jacchus, 58

Hapaline, 59

Haseman, John D., 233

Hasse, Dr. H. E., 118

Hatehert i. Bs20; 1521155

hatcheri, Promerycocheerus, 150

hauxwellianus, Ctenobrycon, 104

hawashensis, Acomys, 26

Hay JO Pes 270

Heads and Tails: a few Notes Relating
to the Structure of the Sauropod
Dinosaurs. By W. J. Holland, 273-
278

Heinz, EH. J:, 223

helleri, Otomys jacksoni, Io, II, 12

Typophyllum, 352

|

INDEX.

Hemigrammus, 92
analis, 104
cylindricus, 104
ocellifer, 105
orthus, 104, III
rodwayli, 104
unilineatus, 105
Hemiodine, 95
Hemiodus quadrimaculatus, 95
Hetaira, 295
heterodon, Dolichorhinus, 130
Heteromallus, 404
heteropus, Neoconocephalus, 394
Heterotitanops parvus, 53, 54, 55
hildebrandii, Leptogium, 124
hildebrandti, Epimys, 18, 19
Mus, 17
Hiodon tergidus, 92
Hippopotamus, 164, 193
hirsuta, Gyrophora, 123
Neuropteris, 127
hirta, Usnea, 119
Holland; Dr: W. J.,-30, 140; 1554) 206+
197, 251, 354, 389
Heads and Tails: a few Notes
Relating to the Structure of the
Sauropod Dinosaurs, 273-278
Skull of Bison crassicornis, 225
hollandi, Promerycocheerus, 150, 156,
199, 200
Serrasalmo, 240, 251
Holobrycon pesu, 100
Holoptychius giganteus, 280
tuberculatus, 280
Homalaspis, 342
Homeosaurus digitatellus, 86, 90, 91
jourdani, 89, 90, 91
macrodactylus, 89, 90, 9I
maximiliani, 89, 90, 91
neptunia, 89, 90, 91
pulchellus, 89, 90, 91
rhodani, 89, 90, 91
Homorocoryphus, 381
cocanus, 397
Homotoicha, 291
fuscopunctata, 309
Hoplerythrinus, 111
Hoplias macropthalmus, III, 112
malabaricus, I12
uniteniatus, 112
horizontalis, Peltigera, 123
Howe, R. Heber, Lichens Collected
during the Summers of t912 and 1913
in the Thunder Bay District, Ontario,
Canada, 118-124
humboldti, Lagothrix, 66
humeralis, Serrasalmo, 246, 249, 256,
257, 259
Hydrocherus capybara, 229

INDEX.

Hydrocinine, rrr
Hydrocynus cuvieri, rrr
Hydrocyon forskali, 112
Hydrolycus scomberoides, 110
Hylobates, 68, 78
Hyperbeenus, 399
bohlsi, 401
juvenis, 401
minutipennis, 400
virgo, 400
Hyperophora, 287, 299
Hyperomerus, 377
Hyperphrona, 295
abdominalis, 328
ceerulescens, 329
striolata, 328
Hyphessobrycon eos, 105
gracilis, 105
rosaceus, 105
stictus, 105
hyphessus, Bryconamericus, 103
hypomela, Lobaria, 123
hypsauchen, Metynnis, 269
Hysterites cordaitis, 125, 127

Idiarthron, 340

Iguanodectes tenuis, 100

immaculatus, Serrasalmo, 255

incisum, Microcentrum, 315

infirmus, Phlugis, 363

inflata, Annularia, 126

infuscata, Gymnocera, 315

infuscatus, Neoconocephalus, 394

Insara, 290, 305

insignis, Cheirodon, 99, 100, III
Stichanodon, 109

insularis, Diplophyllus, 331
Meroncidius, 354

integricauda, Parableta, 312, 313

intermedia, Anaulacomera, 319

inversa, Anaulacomera, 320

iridopsis, Serrasalmo, 256, 260

iritans, Serrasalmo, 260

irregularis, Phlugis, 364, 367

irroratus, Otomys, II

irroratus, Neoconocephalus, 393

Ischomela, 342

Ischypterus, I41

Ischyra flaviceps, 296

Isophya, 286

Itarissa, 292

jacchus, Callithrix, 59, 62, 64, 67, 68,
72, 73, 77, 80
Hapale, 58 |
jacksoni, Otomys, 10
Jamaicana, 339 |
subguttata, 353 |
superba, 353, 354

413

Jamaicana unicolor, 353
Synopsis of the species of, 353
jamaicensis, Eriolus, 387, 388
janeirensis, Grammadera, 321
jebele, Arvicanthis abyssinicus, 22
testicularis, 20, 22
Jennings, O. E., 118, 125, 222
Miss ©; By, cis, 222
Jimenezia, 342
jourdani, Homeosaurus, 89, 90, 91
jullieni, Cirrhina, 97
juvenis, Hyperbeenus, 401

Kahl, Hugo, 222

kempi, Acomys, 26, 27

Kennedy, Dr. George A., 224
Mrs. Mary Price, 224

Klages, Samuel, 223

Knight, Charles R., 196

Kuersteiner, Prof. A., 228

levicauda, Symmetropleura, 307
laevigata, Gryllacris, 399
levigatum, Nephroma, 123
Lagothrix, 78
humboldti, 66
Lamdotherium, 56
lamellipes, Dysonia, 302, 303
Lamniceps, 380
giglio-tosi, 386
lanceolatum, Microcentrum, 332
lanceolatus, Orophus, 332
lanuginosa, Pannaria, 123
lapicida, Lecidea, 124
Larnaca, 399
Lasiopyga callitrichus, 509, 60, 61, 62,
63, 64, 05, 66, 67, 71, 72, 73, 77,
79
griseoviridis, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64,
65, 66, 67, 72, 73, 77» 79, 81
laticeps, Paleosyops, 52
latifolia, Chlorophylla, 362
latifrons, Agriochcerus, 183
latus, Pristisomus, 147, 148
Lebiasina bimaculata, 108
Lecanora cineria, 122
rubina, 122
subfusca, 122
symmicta, 122
Lecanoracez, 122
Lecidea lapicida, 124
parasema, 124
Lecideacez, 124
legumen, Lobophyllus, 334
leidyi, Bothriolepis, 280
Promerycocherus, 150
Leontocebus, 79, 81
Leptotettix, 343
Lepidosteus, 140

414

Leporelline, 98
Leporinus fasciatus, 97, 98
friderici, 97
megalepis, 95, 97
nigroteniatus, 95, 98
Leptogium Hildebrandii, 124
leseurianum, Sphenophyllum, 126, 127
Letharia thamnodes, 119
vulpina, 118
leucopus, Callithrix, 81
Leurophyllum angustixiphum, 350
bolivianum, 350
brevixiphum, 349
consanguineum, 350
granulosum, 349
guttatum, 349
luridum, 350
maculipenne, 350

maculipes, 351 |

nigricaudum, 350, 351
pleminioides, 349
regimbarti, 349
toltecum, 350
transiens, 349
unicolor, 349
unispinulosum, 350
Synopsis of the species of, 349
levis, Myloplus, 271
Lichenochrus, 338
vulturinus, 346, 347
Lichens Collected during the Summers
of r912 and 1913 in the Thunder Bay
District, Ontario, Canada. By R.
Heber Howe, Jr., 118-124
Licodia amazona, 403
clypeata, 403
obliqua, 403
palipes, 403
polita, 403
Synopsis of the species of, 403
Ligocatinus olivaceus, 290
spinatus, 309
Limnohyops, 57
linea-purpurea, Phylloptera, 327
lineatus, Posidippus, 316
Liostethus, 381
Liparoscelis, 340
brasiliensis, 356
nigrispinis, 356
Lirometopum, 380
Listroscelide, 285
Synopsis of Tropical American ge-
era of, 362
Listrocelis, 363
Lobaria hypomela, 123
papillaris, 123
pulmonaris, 123
sorediata, 123
Lobophyllus, 296

INDEX.

Lobophyllus legumen, 334

Loboscelis, 380

Locusta capitata, 398
spinipes, 365
vulturinus, 346

Loja, 378

| longicauda, Acanthodis, 347

Copiphora, 383
Neoconocephalus, 393
longiceps, Dolichorhinus, 129, 130, 131,
132, 133, 135, 136

| longifossor, Neoconocephalus, 396

longipennis, Eriolus, 387

longipes, Conocephalus, 373, 376
Nannotettix, 341

longissima, Usnea, I19

Lophaspis, 344

Luciocharax, 93, III

ull; ProfReS:, 275

luridum, Leurophyllum, 350

Lycopodiales, 126

Lyell, Sir Charles, 141

Macacus, 68
Machima, 288
macilenta, Phlugis, 364
Macrochiton, 342
macrodactylus, Homeosaurus, 89, 90, 91
macrolepidotus, Alestes, 92, 108
Chalceus, 92, 107
macrolepis, Curimatopsis, 94
Macrometopon, 363
rantale, 369
macrops, Euchoerus, 114
macropterus, Neoconocephalus, 395
macropthalmus, Hoplias, 111, 112
macrostegus, Promerycochcerus, 150
macrura, Dictyopyge, I39, 140
macrurus, Catopterus, 139
maculatus, Metynnis, 235, 269
| Serrasalmo, 244, 249, 253, 254
maculipenne, Leurophyllum, 350
maculipes, Leurophyllum, 351
| maculosa, Phylloptera, 325
| Tylobranchia, 97
malabaricus, Hoplias, 112
malkensis, Otomys jacksoni, 10, II
mansfieldi, Rhabdocarpus, 127
mantispa, Phlugis, 364, 367
Marenestha, 288
marginata, Phlugis, 364
marginatum, Microcentrum, 333
marginatus, Nannostomus, 99
Orophus, 333
Serrasalmo, 246, 250, 260
marginellum, Microcentrum, 315
Markia, 288
Maronea constans, 124
martinsi, Seniocebus, 79

‘

INDEX.

Matthew, W. D., 152
maxillosus, Neoconocephalus, 393
maximiliani, Homeosaurus, 89, 90, 91
mearnsi, Arvicanthus abyssinicus, 22
Mecopodide, 285
Synopsis of South American genera
of, 335
media, Topana, 329
Meek, F. B., 279
Megacerops coloradensis, 31
megalepis, Leporinus, 95, 97
megalostictus, Phenacogaster, 101
Melanophoxus, 381
melanurus, Creatochanes, 103
membranaceum, Callipteridium,
127
Menidia, 100
mento, Catoprion, 235, 262
meridionalis, Conocephalus, 373, 377
Meroncidius, 339
insularis, 354
ochraceus, 354
Merychyus, 204, 219
Merycocheerus, 200, 201
ceenopus, 185
Merycoidodon culbertsoni, 165, 167,
168, 169, 173, 174, 176, 177, 178, 180,
I81, 182, 183, 184, 185, 187, 189, 190,
IQI, 192, 193, 194, 206, 207, 213
Mesatirhinus, 50, 51
Mesonyx, 217
Mesoreodon, 163, 189
chelonyx, 189, 190, 211, 219
Metarhinus, 30
meticulosus, Seniocebus, 58, 59, 79, 80,
81
Metoreodon, 219
Metynnis, 261
guaporensis, 267
hypsauchen, 269
maculatus, 235, 269
roosevelti, 268
mexicana, Scudderia, 306
mexicanus, Eriolus, 387, 388
Neoconocephalus, 393
Phlugis, 364
micana, Myloplus, 233, 270
Microcentrum, 293
colosseum, 333
incisum, 315
lanceolatum, 332
marginatum, 333
marginellum, 315
microcephalus, Curimatus, 94
microlepis, Acanthocharax, III
Acestrorhynchus, IIt
microphylla, Pannaria, 123
micropterus, Semionotus, 146
microstoma, Bryconethiops, 112

126,

|
|
|

|
|

415

midas, Cercopithecus, 81
Miller, Gerrit S., 59
Mills, Theodore, 149, 151
Mimetica, 345
miniatum, Dermatocarpon, 124
minimus, Eriolus, 387
minor, Aniarella, 208
Chelonichthys, 142
Gryporhynchus, 389
Pristes, 348
Promerycochoerus, 150
minutipennis, Hyperbenus, 400
Miopithecus, 58
miriquouina, Aotus, 58, 81, 83
misera, Oxyprorella, 300
missouriensis, Neuropteris, 126, 127
mitrei, Colosoma, 262
modesta, Oxyprorella, 301
Symmetropleura, 307
Tomeophora, 323
Meenkhausia browni, 106
chrysargyrea, 106
colletti, 106
copei, 106
cotinho, 106
dichrourus, 106, 109
grandisquamis, 106
oligolepis, 106
Moncheca pretiosa, 386
Monesta, 380
Monitors, 277, 278
Monocerophora, 363
monoceros, Copiphora, 382
montanus, Promerycochecerus, 150, 184,
185, 186, IOI, 193
morawhanne, Curimatus, 94
mordax, Dipterus, 282
Moxostoma aureolum, 92
mucronatus, Astyanax, 102, 103
muhlenbergi, Gyrophora, 123
Mus hildebrandti, 17
rufidorsalis, 17
mutator, Astyanax, 102, 103
muticus, Neoconocephalus, 393
Mycetes seniculus, 66, 163
Mylesinus, 261
Myletes nigripinnis, 262
Myleus, 262
ellipticus, 235.
pacu, 226, 269, 270
rubripinnis, 110
Myline, I10
Key to genera of, 261
Mylohyus, 116
Myloplus, 262
levis, 271
micans, 233, 270
rhomboidalis, 271
rubripinnis, 271

416

Mylophus schomburgki, 271
Mylosoma, 261
albiscopus, 265, 266
aureus, 205
ocellatum, 235, 265

Nannagrecia, 378
Nannostomatine, 98
Nannostomus marginatus, 99
Nannotettix, 342

guentheri, 3590

longipes, 341

steinbachi, 359
Nastonotus, 341
nattereri, Pygocentrus, 242

Rooseveltiella, 227, 23-, 233,

240, 241, 242

Serrasalmo, 240, 242
Neanias, 399

? americanus, 401
necessarius, Neoconocephalus, 395
nemoptera, Phlugis, 364, 367
nemoralis, Conocephalus, 372, 375
Neoborus, 96
Neoconocephalus, 381, 390, 391

chapadensis, 395

crassus, 392

elongatus, 392

giganticus, 394

gladiator, 394

heteropus, 394

infuscatus, 394

irroratus, 393

longicauda, 393

longitossor, 396

macropterus, 395

maxillosus, 393

mexicanus, 393

muticus, 393

necessarius, 395

nietoi, 394

nigropunctatus, 392

nigrosignatus, 392

redtenbacheri, 393
Neortus, 399
Nephroma levigatum, 123

var. parile, 123
Nephromopsis ciliaris, 121
neptunia, Homeosaurus, 89, 90, 91
Nesacia, 340
neumanni, Epimys, 18
Neuropteris, 125

clarksoni, 127

fasciculata, 126

fimbriata, 127

hirsuta, 127

var. angustifolia, 127
missouriensis, 126, 127
scheuchzeri, 127

239,

INDEX.

Neuropteris tenuifolia, 127

nietoi, Neoconocephalus, 394

niger, Pygocentrus, 241
Rooseveltiella, 240, 241
Serrasalmo, 241

nigra, Scaphura, 314

nigricans, Pygocentrus, 239, 240
Serrasalmo, 239

nigricaudum, Leurophyllum, 350, 351

nigrifrons, Eriolus, 387

nigripinnis, Colosoma, 263
Myletes, 262
Piaractus, 262, 263

nigrispinis, Liparoscelis, 356

nigriventris, Platyphyllum, 352

nigrolineata, Theudoria, 291

nigrolineatus, Orophus, 333

nigropunctatus, Neoconocephalus, 392

nigrosignatus, Neoconocephalus, 392

nigro-spinosus, Diophanes, 360
Eschatoceras, 278

nigroteniatus, Leporinus, 95, 98

nilotica, Tilapia, 97

niloticus, Arvicanthis, 21

nitida, Bothriolepis, 280

nodulosa, Anaulacomera, 319

notata, Anisitsia, 95

notatus, Pygocentrus, 243
Rooseveltiella, 240, 241
Serrasalmo, 242

nubilans, Arvicanthis abyssinicus, 20,

2325
nyama, Tatera nigricauda, 14, 15, 17

oberthuri, Caulopsis, 390, 391
obliqua, Licodia, 403
obscura var. endophcenicea,
121

obscuratum, Rhizocarpon, 124
obscuripenne, Enthephippion, 306
ocellatum, Mylosoma, 235, 265
ocellatus, Poecilobrycon, 98, 99
ocellifer, Hemigrammus, 105
ochraceus, Meroncidius, 354
odoé, Sarcodaces, 113
Odontoxiphidion, 370
Odonturella, 286
(Edipomidas, 81
oligolepis, Moenkhausia, 106
olivacea, Parmelia, 122
olivaceus, Ligocatinus, 290
opacus, Diplophyllus, 331
orbicularis, Fowleriana, 109
Orchelimum, 370
orestes, Otomys, I0, IT
Orophus, 296

angustatus, 332

colosseus, 333

erosus, 333

Physcia,

INDEX.

Orophus lanceolatus, 332
marginatus, 333
nigrolineatus, 333
pallidus, 333
securiferus, 333
Orpacophora, 337
orthus, Hemigrammus, 104, 111
Ortmann, Dr. A. E., 151
Osborn, Henry F., 29
Osborni, Diploceras, 30, 32, 37, 38, 30,
40, 42, 43, 44, 45, 47, 48, 40, 132, 134,
135, 136, 137
Osteochilus, 103
Osteology of Promerycochcerus.
O. A. Peterson, 149-220
Otomys, 9
jacksoni, 10, 11
jacksoni helleri, 10, 11, 12
jacksoni malkensis, II, 10
helleri, 10
malkensis, 10
orestes, 10
thomasi, II
elgonis, II
tropicalis, 11
irroratus, II
ovalifolia, Phylloptera, 326
ovatipennis, Tomeophora, 323, 324
Oxyprora, 381
flavicornis, 389
Oxyprorella, 288, 299
dives, 300, 301
misera, 300
modesta, 301
zebrata, 300, 301
Synopsis of the species of, 300

pacu, Myleus, 226, 269, 270
Palzoniscus catopterus, 143
fultus, 143
Egerton, Philip Grey, 144
Palzosyops laticeps, 52
palipes, Licodia, 403
pallidus, Orophus, 333
Panacanthus, 379
paniscus, Ateles, 68
Pannaria lanuginosa, 123
microphylla, 123
Pannariacee, 123
panya, Epimys, 18
papillaria, Lobaria, 123
Parableta boliviana, 312, 313
integricauda, 312, 313
soror, 313
Synopsis of the species of, 312
Parabliastes, 341
Parabucrates, 382
paraénse, Serrasalmo, 249, 256
paraguayensis, Parodon, 95

By

417

Paralobaspis, 378
Paranelytra, 378
Paraphidnia, 288
Parascudderia, 201
abnormalis, 310
parasema, Buellia, r2tr
Lecidea, 124
Parasubria, 378
Paraxiphidium, 370
Parmelia Borreri var. rudecta, 122
conspersa, 122
var. imbrisata, 122
var. stenophylla, 122
exasperata, 122
olivacea, 122
var. aspidota, 122
physodes, 122
saxatilis var. brunnea, 122
var. rubescens, 122
var. sulcata, 122
Parmeliacez, 121
Parmeliopsis aleurites, 122
Parodon paraguayensis, 95
piracicabee, 95
Parodontine, 95
Paroxyprora, 381
parvus, Heterotitanops, 53, 54, 55
paschale, Stereocaulon, 119
Pecopteris arborescens, 126, 127, 128
pseudovestita, 126, 127, 128
‘ vestita, 126, 127, 128
pectinatus, Dipterus, 282
pellucida, Grammadera, 321, 322
Peltigera aphthosa, 122
canina, 123
horizontalis, 123
polydactyla, 123
rufescens, 123
spuria, 123
venosa, 123
Peltigeracez, 122
Pemba, 343
percivali, Acomys, 26, 27
Perleidus altolepis, 139
perspicillatus, Diophanes, 360
peruviana, Phylloptera, 294
pesu, Holobrycon, 100
Petersius, 96
Peterson, O. A., 151
Correction of
220
Dolichorhinus, Some Undescribed
Remains of the Uinta Titano-
there, 129-138
Platigonus leptorhinus, A Mounted
Skeleton in the Carnegie Mu-
seum of, 114-117
Promerycocheerus,
149-219

a generic name,

Osteology of,

418

Peterson, O. A., New Titanothere from
the Uinta Eocene, 29-52
Small Titanothere from the lower
Uinta beds, 53-57
Peucestes, 293, 315
dentatus, 316
striolatus, 316
unidentatus, 316
Phebolampta, 297
Phaneroptera, 289
cruenta, 312
Phaneropteride,
American, 286
Phenacoccelus, 219
Phenacogaster megalostictus, 101
Pherterus, 402
Philophyllia, 296
venosa, 335
Phlugiola, 362
Phlugis abnormis, 364
caudata, 364, 366
cephalotes, 364
coriacea, 364, 367
dubia, 364
infirmus, 363
irregularis, 364, 367
macilenta, 364
mantispa, 364, 367
marginata, 364
mexicanus, 3604
nemoptera, 364, 367
proxima, 364, 365
similis, 364, 366
tener, 364, 365
teres, 364, 367
virens, 364, 365, 366
Synopsis of the species of, 363
Pholidophorus, 140
Photographs, Collection of, 224
Phoxacris, 381
Phractolemus ansorgi, III
Phylloptera famula, 326
linea-purpurea, 327
maculosa, 325
~ marginella, 315
ovalifolia, 326
peruviana, 294
picta, 327
quinque-maculata, 325
roseo-inflata, 326
spinulosa, 327
Physcia obscura var.
121
pulverulenta var. leucoleiptes, 121
stellaris, 121
var. aipolia, 121
Physciacee, 121
physodes, Parmelia, 122
Piabucinine, 107

Synopsis of South

endopheenicea,

INDEX.

Piabucus dentatus, 109
Piaractus, 226, 261
nigripinnis, 262, 263
picta, Phylloptera, 327
pinnatus, Deuterodon, 1o1
Pinnularia, 127
piracicabe, Parodon, 95
Piranha negro, 256
piranha, Serrasalmo, 239
piraya, Pygocentrus, I10, 227, 233, 239,
243
Serrasalmo, 240
Pithecia, 78
Plagiopleura, 292
Plates, explanation of, 27, 28, 83-85
Platigonus compressus, II5
Platigonus leptorhinus, A Mounted
Skeleton of, in the Carnegie Museum,
II4—-I17
Platyphyllum, 339
nigriventris, 352
Platysma juniperinum var. pinastri 121
lacunosum var. atlanticum, 118, 122
Pleminia, 338
pleminioides, Anchiptolis, 355
Leurophyllum, 349
Peecilobrycon ocellatus, 98, 99
Peecilocharax bovallii, 99
polita, Licodia, 403
Polyancistroides, 343
Polyancistrus, 343
polycarpa, Xanthoria, 121
Polychnodes, 289
Polycleptis, 336
polydactyla, Peltigera, 123
polylepis, Astyanax, IOI, 102, 103
porcarius, Cynocephalus, 66
Porphyromma, 344
Posidippus, 292, 203
fastigiosus, 317
flavolineatus, 316
lineatus, 316
stali, 316
postica, Topana, 330 :
Potamochcerus choeropotamus, 158
potaroénsis, Astyanax, 102, 103
pothe, Tatera vicina, 14, 15
Prentice, Sydney, 30, 149
Pristella, 107
aubynei, 105
riddlei, 105
Pristes, 339
colombie, 348
minor, 348
tuberosus, 348
Synopsis of the species of, 348
Pristisomus crassus, 147
gracilis, 147
latus, 147, 148

INDEX.

Pristobrycon, 236
aureus, 245, 246
calmoni, 245, 247
emarginatus, 247
scapularis, 237, 245, 246
striolatus, 245
Key-to the species of, 245
Prochilodine, 96
Prochilodus rubroteniatus, 96
producta, Copiphora, 382, 385
Promerycochcerus carrikeri, 150,
LEO M ES sy Loos LO2 phos whOS slows
ROS lOO ale Onmlyi22 emi sent Al Mey ic.
176, 177, 180, 181, 182, 186, 188,
I89, 190, IOI, 195, 196, 200, 207,
202, 206, 207, 200, 212, 213, 214,
215, 218
chelydra, 149, 156, I59, 199, 200,
218, 219
grandis, 150
hatcheri, 150
hollandi, 150, 156, 199, 200
leidyi, 150
macrostegus, 150
minor, I50
montanus, 150, 184, 185, 186, 191,
193
superbus, 149
temporalis, 150, 199
vantasselensis, 150, 156, 198, 202,
204, 208, 210, 211, 213, 218, 219
Osteology of, 149-220
Pronomotherium, 200
propinquus, Conocephalus, 372
Prosagoga, 295
Prostenops, I15
Protitanotherium, 29
emarginatum, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34,35,
36
superbum, 36
proxima, Aniarella, 298, 299
Phlugis, 364, 365
Psectrogaster auratus, 93
ciliatus, 94
curviventris, 94
Pseudoburgilis, 286
Pseudogobio, 98
Pseudophyllide, 285
Synopsis of the Tropical American
genera of, 336
pseudovestita, Pecopteris, 128
Pteridophyta, 126
Pterochroza, 344
Pterophylla, 344
pulchellus, Homeosaurus, 89, 90, 91
pulmonaria, Lobaria, 123
pulverulenta var. leucoleiptes, Physcia,
12
pulvinatus, Gerbillus, 12, 13

419

punctatus, Chilodus, 96
Diplophyllus, 331
Serrasalmo, 237

punctifrons, Dysonia, 302

punctulata, Aniarella, 298, 299
Ceraia, 311

pungiunculata, Tomeophora, 323, 324

putorius, Spilogale, 61

Pycnopalpa, 295
bicordata, 295, 331

pygargus, Gerbillus, 12

Pygocentrus, 226, 236
altus, 244
bidorsalis, 239
calmoni, 245
nattereri, 242
niger, 241
nigricans, 239, 240
notatus, 243
piraya, 110, 227, 233, 239
stigmaterythreus, 245

Pygopristis, 236
denticulatus, 110, 226, 235, 236, 237
fumarius, 236, 237
serrulatus, 236, 237
Key to the species of, 236

pyramidum, Gerbillus, 12, 13

Pyrenocarpales, 124

Pyrgocorypha, 381

pyrrhocnemis, Theudoria, 310

Pyrrhulina filamentosa, 99

pyxidata, Cladonia, 121
var. chlorophea, Cladonia, 121
var. neglecta, Cladonia, 121
var. pocillum, 121

quadrimaculatus, Hemiodus, 95
quinque-maculata, Phylloptera, 325

Radiatz, 119
Radicites, 126
raffertyi, Arvicanthis abyssinicus, 22, 23
Ramalina dilacerata, 119
farinacea, I19
ramosus, Calamites, 126
rangiferina, Cladonia, 120

| rantale, Macrometopon, 369

Raymond, Dr. Percy E., 125
recticaudus, Conocephalus, 373, 374
Redfield, John H., 141
William C., 141

redfieldi, Catopterus, 142, 144, 145
Rhabdocarpus (Pachytestus) mansfieldi,

127
redtenbacheri, Neoconocephalus, 393
Reed, W. H., 275
regimbarti, Leurophyllum, 349
retiarius, Cocconotus, 358
Reynolds, John B., 224

420

Rhammatopoda, 335
Rhaphidophoride, 286, Synopsis
South American genera of, 404

rhinoceros, Copiphora, 383, 385
Rhinodina sophodes var. lecideoides, 121
Rhinostigma, 58
Rhizocarpon geminatum, 124
obscuratum, 124
rhodani, Homeosaurus, 89, 90, 9I
Rhodopteryx, 344
rhombeus, Salmo, 254
Serrasalmo, 110, 235, 249, 254, 255
rhomboidalis, Myloplus, 271
Rhynchocephalian (New) from the Jura
of Solenhofen. By Norman Mc-
Dowell Grier, 86-91
Riddle, Dr. L. W., 118
riddlei, Pristella, 105
Rages) He Ss,4020
rodwayi, Hemigrammus, 104
Roosevelt, Theodore, 227
roosevelti, Metynnis, 268
Rooseveltiella, 236
altus, 240, 241, 244
nattererl, 227; 231, 233, 230;) 240;
241, 242
notatus, 240, 241
stigmaterythreus, 245
Key to the species of, 241
rosaceus, Hyphessobrycon, 105
rosea, Vellea, 312
roseo-inflata, Phylloptera, 326
rosescens, Diophanes, 360
rostrata, Grammadera, 323
rotundatus, Chalcinus, 109
Roxelana, 345
ruber, Callithrix, 63
rubiginosa, Topana, 330
rubina, Lecanora, 122
rubripinnis, Myleus, 110
Myloplus, 270
rubroteniatus, Prochilodus, 96
rufescens, Peltigera, 123
rufidorsalis, Epimys, 17, 18
Mus, 17
rufipes, Aotus, 81

of

saccata, Solorina, 123
sadleri, Alestes, 97
Sagephorus, 337
Salmo emarginatus, 247
rhombeus, 254
saltator, Conocephalus, 373, 376
Sarcodaces odoé, 113
saxatilis, Parmelia, 122
scabricolle, Diophanes, 360
Scaphura, 292
nigra, 314
scapularis, Pristobrycon, 237, 245, 246

INDEX.

scapularis, Serrasalmo, 246
scariosa, Anonistus, 346
Schanobates, 402
Schaus, William, 222
scheuchzeri, Neuropteris, 127
Schmid, Edward S., 59
Schochia, 337
schomburgki, Curimatus, 94
Myloplus, 271
Schuchert, Charles, 30
scomberoides, Hydrolycus, T10
Scopiorus, 343
scops, Anonistus, 346
scotopterus, Serrasalmo, 236
Scott, Prof. W. B., 150
Scriba, Dr. Ludwig, 118
scudderi, Steirodonopsis, 317
Scudderia, 290
cruenta, 312
farculata, 306
furcata, 306
mexicana, 306
Sealeina, 261
securiferus, Orophus, 333
Semilepotettix, 343
Semionotus micropterus, 146
seniculus, Mycetes, 66, 163
Seniocebus bicolor, 79
martinsi, 79
meticulosus, 58, 59, 79, 80, 81
Serrasalmine (the) and Myline.
C. H. Eigenmann, 226-272
Key to the genera of, 236, 226, 227,
234, 235
Serrasalmo esopus, 249, 252
albus, 255
aureus, 246
brandti, 250, 258, 259
calmoni, 247
caribe, 255
coccogenis, 246
elongatus, 227, 249, 250,
gracilior, 249
gymnogenys, I10, 246
hollandi, 249, 251
humeralis, 246, 256, 257,
humeralis gracilior, 248,
258
immaculatus, 255
iridopsis, 256, 260
iritans, 260
maculatus, 244, 249, 253,
marginatus, 246, 250
nattereri, 242, 240
niger, 241
nigricans, 239
notatus, 243
paraénse, 2409, 256
piranha, 239

By

255

No
On
=

INDEX.

Serrasalmo piraya, 238, 239
punctatus, 237
rhombeus, I10, 235, 249, 254, 255
scapularis, 246
scotopterus, 236
spilopleura, 249
striolatus, 248
ternetzi, 238
Key to the species of, 248
Serrasalmonine, 110
serrulatus, Pygopristis, 236, 237
Shufeldt, R. W., On the Osteology of the
Genera Lasiopyga and Callithrix with
Notes upon the Osteology of the
Genera Seniocebus and Aotus, 58-84
Sictuna, 289
Sigillaria camptotenia, 126
Simia, 78
similis, Phlugis, 364, 366
A skull of Bison crassicornis.
Holland, 225
Solorina saccata, 123
sorediata, Lobaria, 123
soror, Parableta, 313
Spencer, A. C., 279
Spermatophyta, 126
Sphenophyllales, 126
Sphenophyllum (Asterophyllites) fasci-
culatum, 126
bifurcatum, 126
fasciculatum, 127
leseurianum, 126
Sphyrometopa, 380
Spilogale putorius, 61
spilopleura, Serrasalmo, 249, 252
spilurus, Crenuchus, 99
Ctenobrycon, 104
Curimatus, 92, 94, 95
spinatus, Ligocatinus, 309
spiniger, Eriolus, 387
spinulosa, Phylloptera, 327
spuria, Peltigera, 123
squamosa, Cladonia, 120
stali, Posidippus, 316
Starksina, 261
steinbachi, Copiphora, 383
Grammadera, 322
Nannotettix, 359
Steiner, G. A., 223
Steirodon, 293
Steirodonopsis, 293
bilobata, 317
scudderi, 317
Synopsis of the species of, 317
stellaris, Physcia, 121
stellata, Annularia, 126
Stenocephalemys, 7
albocaudata, 8
Stenopelmatide, 285

By W. J.

421

Stenophyllia, 288
Stenoschema, 339
Stenotettix, 341
Stenopelmatide, Synopsis of the South
American Genera of, 402
Stereocaulon coralloides, 119
paschale, 119
tomentosum, II9
sternicla, Gasteropelecus, 108
Stethaprionine, 109
Stevardiine, 107
Stichanodon insignis, 109
Stichanodontine, 109
Stictacez, 123
stictus, Hyphessobrycon, 105
stigmaterythrzus, Pygocentrus, 245
Rooseveltiella, 240, 241, 245
Stilpnochlora incisa, 315
Stone, Witmer, 12
Stratose, 121
Stratosi-Radiate, 119
strepsilis, Cladonia, 120
strictoides, Conocephalus, 372
strictus, Conocephalus, 372
strigata, Carnegiella, 108
striolata, Hyperphrona, 328
striolatus, Peucestes, 316
Pristobrycon, 245
Serrasalmo, 248
subapterus, Euxiphidion, 370
subfusca, Lecanora, 122
subguttata, Jamaicana, 353
Subria, 377
suckowi, Calamites, 126, 127
sulcata, Anaulacomera, 320
superba, Jamaicana, 353, 354
superbum, Protitanotherium, 36
superbus, Promerycochcerus, 149
sylvatica, Cladonia, 120
Symmetropleura, 290
abnormis, 307, 308
boliviana, 307, 308
fausta, 307, 308
levicauda, 307
modesta, 307
Synopsis of American species of, 307
symmicta, Lecanora, 122
Syntechna, 296
divisa, 334

Tabaria, 335
Tanusia, 344
Tapirus terrestris, 131, 132
Tatera nigricauda bodesse, 14
nyama, 14, I5, 17
vicina, 14, 15
bodessana, I5
pothe, 15, 16
Teleutias, 343

422

Telmatherium, 30
validum, 52
temporalis, Promerycochcerus, 150, 199
tenebrosa, Acanthodis, 347, 348
tener, Phlugis, 364, 365
tenuifolia, Neuropteris, 127
tenuis, Iguanodectes, 100
teres, Phlugis, 364, 367
tergidus, Hiodon, 92
ternetzi, Gastropristis, 238
terrestris, Tapirus, 131, 132
Tetana, 287
Tetanopus, 337
Tetragonomera, 337
Tetragonopterine, LOL
Tetragonopterus, 97
chalceus, 107
Tettigonoidea (Locustodea), Notes on
Tropical American. By Law-
rence Bruner, 284—
Synopsis of the South American,
285
Thallophyta, 125
Thamnobates, 342
thamnodes, Letharia, 119
Theudoria, 290
nigrolineata, 291
pyrrhocnemis, 310
Thliboscelus, 344
thomasi, Otomys, II
Thysdrus caudatus, 366
mantispa, 367
nemoptera, 367
tener, 365
teres, 367
virens, 305
Tilapia nilotica, 97
Titanops borealis, 57
Titanothere (New) from the Uinta
Eocene. By O. A. Peterson,
290-52
(Small) from the lower Uinta beds.
By O. A. Peterson, 53-57
Titanotherium, 137
Noddsiw-b.C.,. 223
toltecum, Leurophyllum, 350
tomentosum, Stereocaulon, T19
Tomeophora, 294
brevirostris, 323, 324
gladiatrix, 323
modesta, 323
ovatipennis, 323, 324
pungiunculata, 323, 324
Topana cincticornis, 330
media, 329
postica, 330
rubiginosa, 330
transiens, Leurophyllum, 349

Triassic Fishes (Notes on) belonging

INDEX.

to the families Catopteride and Semi-
onotide. By C. R. Eastman, 129-
148
Tricentrus, 339
Trichotettix, 340
Troglodytes, 78
tropicalis, Otomys, II
truncatus, Conocephalus, 372, 375
tuberculatus, Holoptychius, 280
tuberosus, Pristes, 348
Tylobranchia maculosa, 97
typica, Aniarella, 298
Typophyllum, 345, 361
helleri, 352

Uberaba, 289
brevicauda, 303

Uchuca, 378

Udenus, 404

' uncialis, Cladonia, 120

unicolor, Acanthodis, 347
Anaulacomera, 319
Conocephalus, 373, 374
Jamaicana, 353
Leurophyllum, 349
Peucestes, 316

unidentatus, Peucestes, 316

unilineatus, Hemigrammus, 105

unispinulosum, Leurophyllum, 350

Usnea barbata, 119

varl stricta, I19
dasypoga var. plicata, 119
cavernosa, I19
florida f. hirta, I19
longissima, II9

Usneacez, I19

validum, Telmatherium, 52
validus, Cordaites, 127
Valna, 301
vantasselensis, Promerycocheerus, 150,
156, 198, 202, 204, 208, 210, 211, 213,
218, 219
Vellea, 291
cruenta, 312
rosea, 312
vellea, Gyrophora, 123
venosa, Peltigera, 123
Philophyllia, 335
versicolor, Conocephalus, 373, 377
verticillata, Cladonia, 120
vespertilio, Collema, 124
vestita, Pecopteris, 126, 127, 128
Viadana, 293, 294
vicina, Tatera, 14, 15
viduata, Dendrocygna, 230
vintoni, Characidium, 98
virens, Phlugis, 364, 365, 366
virgo, Hyperbzenus, 400

INDEX. 423

viridis, Exocephala, 386 | Xanthoria lychnea var. pygmza, 121
vittagenz, Cocconotus, 358 | polycarpa, 121

vitticollis, Conocephalus, 372 | Xenica, 286

vittipes, Agroecia, 379 Xenocharax, 96

vulpina, Letharia, 118 Xerophyllopteryx, 337

vulturinus, Lichenochrus, 346, 347 Xestoptera, 344
Xiphelium, 370

L pee
ocusta, 346 Xiphidiide, 285

““whip-lash,”” 277 zaphiri, Arvicanthis abyssinicus, 23
Williston, S. W., 114 zebrata, Oxyprorella, 300, 301

way wie (gto: a NAT. Hier, sup (ene Ax
MAD Avie chara AL, ver Bu, oe : if Vy
‘ ' 2

a ¥ None 1D Nos. [-2.

i‘ ‘ ” September, 1914.

“For ale a Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Sons, 28 Essex St. Strand, London, England;
R. Friedlander u. Sohn, 11 Carlstrasse, Berlin, N. W. 6., Germany; anda
Schenley Park, Pittsburgh, Pa., U.S. Ac

=

fee

re

XIII.

CONTENTS.

Editorial Notes

A New Genus and Some New Siesies tad Sub-
species of ypiieoaui Rodents. ny CHILDS
FRICK

A New Tit anathere ne the Pints Bose Pa

QO. A. PETERSON

A Small Titanothere from the beer Uinta Beds,
By O.. A. PETERSON

On the Osteology of the Genera Tacdpaea. aia
Callithrix with Notes upon the Osteology of

the Genera Seniocebus and Aotus. By R..

W. SHUFELDT

A New Bey nchore shales font the Fata of ae
lenhofen. By Norman MacDoweE LL GRIER

The Scales of the South American phaerne
Fishes... By T. D. A. CoCKERELL

A Mounted Skeleton of Platigonus jeptortiues
inthe Carnegie Museum. By O. A. PETERSON.

Lichens Collected During the Summers of 1912

29

and 1913 in the Thunder Bay District, On- ~

tario, Canada. By R. Heser Howe, Jr.

A Preliminary List of the Fossil Plants Oc-
curring in the Roof of the Pittsburgh Coal.
By Norman McDoweE Lt GRIER ;

Some Undescribed Remains of the Uinta Titan-
othere Dolichorhinus. By O. A. PETERSON:

Notes on Triassic Fishes Belonging to the Fam-
ilies Catopteride and Semionotide. By C.
R. EASDMAN a

The Osteology of Promerycocherrus. By O, A,
PETERSON ,

Correction of a Genetic Name By 0. A. PETER-
SON . ; ; 4

Publications of the Carnegie Museum Serial No. 85

ANNALS

OF THE

CARNEGIE MUSEUM

Vor. 1X. Nos. 3-4.

March, 1915.

For sale by Messrs. Wm. Wesley & Sons, 28 Essex St. Strand, London, England,
Messrs. R. Friedlander u. Sohn, 11 Carlstrasse, Berlin, N. W. 6., Germany ; and at
the Carnegie Museum, Schenley Park, Pittsburgh, Pas, USS HA.

XIV.

XV.

XVI.

XVII.

XVIII.

CONTENTS

Editorial Notes 4 ; ; 2 2208
A Skull of Bison*Crassicornis. By W. J.
HOLLAND. ; é : : BiZ25
The Serrasalmine and Myline. By C. H.
EIGENMANN 226
Heads and Tails; A fen Notes Reléting to the
Structure of the Sauropod Dinosaurs. By
W. J. HoLianp. : x 2FB
Dipterus Remains from the Upper | Devonian of
Colorado. By C. R. Eastman. os aR ee
Notes on Tropical American Tettigonoidea
(Locustodea).. By Lawrence BRUNER. 284

Index

- 405

i By
eet Ne,

Aa creed

BL WHOI Library - Serials

rg iteeret 2

Bye eytete ee “
Seedy
J ts se
ae

? piace,
Peer adel ty
PS De:

o a+
et Lt ae OT
Ph PION IS

ee Reet Pie ten

: . ~
er eT . ol ieee